Los Angeles Webster Commission records, 1931-1992

Northeast Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04/1992-05

(USC DC Other)

Northeast Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04/1992-05

PDF

Download a page range

Download transcript

Copy asset link

Request this asset

Transcript (if available)

Content NAME NORTHEAST AREA MOBILIZATION ROSTER _Deployment Period #_S_ April 18 through May 16 RANK SERIAL .A/B WATCH ------------------------ ------~~ ------ --- ----- CAPTAINS BUSHEY, Keith D. SCHATZ, Dan LIEUTENANTS ----------- MOCK, Paul E. TWOHY, Steve VEGA, Raul WATERMAN, David YOUNG, Byron R. SERGEANTS ----------- ALVAREZ, Steve ARMELIN, Burton ASHBY, Theodore, CERNIGLIA, James T. H CI ANCANELL I , Joseph DANDRIDGE, Vernon DISTAFANO, Richard FERGUSON, john HERMANN, Paul E. JOHNSON, Kenneth L. JOHNSON, Mark A. JOHNSTON, John LEHMAN, Paul April 17, 1992 Capt III 12620 Capt I 15482 Lt I 20001 Lt I 21933 Lt II 13881 Lt I 15245 Lt I 16093 Sgt I 16659 Sgt II 21794 Sgt I 12507 Sgt II 16944 Sgt I 20838 Sgt I 12984 Sgt I 22318 Sgt I 20339 Sgt II 15281 Sgt I 15975 Sgt I 24268 Sgt II 15655 Sgt I 23148 A B A A A B B B B A A A B B B A B A A DAY DAY AM DAY DAY DAY PM DAY PM PM AM DAY DAY PM PM PM DAY PM DAY DAY r------ ------ - NAME RANK SERIAL A/B WATCH ------------------------ -------- ------ ----- . . SERGEANTS ----------- LITZINGER, Mark Sgt I 17707 A DAY LOPEZ, Ronald G Sgt I 15363 A DAY MAARSCHALK, William Sgt I 21533 A DAY MARTINEZ, Gus B. Sgt I 21914 B PM MASCOLA, James P. Sgt I 21959 B PM O'NEILL, Gerald L. Sgt I 15627 A AM OLIVERI, Joseph Sgt I 14481 B PM ROBLES, Robert Sgt I 16834 A AM SCHULTZ, Daniel I. Sgt I 21052 B PM STEEVES, Sandy A. Sgt I 15594 A AM SUPERNOR, Carl G. Sgt II 14499 B PM TETZLAFF, Gary Sgt I 23394 B PM DETECTIVES ----------- ANKELE, Annette D. P-2 22681 A DAY ARVIZU, George G. D-1 21978 B DAY BAEZA, Efrain P-3 23186 B DAY BERUMEN, Joe D-2 22027 A DAY BOWMAN, Harold B. P-3 15326 B DAY BROWN, Jesse D-1 13501 B DAY CARRILLO, Jose P-3 23837 A DAY CHOPP, Marcia A. P-2 23907 A DAY CLESCERI, Larry J. D-2 13647 B DAY DE LEON, Leonard A. P-3 23273 B DAY ESPINOZA, Jose M. P-3 20140 B DAY FRIEND, Joseph D. D-2 16035 B DAY April 17, 1992 NAME RANK SERIAL A/B WATCH . ------------------------ -------- ------ ----- DETECTIVES ----------- GALINDO, Luis C. D-3 15613 B DAY GARCIA, Gilbert D-1 20478 A DAY GREUBEL, Gary M. D-2 15767 A DAY HANSEN, Dennis D- 13845 B DAY HOLMES, Harry D-1 12333 B DAY JOHNSON, Terrence D-1 17384 B DAY KLEEMAN, R. Gregory D-2 17083 A DAY KONYA, Anthony P-2 20347 B DAY LAMAESTRA, Tracy P-3 24228 A DAY LAMPLEY, Ron P-2 16998 A DAY LOPEZ, Jesus P-2 23785 A DAY MATTHEWS, Barry D-1 17658 A DAY MC CANN, James D-2 16959 B DAY MORENO, Anthony D-2 20357 A DAY MUNGUIA, John D-1 17394 B DAY ORLANDO, Robert P-2 22861 A DAY RAMIREZ, Deborah D-1 22191 A DAY ROWE, Jerry M D-2 17524 B DAY RUBSCHLAGER, Ralph D-1 17764 A DAY SANDY, MARCELLA J P-3 24670 A DAY SOBIE, Roger D-3 13296 B DAY SPRANKLE, John P-2 15386 A DAY STATES, Robert J. D-3 12813 A DAY TRUJILLO, Hugo A. P-2 23665 A DAY VALENCIANA, Miguel D-2 17582 A DAY VEGA, Ronald A. P-3 22526 A DAY VELASCO, Erwing E. P-3 22349 B DAY April 17, 1992 NAME RANK SERIAL A/B WATCH ------------------------ -------- ------ ----- DETECTIVES ------------ WHITT, Ronald w. D-3 13633 B DAY WINZE, Michael P-3 22301 B DAY ZIMMERMAN, Loren D-2 22098 B DAY OFFICERS ----------- ACOSTA, William M. P-2 26355 A AM ADAMS, Boe A. P-3 25933 B PM AFDAHL, Paul C. P-3+1 16855 A DAY ALLEN, Carol P-2 24030 B AM ALONZO, Lawrence v. P-2 17358 B DAY ALVARADO, Robert C. P-2 25311 B AM ANDERSON, Teresa L. P-2 27019 B PM ARMAS, David P-2 25263 B PM ARREDONDO, Alejandro P-2 25608 A PM ARREDONDO, Sandra P-1 30051 A AM ARREYGUE, Manuel P-1 30026 A AM ARTZ, Kelly A P-2 26276 A PM ASCHENBRENNER, Douglas G P-3 17267 DAY BARBOSA, ,Lorenzo P-1 30028 A DAY BARELA, Refugio M. P-2 16859 A DAY BARNES, Perry P-3 22024 B PM BAYDALINE, Andre Y. P-2 26102 B PM BELOUD, Michael P. P-2 26849 B DAY BLANKENSHIP, SHERRI P-1 30149 A DAY BONILLAS, Debbie P-2 25943 A PM BOYCE, Anderson A. P-2 26281 B PM April 17, 1992 NAME RANK SERIAL A/B WATCr .. ------------------------ -------- ------ ----- OFFICERS ----------- CAMACHO, Michael D. P-2 23973 B PM CANDELARIA, Madolyn P-2 26632 A DAY CARNES, Gretchen P-1 30085 A AM CASTELLANOS, Juan A. P-2 26854 B DAY CAVE, Terrie L. P-2 26443 B PM CHAVEZ, Louis P-3 23906 B PM CHAVEZ, Tammy M. P-2 27483 A DAY CHICOINE, Richard N. P-2 11938 B PM CHILDS, Jeff B. P-3 25469 B PM CHRISTENSEN, Doran P-3 14441 A DAY COLENZO, Dominick R. P-2 21316 A DAY CONRADO, Enrique P-2 25700 B PM COOK, Roy H. P-3 16671 B A M COOPER, Christian R P-3+ 1 ! 16337 A DAY COSNER, Robert P-2 27114 B PM CRAWFORD, Jeffrey w. P-3 20469 B PM CROWE, JESSE P-2 16872 A DAY DAVILA, Juan P-2 27036 A AM DAVIS, Lenning P-2 26028 B PM DAVIS, Richard A. P-3 16414 A AM DEFOE, Scott A P-2 27116 A DAY DELGADO, David L P-2 27678 A DAY DELONG, Bruce A. P-2 20098 A AM DELOSREYES, Jorge P-2 27580 A DAY DENARDO, John L. P-2 25703 B PM DIAZ, Saul P-2 27196 B PM DICKENSON, Reggie P-3 25628 B PM April 17, 1992 NAME RANK SERIAL A/B WATCH ------------------------ -------- ------ ----- OFFICERS ----------- DIPAOLA, Frank P-2 20539 A DAY ' DORSEY, Ralph T. P-2 21188 B AM DUARTE, Julio P-2 24781 B PM EISENBERG, Justin D. P-1 30096 A DAY ELLMAN, Frank E. P-2 26958 A DAY FEAUTO, Gary P-3 17822 A PM FERNANDEZ, Paul P-2 27585 A DAY FERNANDEZ, Robert J. P-1 27770 A DAY FLYNN, John J. P-3 13092 A DAY FONTENOT, Julia L. P-2 27386 A AM GALINDO, Joseph T. P-3+1 17637 B PM GARCIA, Raymond P-2 26962 A PM GARRETT, JAMES P-1 30165 B PM GARZA, Manuel P-2 27688 B DAY GEON, Steve P-3 17859 B DAY GOODYEAR, George P-2 27595 A DAY GREEN, Edgar J. P-3 25227 B PM GREGORY, Ray A. P-3 17301 A DAY GRIFFITH, Cynthia L. P-1 27984 A PM HEADY, Kevin P-2 20208 A DAY HENDERSON, Steve P-2 26131 A PM HERLING, Theodore T. P-3 15196 B AM HERNANDEZ, Julio P-2 27784 A PM HONOR, Young C. P-2 23776 B PM HOVHANESSIAN, John P-2 25137 A DAY HOVSEPIAN, Berj P-2 24532 A AM HOWARD, Michael J. P-2 16274 A DAY April 17, 1992 NAME RANK SERIAL A/B WATCH ------------------------ -------- ------ ----- OFFICERS ----------- HUNG, R. P-1 30233 A DAY JACKSON, Johnny L. P-2 23142 A DAY JINKS, Michael J. P-3 17830 A AM JOACHIMSTALER, Brian P-2 26311 B PM JONES, Alton J. P-1 25562 B PM KANZAKI, Richard P-3 17831 B PM KELLY, MARK E. P-2 24677 B PM KING, Glen P-3 17286 A DAY KISER, Jeffrey P-2 22844 B PM KLEE, Uwe Michael P-3 16437 A DAY KNIGHTON, David E. P-3 14553 A AM KREMPA, David P-2 27860 A DAY KUNZ, Christopher P-2 26315 B PM LABRADA, Daniel Jr. P-2 16284 A DAY LARKIN, William P-2 25806 A DAY LEDESMA, Richard A. P-2 13852 DAY LITZINGER, Annette P-2 25337 A DAY LOGAN, William A. P-3 15658 A AM LOZANO, Louis P-3 13929 A DAY LUIZ, Lynn A. P-3 17180 A DAY MALONEY, Michael T. P-2 24543 B PM MARINELLI, Harold P-2 24801 B PM MARROQUIN, John P-2 25425 B AM MARTIN, Christina R P-1 30111 A DAY MARTINEZ, Jose I. ~-2 27418 B DAY MARTINEZ, Raymond P-2 26320 . A DAY MC ALLISTER, TIMOTHY P-2 27868 A PM April 17, 1992 NAME RANK SERIAL A/B WATCH ------------------------ -------- ------ ----- OFFICERS ----------- MC CARTY, PATRICK P-1 30182 A DAY MC CLOUD, EDDIE P-2 27618 B PM MC LEAN, Bernadette P-2 26169 B PM MELENDEZ, Richard . P-2 24279 A DAY MERCADO, Richard J. P-3 20355 A AM MILLAN, David E. P-2 25655 B PM MILLER, Andrew R. P-2 15532 B PM MIYAMURA, Stacey K. P-3 24348 A DAY MOSLEY, Robert L. P-3 15213 B PM MURACHVER, Scott P-2 27875 A AM NAVA, Sandra L. P-2 26153 A AM NEGRETE, DAVID P-2 26682 AM NELSON, Diane L. P-2 26174 A DAY NESS, Richard L. P-3 15535 A DAY NIEMAN, JAMES P-2 27803 A AM NOSS, James B. P-2 23376 B PM OKEY, Francis T. P-3 15857 A DAY OLIVAS, Ruben A. P-3 20643 B PM ORTIZ, Rick P-2 22862 B PM PADILLA, John F. P-3 22782 B PM PALLARES, VERONICA P-2 26755 A DAY PEDEMONTE, Nadya P. P-2 27532 B PM PINEDA, Karen S. P-1 30257 A AM POLEHONKI, Albert M. P-3 22869 B AM POULSON, :Alexander p P-2 20169 A DAY PUCHI, Anthony W. P-2 25753 B PM QUIROGA, Robert A. P-2 27633 B PM April 17, 1992 NAME RANK SERIAL A/B WATCH ..; ------------------------ -------- ------ ----- OFFICERS ----------- RAMIREZ, Antonio T. P-2 24155 A DAY RAMIREZ, Leonard Jr. P-1 30121 A DAY RAMIREZ, Leonard R. P-3 13589 A DAY RANGEL, Raymond L. P-3+1 21828 A DAY RHETTS, William B. P-3 25114 B PM RICK, Edmund P-2 25506 A DAY RODRIGUEZ, Isidro T. P-2 27950 B AM RODRIGUEZ, Philip A. P-3 16924 B PM RODRIGUEZ, Robert P-2 24946 B PM ROSALES, John P-2 27889 A DAY RUEDAS, Sergio H. P-2 24557 A DAY RUIZ, RALPH J P-2 25508 B PM RUSSELL, Daryl M. P-3 22504 B PM SALAZAR, Sam S. P-3+1 20650 B PM SAN ROMAN, Roberto P-2 21594 A DAY SANCHEZ, Kenneth V. P-2 26419 A DAY SANDEFUR, Jeffrey A. P-2 24891 A AM SCHMIDT, Kandis M. P-2 26922 B PM SCOTT, Charles L . P-3 16379 A AM SEARS, Daniel P-2 27893 A DAY SHIN, Troy U. P-2 26764 B PM SHIVER, James E. P-3 17191 B PM SHUMAN, Gary P-2 27081 B PM SILBERER, Allyn M. P-2 23730 A DAY SKEETER, Rodney A. P-2 26765 A DAY SMITH, Christopher P-3 20448 A AM SMITH, Eugene P. P-2 22510 B PM April 17, 1992 I I NAME RANK SERIAL A/B WATC I ~ ------------------------ -------- ------ I OFFICERS ----------- SOSNOWSKI, Phillip J. P-1 27897 B PM SPRINGER, William J. P-2 21122 A DAl STANLEY, Sherri K. P-2 25925 A DA1 STEVENS, Rhonda P-2 27694 B PM STIRLING, David E. P-2 26707 B PM STOGSDILL, Kevin L. P-2 27548 B PM TARANGO, Manuel P-2 23735 B PM TARANKOW, John P-2 27901 A AM THOMAS, Troy D. P-2 27350 B PM TOJONG, Warren Q. P-2 27088 A DAY TORRES, Marcus R. P-2 30015 B PM TRUJILLO, David P-2 22897 A PM VALOIS, Raymond P-1 30129 A DAY WARREN, John P-2 25457 B DAY WAYMIRE, Paul P-2 27010 B DAY WHITTLES, Kelly D. P-2 27012 B PM WILL, Richard B. P-3 13813 A DAY WILLIAMS, David P-1 30207 B PM WILLIAMS, Paul s. P-3 24569 A DAY WILLIAMSON, Michael D. P-1 24309 B PM WILLINGHAM, John R P-2 27656 B PM WILSON, Johnny s. P-3 13970 B PM WRIGHT, M. P-1 30274 B PM WRITER, Joseph F. P-3+1 17250 A DAY ZILKA, Christine P-2 25343 B PM April 17, 1992 r. NAME -i RANK SERIAL A/B WATCH ------------------------ -------- ------ ----- RESERVES ----------- BERGER, Eugene Tech Rl497 A DAY BRAGG, Timothy Line Rl244 A DAY CANNON, Sharolyn M. Tech RO761 A DAY COPLEY, Douglas Line RO325 A DAY DON, Leroy Jr. Tech Rl783 A DAY EULER, Cathy Tech Rl33O A DAY FAUST, Albert Tech RO1967 A PM GOMEZ, David Tech Rl261 A DAY GUAJARDO, Adriana E. Tech Rl79O A DAY HASS, Albert Tech Rl9O3 B DAY JACOB I I I, Eugene w. Tech RO2O28 B DAY MEJIA, Anna Tech Rl912 B DAY PAINTER, Thomas R. Line RO14O A DAY PETERS, Anne Marie Tech Rl8O2 B DAY PUCKETT, Joyce F. Tech RlOOO B DAY REYES, John Tech Rl915 B DAY ROSE, Dale Chap Rl431 B DAY SARINANA, Ronald P. Tech Rl285 B DAY SIMONA, Steve Tech Rl475 A DAY VALENZUELA, Joseph Tech Rl811 A DAY WEELAND, Phillip D. Line RO1O3 B DAY WESTHOLDER, Jerry Chap Rl658 B DAY WONG, Kenneth Tech Rl43O B DAY CIVILIANS AMEZQUITA, Joe B. CSA E8732 DAY April 17, 1992 ---~-- ---------- - - • ~ NAME ____________________ RANK SERIAL A/B WATCH -------- ------ ----- CIVILIANS ----------- BONILLA, Sulay CT E9117 DAY BONNER, Deidre L. CT G8848 AM BROWN, Larry J. CSA M9949 AM CRANE, Reynold J. CSA GO9272 DAY GARCIA, Anabelle SECY C9187 DAY HALLOCK, Mercedes CT E9186 DAY HERNANDEZ, R~dy Sr CSA E9641 DAY HOFFMAN, Robert w. PCP3 C984O DAY KIM, Hyun Soo CT G9O96 PM KINNON, Therese CT E9635 AM MIRELES, Leticia CT G9O72 DAY MURILLO, Patrici a CT GO8184 DAY OKA, Geraldine SCT EO913O DAY PINUELAS, JOE PSR CO9281 DAY THUT, Jan B. SCT M8316 PM TURRIETTA, Angelica SCT E96O1 DAY ZAMORA, Patricia SCT B8344 DAY April 17, 1992 C ( !toR'l'BEAST AREA UNUSUAL OCCURRENCB PLANS These plans have been designed to serve as a guide to a field supervisor who initially arrives on the scene. They were written in an attempt to achieve control of situations and restore order as rapidly and efficiently as possible. Since no two situations will be alike in nature, scope, or magnitude, it ia necessary for these plans to be basic and flexible. The field supervisor in every situation will have to make modifications as the need arises. All .field supervisors must be cognizant of the fact that as the first supervisor at the scene of an unusual occurrence, they will be required to function as Field Commander until properly relieved by the Watch Commander. All Watch Commanders, Assistant Watch Commanders and Field Supervisors shall be thoroughly familiar with the content~ of these plans. . I Watch Commanders shall provide orientation and training to ALL supervisors new to the Area each deployment period. Watch Commanders shall ensure that all supervisors are fully trained in the requirements and responsibilities of their position. - - --,- . , . .. . . 1.2.2 OFFICE OF OPERATIONS ORDER 110. 6 March 14, TO: All Area Commanding Officers, Office of Operations FROM: Director, Office of Operations SUBJECT: AREA CONS0LI0ATEU S"fA;HJING PLANS/FIELD COMMAf~j POST OPERATIONS EFFECTIVE: IMMEUIATEL Y PURPOSE This Order delineates procedures for maintaining and revf~fng the emergency standing pla~s. establishes unusual occurre~ce (U.O.) cadres fer the geographic bureaus and esta~lishes the position of a Bureau U.O. Coordinator and Area Special Events Coordinator. Therefore, this Order cancels Office of Operations (O.O.) Order Ho. 4, dated March 2, 1984; No. 23, dated October 5, 1987;· 1nd, u~. 28, dated July 21, 1976. JNf'ORHATlON Natural catastrophes such 1s the 19b7 Whittier earthquake, Hurricane Hugo, and the 198~ San Francisco earthquake wr~ak hav\)t on commJreitf es and place a i.-Clt deal of strain on local residents. During such catastrophes, the residents of Los Angeles wfll look to Cft, government for leadership 1nd stab.fltty. Thus. Areas and burea~s must be prepared to respond rapidly with sufffctent personnel and logfstic1l support to control c1t1strophfc situations. In order to 1chfeve this goal, Areas must maintain updated standfng flans and ensure that Area personnel are well tr1fned 1n the content and 1mp ementatfon of these plans. , Jt ts also essential that Department personnel be tr1fned fn ff11d connand post (FCP) procedures and given hands-on triinfng 1n order to become famflfar wfth the responsiDflftfes of the FCP positions. Questions regarding this Order 1111 be directed to the Tactical Manual Unit, Tactical Planning Sect,on (TPS), extension 54011. .. Area Consoli dated Standiny Plans/ Field Cor.tnand Post Operations Page 2 1.2.2 NOCEDURE CC11111anding Officers' Responsibilities Area connanding officers shall ensure that: . * Plans are consolidated in conformance with the attached guidelines; NOTE: - Attachment 1, "Required Plans and Aids," identifies the type of plans and operational aids to be included. Attachment 2, •Table of Contents," details each plan's contents. * Standing plans are updated annually by March 31, with three copies of updates or revisions forward~J along with an Intradepartmental Cor~espondence, Form 15.2, (see atta:hed exemplar) to the concerned operations bureau; NOTE: If t11~r-:? . :.r . '! no uprJi't';~ o ... revisior,s, ~ Ft>"'il 15.2 st~ting "No updates o, re~i.ii"'''s · shall ht. cornp,ti:t~d ind f~flw• irJtd through channels. · . * P1a~s are maintained in two-inch, three-ring binders and each notebook's frunt and edge are labeled to clearly identify the contents; * Plans are accessible and copies of plans are maintained fn the Area Qfffce, watch conrnander's office and in the Art1 conwnan~ post vehicle; * Area personnel ara familiarized (roll call training. Area training days, etc.) with the standing plans and their loc:c,tions; * Area A & B Watch Mobf1fzation rosters are updated and fo.-waraed to the c~ncerned bure1u and TPS each de~loyment periodi * A snf nfa:um of six personnel (un~ pirson per FCP po,ition) be assigned to ·the bureau FCP cadre and that they·attend 111 scheduled FCP training and exercises; • The bureau u.o. cadre coordinator 1s notified when an FLP cadre member fs no longer ablt to fulfill hfs/her assignment (e.g., transfer, retirement, injury, prornotfo,1 1 etc.); and, '_•A supervisor 1s •?pointed 1s Area Special Events Coordfftltor to coordinate the preparation of plans for the polfcfng of non-emergency 1pecf11 events and complete related reports. (Area connandfng officers are reminded that such events are the respons1b111ty of the concerned Area, unless the anticipated policing requirements exceed the capab111t1ts of the geographic Area.) . · ... ~ . • · Area Consolidated St~~ding Plans/ Field Conrnand Post Operations Page 3 1.2.2 lureau Commanding Officers' Responsibilities lureau commanding officers shall: • Ensure Area cofflTlandi n:; ",ffi cers update their stand. ing plans annua 11y; * Review the Areas' updates or revisions annually and ensure that three copies of ~pdates or revisions are submitt!d to the bureau along with a Form 15.2; * Update the bureau copies of the Areas' standing plans; * For•h~d tfie Fonn 15.2, along with two c,1,des of the updates or revisions. to TPS annually by April 3~; * Familiarize bureau staff .,~,-sonnel with the location.and cor1tent of the A~ea's standing plans; * £>1$:.,re the assigned supervisor ,i r!h,~res to the responsibilities of the Bureau u.o. Cadre Coordinat,,,·; and, * Notify T?S \'h Form 15.2 of all bureau FCP 1ctivc1tions, training and exercises, including the names and serial numbers 'Jf the personnel involved. Bure!; ~nusual Occurrence Cadre Coordinators' kesponsfbilfties Bureau ~.o. cadre coordinators shall: • CCJordinate the semi-annual trc1ining for 111 u.o. cadre personn\!1, including the training for nc~,, selected aembers; * Mclintafn updated rosters listing bu~eau FCP personnel, tr1fnfn~ received, their FCP assf9nment 1 division of assignment, date of partfcfpatfon fn last FCP actfvatfon/exercfse, and call-up fnfonnatfon as provided by TPS; • Ensure that vacated FCP positions are ff11ed f11r.1edf1tely; IOTE: - The sfx basic FCP posftfons (Field Connander. Executive, Operations, Jntellfge"ce, Personnel, and Lo9fstfcs Officer) shall be filled with a fnfmum of three people per posftfon. These positions can be filled -1th efther 119ht duv <•d1ca1 'restrictions penafttfn9) or full duty personnel • . • Coordinate semi-annual bureau-wide FCP exercises: and, * Coordinate the prep•r•tfon of plans for the polfcfng of non-emergency special e~tnts when the antfcfpated polfcfng requirements exceed the c1p1i>iiftfes of the concerned Area but do not exceed the capabflftfes of the bureau (Manual Sectfo" 2/1030.!1 delineates repons1~111tfes for the policing of non-emergency events), and complete 111 related reports. Area Consoli dated Standing . • ans/ ·Field Conmand Post Operations Page 4 1.2.2 Tactical Planning Section Responsibilities 1PS shall be responsible for: ~ Nafntaining copies ,)f the standing plans for the 18 geographic Areas; • ·Auditing the standing plans annually to ensure that the standing plans are updated and distributed as required by this Order; · * Coordinating a training school for bureau u.o. cadre coordinators and a semi-a,rnual school for corm,and post cadre members; * Con1Jcting unannounced exercises of bureau U.O. cadres; * Maintaining a roster fo,· t!ach bureau listing U.O. cadre rnembers, their FCP assignment, training received, division of assigr,ment, date of participatic>, , in last FCP exercise/acthatfon, and call-up information; 1:1d, NOTE: A copy 01 tn£ roster will be provided to the concerned geographic bureaus by the third Frida/ of every deployment period. * Pre?aring plans for policir,g non-emerg'.!ncy special events when 1nticip,1ted policing recp i rt~1~t?nts exceed the capabi 1i ty or the concerned geographic bureau. r' . f)f '(-<JJ.1:. : .. ~ ROB£QT ~- V(RNON, Assistant tnief D1r-~ctor Office of Operations Attactr:11!nts Distribution •o• • ·, . REQUIRED PLANS ANO AIDS The standing plans to be consolidated are listed below. Applicable Tactical Manual sections that may assist fn plan development are included. In addition to the specific 9lans, several operational aids have been lfsted; Incorporation of these aids fn the consolidated plan package should provide U.O. responders and managers a ready means for establishing control ·fn the t1111ckest possible time. Attachment 2 specifies the order and scope of content for each main item comprising the consolidated package. All Areas preparing plans should conform as much as possible to this format. Plans • Protection of Department Facilities Reference: Tactical Manual Section 8/600 *Mobilization: Reference: Tactical Manual Section B/100 * Civil Defense Warning Rtference: Tactical Manual Section B/400 • Earthquake Response · Ref£renct· T?cti:a1 ~6~u~1 ~Pctio~ 0/31~.06 * Dam Inundation (Separate from the "Earthquake Response Plan" for ease of access) Reference: . Tactical Manual Section D/317.06 • Special Area and Single-Use Pl~ns * Vital Point Survey • Facility Hazardous Materials Plan Afds * Notifications * Plan Maintenance * Logfst1cs * Connand Post Sites, Staging Areas, and Evacuation Centers • •watch Comander's Guide for Control of Disasters and other Emergencies• • Emergency Operations Guide • Checklists: (a) Field Comand Post - W/C - U/0 Procedures (14~15) (b) Barricaded Suspect - Terrorist Actfvfty (14.16) (c) Offfcer-Jnvolved Shootings - lomb emergencies ·(14.17) (d) First Responder disasters (14.18) ATTACHMENT I J. n. JII. IV. TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTIFICATIONS •••••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Policies •~· d Procedures for Notifications · ············•••••.L-e••·········· Area Level ••·····································••••••••••·········· Bureau Level ••·································•·••••••~••·•·•······· Other Department. Noti f i cat f ons •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• · ••••••••••• Outside Agency Notifications ···•·················••••••••••~•········ PLAN MAINTENANCE AND DISTRIBUTION • •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Schedule of Plan Maintenance •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Location and Distribution of Plan ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Watch Conrnander's Office ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Area Conwnandfng Officer •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Area Response Vehicle •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Distribution to Bureau and TPS ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• LOGISTICS ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Maintenance and Inventory of Area Resources ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Location and Numbers of Emerpency Equipment ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Barricades •••••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Rope ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Stanchions ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Flares ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Sandbags•••••••·•·•··•······••···•••·•••••••·•·••••••·•••··••·••···•· Radiological Monitoring Equipr.1ent ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ~ •••••• Medical Supplies •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• : •• PROTECTIOfJ OF DEPARTME~JT FACILITIES PLAN • ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Normal Security Procedures••··••··••••••••·····••·•·••••••·•••·•········ Stages of Defense····•·············•·•··••·•··••··••··•················· Activation and Escalation of Defense Posture••••••••••••••••••••••••••·· Operations During Station Defense Alert••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•·•· P · atrol Divi s1on •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Detective Dfvisfon ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Jafl Section •• : •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Diagrams•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••· Floor Plan•••••·•••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•••••••••···•••······ Defense Post Locations•••••••••••••••••••••••••·••••••••••••·••······ Traffic and Perimeter Plan•••··••••••••••••••·••••·••••••••••····•··· · (OP's, High Ground Street Closures. etc.)•••••••••••••••·•······ Station L1ght and Ventll1tor Controls•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••··• Utflfty Shut-Off Valves and Gasoline Tanks••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Station Evacuation Plan••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·••••··•· Posting Schematics of Police Facflttfes ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• (Depicting Routes for Emergency Evacuation) ••••••••••••••••••••••• For Employees. Prfsoners and Yfsftors, fncludfng tht Handicapped ••••• Building Exfts Promfnentfy Marked•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• • ATTACHMENT 2 P1ge 2 V. MOBILIZATIO~ PLAN•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Mobilization and Tactical Alerts ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ~ •••••••••• A and B Roster····••··•···········•·•·•·•••···•·••••••••••••••••······ Damage Assessment Team Assignments•••••••·•·••·•••••••••••••••••••••· Call-up and kecall Procedures•····•···••·····•····•·•••••·••········· Mobilization and Tactical Alert Teletype Exemplars•••••••••••••••••·· Operations During Mobilization and Tactical Alert•••••·••••••········ Patrol Division·•··•••·•·•···•••••••••••••·••••••••••·••••······· Detective Division••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••· Jail Section•·•·····•·•••·•·••••••••••·•·•••••••••••••·•••··•···· VJ. CIVIL DEFENSE WARUING PLAi~ •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Area Function During Preiitninary Stages of an Attac( Probable Warning••••••••••••••••••••••·•••••••••••••·•••·· Civilian Sheltering••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·· Shelter Assig~ne~ts of Area Personnel ••••·······•·•••••••············ Per~onnel t~ RPrnafn on-Duty During Preli~inary Sta~~s of a~ Atta~~ ~robable ~~rr.in; ·•·••••·····•••••·•·····~···· Dutt Assignments and Sheltering for Additional Personnel fn the £vent of Depart11ent Mobilization •••••••••••••••• Location of Shelters Within Geographical Area•••··••••••••••·•·····•· Key Personnel/Attack Probable·•••••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••···•·•·· Prisoner Sheltering•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Operations ~urfng I Prolonged ~arning ••••••·••••••••••••••••••••••·•· Radiological Monitoring ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• VII. EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLAN•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••~•• Respons1bi11tf~i •fter an Earthquake Strikes•••·•••••••••••••••••••·• Situation Estimate••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Damage Survey•••••••••••••••••••••••~•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Key facflftfes ·•••••·•··••••·••••••••••••••••••·•·••••••••···•·•· Dams•••••••••••••••·•••••••••••••••••···•••••·•••••••·•••••··•···· Hazardous Materials Storage•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Utflftfes •••••••••••••••~••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••···••• Tr1fffc Arterfts ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Ingress/Egress•••••••••••·••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•• Personnel Status••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Inter-Departmental Lfafson (EOC, £00) •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• · Evacuatfon •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·••· 1111. DAM INUNDATION PLAN••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••~•••••••• Pre•detena1ned COllllllnd Post locations 1nd Ev1cu1tfon Sftel ••••••••••• Pre-detem1ned Personnel/Resource Estfutes •••••••••••••••••••••••••• (Include dfrectfons for outsfde unfts to respond and include teletype 1xeapl1r1) Dam Inundation Nips•••••••~•••••••••••••••••~•••••••••••••••••••••••• (Should be pre-marktd showfng CP sites, etc.)•••••••••••••••••••·•••• Traffic Plan••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·••·••· Shelterfng ••••••••~•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Ev1cu1tfon Routts •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• P1ge 3 XJ. COMMAND POST SITES, STAGING AREAS, AND EVACUATION CENTERS •••••••.•.....• x. •wATCH CO~NOER'S GUIDE FOR CONTROL Or DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES" ANO CHECKLISTS: FORMS 14.15, 14.16, 14.17 1 14.18 XJ. SPECIAL AREA PLANS ANO SINGLE-USE PLANS••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•••• (Examples) LAX Afr/Sea Disaster Plan •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Big Tujunga Canyon Evacuation Plan ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Wilshire Hyatt Civil Disturbance Response Plan ••••••••••••••••••••••• Operation Brushfire·••·••••·••••••••·•••·•••••••••••••••••·••···•·•·· Federal Facility Response 1n the Event of a Civil Disturbance •••••••• Convention Center Traffic Plan·····•····•••••·••·••••••••••••••·••·•· Canadian Consul General Protection Plan •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Tsunami Plans for Coastal Alerts ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• XII. VITAL POINT SURVEY I d '?:, !. i ~ y v ·: ta 1 ° r; "'t s r, y ; y ~ ~ c. :i (: L ~: e t ~ o., . . ••••••••••••.••••••••••••• Required ~osts for Proifsfon of Minimum Security ••••••••••••••••••••• Contact Numbers for Personnel Regularly Manning •••••••••••••••••••••• or Responsible for Installations ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Ingress/Egress Routes for Facflftfes ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• XIII. FACILITY HAZARDOUS mTERI~LS ~LAN ~·Facility Infonnatfon •••••••••••••·•••••••••••••••~•••••••••··•••••••• ~Hazardous Mater· 1a1s Inventory •··••··••••·••••••••:••••••••••··••••·•• C Hazardous Waste Inventory •••••••••••••••••••••• · • .-•••••••••••••••••••• Plan Index•••••••••••·••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·••·••••••••• ~Site Map••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• t Fac11tty Emergency Response Plan•••••••••••••••••••••••••···•·••···•• Not1ftc1tfon Procedures•••••••••••••·••••••·•••••·•••··•········· Medi cal Asst stance Plan •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• _ •• ; ••••••• Evacuatfon Plan••••••••·••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••··•·•···• ~ N1tfgatfon Plan••••••••••••••••·•••••••••••••••••••·•••••···••·•· Abatement Plan···•••••••·•·••·••••·••••••••••••••••·•·••··•······ /'Pr•ventfon Plan•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·••····••·•• · ~ New Eaployee Training••·•·•·•······••·····••••··••··•••··••·········· I Refresher Training ••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• .. . .. .... •c• • • Cpera::.:,~s- l3urea1: ------- ·J9JtC~l: CCNSCL!D.AT:E:D ST • .\...'lD~G P!..A..~S R!:V'ISICNS FOR 1985 It 11 reou- ested t.'lat veu: cocv of _____ Area:s consolidated StL~ci.~i pl~s be upc:a.:ed or· re .. nsea as 10.J.OWS: ':"able o: Conte~tS Loristics .Area ~ta:icr. Wa10n ~ve:tor:1 (2 pares) • Protee~on of De~c-=en-: Fac!ll~es Soco ~earc!l ar.a ~-,ac~a:cr. Proce:ures (paie 2 only) ~SZRT . . ·sa=e Sace (3 pare•> Sa=e nere a:e no ot.'ler ,:pc!a:es or revisions for 1985. tt is also requesied tiro copies of t.'ie cha.nee• be forwa:ded to Tactical Pla:-.r.L-i1 Sec:ion. CH!:. Rooc E-120 • • Captain ·e .. o-c ............ ::i~a:~:i~c""!l'm--,~Oi---u .... c-•r Area ------ • C I. VOLUME I NORTHEAST AREA UNUSU~ _ pcCURRENCE PLANS TABLE OF CQt!l'ENTS fl.AN MAINTENANCE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Divisional Resources B. Schedule of Plan Maintenance II. NOTIFICATIONS A. Arrest B. Conveyance Accidents C. Damage to Property D. Deaths, Injuries, and Incapacitations E. Disasters F. Disturbances G. Explosives/Explosions H. Field Contacts I. Tactical Situations J. Local outside K. Miscellaneous III. LOGISTICS . A. Response Vehicle Inventory B. Divisional Equipment Report . C. Street Maintenance Yard Listing · and· Equipment Inventory IV. PROTECTION OF DEPARTMENT !'ACILITI~S _ PLAN A. Station Security Plan - Northeast Facility B. Station Defense Plan C. Photographs of the Northeast Facility D. Northeast Division Facilities Engineering E. Police Academy Defense Plan F. Mounted Unit Security and Defense Plan V. MOBILIZATION PLAN A. Operational Plans B. Tactical Manual Sections (B/100) C. Unusual Occurrence Per onnel ~tatus Report D. Area Pereonnel Roster •· Mobile Command Fleet VI. CIVIL DBl"ENSE WARNING PLAN A. General Plan B. Northeaet Area C. Gloeeary of Term D. Fallout Shelter Location• E. City Emergency Maeter Plan r VOLUME II .., . ( VI I . EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLAN A. Department overview (See Function Index) B. Northeast Area Earthquake Emergency Actions C. Northeast Area Earthquake Response (See Function Index) VIII. DAN/RESERVOIR INUNDATION Introduction IX. X. ~I. A. Reservoirs in Northeast Area 1. Eagle Rock Reservoir 2. Highland Reservoir 3. Garvanza Reservoir 4. Elysian Reservoir 5. Solano Reservoir 6. Silverlake Reservoir 7. Rowena Reservoir B. Dams Outside of, but Affecting Northeast Area 1. Devil's Gate (Empty) 2. Sepulveda 3. Hansen COMMAND POST SITES, STAGING AREAS,~ EVACUATION CENTERS VOLUME III WATCH COMMANDER'S GUIDE FOR CO~OL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES Emergency Operations Guide Responders Guide Checklists 1. Field Command Post/Field Jail Unit (Form 14.15) 2. Barricaded Suspect/Terrorist Activity (Form 14.16) 3. Officer-Involved-Shooting/Bomb Emergencies (Form 14.17) 4. First Responder - Disasters/Emergencies (Form 14.18) 5. Emergency Operations Guide SPECIAL AREA PLANS AND SINGLE USE P~S , A. Fire,Emerqency Plana 1. Mount Washinqton Area 2. Elysian Park Area 3. Griffith Park Area B. Disturbance at Dodqer Stadium C. Emergency Procedures at the Los Angeles Zoo (Advisory Only) XII. VITAL POINT SURVEY r XIII. KEY LOCATIONS ( A. Overview B. Command Post Locations c. Staging Areas D. Evacuation Centers E. Schools and Playgrounds F. Fire Stations G. Emergency Phone Numbers and Outside Police Agencies H. Military Installations I. Fire Arms/Explosives J. Fire Arm Dealers K. Hospitals - Area and Contract L. Convalescent Hospitals M. Pharmacies, Medical and First Aid Supplies N. Call Boxes (Gamewells) o. Primary Access Routes - Overpasses and Bridges - Traffic Arteries P. Theaters Q. Dams/Reservoirs R. Water Tanks s. Power Installations/High Voltage Lines T. Private Utilities and Telephone Installations u. Natural Gas Feeders v. Petroleum Pipe Line(s) w. Buses and Trucks X. Heavy Equipment Y. Aerial Photographs, Northeast Area Vital Points and Key Locations XIV. NORTHEAST FACILITY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PLAN INDEX A. Facility Emergency Evacuatipn Plan ----- B. Hazardous Materials Inventory C I PLAN MAINTENANCE AND .. !?ISTRIBUTION • I A. Department orders require that this consolidation of Northeast's required standing plans be reviewed and, if needed, updated annually. Copies of the revisions are to be submitted annually by April 30th to Operations-Central Bureau and Tactical Planning section. It shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer, Northeast Patrol Division, to accomplish these annual reviews. B. Distribution shall be as follows: Master: Copy: Copy: Copy: 2 Copies: April April April April Area Commander's Office Patrol Commander's Office Watch Commander's Office Operations-Central Bureau Tactical Planning Section -----• 1991, By __ -----• 1992, By __ -----• 1993, By _ _ _ _____ , 1994, By __ _____ ,Serial# __ _ _ ___ ,Serial# __ _ ___ ,Serial# __ _ ____ ,Serial•--- (__ II N O T I F I C A T I O N S Notification procedures of unusual incidents to Bureau level are the eame as to Detective Headquarters Division, per Manual Section 4/214/50. Officers investigating an incident that is, or may be, of unusual concern to the Department, or which requires major police action, shall notify the Administrative Information Unit,· extensi. on 5-3261, Detective Headquarters Division. The senior officer at the scene of an incident shall be responsible for making the notifications as soon as practicable. The first supervisor who becomes aware of the incident shall ensure that the notification is made. Such incidents shall include the following: A. Arrest B. C. D. Foreign national arrested Department employee arrested News media member arrested Conveyance Accidents Train derailment Aircraft accident Serious Officer-involved traffic accident Damage to Property Arson suspected Extensive damage to Department equipment or facilities Deaths, Injuries, and Incapacitations Death or serious injury of citizen or suspect as a result of police action Death or serious inj~ry of citizen or suspect in police custody Mentally 111 Department employee z.· Di a ter Earthquake 19lood Landslide Aircraft Accident Train Wreck Major fire Major traffi~ accident Major traffic congestion ,_____ ____________ ______ --- ••• ~otifications (Continued) E. Disturbances Mass arrests G. Major demonstration Department mobilization Emergency Control Center activation Field Command Post activation Unusual occurrence Explosives/Explosions Bombing or bomb threat Found explosives · Gas leak or explosion Sonic or other blast of unusual magnitude B. Field Contacts Aggravated contact involving consular office VIP as victim, suspect, or deceased I. Tactical Situations J. Barricaded suspect Murder, kidnapping, or unusual newsworthy crime Officer-involved shooting Pursuit Search for missing juvenile Shots fired (not officer-involved) Local outside Police Agencies The below outside police agencies are in the immediate area of Northeast Division. 1. Glendale Police Department 140 North Isabel 818/956-4911 2. Burbank Police Department 272 East Olive 818/953-8731 3. Pasadena Police Department 142 North Arroyo Parkway 818/405-4501 4. South Paeadena P.D. 1422 Mission 818/799-1121 5. California Highway Patrol Metro Area 213/736-3301 (8 - 5PM) , 6. Califo~nia Biqhway Patrol Verdugo Hilla 818/575-6656 7. Sheriff's Station 8. Southern Pacific R/R Police Crescenta Valley 4554 Briq9s 1049 Richmont Street Los Angeles 90033 818/248-3464 213/668-4'914 I • K. Miscellaneous Blood run Radioactive material Any incident which an officer feels should be brought to the attention of the Department command or supervisor. ' I-II L O G I S T I C S *RESPONSE VEHICLE INVENTORY *DIVISIONAL EQUIPMENT INVENTORY *STREET MAINTENANCE YARD L-ISTING AND EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. NORTHEAST AREA RESPONSE VEHICLE INVENTORY The Immediate Response Equipment Box (wooden) is maintained in the trunk of the watch commander's response vehicle and contains the following equipment: IMMEDIATE RESPONSE EQUIPMENT * Watch Commander's Guide/Emergencies and Disasters * Emergency Response Guide Book (Chemical) * Jumper Cables * Sectional Ladder * Fire Extinguisher * Portable Spot Light * Poly Rubber Gloves * First Aid Kit * Hand Held Megaphone * Pry Bar * Flares * Air Crash Booklet * Train Derailment Contingency Plan * Occidental College Plan * Area Maps and Northeast Division Street Guide * Telephone Directory * Crime Scene Tape * Handcuff Chain * Plastic Handcuffs * Ear Plugs * Plastic Arrestee Property Bags * Plastic Trash Bags * Sheet * Drinking Cups * Emergency Passes * Evidence Tags * Short Form Arrest Reports * FRFC Books * Field Interview Cards * Crime Scene Logs * Unusual Occurrence Cards * Unusual Occurrence Squad Assignment Cards * Pens, Pencils, Markers, Chalk , Crayons * Stapler, Staples, Tacks *Whiteout B. NORTHEAST AREA UNUSUAL OCCURRENC~ EQUIPMENT BOX Below items are contained within the Northeast Area Unusual Occurrence Box (wooden). The unusual occurrence box is maintained by the divisional equipment officer and is kept in the station supply room. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE EQUIPMENT BOX * Unusual Occurrence Cards (A/B watches), Form 14.13.0/14.14.0 * Unusual Occurrence Squad Assignment Card, Form 14.12 * Operation Orders Briefing, Form 14.21.0 * U.O. Message/Request, Form 14.20.0 * Journal, Form 14.08 * Unusual Occurrence Situation Report, Form 14.10.4 * Unusual Occurrence Transportation Record, Form 14.37.0 * Mass Arrest Reports, Form 5.11.0 * Field ID Section Control and Transfer Record, Form 14.29.0 * Jail Transfer Form 16.11.0 * Property Receipt Form 10.10 * PIR's Form 3.01.0 * Continuation Forms Form 15.09.0 * FRFC Books Form 15.02.2 * FRFC Continuations Form 15.02.8 * Property Reports Form 10.01.0 * Emergency Response Guide Book (Chemical) * Unusual Occurrence Arm Bands * Temporary Emergency Passes * Index Cards * Analyzed Evidence Envelopes * Money Envelopes * Plain Brown Envelopes * Coin Envelopes * Evidence Tags * Evidence Seals * Non-Evidence Tags * Field Interview Cards * Business Cards * Clip Board * Legal Tablets * 8-1/2 x 11 Lined Tablets * Scratch Pads * Pens, Pencils, Markers, Crayons, Grease Pencils, Chalk *Whiteout * Scotch Tape * Stapler, Staples, Tacs * Glue * Rubber Bands * Colored Map Pins * Strinc;r * Plastic Property Bags * Plastic Handcuffs * Plastic Handcuff Cutter * Poly Rubber Gloves * Drinking cups UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE EQUIPMENT BOX (C_ qp_tinued) * Crime Scene Tape * Hand Held Megaphone * First Aid Supplies * Watch Commander's Guide/Emergencies and Disasters * Signage: >Disaster Area - Keep Out >Authorized Personnel Only >Police Staging Area >Restricted Area - All Vehicle Stay Out >Crime Scene - Authorized Personnel Only >Closed Area >Open to Residents Only - Violators will be Prosecuted >Detour >Extreme Fire Danger >Closed Area - Open to Residents Only >Arrows >Plain Signs >Command Post >Operations >Intelligence >Logistics >Personnel >Personnel Pools >Preas Relations C. CITY STREET MAINTENANCE YARDS - EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Northeast Division is in what STREET MAINTENANCE refers to as ZONE 1. In basic, street maintenance zones are the equivalent of police reporting districts. When contacting street maintenance personnel refer to ZONE 1 as the area (Northeast Divieion) of concern. This will alert the street maintenance people ·to what ector of the city that is affected and help expedite their response. The street maintenance supervisor for ZONE 1 is Mr. Bryant, phone 213/485-3837. The following city street maintenance yards are within Northeast Division. MAINTENANCE YARDS 1. Chevy Chase Yard 2. San Fernando Yard 3. Eagle Rock Yard ADDRESS 4610 Colorado Blvd. 452 San Fernando Rd. 2231 Fair Park Ave. General Equipment Maintained at City Yards; 1. Traffic Cones 2. Wooden Barricades 3. Emergency Flashes 4. Chains 5. Small Hand Tools 6. Sand/Asphalt PHONE 213/485-7559 213/485-5667 213/255-1463 It is reported that within the next year (from January 1990) each street maintenance yard will possess a DISASTER BOX. The Disaster Box is metal cargo container and is 8FT x 8FT x 20FT long. The DISASTER BOX will contain the following equipment: 1. Portable Generator 2. Shovels 3. Picks 4. Light Bar 5. Chain Saw 6. Small Hand Tools The DISASTER BOX is primarily for street maintenance use. However, in cases of dire need city owned equipment (aa the DISASTER BOX) can be obtained under the authority of emergency operations. IV PROTECTION OF DEPARTMENT F A C I L I T I E S P L A N * STATION SECURITY PLAN * STATION DEFENSE PLAN , * PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE NORTHEAST FACILITY * NORTHEAST DIVISION FACILITIES ENGINEERING * POLICE ACADEMY DEFENSE PLAN · * MOUNTED UNIT SECURITY AND DEFENSE PLAN * FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES SECTION DEFENSE PLAN • Jf'J~""'-) - --.;~ . ·-h. - r 1-. i-ft-;f1 tJ✓ 6r' P t1 f r.ri..r 1v11,~:- : . - f-p_c.,,11 ~ ( '-,4,,..,,J · .. - . - - . . I . · -~ - . _ '.- ' -I{ . . .. .. . • --"'i- -I · • ~ - _ .;·,.-;1: - · ... '::~---- . • -.... . l~.-- • . ..- ' .. ·- . • • · ! . .. ·. -., · - . .... - . ~ PROTECTION OF DEPARTMENT FACILITIES PLAN INDEX A. Station Security Plan - Northeast Facilities including Weatherite Building and DARE Division. 1. Station Security and Controls 2. Search ·Procedures for Northeast Facility 3. Evacuation Procedures B. Station Defense, Deployment Against Attack 1. Phase I, Attack Impending - Unverified 2. Phase II, Attack Impending - Verified 3. Phase III, Under Attack c. Photographs of the Northeast Facility D. Northeast Division Facilities Engineering NOTE: There are no engineering plans available for the Weatherite Building E. Police Academy Defense Plan F. Mounted Unit Security and Defense Plan G. Firearm and Explosive Section Defense Plan A. STATION SECURITY PLAN, NORTBEA~T -~ACILITY Station security is the responsibility of all Department personnel entering, leaving or working in the Northeast police facility. All personnel shall be alert to any suspicious activities and shall immediately investigate and/or report the occurrence to the Watch Commander or officer-in-charge of the facility. __,. .: All personnel should be alert to and report suggestions for - .· improving station security needs or modifications to this security plan to their immediate supervisors. Station security procedures shall be reviewed with all Northeast Area police personnel on a quarterly basis to ensure compliance. For the purpose of this Station Security Plan the Northeast Police facility. shall include Northeast Police Station, 3353 San Fernando Road, the Weatheri te Building housing Labo· r Relations Division, the Firearms and Explosive Unit of Scientific Investigation Division, the Blood and Alcohol Unit of S.I.D., 3401 San Fernando Road, the "Block House," to the rear of the property (utilized by the Firearms and Explosive Unit) and all parking areas for the facility. NOTE: Locations given, such as Northeast, Southeast, etc., are based on San Fernando Road being an east-west street. All directions (N/W Section etc.) are based on this premise. 1. STATION SECURITY AND CONTROLS Exterior Physical Security and Controls A. All exterior doors are to be locked on a twenty-four hour basis, except for the front entrance on San Fernando Road. The front entrance ia designated for citizens desiring to conduct business in the police facility and shall remain open unless an emergency situation exists. This entrance shall be under the constant observation of the desk person~el. B. During the hours of darkness the exterior of the tation shall be illuminated by lights where practicable and in tho~e areas critical to security. C. Gates and other physical barriers to restrict driveway(s) use shall be utilized. D. Lockin9 devices for gasoline receivin9 ports to underground storage tanks shall be utilized and in place at all times while not in use. E. Fire extinguishing equipment shall be secured and maintained. F. Flammable materials shall be properly disposed of and not allowed to accumulate. Station Security and Controls Interior Physical Securi~y-~nd Controls A. All offices unoccupied for thirty minutes or longer shall ~ be locked. Desk personnel on watches shall be responsible for checking these offices. Any unlocked doors, which should be locked, shall be reported immediately to the concerned watch commander. B. All police vehicles parked at or near the station shall have their doors locked and windows rolled up. This procedure is to be followed regardless of the length of time the vehicle is left unattended . All shotguns should be removed from police vehicles at end of watch and returned -to the kit room. C. All private vehicles belonging to personnel who work at the Northeast Facility and park at or near the station, shall have their doors locked and windows rolled up. This procedure is to be followed regardless of the length of time the vehicle is left unattended. D. All station personnel who carry briefcases, lunch boxes, or enclosed containers of any type into the station on a regular or semi-regular basis, shall have their name and serial number affixed to the container. The identification tag machine in Analytical will be made available for this purpose. E. All visitors with packages shall be requested to allow the visual inspection of their packages. If permis·sion is refused, the visitor shall not be allowed to go beyond the . lobby. Officers shall be courteous and tactful when following this procedure. F. Fire extinguishing equipment shall be secured and maintained. G. Electrical panels shall be secured and switches marked for easy identification. H. Non-uniform personnel will wear identification on outer garment at all times while inside Northeast Facility. I. Medical supplies and extra ammunition (.38 special 9MM and shotgun) shall be stored in the Supply Room for emergency use. Station Security and Controls Station Security Responsibilitie~ A. Security Responsibilities of tDe Watch Commander * The on duty Watch Commander shall be responsible for station security. He shall visually inspect the station - as many times as practicable and report his £(ndings on the Watch Commander's daily report {Two (2) security inspections per watch minimum). * * The Watch Commander shall maintain control and security of all keys, duplicate keys and master keys of all doors of the police facility and adjacent buildings. When confronted by an unusual occurrence which may threaten the security of the station or hinder police operations at the facility the Watch Commander shall implement Phase I of the station security plan. B. Security Responsibilities of_Desk Personnel * Desk personnel shall be armed with their approved service weapon and have available handcuffs, batons and flashlights, etc. * Interview all persons entering the station via the San Fernando Road entrance . * Direct visitors who are requesting police to the appropriate offi~e. * Visually inspect all containers ~rought into the station, except those carried by Department personnel that have their name and serial number on the container. NOTE: Discretion shall be used when the party involved is an employee of the Department and not assigned to Northeast Division. * If permission to examine a container is denied, the officer shall request that the individual depart from the station. Tact shall be employed to prevent the party from becoming unduly upset. The officer shall immediately notify the Watch Commander on duty during the incident, or as soon as possible. NOTE: Thie does not preclude the challen9ing officer from taking a more aggressive approach when a perceived or real threat exi t . * Check all unoccupied offices and room in the tation at least twice each watch .to ensure the door are locked. • Check the roof area at the direction of Watch Commander . Station Security and Controls Station Security Responsibilities. (Continued) * Immediately notify the Watch Commander of any article{s) that appears to be, or could contain an explosive device. Inform the Watch Commander of any attempt to breach station security. Advise the Watch Commander of - any door within the facility found open that~hould have been locked. C. Security Responsibilities of Personnel Not Directly Assigned to Some Type of Stat_ ~9n Duty * Except when transporting prisoners, all officers shall closely examine the station grounds for unusual circumstances or the presence of unauthorized individuals. * When available officers assigned to Basic "A" Car 11A89 shall patrol through the parking lots on staggered two (2) hours intervals. These units shall log each inspection on their Daily Field Activities Report. * Any article observed that appears to contain an explosive device, or any attempt to breach the station security, shall be reported immediately to the Watch Commander. * Officers shall not touch, examine, or attempt to move any article b~lieved to present a hazard to the station or its personnel. If such an item is located, the Watch Commander shall immediately be notified . . -- 2. SEARCH PROCEDURES FOR NORTHEAS_ T FACILITY Any employee, upon receiving any information from any source regarding t~e placing of an explosive or incendiary device at the Northeast police facility, shall immediately notify the Watch Commander on duty. It is highly desirable to separate threats of an impending bombing from threats of an existing device. If possible convey this information, with other specifics, to the Watch Commander. - A. Responsibilities of the W~t~h Commander 1. The Watch Commander shall be responsible for the search of the police facility when circumstances indicate there exists the possibility of an explosive or incendiary device at the facility. 2. The Watch Commander shall appoint an officer of supervisory rank to conduct and coordinate the search of · the facility. 3. The Watch Commander shall make all the necessary notifications when a suspected explosive or incendiary device has been located. These shall include, but are not limited to: a. Northeast Area Commanding Officer b. Northeast Patrol Commanding Officer c. Northeast Detective Commanding Officer d. Commanding Officer, Labor Relations Division (Weatherite Building) e. OIC, S.I.D. Firearms and Explosives Section (Bomb Squad), Weatherite Building f. OIC, S.I.D. Blood Alcohol Unit, Weatherite Building g. OIC, D.A.R.E. (second floor, Northeast Station) h. Administrative Desk of Detective Headquarters Division NOTE: When an item is found and believed to be an explosive or incendiary device, the Bomb Squad, S.I.D., shall be notified first. 4. The Watch Commander shall cause the activation of the evacuation plan for the facility upon discovery of a suspected explosive or incendiary device. 5. Personnel assigned to detectives, vice, and CRO, shall be utilized to assist in the search of facilities, or in any other capacity deemed necessary by the Watch Commander, during the emer9eney. Search Procedures for Northeast Fa~~~ity (Continued) B. Responsibilities of Officer In Charge of the Search Operation 1. The OIC shall appoint personnel to conduct the search in specific areas as described in this plan. The selection of personnel shall be dependan~ on the following: a. Experienced personnel b. Familiarity with the area the officer is to search c. Size of the area to be searched d. Personnel available for the search e. Number of officers needed to conduct the search f. Personnel assigned to the Weatherite Building, 3401 San Fernando Road, shall be responsible for searching that building during normal business hours. During off hours Northeast personnel shall contact Detective Headquarters Division and have personnel from the Firearms and Explosives Unit respond. Firearms and Explosives personnel shall then take charge of searching and securing the Weatherite Facility. g. Personnel assigned to D.A.R.E. Division shall be responsible for searching their office(s) and all storage area(s) utilized by D.A.R.E. Division during normal business hours. D.A.R.E. personnel shall also be responsible for searching the roof area that is accessible through the D.A.R .'E. office. During off hours Northeast personnel shall be responsible for searching D.A.R.E. office(s) and storage area(s). Keys to D.A.R.E. office(s) and storage area(s) are maintained in the Watch Commander's office. 2. The search OIC, with concurrence of the Watch Commander, shall assign as many officers as needed to implement this plan. 3. The search OIC shall establish a control record to ensure that each area has been searched. He/she shall also indicate the searching officer(s) and the results of · the search in each area. 4. The search OIC shall instruct on duty personnel to prevent all persons from entering the facility. Persons already in the facility during the search ehall be accounted for and directed to remain where they are. Or, for safety or security reasons these pereons may be escorted to the front lobby, and/or out of the facility. Station Security and Controls Search Procedures for Northeast ¥ _acility (Continued) 5. The search OIC shall instruct all officers involved in the search operation to report immediately to him/her when they discover any item of a questionable nature. He/she shall instruct these officers that at no time are they to handle any item of dubious origin. 6. The search OIC, upon being informed of the discovery of a questionable item, shall attempt to verify its origin. If verification cannot be made, the OIC shall immediately notify the Watch Commander. 7. The search OIC shall as soon possible report the search results to the Watch Commander. C. Responsibilities of Searchi~g Officers 1. Each officer shall conduct a thorough and systematic search of his assigned area. 2. Each officer, upon discovery of a questionable item, shall immediately notify the search OIC. Any questionable item located shall not be moved or disturbed in any manner 3. Upon completion of the search of his or her assigned area, each officer shall immediately report to the search OIC and be guided by his instructions. D. Suggested Search Pattern Area I------ Lobby area, Watch Commander's office, desk, Area offices, patrol offices, Analytical office. Area II----- Front property hallway, property room, detective offices, detective squad room, vice room, cot room, interview rooms, children services area, southwest hallway, northwest hallway. Area III---- Southeast hallway, coffee room, restrooms, janitors room, SPU offices, kit room, generator room, print room. Area IV----- Records unit, officer's report room, . community relations area. Station Security and Controls Search Procedures for Northeast Facility (Continued) Area V ------ Northeast hallway at rear of station, garage bays, offices and storage rooms, and boxing area. Area VI----- Second floor (including DARE)~ · building and roof area. Area VII---- Exterior of Weatherite Building. Area VIII --- Exterior of Bomb Squad block b~ilding and dog area. Area IX----- Parking lot and Treadwell Street areas. E. Responsibilities of Officers who are in the Station, but not Assigned to the Search Op~ration 1. Officers with prisoners in custody shall maintain custody of their prisoners and remain at one location. 2. Officers at the station on routine business shall not wander about the station. They shall make themselves available to the Watch Commander of OIC of the search operation. 3. Any officer discovering a suspicious article shall immediately notify the OIC of the search operation. 4. No officer shall examine, touch or attempt to move a questionable item at any t~~~- In all cases bomb squad personn~l from Scientific Investigation Division shall have the responsibility for handling and disposal of suspected explosives. - - - - - --------- ---------------, 3. EVACUATION PROCEDURES Any person receiving information from any source, regarding a bomb threat to this facility, shall immediately notify the Watch Commander on duty. It is highly desirable to separate threats of an impending bombing from threats of an already planted bomb. ~ -at all possible convey this information, with other specifics, to the Watch Commander. The Watch Commander rece1v1ng the information shall evaluate the situation and make a determination whether to evacuate, or shall cause the evacuation at the direction of the commanding officer(s) or officer of staff rank. A. Watch Commander's ResponsibilJ_ t;._ies 1. If the premises are to be evacuated, the Watch Commander shall: a. Cause notification(s) to be made throughout the station. Assume that all rooms are occupied and make notifications accordingly -- regardless of the time of day. b. Make immediate arrangements for evacuation of prisoners as well as employees and citizens. Use plastic restraints to restrain and connect · prisoners together. Also provide sufficient assistance to the concerned officers for them to do the job quickly. 2. The Watch Commander shall direct all employees not engaged in facilitating the evacuation, or assigned to the security force (See Section IV), to assemble at a safe location. a. Prisoners shall be assembled at a safe location of the parking lot and supervised by an appropriate number of guarding officers. Prisoners shall be transported away from the station at the earliest possible opportunity. Procedures used to transport prisoners should provide the minimum amount of risks to employees and prisoners in the event the station comes under attack during an evacuation. Evacuation Procedures (Continued) B. Exit Routes All personnel shall go to the nearest exit. Personnel exiting the building should remain alert for any evidence of tampering or the presence of any unusual objects and shall immediately report any such findings to the Watch Commander. - • To facilitate rapid evacuation of the building, personnel are requested to exit by the following doors: ·NORTHEAST STATION 1. Detective Personnel -2. Record Unit Personnel 3. Vice Unit Personnel 4. Property Unit Personnel 5. Roll Call Room 6. Locker Room 7. Desk Personnel 8. Watch Commander's Office 9. Area and Patrol Offices 10.CRO Personnel 11.Coffee Room 12.Analytical Office 13.Garage Personnel 14.DARE Personnel WEATHERITE BUILDING 1. Labor Relations Personnel 2. Firearms Unit Personnel 3. Explosives Unit Personnel 4. Blood-Alcohol Personnel 5. Surveyor Unit Personnel C. Notifications Front Property Door Front Lobby Door Front Property Door Front Property Door Rear Door Rear Door Front Entrance Front Entrance Front Door Rear Door Front Door Front Door Garage Bay Doors Rear Door, 1st & 2nd floors Front Door Front Door Rear Door Front Door Front Door In the event of an evacuation the Watch Commander shall make all necessary notifications. These shall include, but are not limited to: 1. Area Commanding Officer 2. Patrol Commanding Officer 3. Detective Commanding Officer 4. Administrative Desk of Detective Headquarters Division 5. Operations-Central Bureau - during business hours 6. Watch Commander, Communications Division Evacuation Procedures (Continued) D. Security Force The watch commander shall appoint a security force of sufficient number to prevent unknowing citizens from entering the facility after it has been evacuated. In appointing the security force, the watch commander shall take into account the possibility of the facili~y .coming under attack while unoccupied. The security force · personnel shall be equipped with ROVER units. E. The watch commander shall consider the possibility of notification to and/or the evacuation of businesses and residences adjacent to the facility. Personnel, other than those assigned to the security force and guards for prisoners, shall be used for this purpos~. B. STATION DEFENSE, DEPLOYMENT AG~Tt-!ST ATTACK The station of security plan has been developed to protect the Northeast Facility fr9m an attack. The plan has been broken down into three levels of deployment. The three levels of deployment are based on the following: 1. Phase I: Impending unverified threat of attack. 2. Phase II: Impending verified threat of a major assault on the facility. 3. Phase III: Suggested deployment tactics when the Northeast Facility is under attack. NOTE: Personnel of the Weatherite building and D.A.R . E. Division will fall within the protection of the Northeast Area facility commanding officer. Generally, D.A.R.E. personnel will not be utilized for station defense during Phase I or Phase -II. However, under Phase III, an actual attack, the facility commander or O.I.C., may direct Weatherite and D.A.R.E. personnel as necessary for the protection/preservation of life and property. Additionally, under Phase III, Weatherite and D.A.R.E. personnel will be responsible for the direction and protection of civilian personnel assigned to them. This directive does not relieve any officer from taking appropriate action during exigent or life endangering situations. PHASE I -- Deployment for an impending, unverified threat of attack. Northeast Division is highly vulnerable in an attack situation by way of access to the open county flood control channel that runs directly underneath the station. The channel is approximately 15 feet deep and 12 feet wide and is open to access in the 3000 block of Fierro and Rosslyn streets. The channel then travels underneath Northeast Station then becomes an open channel again at the dead end area of Chapman street (to the rear and east of the station). · The Watch Commander/Ole shall, as soon as practicable, dispatch . unit(a) to check all three locations for a breach in security. Some provision, ehould the incident be a protracted, for monitoring these locations be devised and implemented by the Watch Commander/OIC. STATION DEFENSE, DEPLOYMENT AGAINST ATT~~K (Continued) PHASE I deployment shall be maintained by all watches until the threat of attack no longer exists or other defensive deployment is necessary. · Deployment the Watch Commander shall: 1. Position one officer in front of the station and one in the rear parking lot. 2. Position two officers, in a black and white vehicle on San Fernando Road, near Treadwell Street, facing in a southeasterly direction. They shall position themselves so that they have a clear view of the northwest side of the facility, private vehicle parking lot, front of the facility and the surrounding terrain. They are to investigate and immediately report to the Watch Commander any incident or situation of a questionable nature. They are, also, to be utilized as a chase car in the event a hit and run attack on the facility occurs. They shall be responsible for maintaining a security log. Station Defense Deployment - Defens~_Against Attack (Continued) PHASE II -- Deployment for an impending verified major assault. This phase shall be implemented by the watch commander upon receiving verified information from a reliable source that the facility is to be attacked. Because of the impossibility of - preparing field tactics for every possible way an arttack could be launched against the facility, the field tactics to be employed shall be the responsibility of the watch commander. Deployment -- the Watch Commander shall: 1. Implement Phase I deployment. 2. Assign one additional officer to the desk. Officers at this position shall not allow anyone, other than employees, to proceed into the lobby without checking them for weapons and/or explosive devices. Desk officers shall have loaded shotguns within their immediate reach. 3. Position additional personnel on the exterior of the facility at the following locations: a. One officer in front of the station. b. One officer at the rear entrance of the station. c. One officer at the entrance to the northwest driveway of the facility parking lot. He shall challenge the occupants of all vehicles attempting to enter Northeast facility grounds and require Department identification prior to allowing admittance onto the facility. d. One officer on the southeast corner of the lower roof of the station. e. One officer on the southeast corner of the lower roof of the station. Each of the officers shall be equipped with a ROVER unit and a shotgun. 4. Establish mobile patrol. The mobile patrol shall act as roving outposts to alert the watch commander of impending dangers. a. Two officers in a black and white vehicle ahall patrol north and south on San Fernando Road, between Fletcher •and Glendale Boulevard. --------- --- Station Defense Deployment - Defen~e Against Attack (Continued) b. Two officers in a black and white vehicle shall patrol the north end of Treadwell Street and behind the station near Chapman St'reet as access permits. This area is difficult to secure by vehicular patrol units alone. It may be necessary for vehicle patrol units to ecure this area by employing foot beat tactics or by assigning a full time foot beat unit(s). - · S. Position reserve forces inside the station as circumstances indicate. 6. During a Phase II Operation, the watch commander shall cause the evacuation of all prisoners in custody. This shall be coordinated through the watch commander of Jail Division. 7. The watch commander shall make arrangements for aerial support from the Air Support Division. · 8. The watch commander shall make a request for immediate response of SWAT team equipment and personnel. The deployment of the SWAT teams shall be the responsibility of the watch commander, acting upon the advice of the SWAT team leader. Consideration shall be given to the replacement of Northeast Area personnel assigned to high ground security with SWAT team personnel. 9. During a Phase II Operation, the field deployment shall be maintained at the Tactical Alert minimum operating force level. All officers in the field shall be alerted to the situation and advised to limit their activities as during a tactical alert. If arrests are made by field units during a Phase II operation the prisoners shall be taken to Jail Division. The watch commander shall make arrangements with Jail Division to accept prisoners during this type of operation. Field units shall also be directed to stay away from the vicinity of the Northeast facility when clear. 10. Consideration shall be given to the possibility of the need for evacuation of residences and businesses that are either adjacent to, or near the facility. 11. Notification -- The watch commander shall make the appropriate notifications. They shall include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Area Commanding Officer b. Patrol Division Commanding Officer c. Detective Division Commanding Officer d. Commandin9 Officer - - OCB (when duty hour permit) e. Administrative Desk, Detective Headquarter l>ivision f. All neighborin· g areas a_ nd specialized divi ions Station Defense Deployment - Defen~~ Against Attack (Continued) 12. Other defensive procedures that shall be taken during a PHASE II Operation. are as follows: a. Consider turning off all front desk lights that are visible from the outside. b. Officers assigned to positions inside the fa~ility shall not expose themselves unnecessarily to possible gunfire from the outside. · c. Keep all police activity inside the facility to a minimum. If an assault begins, all officers should be cognizant of diversionary tactics and be alert for a multi-directional attack. It must be kept in mind that the objective of officers involved in a Phase II Operation is to prevent the aggressor from reaching the facility. PHASE III -- Suggested deployment tactics when the Northeast facility is under attack. 1. Staging Locations The following location may be utilized as Stating Area in the event the station is under attack. a. The K-Mart parking lot on South/West corner of San Fernando and Fletcher Drive. The public telephone numbers are 256-9437, 256-9486, 256-9875 (located in the Chevron Gas Station parking lot). NOTE: In order to use the K-mart parking lot in conjunction with the telephones located at the Chevron Service Station, it probably will be necessary to control the bank building and its parking lot that is located between the Chevron Station and K-mart. Station Defense Deployment - Defen~e Against Attack (Continued) 2. Field Commander's Responsibility The first field supervisor becoming aware of an attack on the facility shall immediately proceed to the above location or another location of his choosing to direct, coordinate, and control deployment of responding officers. Communications shall be maintained between the watch commander and Field Command Post. The Field Commander shall be responsible for locating and neutralizing snipers and for preventing the attacking force from reaching the facility. Additionally, the Field Commander shall be responsible for: a. Controlling fire power. b. Conducting field operations in a coordinated effort. c. Preventing officers from acting as individuals and jeopardizing themselves and the mission of the field force. ' d. Ensuring all operations are under the direction of a supervisor. 3. Watch Commander's Responsibilities a. The watch commander shall be responsible for notifying all personnel when the facility is under attack and shall coordinate the defense of the facility with the Field Commander. b. The watch commander shall instruct officers inside the facility to fire weapons on~y in the event attackers are attempting to enter. Officers should have a clear field of view and a good background prior discharging their weapons. ------------------- ---- ----~ --- Station Defense Deployment - Defense Against Attack (Continued) c. Emergency power' for the facility will be provided by the emergency generator located at the rear of the station. Each watch commander shall make himself aware of the location and proper shut-off method of each of the following functions: - 1. Water--Th~re are three (3) main water abut-off valves. One valve, which only reduces water volume by about half, is located at the rear of the building (Northside) near the back door. Valves two and three are assembled on the same line, adjacent to each other, and located next to the parking lot entrance gate OFF Treadwell Street. NOTE: The water supply for the sprinkler system is independent of the main facility water supply. The main shut off valve for the sprinkler system is located next to the detective commanding officer's office (detective squad room). The sprinkler shut off valve, and related plumbing, is painted red for identification. 2. Natural Gas--The main natural gas line gas shut-off valve for Northeast Station is located outside the building, N/E corner. It is on the left side of the gas meter and requires a 12" crescent wrench or similar type wrench to close it. 3. Electrical Power--Northeast Station power room is located at the N/W section of the station. The main power switch is located in the center of the power panel and will turn-off all electrical power within the facility. Additionally, the Watch Commander or Field Commander should consider R.O.V.E.R. repeater sites as possible targets. When considered to be a target the Watch Commander or Field Commander shall dispatch one unit to each of the R.O.V.E.R. repeater atationa within Northeast Area to protect those eites. a. Adams Hill - 1250 Scenic Drive, Glendale Westbound York Boulevard - Becomes Adams. to Stanford, right to Vanderbilt, right to Marion, left to Scenic, right to Repeator. b. Elyaian Park - 1226 Stadium Way C. PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE NORTHEAST FACILITY - - r ,, .. - -- L ,·. . ..-.. I- · .> ·· • . -~ i- ~ - - ~ - - ·I i'.,, 1.11 "' fl ... l ._ .... ,,, ; ..,,,.. - )~ : -:.i.~ - , • I - - - •· ~ - . - .Y ~ \ - - --,.;. ::1# -il ~~~ _:_ ,-_ _ _ . ' .... ~ .. = - I :; . I' '~ - : ,~ . '• ·., ·.ll!JI :. g - - .,.· . . : . .., ,. ~ "' •· • I J .·--· --, . ', . · ,. •--: l ·- ' \. . . ., ,l l .I ' ,, . ·.1 "' 'l,,,t ... .. : ' , • ... • .. ~ ...... ------· ,, • . ., \ ,,, - .. - ~ \_ D. NORTHEAST DIVISION FACILITIES ENGINEERING r - ~ ~ --------- ------------------------------ TABLE OF CONTENTS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. ELECTRICAL CONTROL ROOM LOCATIONS ........ FIRST FLOOR DIAGRAM 2. ELECTRICAL CONTROL ROOM LOCATIONS ........ SECOND FLOOR DIAGRAM 3. ELECTRICAL PANELS FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR ~- ELECTRICAL CONTROL ROOM CONTENTS ......... FIRST FLoeR · S. ELECTRICAL CONTROL ROOM CONTENTS ......... SECOND FLOOR 6.~ GENERATOR ROOM AND EQUIPMENT !'IRE CONTROL SYSTEM 7. FIRE DOOR AND LOBBY SMOKE ALARM 8. FIRE SPRINKLERS, FIRE HOSE STATION AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 9. FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 10. LOCATION OF HEATING AND A.C. UNITS 11. LOCATION OF THERMOSTATS AND SYSTEM SHUTOFF 12. A.C. SYSTEM DIAGRAM PLUMBING SYSTEM 13. MAIN SHUTOFF, RESTROOMS & SHOWERS AND WATER HEATERS 14. NATURAL GAS ALARMS 15. EMERGENCY ALARMS AND LOCATIONS TELEPHONE SYSTEM 16. MAIN TELEPHONE TERMINAL . 17 . . GAMEWELL SYSTEM, COMLINE AND INTERCOM 1A. TEMP. LISTING OF TELEPHONE NUMBERS • . . ..,-- '--' I· 114 . ' . . ,.. :7 ,---~ 1' . . ~l~rr. --- :.!'.ln.111. ~ ............. r-" L ------ r , j· • . . • 1 · ! '' · '- r· , - .-.··7• · • • ·". ~:.:.;· ,. ·•1 .J 1· .. · · .i..m l i -~ /IIIMI co-r MM :1 ~ •I ·1 ,,_..r,f f •• ·-.. \_!, •-- t::=::. "'P'.'•--1 .· • .. i • ! ' • I . ' ! _f i o ( · .. r, .. .., .'!.-• • . I '~c f ·• ' · ·• · ,-·1 ....... :1 "C-- . ,· ~: ::; - - I ', . •• i~r I . • I I ,·, , 4-'I ·! • I : • . ,r,:1 -~•J · o ~' . ·• ~ 111 • L ~ .... · .• ~~!l'--- 1 .. . r C, c.;·-p-~ - i, I , .. o~., ' .,,....., . !1 ,.... ·on.,~ [loil l&tl · .,rl ~a-· . i- n ., MU. lJ S.JL , .._ .!!!!! o['.1~.-C}> • - Ell . . . . · . ' . ~ - t . • •• t ! .. '. .. .. . . . . . .. . . • ~ . u . • . . . . :.:. .• .. _ __.. ... .. '· .. - .. . . .. • • . . . mij .: ... -~ I • . J .. ..... ·1 .J. ' I • .... . ·::., r -. .d%1.~1-~ozc-~~~ - ViY .... . • • -. .. • . ' • I ' , .. • I . .I :, I • . I I ·' .. • • .. • . . . ,· .• -· : ~/;•·~;r:f :\\.;-. : . . ·· .. ,. • •• ; ., . ~ ... · •-· · . •· .•· .~/l. ,: ~·~. ~~~ - i·• f . ! '. ! -~- ..... . ' ' . , . ' • f • • I • I .. /;· . I .. I . ' ·• .. .:----..:. l I I .. . . I • .. . . . l .. ' . . . I• ' . .... . ; . · . . .. . . .. . .. .. . , .rt.k· ': ·,.:. . . .. • ., . ! . I . i .. . . . • i i I • I I r , .. · ! . I I ' ! ~ • • ' ' . I ' . ! . • I • • • ! i I I • ! I . I ' ·•. . f I. t • • . . ' . . ' t · . .. .. ' \ ' . . I e I 1 ; j I ~ot.L c;-fU., &oo(?I . I I, . • . .- .., . ,, . ·• · ... j· . . , · ·;... .. . ,· .. . . NORTHEAST AREA HALLWAY ELECTRICAL PANELS , FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL PANELS Ea.OCATIONS: CONTENTS: LOCATIONS: CONTENTS: LOCATION: CONTENTS: LOCATION: CONTENTS: LOCATION: CONTENTS: PANEL "B" SOUTH HALLWAY ..... FIRST FLOOR ~ ··. TIMER FOR POLICE SIGN, COFFEE ROOM, DESK, LOBBY, SPRINKLER ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTOR IN LOBBY. PANEL "BB" SOUTH HALLWAY ..... FIRST FLOOR MAIN BREAKERS FOR PANEL "B" PANEL "D" EAST HALLWAY OUTSIDE OF C.R.O. FIRST FLOOR COMP. GENERATOR ROOM, GENERATOR FUEL PUMP, CRO, TCO AND KIT ROOM ..... FIRST FLOOR PANEL "DD" NORTH HALLWAY BOTTOM OF STAIRS FIRST FLOOR . MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERS PANEL "E" NORTH HALLWAY BOTTOM OF STAIRS FIRST FLOOR ELEVATOR LIGHTING SECOND FLOOR LOCATIONS: PANEL "K" HALLWAY OUTSIDE ROLL CALL ROOM SECOND FLOOR CONTENTS: ROLL CALL ROOM AND LOCKER ROOMS LOCATION: PANEL "A" HALLWAY ACROSS FROM WOMEN'S LOCKER ROOM CONTENTS: OUTSIDE FLOOD LIGHT TIMERS LOCATION: PANEL "AA" HALLWAY ACROSS FROM WOMEN'S LOCKER ROOM CONTENTS: CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND UNOCCUPIED SPACES f NORTHEAST AREA STATION ELECTRICAL ROOM LOCATIONS . FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL ROOM 11 LOCATION: CONTENTS: ACCESS: DETECTIVE SQUAD ROOM SOUTH WALL COMPUTER EQUIP. AND TELEPHONES SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY ELECTRICAL ROOM 12 LOCATION: CONTENTS: ACCESS: NORTH HALLWAY NEAR STAIRWAY TO SECOND FLOOR MAIN ELECTRICAL SHUTOFF, GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH AND A.C. CONTROL BOX. NOTE: WHEN THE GENERATOR ENGAGES THE A.C. UNIT WILL AUTOMATICALLY SHUTOFF. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESTART A.C. UNIT OR ADJUST BLDG. THERMOSTATS. SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY ELECTRICAL ROOM 13 LOCATION: CONTENTS: ACCESS: NORTH HALLWAY NEAR STAIRWAY TO SECOND FLOOR ELEVATOR MACHINERY AND MAIN SHUTOFF EMERGENCY NUMBERS: DAY 485-5617 NIGHTS 485-3367 SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY ELECTRICAL ROOM 14 LOCATION: CONTENTS: ACCESS: EAST HALLWAY NORTH SIDE OF BLDG. RADIO EQUIPMENT AND TELEPHONES SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY ELECTRICAL ROOM 15 LOCATION: CONTENTS: ACCESS: RECORDS UNIT ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS, MAIN TRANSFORMER SWITCHES AND TELEPHONES TRANS. #5, #6 AND 17 SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY - - - - - --- ----------------, NORTHEAST AREA ELECTRICAL ROOM LOCATIONS SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL ROOM .16 LOCATION: CONTENTS: ACCESS: EAST HALLWAY NEXT TO THE SECOND FLOOR EXIT TACTICAL RADIO CALLS SECURED .AREA, W/C MASTER KEY ELECTRICAL ROOM #7 LOCATION: CONTENTS: ACCESS: EAST HALLWAY ACROSS FROM ELECTRICAL ROOM #6 TELEPHONES SECURED AREA, W/C MASTER KEY NOTE: FCC RADIO STATION LICENSE IS POSTED IN ELECTRICAL ROOM #6 NORTHEAST AREA GENERATOR ROOM AND EQUIPMENT LOCATION: EAST HALLWAY NORTH SIDE OF BUILDING CONTENTS: ~UXILLARY GENERATOR - NOTE: IF GENERATOR SHOULD FAIL CHECK THE FOLLOWINC'-ITEMS: 1. BLACK PANEL ON THE END OF THE GENERATOR TOGGLE SWITCH MARKED RUN AND REMOTE, SHOULD BE IN THE REMOTE POSITION FOR THE GENERATOR TO ENGAGE. 2. THE GRAY BOX LOCATED ON THE WEST WALL CONTROLS THE GENERATOR WATER HEATER. THE SWITCH MUST BE IN THE ON POSITION FOR THE GENERATOR TO ENGAGE. 3. THE GRAY BOX LOCATED ON THE NORTH WALL CONTROLS THE GENERATOR FUEL PUMP. THE SWITCH MUST BE IN THE ON POSITION FOR THE GENERATOR TO ENGAGE. THIS SWITCH WILL ALSO STOP THE FLOW OF FUEL INTO THE BUILDING. 4. THE LARGE GREEN SITTING ON THE FLOOR AGAINST THE NORTH WALL CONTAINS THE GENERATOR AUXILLARY FUEL SYSTEM. THE CIRCULAR GAUGE MUST SHOW RED, IF NOT THE TANK IS EMPTY. 5. THE LARGE GRAY BOX ON THE EAST SIDE OF THE GENERATOR CONTAINS THE GENERATORS MAIN SHUTOFF. ACCESS: SECURED AREA, W/C MASTER KEY EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER~_ : DAY 485-2906 NIGHT 485-33.67 NORTHEAST AREA FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM !'IRE DOOR LOCATION: RETRACTABLE DOOR ABOVE THE DESK NOTE: DO NOT TAMPER WITH THE HANDLE ON THE UPPER LEFT SIDE OF THE FIRE DOOR. THE HANDLE WILL CAUSE THE DOOR TO SHUT AUTOMATICALLY IN THE EVENT OF A FIRE. LOBBY SMOKE ALARM NOTE: THE SMOKE ALARM LOCATED.ON THE CEILING IN THE STATION LOBBY IS NOT ONLY AN ALARM, BUT WILL ALSO SHUT THE LOBBY VENT IN CASE OF A LARGE AMOUNT OF SMOKE EXISTING IN THE LOBBY. THIS WILL COMPLETELY ISOLATE THE LOBBY FROM THE ENTIRE VENTILATION SYSTEM IN CASE OF SABOTAGE. NORTHEAST AREA FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM LOCATION: DETECTIVE SQUAD ROOM SOUTH WALL NOTE: WATER PRESSURE ON BOTH GAUGES SHOULD NEVER FALL BELOW -- 75 POUNDS. -IF THE SYSTEM BECOMES ACTIVATED THE DRAIN VALVE ATTACHED TO THE SYSTEM WILL SHUT IT DOWN. THE MAIN WATER VALVE LEADING INTO THE BLDG. WILL NOT SHUT DOWN THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. A SPRINKLER REPAIR KIT IS AVAILABLE ON THE WALL TO THE RIGHT.?F THE SYSTEM. SEE DIAGRAM SPRINKLER SYSTEM MARKED BY-~~---- EMERGENCY: TELEPHONE DAY 485-2906 NIGHT 485-3367 FIRE STATIONS: THERE ARE FOUR FIRE HOSE TYPE STATIONS LOCATED IN THE BLDG. ON THE FIRST FLOOR. STA. #1 SOUTH HALLWAY NEAR DETECTIVES STA. #2 DETECTIVE SQUAD ROOM NEAR THE WEST WALL STA. #3 NORTH HALLWAY NEXT TO STAIRWAY LEADING FROM - THE SECOND FLOOR STA. #4 EAST HALLWAY NEXT TO THE T.C.O. OFFICE SEE DIAGRAM: FIRE STATIONS MARKED BY __ 4 __ _ ~JRE EXTINGUSBERS LOCATION: W/C OFFICE ................................. SER.# 226874 EAST HALLWAY AT LOBBY DOOR ................. SER.# 227270 EAST HALLWAY OUTSIDE HOLDING TANKS ......... SER.# 226822 RECORDS ROOM INSIDE MAIN DOOR .............. SER.# 281252 EAST HALLWAY OUTSIDE TCO OFFICE ............ SER.# 244868 EAST HALLWAY OUTSIDE GEN. ROOM ............. SER.# 226820 DETECTIVE SQUAD ROOM ....................... SER.# 226878 DETECTIVE DESK ............................. SER.# 281643 PROPERTY ROOM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... SER. # 2 2 7 03 0 SECOND FLOOR TOP OF STAIRS OUTSIDE ROLL CALL ROOM ....... SER.# 226867 MENS LOCKER ROOM ........................... SER.# 226864 HALLWAY OUTSIDE OCB CRASH OFFICE. ···· · ·~···SER.# 226880 NOTE: SEE DIAGRAM FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, MARKED BY ft • • • ,. .• r . • • ; L . ' -1; t . . .•. . .... . . ··~ .' ' . ; . . . : ·• . . ., • . • :1 . i .. ~ .: • • t . . -! I ' . • .i . • t I . ' . . .. . . . . - • ~ 0 � • Jl~o · o/") ~..it!6& V • D DD oQ·-;,:- t I ........ --- .. ··· -··,,f,. .. . ., I J , . I ~- FIR~ ,1,oc-· PLAN. U' ,,.:,~ J . . r --------~~ ., NORTHEAST AREA AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM BEATING SYSTEM t.pCATION: ACCESS: ROOFTOP --~ ROOFTOP DOOR, ENTER THRU MAIN CRASH OFFICE ON THE SECOND FLOOR. ROOFTOP DOOR ON THE SOUTH SIDE BLDG. AND PADLOCKED WITH A 1080 KEYED PADLOCK. EMERGENCY SHUTOFF: ELECTRICAL PANEL CC3PH LOCATED NEXT TO THE WATER HEATERS IN THE MAIN CRASH OFFICE ON THE SECOND FLOOR. A MANUAL SHUTOFF SWITCH IS ALSO LOCATED ON THE ACTUAL HEATING SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOFTOP. 1080 KEY LOCATED IN W/C OFFICE. COOL AIR LOCATION: ACCESS : ROOFTOP ROOFTOP DOOR, ENTER THRU MAIN CRASH OFFICE ON THE SECOND FLOOR. ROOFTOP DOOR ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF THE BLDG. AND PADLOCKED WITH A 1080 KEYED PADLOCK. EMERGENCY SHUTOFF: ELECTRICAL PANEL CC3PH LOCATED NEXT TO THE WATER HEATERS IN THE MAIN DARE OFFICE ON THE SECOND FLOOR. A MANUAL SHUTOFF SWITCH IS ALSO LOCATED ON THE ACTUAL A.C. UNIT ON THE ROOFTOP. 1080 KEY LOCATED IN W/C OFFICE. THERMOSTATS LOCATIONS: THERMOSTAT #lA CONTROLLING ZONE #lA .... SEE COLOR CODE RECORDS UNIT NORTH WALL CHART CONTROLS A.C. UNIT #1 ON THE ROOF THERMOSTAT #1B CONTROLLING ZONE #1B .... SEE COLOR CODE UNIMPROVED AREA CHART CONTROLS A.C. UNIT #2 ON THE ROOF THERMOSTAT #3 CONTROLLING ZONE 13 . ..... SEE COLOR CODE UNIMPROVED AREA CHART CONTROLS A.C. UNIT #4 ON THE ROOF THERMOSTAT #4 CONTROLLING ZONE #4 .•••.• SEE COLOR CODE UNIMPROVED AREA CHART CONTROLS A.C. UNIT #9 ON THE ROOF NORTHEAST AREA AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (CONT.) THERMOSTATS (CONT.) LOCATIONS: THERMOSTAT #5 CONTROLLING ZONE #5 ........ SEE COLOR CODE - COMMUNITY RELATIONS OFFICE NORTH WALL CHART CONTROLS A.C. UNIT #10 ON THE ROOF THERMOSTAT #6 CONTROLLING ZONE #6 ........ SEE COLOR CODE TRAFFIC CONTROL OFFICE WEST WALL CHART CONTROLS A.C. UNIT #11 ON THE ROOF THERMOSTAT #7 CONTROLLING ZONE #7 ........ SEE COLOR CODE ROLL CALL ROOM WEST WALL CHART THERMOSTAT #8 CONTROLLING ZONE #8 ........ SEE COLOR CODE MEN'S LOCKER ROOM EAST WALL CHART THERMOSTAT #9 CONTROLLING ZONE #9 ........ SEE COLOR COD~- COFFEE ROOM WEST WALL CHART CONTROLS A.C. UNIT #8 ON THE ROOF. THERMOSTAT #10 CONTROLLING ZONE #10 ...... SEE COLOR CODE W/C OFFICE NORTH WALL CHART CONTROLS A.C. ' UNIT #7 ON THE ROOF. THERMOSTAT #11 CONTROLLING ZONE #11 ...... SEE COLOR CODE AREA C.O. OFFICE WEST WALL CHART CONTROLS A.C. UNIT #6 ON THE ROOF. THERMOSTAT #12 CONTROLLING ZONE #12 ...... SEE COLOR CODE PROPERTY ROOM NORTH WALL CHART CONTROLS A.C. UNIT #5 ON THE ROOF. EMERGENCY SHUTOFF FOR THE ENTIRE SYS~~~ LOCATION: ELECTRICAL PANEL CC3PH LOCArED NEXT TO THE WATER HEATERS IN THE MAIN CRASH OFFICE ON T~E SECOND FLOOR. ~ - - · •• ,,. .. · --- · •·· · • _ _ _.,_..glii'Td5<_.. ... _ ... ,._..r .. y .... , .. c .. r .. r .. w1aa-•C--<ii1iiiT•M--. .... s.a11Ac~s .. - . -..__.._ _ __.FiliTr.. ......... --- J /1 '. I= .. . I • i ! t I ' I I I , .. I ; I • ..... . . .. . .: .:• . . .. ' • • f •• . . .... ! .• ; . : • 1' •. . . i . ~ .I ~ ·• t i. .. 1 ! · 1 t : i l I I t . ; .. . ·• ·I . . ' . ~ :~~~;f ~-.:c;.!· IJ~G · --~l=j ') . L.-1 ~~ · l £~~ j .. . ·-- ":'... . 0 ~,~J; . • . ·- . . ..~ --.. (, - _ _ __:, ) .... -~~ tt:-- m •• ;""."9 ~~! • • • . • • ..... .l:;I #- . . . t . ,. ~~ Ci1-1"J'- : itrc,i -•✓o ~·;i ...... :-nm:· -~1 · ~- ........ l · A ••. . ,. ,;.-.,_: ~ .. ,R ~ I i I . .Q~ • ~!so I,-. •••.,• ) · . "•1 . T . F .. ' . . I I ,. ~ ., •• J ~ 4 J - / ·, • . . ' . ~ --··, :- :· ... 1 . . r- . • -~ .. I ,,, :_ · Z£t t ~ · . J 17· J . l l ~ . •-pr, L. I - ·. : f . ' + ,..;;;]~ ,.,:., -£~-f< ->zi1t.e ~ 1- ~-· rg: I -- .· . ~ ..-- ~ ~-- . ·. ·. . ·· .. -: , C, Ka · .. · .. ·· • .,.:..;1 ~- 4 • . ~r.t • • • • • • • • . • ,: .. . f ~ • .. ._:_ .. ~ • I ! .,..... • . •'•. •·· . . . • .. • • ·1 i ' ·1 -.. ~ . t • :-f'°' ~::-1 ··- ........ ~~~r -~~-- . I; !I . . f ,. - - rf . N ¢ , t(~.~ • · tLbo8 PLA.tL s - -~x ·l~- - . ______ _ .~-"_'_ · _ · --- - . -! (} I • .. .. , . l . . . . . . ·. . . I • J I ·' . . . I : • I : . • . ,. r I • I I ; I • : , l'1.i 6'-' _ l (J cw~ .....ar..d. ~A•.I ' • r.a , , ~~ r ±i ___ _. ... , ---- ) 1 - J !Ah_i/c!'_ ___ ,._..,. rnru«~- • . • ~ I ! t • ~ I . I • . .• ~.r,· .. • 1 · ... ~ ·-· r-Y r--- 1, ..... ' .. ~ ............ ..-:.~,:;;;,. • ' I f • • ' e t . I I 6 : ' ••• t : I ' I • I i : • t · I I r . . -. • • • . i . . . ; ' ' • . I : ; ~ • • I t . ,. ·• .. 1 • i . • i • 1 .· I ' . i I I .: . i •---• I • ------•- e I .. . I ' • ,. ' r I I . . ' = I •·. .. ~ .. _ .,. I . ~ . . . .. . . . . I . r I t. . . • .. ~ · .a ... , .. ' . ~ . ; . ! '. I I . . . . . O I • i •• i ; . : . . . . . . .... • i• ... i i . . . . . . I • . I • I . ' .. -· . .. , ••• I ~•• I ; . . I t I• i • • ' . I •. • ·i i .. . ' , . • I . .• ·, I : I • • : I I . . ' • . ' -. ·• ~ :; ,·. •1 • . .. :• ... , . ;_: . . . . t •· ••. :· I· •~•,·_ •: •1• • .· :··· : . ! . . . I !. ! • • -. ·. ~ • ! I :· ·1 • I I I • I t • .. I ~-~,;,;r- . ;,;r::,df .• . .. ... \ .!-~?: : -Z,11,11:? : ' ; , .. p cv t:AU .. ·w • · • i I -I I I i i i i t . 1 .. I . . r · ·1 • ! . : I ·i •: • .. ~- .. . ,! • .. • t t I -~ t . I .• I I ! . I I I I •· · :•·••• - -· .. . ... ! • ;. • i • ; . . ' .. r. i . I r:r . . .. ., . . ; ' . : .... ' . . .. I .• . t ~ • . : : ! .. ,· .· r :· !. :i · ... .,ZdAllf. ? . ; -:. _ ··:. •. '' . . . ·:: . . . .. . ~ . . • . -; . I • - • ·. . . ,· . . .. : . ; . , . . • :t. • . ; . ·. . • . . .il.f.~L CAlL : . · .- : . ~ · .; · &: t; Pelt · : : : · . ~ . : ... . . •. . i· • ·: ~ •• ; • I - • . ; I i • • •.: • • . ) • . . · •. . I •I ':· • I . • • • • I i . ~ . . __ .. . ·: . :; : . ...... . ... • .. ... .. :•' ~ .. .: :· .. . . .• ; • ' ' i ! . '. . . , . . .·. · . • ·_ ; ·. •··· ····!· . . . . . · .- ' . ~- • , I .. ' . _ : .. . t ,·. . i · ...... ... : . ... ; ... . ... ~'. ._ __ ... _II!!!' ______ ... __________ .... ~ • .• • ON'.£> ~lOO/l /Jt4.~ ~ .. ; . • ·1 ~- ., tf - -~-- •• i " • ,, 1 · - , . t ... t I l· ~ I I f • H- . . ! ' . 1 . I . ' . i I I • I . • I .. . . • l . . I • -~ t- . . . . ,.- I ,. I I • ! I • . ' . t .. ! ....... i . t ,. I .. :--.. t · I . I ' I :·. I ,. .... ·• .f , .. ·• .. : t ' · :. • . •• - ! .. .. . .. • · i . ! : .. •• 1· ~ • I. ' - . : • . ' .. .. : .• • ·: - • • I • . ~ '. I . . ~ . .I l • J' • . !.! i 'i I .. ,.1 11. l \; -. •• I --------- -------------""'!-- _.,_,..,... _____ -·· - .. - · . . I . I"' ' ' -i -Ji I I I , . . I · 1 t ' --,--:r--r . -~,- . : ... .. ,..,. •(· •· .- : I . I • I I ·'. • .. • • I . . r -~- -. I ' "'\,<!; .... ... .�. • I I ~ I- • ' • •· 1 I I ; I . . . I - •• . . . . - -: i-:... --1 .. f • • t . I ,- ... . ! I I I ; .. . I I • ' ' I I I I . l . I A.C. .5: I . I I I .. :v' ·· I ' I l I I . I I . I I I . -i -NORTHEAST AREA ROtiFTOP DIAGRAM A.t. UNITS·, I • I I -:. I I j I I I I I I . ; I t . I I ! I l -1. I l ! I , f 1 · AC ·,4 . ., . ' I I I I -. A;c. Z I I I . ~,c~, 9 I I ~ ' I t • J-----1 ----. -·r I ' :·~r [E.F.!31 i ! .· I ! I : . . ; . . l .-I · , I ........ -. -~ -- -· ----· ---- ~I)/ . . .. .. ,_ ~ . t A.·c. • '1 I : A.C . • 10 ·, I A.~. 1 . I I I i I ' I . I I ' . I- . I . I . i I I I . ' • : ! I I - I ! I "~m,tJ. ! I . VYENT REST ROOM I I I ; I I ·: ' ' . ~'.1- •• ;·· ! : ! I. I .!: I - . ! ,-.. ! I . . • I I A.C. 14 - - ! ; . . I I I · . A.c. :is! ' I ! I I I I I I "ti i •~ a r Q· · . I I I ! I i I i I I I I I : .: : . -. i I I • ·I • I I i I i • . I I ' I i I I ' • . I .. 'l- ---•--+--~~~~---1,---t-t------- . . -: - •· I~ ,_ ._ __ __. ____ - . . . . . . - 1 I I r ' • I I I I • • • : I r • I ' t I : I • I I• ' ' I I i I i ' i 1 r ' 1 I 1 I I I I . j • • . i : IA7~• 1 _,_! __. ___ ... A-,-c.-1 ..... JI·_·- ~~-- - ... A-3:c-~-1 .. . ... - - - ' • • • t I .• ' I • I ~I I I - ! : I I ' i : ' i • l ll •· .. . . ---.--..- ...... ~ J.. I I f -: I . ~ ! I . : I ; •_ ! : I I ' I i ! i I - ~• I 1 · I i 1J t t : i ~ i I i I , i i : 1 • ·!-·T-· :.· -L ·•I ... ' : . I ..... ,• .. l~ .. •,. · - • •i . i· : .i.. : . . ; . -,· !. ·1 '· .. i ... ' ..• t , ~ ! I I -~-· _ , . ~ -,. : I I I . f ~ I I : ' I I I I • I I I ; t I ' . I : I I ' I I I i A.C. I I 11 I . I I I I I : ~ . I . . . ' i I ' I I : ;· ., i ' . . . . I : ' ; ; • • N . • r-4 I ' . • I ' I I I • MAIN SBtrl'OFF VALVE NORTHEAST AREA PLUMBING LOCATION: REAR OF BLDG. NEXT TO MAIN REAR EXIT. NOH: THE MAIN SHUTOFF VALVE DOES NOT CONTROL THE FIRE FIGHTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM LOCATED !~_DETECTIVES SEE FIRE CONTROL SECTION RESTROOMS AND SHOWERS LOCATION: MEN'S LOCKER ROOM ......... SECOND FLOOR WOMEN'S LOCKER ROOM ....... SECOND FLOOR EAST HALLWAY .............. SECOND FLOOR WEST HALLWAY (VICE) ....... FIRST FLOOR EAST HALLWAY .............. FIRST FLOOR SOUTH HALLWAY ............. FIRST FLOOR SOUTH HALLWAY (CAPT) ...... FIRST FLOOR PIPING AND SBtrl'OFF VALVES SHOWERS: A PIPE CHAMBER CAN BE LOCATED IN THE REST ROOM PORTION OF THE MEN'S LOCKER ROOM. THE CHAMBER RUNS BETWEEN THE MEN'S AND WOMEN'S SHOWER ROOMS. LOCATED IN THE OVERHEAD OF THE CHAMBER ARE TWO BLUE VALVES BY CLOSING THE TWO VALVES YOU WILL ISOLATE THE SHOWERS FROM THE REST OF THE SYSTEM. SINKS: EACH SINK CAN BE ISOLATED FROM THE MAIN SYSTEM BY SHUTTING THE VALVES UNDERNEATH THEM OR SHUTTING THE VALVES LOCATED IN THE FALSE CEILING ABOVE EACH SINK. DRINKING FOUNTAINS LOCATION: HALLWAY OUTSIDE OF ROLL CALL ROOM ..... SECOND FLOOR EAST HALLWAY OUTSIDE C.R.O ............ FIRST FLOOR NOTE: EACH DRINKING FOUNTAIN HAS ITS OWN SHUTOFF VALVE LOCATED UNDERNEATH THE FOUNTAIN. WATER BEATERS LOCATION: MAIN OCB CRASH OFFICE .................. SECOND FLOOR NATURAL GAS IIAIN Setrl'OFF VALVE LOCATION: REAR PARKING LOT UNDERNEATH RADIO TOWER •NOTE: W.RENCH LOCATED ON VALVE TO SHUT THE ENTIRE SYSTEM DOWN. EMERGENCY NUMBERS DAY 485-3367 NORTHEAST AREA EMERGENCY ALARMS •BELP" ALARMS LOCATION: DESK AND DETENTION ALARMS LOCATED IN ELECTRICAL ROOM #5 GBNBRATOR ALARMS LOCATION: WATCH COMMANDERS OFFICE NOTE: EMERGENCY NUMBERS DAY 485-2906 NIGHT 485-3367 FIRE SPRINKLER LOCATION: DETECTIVE SQUAD ROOM SOUTH WALL SMOKE ALARM LOCATION: LOBBY NOTE: IF ALARM IS ACTIVATED IT WILL CLOSE THE LOBBY VENT SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY. SEE FIRE CONTROL SECTION. ----------"--'---- - - - - - - - - - - - - ------ - - NAIN TELEPHONE TERMINAL NORTHEAST AREA TELEPHONES LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM #1, DETECTIVE SQUAD ROOM ACCESS: SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY ULEPBONE SWITCHING STATIONS LOCATION: EAST HALLWAY CLOSET #1, OUTSIDE W/C OFFICE SOUTH HALLWAY CLOSET #2, OUTSIDE DETECTIVE OFFICE CLOSET #1, OFFICERS REPORT WRITING ROOM ELECTRICAL ROOM #4, EAST HALLWAY OUTSIDE OF GENERATOR ROOM ACCESS: SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL ROOM #7 EAST HALLWAY SECURED LOCATIONS, W/C MASTER KEY EMERGENCY NUMBERS DAY 485-2906 NIGHT 485-3367 - ~ ---·---- NORTHEAST AREA GAMEWELL SYSTEM IIAIN GAMEWELL SWITCHING SYSTEM LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM #5, RECORDS SECTION ACCESS: SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY GAIIEWELL SWITCHING STATIONS LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM #1, DETECTIVE SQUAD ROOM OFFICERS REPORT WRITING ROOM CLOSET ELECTRICAL ROOM #4, EAST HALLWAY OUTSIDE GENERATOR ROOM SOUTH HALLWAY, OUTSIDE DETECTIVE SQUAD ROOM AND OFFICE EAST HALLWAY, CLOSET #2 OUTSIDE W/C OFFICE ELECTRICAL ROOM #6 EAST HALLWAY SECOND FLOOR ACCESS: SECURED LOCATIONS, W/C MASTER KEY EMERGENCY NUMBERS DAY 485-2906 NIGHT 485-3367 COMMLINE SYSTEM MAIN TERMINAL LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM #5, RECORDS UNIT ACCESS: SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY SWITCHING STATION LOCATION: EAST HALLWAY, CLOSET #1 OUTSIDE W/C OFFICE INTERCOM SYSTEM MAIN HOOKUPS LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM #5, RECORDS UNIT AND PIPING CHAMBER IN MEN'S LOCKER ROOM. ACCESS: SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY •HELP• ALARMS DESIC AND BOLDING T~ AREAS ftRIIINAL BOXES LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM #5, RECORDS UNIT , ACCESS: SECURED LOCATION, W/C MASTER KEY NORTHEAST STATION TELEPHONE NUMBERS ORGANIZATION LOCATION· EXTENSION COM-LINE GAMEWELL AREA C/0 2549 . 3 36 ADJUTANT 2549 4 37 - SECRETARY 2549 4 ~ -, 37 - ANALYTICAL 3131 7 38 CRO 2548 9 30 VICE 3150 26 32-33 RECORDS 2568/6576 8 58 PATROL C/0 2571 5 COMPL. SPVR. 2571 6 SECRETARY 2571 6 C/0 CONF. RM. 2571 36 W/C 2563 29 20 SPVR. RM. 2563 20 22 DESK 2563 28 13 STORM 6574 29 SUBPOENA CTRL 2569 RES. COORD. 2563 13 TAC. SQUAD 2563 28 OFC. REP.RM. 8-RECORDS 45 FRONT ROW 46 BACK ROW HOLD CELL 49 EQUIP. RM. 52 ROLL CALL RM 2042 48 MEN LKR RM 47 WMN LKR RM 57 . COFFEE RM 2563-2567 55 DETECTIVE DIV. C/0 2566 OIC, GEN INV 2566 24 ROBB DESK-ICU 2566 23 21 ROBB UNIT 2566 24 HOM UNIT 2566 24 ROBB AUTO THEFT 2566 25 BURGLARY 2566 25 AUTO 21 JUVENILE 2566 25 AUTO OTHER GARAGE-MTD 6343 54 2590 54 PROPERTY-P/D 2596 26 53 TRAF CONT-CTD 6876 21 51 DEFENSE PLAN LOS ANGELES PO~ICE ACADEMY MARCH 1990 Prepared by: Training Division TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO. I . GENERAL PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 1 II. DESIGNATED SECURE AREAS ...................... ~.-, 2 - · · I I I. COMMUNICATIONS ................................ . 3 IV. CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES ... .. ................. . 3 V. FIELD COMMAND POST ............................ . 4 VI. MAIN ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SECURITY POSTS ... . 5 VI I. FI'ELD PERIMETER POSTS ......................... . 6 I . GENERAL PROCEDURES A. B. Activation of Academy Defense Plan In the event of an attack on the Police Academy. or a situation likely to develop into an attack on the Police Academy, the Commanding Officer, Training Divia.ion, or his representative, will telephonically request that the Academy Station Defense Plan be activated and provide sufficient information to the Northeast Area Commanding Officer, or his representative, to allow for an effective response to the situation. Command Responsibility 1. Northeast Area It is the responsibility of the Northeast Field Commander to neutralize the attacking force and effect the arrest of the suspect(s). (Should any offensive action require the support of Training Division personnel or equipment, such support shall be provided. ) · 2. Training Division In all Academy defense situations, the Commanding Officer, Training Division, or his/her representative, shall have direct control of all persons who are on Police Academy property, and who are not being directed by the Northeast Field Commander. C. Independent Police Action The primary responsibility of Academy personnel during an attack on the Police Academy is to minimize the possibility of injury or death and to protect property. Academy personnel .shall not engage in independent offensive action directed toward neutralizing or capturing the attacking force unless directed by the Commanding Officer, Training Division, or the Northeast Field Commander. D. Suspension of Academy Activities The Commanding Officer, Training Division, may order the suspension of all activities at the Academy when there is sufficient warning of an impending attack. All personnel not involved in the defense of the Academy hould be evacuated. GENERAL PROCEDURES (Continued) E. Notifications 1. In the event of a surprise attack against the Police Academy, the first person becoming aware of the - situation shall immediately notify Communications Division via the most direct means available. The code for an attack on the Police Academy requiring activation of the Defense Plan will be "Code 9-Adam." All other personnel present at the Academy will be notified of the attack in the most expeditious manner possible. 2. Upon becoming aware of an attack on the Police Academy, those Training Division personnel controlling the target, shotgun and combat ranges shall secure operations at their respective locations and ensure that all sworn personnel present are properly armed. All ammunition and weapons not be~ng utilized or expected to be utilized shall be secured. The ranking senior officer at each location will telephonically report to the Commanding Officer the status of the ranges and the number of personnel present. II. DESIGNATED SECURE AREAS A. Main Administration Buildi_n_g Because of vulnerability due to high terrain surrounding the Acad. emy, it would normally be inadvisable to relocate personnel during an attack. However, if the situation allows, personnel should be centrally located within the Main Administration Building. Consideration should be given to moving a sufficient number of firearms and adequate ammunition from the Armory to the Main Administration Building to ensure that the facility can be defended. During the active defense of the Academy, all personnel not in uniform will display their identification cards. Diaqrams #1 and #2 (attached) indicate the positions within the Main Administration Building that should be manned by armed officers. If sufficient officers are available, two officers should be assigned to each poet. It is the function of these posts to control access to the Main Administration Building as directed by the Commanding Officer. B. Academy Gymnasium When circumstances allow the movement of peraons without increasing their exposure to danger, large groups should be m~ved to the gymnasium. All persons should be kept away from windows and entrances. An officer should be assigned to limit access. -----=------ ------ - -- - - -· DESIGNATED SECURE AREAS (Continued) C. Male Locker Room Smaller groups should be moved to the male locker room . An officer should be assigned to limit access. D. Shooting Ranges, Armory and Ordnance Bunkers In the event the Academy defense plan is activated, special consideration should be given to providing security for the shooting ranges, the Armory and the ordnance bunkers. These areas contain weapons and ammunition that may be the object of the attack. In the event that an explosives expert is required, the Northeast Field Commander shall notify Firearms/Explosives Unit, Scientific Investigation Division, who shall report to. the field command post. III. COMMUNICATIONS PROCEDURES A. External Notifications The first person who becomes aware of a surprise attack shall notify Communications Division that a "Code 9-Adam" is activated and also notify the Commanding Officer, Training Division . When notified that the Po-lice Academy is under attack, Communications Division will broadcast "All Northeast Units Code 9-Adam". The Northeast Field Commander will be responsible for determining the need for, and requesting the response of, specialized units to the Field Command Post location. B. Internal Communications Communications within the Academy will be maintained via "ROVER" units (Frequency 4). Academy ROVER units are stored in the box cabinet, Supply Room, which is located in the Main Administration Building. ROVER Frequency #4 will be used to contact the Field Command Post. IV. CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES A. Northeast Area overall defense of the Police Academy is the responsibility of the Commanding Officer, Northeast Area. Strategy and tactical action reete with the Northeast Field Commander. Should Northeast officers be directed to take offensive action, it is in the best interest of officer safety that the Training Division · Commanding Officer be advised prior to such action. CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES (Continued) Because of the irregular terrain surrounding the Academy, scouting the area puts officers at · risk. All personnel should refrain from independent action. When a scouti-ng report is necessary, Air Support Division should be utilized to ~ accomplish this mission. - ·· 1 . When "Code 9-Adam" has been broadcast by Communications Division, all available Northeast units will proceed Code 2 toward the Field Command Post. The Field Commander will direct all responding units to switch to ROVER Frequency #4. The responding units will be assigned to restrict vehicular and pedestrian traffic into and out of the affected area (see attached Diagram 3) . As officers and equipment become available, the Field Commander will allocate sufficient resources to the perimeter to effective seal off the area. The Field Commander will make requests for additional officers and equipment as needed . 2. The Northeast Command Vehicle will be located at the Field Command Post. If the Command Vehicle was not assigned to a field supervisor at the time of the activation of this plan, it will be the responsibility of the Northeast Area Watch Commander to either have it delivered to the Field Command Post or to obtain a replacement from a nearby division. The Mobile Emergency Response Vehicle (MERV) is also available at Wilshire Station and can be obtained during an emergency via the Wilshire Area Watch Commander. B. Training Division 1. Academy personnel shall not engage in the overall defense of the Police AcAdemy . Should a threatening situation occur within Police Academy property, Academy personnel may take offensive action only after notifying the Training Division Commanding Officer of the situation. Academy personnel will take offensive action only aft~r notifying the Northeast Field Commander of the tactical plan. 2. Training Division personne l who are outeide the perimeter during the incide nt ehall report to the command poet. Intimate knowledge of Academy ,facilities may be necessary to tactical planning. Under no conditions should Academy personnel attempt to enter the perimeter in an attempt to aid in Academy defense. V. FIELD COMMAND POST A. Site The preferred Field Command Post site during an attack on the Police Academy is the Naval Reserve Armory located on Stadium Way. The Naval Reserve ~ory is geographically located in such a manner that it cannot be brought under fire from the high terrain surrounding the Academy. This location has suitable facilities for the establishment of a Field Command Post. The Naval Reserve Armory is staffed 24 hours every day, and access can be obtained after business hours by using the call buzzer located at the Bernard Street gate. A key to this gate is also available in the key cabinet at Northeast Station. The telephone numbers to contact the Naval Reserve Armory Duty Officer are 627-2891 or 624-4488. B. Security Considerations As sufficient personnel become available, officers should also be assigned to the security of the command post. Special attention should be given to the high ground surrounding the command post, due to the possibility of sniper fire. C. Alternate Site The Field Commander may choose a different location for the Field Command Post. This decision should be based on the needs of the particular situation, i.e., Dodger Stadium traffic, other tactical considerations, etc. In any event, the final decision will be made by the Field Commander. VI. MAIN ADMINISTRATION BUIIDING S~~)TY POSTS Main Floor Posts (Diagram #1) 1. Southwest main floor entrance, next to the Revolver Club (also provides security for the stairwell to ground floor classrooms). 2. West side entrance next to Physical Training/ Self-Defense Office. 3. East side entrance to male locker room from the tunnel. 4. Doorway between Cafe and Embers Room. FIELD COMMAND POST (Continued} Second Floor Posts {Diagram #2} 5. East side entrance to gymnasium nearest the stage. - 6. East side entrance to gymnasium nearest the kit:chen. 7. Northwest gymnasium entrance and stairwell. 8. Southwest gymnasium entrance by the stage. Because of the difficulty in providing security for this building, at least eight officers are required to adequately staff the security posts. Whenever possible, two officers should be assigned to each post. Protection for a relatively small number of people can be provided by locating them in the male locker room. This location can be easily secured by placing armed officers at the two entrances. The male locker room is perhaps the best location for a small group to defend itself until responding units gain control of the situation. VII. FIELD PERIMETER POST LOCATIONS 1. Boylston Street and Academy Road 2. Park Road and Academy Road 3. Stadi~m Way and Elysian Park Drive 4. Park Road and Park Row Drive 5. Dodger Stadium Parking Lot #33 (reached through, Elysian Park Avenue entrance to Dodger Stadium). Additional unite will be assigned to reinforce the perimeter as they become available. The additional units should be assigned between the predesignated posts as the situation dictates. e.g., midway between Posts #3 and #4, etc. Units respondinq to their posts are cautioned not to uee the roads immediately in front or- in back of the Academy due to their proximity to the attacking force. Becauee of the difficulty in effectively eealinq off the area to foot traffic, extensive use of an air unit would be advisable. ~ - - --=----- ----- - ---- --------- - ---- ----- - DIAGRAM •1 MAIN FLOOR POSTS - ' CAFE . I 8. I P. IT OFFICE EMBERS -~ ROOM #? - -~ I - ! t l ADMINISTRATIVE MENS ·OFFICE LOCKER ( Coordinating Ctr) ROOM -� -� - - - ~D REVOLVER CLUB DIAGRAM •2 SECOND .FLOOR POSTS - : GYMNASIUM STAGE RACQUETBALL COURTS ADf11NISTRATIVE OFFICES - -=----------~---- - - - • DIAGRAM #3 ELYSIAN PARK F. MOUNTED UNIT SECURITY AND DEFENSE PLAN IIITRODUCTION: METROPOLITAN DIVISION . AHMANSON FACILITY SECURITY AND STATION DE~~SE PLAN - -· The Metropolitan Divisions Ahmanson Equestrian facility is a satellite facility utilized to house the horses and offices of the mounted unit. and 1• located in Nqrtheast Division. The Ahmanson facility was constructed in 1988. and though it is designed as a aecurity facility. it is not designed to withstand an armed attack. The facility is designed to house forty horses and related equipment. a fleet of eight trucks and trailers. thirty one sworn personnel, and seven civilian support personnel. The facility is designed with two large gates on the east end on Rigali Street. One gate is manually rolled open and closed, and the second is an automatic gate which can be opened from within the office. or utilizing a 999 key at the intercom outside the facility. These gates represent the only two avenues of ingress and egress for vehicular .· traffic . In addition to the two main gates, there is a single pedestrian gate on the aouth west section of the fence leading into the vacant park and recreation lot which borders the west side of the facility. This gate is aecured with a 999 padlock. The perimeter fencing is eight feet tall around the entire 2 acre facility. The wall on the east and south side is made of cinder block and the fence on the north and west side is of chain link fence with barbed wire on the top. The barn itself is a single structure which houses 40 horse stalls, a men's and women'• locker room, roll call room, and the units office. There are three pedestrian doors on the exterior. The first is on the north side of the structure leading into the barn area, the second on the west side of the structure leading into the roll call room and the third on the outh aide of the atructure leading into the office. All three doors are secured with a 999 exterior lock. In addition to the pedestrian doors, there are four large sliding breezeway door• leading into the barn. Two of theae doors are on the •••t ide, one on the outh aide and one on the weat ide. These doors are not secure with a lock, however they are secured by a chain on the interior of the door, inaccessible from the outside. --------=------ - ----------------- PHYSICAL WLNERABILITY ANALYSIS All utilities, electrical power, telephone lines, natural gas, and water are underground and are not readily accessible to sabotage, without an attack on the building. The building is readily accessible to the public during hours of operation. The main gates located on the north/east corner of the facility are out ·of sight of the office and the inside of ·the barn. Thi• makes the facility readily accessible to anyone carrying a small explosive or incendiary device. The walls of the building are constructed of a 3/4 inch plywood with 18 gauge metal veneer on both sides. The roof is constructed of steel panels. It is doubtful if either the walls or the roof would stand up to an explosive device. The walls are only capable of stopping small caliber weapons and would be easily penetrated by larger calibers of handgun and rifle ammunition. The exterior stall windows are barred and have a sliding window cover constructed of the same material as the walls. The ventilation gap on the roof is covered with wire mesh on the north (Rigali) side of the building making it difficult to throw any type of incendiary or explosive devices into the building. It must be emphasized that station defense is the responsibility of all personnel, sworn and civilian. Anyone observing unusual, suspicious, or unknown persons or conditions in the area of the facility shall take immediate action, and be immediately reported to a supervisor. OPERATION UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS The rolling front gate shall remain opened during operational hours. In the event of a PM watch detail, and all personnel are deployed away from the facility with the exception of station security, the rolling front gate shall be closed and locked. The pedestrian door on the north (Rigali) aide of the facility shall remain locked at all times. This will help control public access to the locker room area of the facility and cause the public to walk around to the office area. All other breezeway and pedestrian doors shall remain unlocked. All non- police personnel entering the facility carrying packages. briefcases, etc., hall be closely scrutinized and hall be required to submit such items for inspection before being permitted access to the facility if deemed necessary. All non-uniformed personnel hall, while within the facility, wear their identification cards readily visible of the outer 9arment. All . containers uch as briefcasea, lunch boxes, work out ba9 , etc .• shall .· bear the owners name and erial number in a conspicuou location on the ~ontainer. The di covery of unmarked or suspicious containers shall be reported to·• supervisor. -------------- ------- - - OPERATION UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS (Continued) In the event a bomb threat is made _ alleging a device is . somewhere in the facility, the person receiving the information shall during normal operational hours: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Immediately notify a supervisor The supervisor shall notify Metropolitan Divi ion watch commander and the Northeast Division W/C. - : Notify Communications Division and Metro desk via land line to refrain from broadcasting in the area. Cause a search of the entire facility for a possible device . If a possible device is found. evacuate the facility, and notify the bomb squad. During off hours, officer on station security shall: 1. Notify the Northeast Watch Commander, and Metro Division Watch Commander, Mounted Unit ore or Mounted Supervisor at home. 2. The Northeast Watch Commander shall dispatch a unit and a supervisor to the facility to assist in conducting a search. The search shall include the entire facility, grounds, all vehicles, feed and shaving bins. Northeast personnel shall be accompanied by on duty security. 3. If a possible device is found, the Northeast Watch Commander shall be notified and is responsible for assigning personnel to handle the incident. 4. The Watch Commander at Metropolitan Division and Northeast Division shall document all bomb threats on the Watch Commander log. All police vehicles shall be locked when not attended. Shotguns shall be locked in racks in the vehicles and removed when not in use. All privately owned vehicles parked on the facility hall be locked when unattended. Only armed LAPD eecurity officers or police officers hall be assigned to etation eecurity. Supervisors hall be aware of current station eecurity procedures and any diecrepancies hall be immediately corrected. All personnel hall challenge all unfamiliar persons attempting to walk or drive into .the facility. Officers shall identify all unfamiliar per on• reque tin9 admittance to the fRcility. INCREASED POSSIBILITY OF ATI'ACK When an increased possibility of attack exists, the following procedures shall be followed in addition to the procedures during norma l operation. · · During normal operational hours, a mounted supervisor hall alert all peraonnel that there is an increased possibility that the facility coul d be attacked. The supervisor shall also notify Northea t..Division Watch Commander. - When Northeast Division becomes aware that there is an increased poaaibility of attack at Northeast Division, the Watch Commander ahall notify a supervisor at the Ahmanson Facility. Station security shall require that additional personnel be assigned to specific stati~n defense duties. Security assignments are to be performed by a regular sworn officer only. All outside assignments shall be 2 man units. Two officers shall be assigned to patrol the exterior of the facility, within the fence. Both front gates shall be secured and locked. Due to the construction 6f the facility, there will be no fixed roof position. Other officers shall be assigned to bring in any horses in the turn ·out pens. arena or hot walker, and insure that all vehicles are locked and secure. The TARPS on the feed and shavings bins shall be lowered and secured. and all exterior stall windows shall have their shutters closed and secured. A two man car shall be assigned to patrol in the immediate area of the facility. Any unusual or suspicious condition ahall be checked and the unit hall not hesitate to call for assistance when necessary. NOTE: In the event an attack appears imminent, sandbags and sand are available for fortification from the Fire Department. During off hours, it is the responsibility of the Northeast Watch Commander to assign a minimum of 4 officers to assiat in the defense of the Facility until such a time as officer of Metropolitan Division are able to respond and relieve them~ The aame CJUidelines as above shall be followed by Northeaat Division peraonnel. The Metro officer assiqned to atation security shall notify the Metropolitan Division Watch Commander of hie current defense poature, and the number of officers from Northeast who responded to a i t. The Watch Commander hall, if available, cause personnel froa Metropolitan Division to reapond to the facility to relieve .· Northeast per onnel. ' The Mounted' O.I.C. and/or mounted iu>ervieors hall be notified of the facilitie• current defenae poature. ~-----: _ ___ _______ _________ _ - - DEFENSE POSTURE WHEN ATTACK IS IMMI!fENT OR IN PROGRESS When an attack on the facility is imminent or in progress, the following procedures shall.be implemented. During operational hours: A upervisor shall assign sworn personnel only to fixed posts ·in the anner indicated under DEFENSIVE POSITIONS listed ~ow. A11•·9ates, breezeway doors, exterior pedestrian doors shall be cloaed, locked, or otherwise secured to prevent access from the outside. Personnel assigned to foot patrol around the facility shall be reassigned to fixed defensive positions. Sandbags, when available, shall be placed inside of the north door by the breezeway at a height which will afford the door guard with additional protection. Sandbags shall also be placed in a similar manner inside the roll call room exterior door, the south breezeway door, and one of the east breezeway doors. All stall window shutters shall be closed and secured. CODE EDW~ In the event of an attack, a CODE EDWARD shall be broadcast both on Metropolitan Division frequency and Northeast frequency. The Code EDWARD will alert all fie'ld personnel that the station is under attack. Northeast Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for establishing a field command post and establishing a direct line to the Mounted Facility. The Northeast Watch Commander is responsible for coordinating field activities with the supervisor or senior officer of the Mounted Facility. *Metropolitan Division Watch Commander shall cause, if available, on duty Metropolitan Division personnel and a Metro upervisor to respond to the Northeast Division field command poet. At such ti~e when sufficient personnel. are on scene, Metropolitan Division shall assume the responsibility of defending the Mounted Facility. The Watch Commanders of Metropolitan Division and Northeast Division shall notify the Division and Bureau Commanding Officers of the implementation of the above policy. MOUNTED FACILITY DEFENSIVE POSITION~ SOUTH DEFENSIVE POSITION: Two officers shall be assigned to the south grounds area by the shaving/feed bins. The block wall alcove \ · utilized for the dipsy dumpsters will afford the officers a euitable post of cover and concealment. ( WEST DEFENSIVE POSITION: Two officers shall be assigned to the doo~ leading into the roll call room to cover the west .side of the facility. NORTH DEFENSIVE POSITION: Two officers shall be assigned to the pedestrian door on the north (Rigali) side of the facility. EAST DEFENSIVE POSITION: Two officers shall be assigned to the east breezeway door of the facility. TACTICAL SQUADS: After the facility is secured, the supervisor or senior officer shall assemble all sworn officers in the roll call room. The available personnel shall be divided into squads and utilized to reinforce or relieve officers assiqned to fixed defensive posts. The squads shall also ·be used to repel illegal entries onto the ·facility. The field command post shall be responsible for the elimination of the exterior threat to the facility outside the fence. DURING OFF HOURS: In the event of an attack on the facility during off hours, the security officer on duty shall broadcast a Code . EDWARD both on Metropolitan Division frequency and Northeast Division frequencies. As there will be in all probability only one civilian security guard on duty, the Watch Commander, Northeast Division, shall immediately dispatch a minimum of 8 officers and a supervisor to defend the Mounted Unit Facility. The Northeast supervisor shall deploy his personnel in the same recommended defensive positions. WATER, POWER AND GAS SHUT OFF LOCATIO~~: The main water hut off valve is loc~ted on the northeast corner of the barn, outside by the main gate. The natural 9aa hut off valve is locftted on the northeast corner of the barn, outeide by the main gate next to the main water shut off valve. The main electrical circuit and breaker box are located in the utility room on the south aide of the barn across from the grooming area. 1'h• witches for the lights to the exterior of th• barn and the ,qround are located in the main office on the outh wall by the door. ' FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES SECTION SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATION DIVISION PROTECTION OF FACILITIES PLAN WEATHERITE BUILDING ACTUAL 459 OR 459 ALARM WITH OPEN DOOR In the event of a break-in (459) or when the 459 alarm system has been activated. , and the premises are found to be insecure the following procedures should be followed: 1 . Immediately establish a perim~ter about the weatherite facility. Beware that automatic weapons, ammo and small quantities of explosives are stored within the facility and any intruder may possibly have armed himself. 2. Notify the A.I.U. desk at Detective Headquarters Division (DHD) at extension 5-3261. Explain the nature of the emergency and request DHD to contact the bomb squad duty supervisor. DHD will in most cases transfer your call directly to the duty supervisors home. Be guided by the advise of the bomb squad supervisor. 3. Under NO CIRCUMSTANCES enter the Weatherite Building without speaking with the bomb squad supervisor. The supervisor will respond himself, or cause Explosive Unit personnel to respond to the location prior to any entry. 4. The Weatherite Building actually houses two (2) units. WEAPONS Labor Relations Division occupies the entire upstairs. The Firearms and Explosive Unit occupies the entire downstairs. The first floor of the Weatherite Building is divided in half with the Firearms Unit occupying the North half of the first floor and the Explosives Unit occupying the South half of the first floor. The Firearms Unit and the Explosives Unit are protected by separate alarm systems. An extensive weapons collection is maintained within the Firearms Unit. This collection consists of several hundred pistols, rifles, shotguns and numerous automatic weapons. The collection is located in a room in the extreme Northeast corner of the first floor. No ammunition is stored with this weapon~ collection. AMMUNITION All ammunition is stored in wooden cabinets located in a small room adjacent to the shooting room southeast corner of the Weatherite Building. The ammunition includes all calibers of pistol, rifle and shotgun rounds. Several thousand rounds are on hand at all times. VAULT A vault is located within the Firearms Unit this vault is used to store all firearms evidence including ammo. The vault is locked at all times and is keyed differentiy than the rest of the building. EXPLOSIVES No live explosive devices are ever, under any circumstances, stored within this facility. Small quantities of high explosives may be stor~d in what are called day boxes within the Explosives Unit during the analysis of an explosive device. These day boxes are red in color and marked "Danger High Explosives." These boxes are stored on the south side of the facility approximately in the middle of the building. Canine training aids, which are high explosives used to maintain the proficiency of the explosive detection canines, are also stored in the same area of the Explosives Unit as the red day boxes. IN CASE OF FIRE 1. Evacuate the immediate area and notify LAFD. 2. Notify LAFD what ·the building is used for and notify them that small quantities of high explosives and other hazardous material are located within. 3. Comply with #1, 2, and 3 under 459 alarm. .. ~ .' ... _ ... I .. .a:. ---· ~ ~ - .,. :1-.,:, L ,f,,, ,'_ ,; i.; / .... ( ( ,· - V NORTHEAST DIVISION M O B I L I Z A T I O N P L A N * OPERATIONAL PLANS - NORTHEAST * TACTICAL MANUAL SECTION B/100 * STATUS AND SITUATION REPORTS * UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL CARDS * AREA MOBILIZATION ROSTER * MOBILE COMMAND FLEET MOBILIZATION PLAN INDEX * OPERATIONAL PLANS - NORTHEAST ~ ~ --· * TACTICAL MANUAL, SECTION B/1OO * STATUS AND SITUATION REPORTS * UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL CARDS * AREA MOBILIZATION ROSTER * MOBILE COMMAND FLEET * OUTSIDE RESOURCES/EQUIPMENT • MOBILIZATION PLAN OPERATIONAL PLANS, NORTHEAST This manual sets forth the Unusual Occurrence Control Plan for Northeast Area. It is designed to be used as a guide in achieving co11.trol of unusual occurrences and to restore such situ&j:jons to normal as rapidly and efficiently as possible on an Area- level. An unu~ual occurrence is a significant situation of greater scope than ordinarily occurs. With it comes increased complexities and responsibilities. However, the responsiblity and function of the Department in providing police service during an unusual occurrence is similar to the normal handling of emergency situations . The first officer to arrive at the scene of any call, faces the responsibility of restoring it to normal until he is relieved of the responsibility. The· problem that most often confronts any law enforcement agency at the time of a major unusual occurrence is not only a lack of manpower, but lack of control, of unified direction, and of coordinated effort by personnel then available. This condition results in wasted motion. There is tendency among field officers to mill around and let things fall into place, rather than to immediately assume command, evaluate the situation and take the proper action. Seldom, if ever, will the officer at the scene of an unusual occurrence be a staff officer. It is more likely that he will be a field officer of the police officer rank who is accustomed to handling normal police situations. Whether the situation requires the activation of the entire Department or can be handled by one officer, the objectives of the police remain the same. Despite the magnitude of the situation, the police must: * Preserve life and protect injured persons; * Obtain and broadcast a situation estimate; * Protect and immediate scene and safeguard property, preserve evidence and permit agencies responsible for rescue, safety, investigative and clean-up duties to perform their services; and * If necessary, coordinate the efforts of volunteers to accompli h the needs of the Department. The work of an officer-in-charge of an unusual occurrence will be lessened if he ie in possession of a plan of action. listing the thing , he must do to bring the eituation back to normal. 'However, it.should be apparent that no two occurrence will be the eame. It. is necessary to establish guideline and at the same time, maintain flexibility to permit the guideline to fit each particular situation. This manual is intended to offer personnel performing the work within Northeast Area a more detailed plan than 1• found elsewhere. Recognizing that preparedness, organization, and leadership are necessary to be able to cope with unusual occurrence. SITUATION ESTIMATE . If the weather is good and .Air Support is able to respond, they will Automatically provide a situation estimate of the disaster as thttY eee it from the air. Additionally, officers in th&.field ehould respond to key locations, such as dams, hospitals, etc., and eubmit a situation estimate to the Emergency Operations Center (if activated), or the watch commander. If radio communications are out, utilize gamewell or land line. If centrex lines are B/0, call the Watch Commander at Northeast on the outside line, 256-4335. A situation estimate should include, but not limited to; > Type of emergency or disaster > Location of emergency or disaster > Size of involved area (actual and potential) > Number of casualties > Type of structures involved > Weather conditions (if applicable) \ > Types of aseistance required -----=---- ----------- - ------ - - MOBILIZATION PLAN In the event of a major incident wherein the Department is mobilized, certain procedures, not covered by the Tactical Manual, will be put into effect. The responsibilities and procedures enumerated in this plan have been developed to facilitate the requirements placed on Northeast Area by the Department~ring a mobilization. 1. Establishment of 12-Hour Watches During a major Unusual Occurrence, and at the direction of the Department Commanding Officer, the Los Angeles Police Department will be mobilized. During this period of time, the operations of Northeast Area shall be carried-out on the basis of two 12-hour, watches, "A" Watch and "B" Watch. A. Assignment of Personnel to "A" and "B" Watches 1. The "A" Watch shall be composed of officers normally assigned to day watch and supplemented by the Vice Unit and part of the morning watch to equal 45% of the Area personnel. 2. The "B" watch shall be composed of officers normally assigned to the night watch and supplemented by part of the morning watch to equal 55% of the Area personnel. B. Watch Hours 1. "A" Watch (0630 to 1900 hours). 2. "B" Watch (1830 to 0700 hours). C. Maintenance of "A" and "B" Watch Rosters 1. The Northeast Area Analytical Unit, shall have the responsibility of maintaining an Area call-up roster, divided into "A" and "B" watch assignments. Call-up work sheets, to be used with the call-up rosters, shall be maintained by the Analytical Unit. Instructions on the use of the work sheet are printed on each sheet. 2. The Area call-up roster shall be updated every deployment period, prior to the effective date of Personnel Transfer Orders. The new roster becomes effective at 0001 hours on the effective date of the transfer. 3. The Area call-up roster and the call-up work sheets shall be located in the lower right hand drawer of the Northeast Area Analytical officer·• deek. · i: 2. Call-up Responsibilities and Procedures During a mobilization. off-duty personnel, except those on vacation or on a day off in conjunction with a vacation, shall be notified by phone regarding their participation in the mobilization. Officers who are off-duty, sick or IOD, shall be contacted to determine their anticipated return to duty , ~ date. Upon notification of the Department mobiliz.-tion, the following responsibilities and procedures shall apply: A. Responsibilities of Watch Commander 1. Determine which watch ("A" or "B") is to be notified first: 2. Assign on-duty personnel to contact off-duty personnel, by telephone, according to the following guidelines: (a) Day Watch, Weekdays One Analytical officer, four officers from station or "XL" unit assignements: (b) Night Watch, Morn,ing Watch and Weekends on Day Watch Minimum of five officers from station or "X" car assignments. 3. Appoint one officer on the call-up detail as the officer-in-charge. 4. Make arrangements for continued attempts to notify officers who could not be contacted by the call-up detail. 5. Compile a work sheet for the oncoming 12-hour watch, using the divisional mobilization board personnel assignments, and prepare a Form 14.3 information for teletype to the EOC (see form for instructions). 6 . The Day Watch Commander shall, on the first day of a new deployment period, establish the minimum operating force for both "A" and "B" watches. As a CJUide: The minimum operating force shall be 50% of the smallest regularly used car plan for the Day Watch and Night Watch, respectively, plus the essential fixed-post positions during the new deployment period. 7. Determine if additional civilian pereonnel are needed, if eo, he ehall have the call up detail notify those affected. B. C. Responsibilities of Call-Up Detail 1. Telephonicaily notify off-duty personnel assigned to them. 2. Provide the following information to off-duty personnel: - - -- (a) Nature of Unusual Occurrence; (b) Watch assignment; (c) Time he/she is to rep r t for duty; (d) Suggested routes and road conditions (when applicable and available); (e) Where to report; (f) Maintain a list of officers contacted and those that could not be reached (at least two attempts shall be made). Call-Up Procedures 1. Assignment of call-up detail; 2. Procurement of "A" and "B" watch rosters; 3. Assignment of blocks of officers to be notified; 4. Assign one member of call-up detail to make all long distance telephone calls; 5. Notify off-duty personnel; 6. Compile lists of officers notified and those not notified and estimated time of arrival; 7. Arrange for continued attempts to notify officers who were not contacted by the call-up detail; 8. Complete the work sheet for the oncoming 12-hour watch and give to Station Supervisor. 3. The Area Mobilization Personnel Assignment Board The Mobilization Personnel Assignment Board is located in the Area Analytical Office. This board is used for assigning personnel to the "A" and "B" watches. The Area Mobilization Personnel Assignment Board shall be maintained as follows: A. It shall be the Analytical Officer's responsibility to update the Board assignments of all watch personnel in Northeast Area. This shall be done on the first day of each new deployment period. B. The following changes are to be made by the Analytical Officer: 1. Addition of officers to the "A" or "B" watch; 2. Removal of officers from the "A" or "B" watch. C. During a mobilization, the board shall be u ed by the Watch Commander in conjunction with the Watch Assignment Roster in providing the minimum operatin9 force deployment, squad assignments for Field Task Force Deployment, ready reserve and current duty tatus. 4. - -· Duties of Various Patrol Personnel A. Watch Commander 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Supervise station personnel assigned to him. · Keep Area and other Commanding Officers informed of Unusual Occurrence operatio.n. - -· Maintain adequate station security. Maintain timekeeping of "on and off-duty" officers of the watch. Cause to be recorded, by the Historian, all information pertinent to the unusual occurrence. B. Historian C. 1. Remain in the vicinity of the Watch Commander's office and record all information (radio calls, requests for personnel, station deployment, etc.) pertinent to the unusual occurrence. 2. Keep Watch Commander advised of items of importance. Station Security 1. Station defense shall normally be the respon• sibili ty of the Northeast Detectives during full mobilization, however, the Watch Commander shall be responsible for maintaining routine ·station security, utilizing restricted duty and non-uniformed officers. All other uniformed officers should be assigned to the field. D. Desk Personnel 1. Conduct regular desk duties. 2. Relieve or assist other station personnel as directed by the Watch Commander. E. Armorer · 1. Maintain records of all equipment (shotguns, radios, 9as kits, helmets, etc.) on hand and those checked in and out. 2. Notify Supply .Division daily (via teletype) of equipment on hand. 3. Maintain direct communication with the Academy Armory and Central Property Division and order equipment (shotguns, ammunition, etc.)•• needed. 5. Minimum Operating Force Deployment of Northeast Area During a Tactical Alert or Mobilization, concerned Area -will be requested to submit Unusual Occurrence Personnel Status Reports, Form 14.3. All personnel in excess of those indicated as the minimum operating force shall be available for Field Task Force deployment (Available Reserve). In - preparing this report, the following shall be cona~ered as the Minimum Operating Force in Northeast Area. A. Tactical Alert Minimum Operating Force A.M. DAY P.M. 1. Field Deplovment WATCH WATCH WATCH Field Units 50% of car plan on-duty Watch Commanders 1 1 1 Field Supervisors 50% of car plan on-duty 2. Fixed-Post Vice Supervisors 0 1 1 Vice Officers 0 2 2 Desk 1 1 1 Y.S.O. . s 0 1 0 School Car 0 2 0 B. Mobilization Minimum Operattt}g Force 1. Field Deplovment "A" Watch "B" Watch Field Units Approximately Approximately 50% of the 50% of the smallest smallest regular Car regular Car Plan deployed Plan deployed by the Day by the Night Watch. Watch. Watch Commander 1 1 Field Supervisors Approximately Approximately 50% of the 50% of the smallest smallest regular regular Car Car Plan deployed Plan deployed by the Night by the Day Watch. Watch. 2. Fixed-Post Deak 2 2 6. Activation Plan for Field Cornman~ Post A. Responsibilities-and Duties of Field Command Post and Field Task Force 1. Duties of the First Supervisor at the Scene of an Unusual Occurrence The first supervisor at the scene of an unusual occurrence shall act as the Field Commander and evaluate the situation. If the incident is not routine, a field command post shall be established at a suitable location. The Watch Commander ·shall be notified and the Area ~esponse Vehicle shall be requested and activated upon arrival. After a command post location has been selected, the supervisor shall take action with whatever personnel and equipment he has available at the time without waiting to established the formal Command Post. 2. Duties of the Watch Commander or Acting Watch Commander Upon being notified of unusual occurrence, the Watch Commander shall respond to the scene and assume the duties of the Field Commander. Prior to responding to the scene, the Watch Commander shall appoint a Station Supervisor of any rank and shall ensure the necessary notifications have been made. As the Field Commander, h~ shall ·be responsible for the establishment of a formal Field Command Post and assigning of personnel to perform the necessary duties. Depending upon the size of the incident, the Field Commander may assign an officer to perform one or more of the command post functions. The Watch Commander shall take a copy of the Tactical Manual and a copy of the Watch Commander's Guide for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies. When practical, a copy of the divisional Standing Plans should also be taken. The Watch Commander shall remain the Field Commander until he is relieved by a superior officer. The appearance of a superior officer shall not constitute an assumption of command. 3. Field Command Poat Cadre Field Command Poat Cadre, as needed, hall be appointed by the Field Commander as per the Tactical Manual. * Operation Officer The Operations Officer shall be responsible for assisting ' the Field Commander by developing a strategy for control of the unusual occurrence. He shall be responsible for planning and coordinating the field task force operations and for briefing and debriefing task force personnel. - -~ The Operations Officer shall keep the Field Commander informed of pertinent developments by monitoring the progress of field missions assigned to the task force. In addition, the Operations Officer shall be responsible for deploying squads to specific missions and for monitoring of their effectiveness. * Intelligence Officer The Intelligence Officer shall be responsible for keeping the Field Commander informed of all important developments during an unusual occurrence. He shall maintain a situation map and log of intelligence assignments given to scout units. At the direction of the Field Commander, the Intelligence Officer shall obtain specialized information and shall maintain a-recap of arrests, deaths, injuries, and buildings damaged or destroyed. He shall be re$ponsible for the assignment of scouts from the Personnel Pool to specific intelligence missions. Whenever possible, scouts should be chosen from personnel assigned to Northeast Area. The Intelligence Officer shall be responsible for maintaining a journal of U.O. related activities for compilation into the after action report . * Journal Officer The Journal Officer shall be responsible for monitoring the division frequency and the tactical frequencies. He shall record all pertinent information relative to the unusual occurrence in chronological order. He shall inform the Intelligence Officer of pertinent and important broadcasts as they occur. He shall aleo;deliver the journal to the Intelligence Officer at the end of watch daily. * Personnel Officer The Personnel Officer shall be responsible for obtaining' the completed U.O. Time Cards from all personnel assigned to the occurrence. The Personnel Officer shall be responsible for maintaining accurate personnel account~g records by following the procedures outlined in Part B/1400 of the Tactical Manual. His records shall include squad assignments, ready reserve and records of Field Command Post personnel. The Personnel Officer shall ensure, whenever possible, that officers from the same area are assigned to the same squad or detail. The squad leaders should also be chosen from the same area as the squad members. * Logistics Officer The Logistics Officer shall be responsible for maintaining an inventory to the black and white vehicles involved in the incident and maintaining a roster of all equipment assigned to Field Task Force Personnel. Upon direction of the Field Commander, the Logistics Officer shall acquire any necessary equipment or supplies and shall arrange for transportation to the requesting unit. The Logistics Officer shall· be responsible for maintaining lists of designated locations where unusual occurrence supplies are stored and shall ensure over depletion of these supplies does not occur. * Staging Officer The Staging Officer shall be responsible for selecting suitable parking areas to ensure grouping of response units by division of assiqnment. He shall be responsible for directing for incoming units to their parking areas and record the shop number and mileage of ALL vehicles responding to the staging area. The Staging Officer shall direct all personnel responding to report to the Personnel Officer with a completed U.O. Card. He shall •ubmit hi• records of vehicle shop numbers and mileage to the Logistics Officer at the end of watch. 4. Provisions of Personnel to EOC and/or J-CP Divisions Northeast Area shall, upon request, provide personnel to staff the EOC (Emergency Operations Control) and/or ·Field Command Poat Divieion when they are activated as temporary divieiona. 7. FIELD TASK FORCE ORGANIZATION . During a minor u.o., response with sufficient manpower to return the involved area to normalcy is the key. The following information describes the two basic Field Task Force units that will be utilized to provide' this manpower: - A. B. C. C. Platoon - -, The largest force that will be used in a minor U.O. is the Platoon. A Platoon is comprised of two to four squads, and shall be commanded by a lieutenant. Squad The basic unit to be deployed during a minor U.O. is the Squad. A Squad shall consist of: 1. One Sergeant; 2. Nine Police Officers. Each Squad will have a minimum of three vehicles assigned to it. Platoon Leader's Responsibilities 1. Maintain an up-to-date roster of Squad Leade·rs and personnel assigned to the Platoon; 2. The Platoon Leader shall check in with the Personnel Officer and give him him location in the Personnel Pool; 3. A log of his Platoon location shall be maintained by the Platoon leader; Platoon Leader's Responsibilities (Continued) 4. Ensure that his. Platoon is re-supplied with the necessities to combat the unusual occurrence; 5. Brief his Squad Leaders on the situation; 6. Assign the Squad Leader of his fi.t·st Squad as the Assistant Platoon Commander; 7. Keep the Intelligence Officer informed of casualties, situation, and other items of importance; 8. Remain in the field until his entire Platoon is relieved; 9: If the Platoon Commander's presence i• required at the location of his Platoon position, he or the Assistant Platoon Commander shall remain with the Platoon until otherwise ordered by the Field Commander; ~ - - --- - --- C. D. E. Platoon Leader's Responsibilities (Continued) 10. The Platoon ' cornmander, if possible, shall ensure that his Squad Leaders and his Personal Runner are each equipped with a ROVER; 11. The Platoon Commander is responsible for-J;urning in an inventory of black and white vehicles ~to the Staging Officer. He is also responsible for turning in a roster of all personnel under his command, grouped by Squads, to the Personnel Officer. Platoon Runner's Responsibilities 1. The Platoon Runner, armed with a shotgun, shall remain with the Platoon Leader at all times; 2. Act as a messenger for the Platoon Lead~r; 3. Provide security for the Platoon Leader; 4. Assist the Platoon Leader in administrative duties. Squad Leader's Responsibilities 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Assign an officer as second in command; Brief the Squad on the situation; Whenever possible, keep the Platoon Leader informed on items of importance, with reference to the situation; Ensure that proper security is maintained on police vehicles which are parked and left at any location in the field; The Squad Leader carries out the orders issued to him by the Platoon Commander. He is responsible to the Platoon Commander for the discipline, appearance, training, control and conduct of his Squad at all times, and for the condition and care of its weapons and equipment; The Squad Leader is responsible for the fire discipline, fire control and maneuvers of his Squad. He takes a position where he can beet observe and control the Squad. He leads and, therefore, first his own weapon in critical situations only. The Squad Leader must be proficient in the uae of chemical agents; The Squad Leaders are leaders; the ultimate objective of leadership is to accomplish the mission; --------- - -------- ----- -- - - E. F. Squad Leader's Responsibilities (Continued) 9. All Squad Leaders, if possible, shall have in their possession a ROVER unit or a portable frequency 9 unit or a CC unit, in order to ensure communications and coordination between Squads and the Platoon Commander; - -~ 10. The Squad Leader shall be responsible for requesting additional ammunition, food, water, relief. etc., for his Squad. Squad Member's Responsibilities 1. Each member of a Squad shall follow the directions of the Squad Leaders; 2. All action taken by the Squad shall be a coordinated effort. Squad members shall not take it upon themselves to react to a situation without being directed by their Squad Leaders. TACTICAL MANUAL SECTION B/100 1/100. 101. PERSONNEL MOBI UZATION PLAN PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN TACTJCAL ALERT 101.01 TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is the preliminary stage of the Department Mobil iza tion PJ,n for Unusual Occurrences. It provides for the controtled redistribution of on-duty personnel to achieve the nwipower level necessary for control of a maIor police ~cident. t 101.02 PURPOSE OF A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is initiated to achieve the following objectives : • Alert personnel of all or selected Areas to the possi bility of personnel redistribution. ana announce the existence of a major police incident. • Provide a manpower reserve which can be used by concerned Area(sl in the control of the incident. • Controi the depletion of field forces and discourage uncontroHed voluntary response to the scene of a major police incident. 101.03 INITIATING A TACTICAL ALERT. When there is a need for a Tactical Alen. it should be initiated as soon as possible to restrict voluntary responses and avoid depletion of personnel from the involved Area and surrounding Areas. • A Field Commander at the scene of I police incident may declare a Tactical Alert for the concerned Area when. in his judgement, that action is necessary to ensure the availability of s~fficient personnel to con trol the incident. The Field Commander shall immedi ately cause the Communications Division watch com mander to be notified of the declaration. • The Communications Division Watch Commander may declare a Tactical Alen, or expand an existing Tactical Alert. for all or selected Areas. when the redistribution of Oeoartment personnel is necessary to meet the immediate or anticipated needs of a Field Commander. 101.CM TACTICAL ALERT BROADCAST. When a Tactical Alen has been declared. the Communi cations Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Tactical Alert to be broadcast Department wide by radio and teletype. l • Tactical Manual, LOI Angeles Police Department 101.05 EFFECTS OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When an Area or Oivision is placed on a Tactical Alert the following provisions shall take effect : · • All field units in tne alerted Areas shall continue patrol! ing their assigned districts unless reassignec by Communications Division. . • Unless otherwise directed,okjcers work ing in the Areas included in a Tactical ~lert shall confine their activities ~o polic• work of major importance. • Station supervisors and field supervisors sha1 I ensure that all on-duty personnel are aware of the Tactical Alert. • Officers in alerted Areas who are off the a,, handli n~ calls or making reports shall. whenever possic,e . be - reouireo to resume field patrol and awaii furtner instructions by racio or other commun icat ion. • Communications Division shall screen a1 ! incoming calls and. whenever possible. direct citizens to the concerned police station for making comolaints or reoorts. • Station supervisors shall assign personne! to monitor radio freQuencies and teletype machines. • Station supe!"Visors shall maintain an accounting of on-duty personnel on the Unusual Occurrence Per sonnel Status Report. Form 14.03. in accordance with instructions contained on the form. • Investigative personnel. assigned to Areas or divisions included in the Tactical Alert. shall continue to per. form their regular duties; however. they shall contact their division of assignment at least one• ••ch hour. Note: Twelve-hour watches may be established by the Department Commander; however. command ing. officers of Areas specifically included in a Tac;rical Alert may establish twelve-hour watches for tneir Area when their judgment indicates that this ·.viii best serve their manpower needs. The Deoartment Commander and the concerned bureau commanding officer shall be notified when this prerogative :s exercised. I t . PtrSOf'lnel McbiliZltion Plar, ~,,iarcn. 19;5 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/101.12 101.10 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Minimum Operating Force curing a Tactical Alert is the minimum personnel force needed bv any Area or division to continue essential police functions. Area and division commanding officers shall determine the Minimum Operation Force as follows: • Operations and Support Divisions. The Minimum Operating Force for these divisions during a Tactical Alert-shall consist of the following: • Approximately 50% of the watch 's uniformed patrol officers. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Tactical Alert does not include Accident Investigation and Traffic Enforcement personnel. • The station supervisor. • Approximately 50% of the watch's supervisors, not including fixed post positions. • All of the watch's plainclothes and station fixed post positions. • Traffic Divisions. The Minimum Operating Force for traffic divisions shall consist of essential station per sonnel only. • Ana Vice Unit. The Minimum Operating Force for Area vice units shall consist of all assigned vice per sonnel. • All Odler Divisions. The commanding officers of all other divisions shall determine the division's Minimum Operating Force by using guidelines established by their respective bureau commanding officers. The Minimum Operating Force of each division shall repres ent the minimum strength needed to continue essential police functions during a Tactical Alert. ' Not1: Minimum Operating Force during a, Mobilization differs from the Minimum Operating Force during a ./ Tactical Alert. See Section A/ 102.11. Tactical Manual. If field forces in the Area of occurrence or adjoining Areas are depleted as a result of voluntary response to the scene of the UO. those voluntary units not actively involved shall be recalled from the Task Force. if possible, and made available for radio calls in their Area of assign ment. If these units are not immediately available for recall, units from other Areas and divisions shall be used to temporarily supplement the field forces in the depleted Area. 101.11 ADDITIONAL MANPOWER RESOURCES- TACTICAL ALERT. In addition to uniformed personnel , the following manpower resources are also available during a Tactical Alert: • Investigative - ~rsonnel may be utilized to supplement or replace uniformed officers within the concerned Area. • At the discretion of the.geRartment Commander, divisions other than operstions or support divisions may be pl1'ced on Tactical Alert and their personnel used to ~st in the control of the UO. • The following manpower is available with the aoproval of the Commanding Officer, l?ersonnel and Training Bureau : • Officers attending recruit classes, to perform non hazardous duties. • Officers attending in-service training may be returned to their respective Areas. • With approval of the Department Commander, civilian volunteers and police reserves may be assigned to the Field Task Force. Note: ReQuests tor civilian volunteers or police reserves shall be directed to the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC has been activated, the requests shall .be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. • When on-duty forces assembled during a Tactical Alert are insufficient to meet the needs of the tactical situa tion, the Department Commander shall initiate a Mobili zation. 101.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Available Reserve is the status of officers 'Nho can be released from regular duties in their Area or division of assignment and assigned to the UO Control Task Force 'Nhen needed. The Available ReseM shall consist of all officers and supervisors of an Area or division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force or the UO Control Task Force. Those officers constituting the Available Reserve will ordinarily continue their routine duties until activated. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 I '- ,_ . I .. ~ASO_N_~E~.M~ILl~TION !LA~ I 8/102.07 · --· . --- . ... --· .. - - . ---- . . __ _ J __ . - I 102.04 MOBILIZATION BROADCAST. When a Mobili- zation is initiated, the Communications Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the'Mobilization to be broadcast by radio and teletype. If the ECC is ectivlted the ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for causing the Mobilization notification to be broad~t. The Mobilization notification shall be made~-follows : • Thi brOldcast shall specify the watch (" A" or "8°) ail.Arals or divisianunobilized. • Thi number of Areas or divisions included will depend uPO" the anticipated personnel needs of the Field Commander. • Thi radio broadcasts shall be repeated f!Very 15 minutes for twO hours following the original Mobilization broad i I cast. ·• If additional Areas or divisions are Mobilized, that Information shall be added to the original broadcast or promulgated in a supplementary Mobilization broedcast. C . . 0 . . . • Following the broadcast, the ommunIcatIons 1v1sIon Watch Commander shall dispatch sufficient units to meet the manpower needs of the Field Commander. 102.06 EFFECT OF A MOBILIZATION. When an Area or division is mobilized, the concerned commanding officer shall activate the Area or Division Mobilization Plan, which shall include: • Implementation of twelve-hour watches. • Deferment of days off. • Consolidation of "fixed post positions. . • Alerting off-duty personnel. • Arranging an inventory of personnel and eQuipment remaining in the Area or division. • Preparing for the fulfillment of ECC requests for personnel end equipment. , • Restricting the activities of units remaining in the Area or division to poli~ work of major lmportanc.. I I 102.08 HOLDING OVER WATCHES DURING A i MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is g announced, on-duty watch• shall be held over as folio : • . All Area and traffic division commanding officers sha I hold over off-going watches. Off ~oing watches may be released only with 1hl apprOYal of the 0epartmen COIT\n\lllder. . . . - . ·- .. . . . -· - . - . --- . - • Station supervison or WIich commanders desiring to 1 .re1 ... off-going ~-11-~equesUpprOM&l. t!lrouth -·· the ECC Personnel Officer. • The ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for teeuring the Department Commander's approval for , releasing off.going watches and for sending a teletype: notice authorizing their release. : • A Mobilization cancellation teletype shall be considered authority to release off-90ing watches. • Personnel essigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 102.07 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is initiated, personnel in mobilized Areas or divisions shall ; be activated as follows: · • Station supervisors on duty in mobilized Areas or • divisions shelf cause notifications to be made to off duty officers assigned to their respective Areas or divisions. · • When the offices of a mobilized Area or division are closed, off-duty personnel shall be notified as specified in the Area or Division Unusual Occurrence Plan. • In I Major Unusual Occurrence, the Oepanment Commander may use the services of cooperating commercial radio and television stations to notify off-duty officers of the Mobilization. • When off-duty personnel are alerted, thev. shall be Instructed to report to their Aru or division of assign ment. Officers assigned to the Field Task Force shall' continue reporting on-dutV at their Am ·or-utvtsforr of---· 11Signment throughout the duration of the incident unless otherwise directed by their Field Task Force · 1Upervlsor. • When practicable, commanding t,HiCBn who l!T - requested to commit personnel to the Field Task Force shall send officers asigned to an on-coming watch rather thin officers who have been held over. · - · t .. • - - .• . . ~ -. ! ;Tactlcal Manual. Loi Angel• Poll01 09pertmlnt Penonnel Mot,lllzatlon Plan March. 19~ PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/102.14 102.11 MINIMUM OPEAA:TING FOACE-MOBI LIZA· TION. The Minimum Operating Force fer an Area during a Mobiliz•tion shall consist of the following : • Approximately 50 percent of the uniformed officers end suslirvisors utilized in the smallest regular1y-used car plan ~f the day and night watches. Minimum day ,n0,.r.ight wat-:h personnel will be sssigneo to the "A .. 1 and '"B" Watches resoectively. Nola: Thi Minimum Operating Force for a Mobiliza tion does not incluae vice, JU"enile, and accident investigation or trattic enforcement personnel. • Those fixed post positions essential to Area operation. When practicable, these fixed post positions witl be filled by light-duty officers. Example: A Mooilization occurs on Saturday night and Rampart Area is mobilized. The smallest regularly-used car plan on the night watch · in this Area occurs en a Wednesday night. The Minimum Operating Force for Rampart's "B'' Watch would then consist of 50 ,-rc•nt of the uniformed patrol officers and uniformed patrol supervisors used on a Wednesday night deployment, plus ttiose positions essential to Area operations. 102.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-MOBILIZATION. The Available Reserve for an Area shall consist of ~he Area's on-dutY officers except those assigned to the Field Task Force or the Area's Minimum Operating Force for a Mobilization. The Available Reserve includes Area vice. juvenile, fixed posts. accident investigation and traffic enforcement personnel. If officers are lSsigned to the Field Task Force from the Available ~eserve, the number assigned will be subtracted from the original Available R-n,e to determine the current Available Resen,e. Note: The Avaiiable Reserve for a Mobilization, des- . cribe~ above. differs from the Available Reserve du_ ring a Tactical Alrt. which is described elsewhere in this chapter. 1 ' • 102.13 OTHER OFFICE OF OPERATIONS DIVISIONS. • Traffic Divisions. The Availab'e Reserve for traff ;c divisions shat I consist of all personnel who have not been assigned to the Field TIILf_ Qrce. • lnweltiptin Oiwi1ion1. The Avatlable Reserves for investigative divisions. within ml Office of Ooe•·ations. sh al I consist of those officers in the division wt10 are not assigneo to the Minimum Operating Force an':l who are available for assignment to the UO Ccntro1 Task Force. 102.14 REPORTING AVAILABLE RESERVE EACH DEPLOYMENT PERIOD. Office of Operations Area and division commanding officers shall report me number of officers assigned to the Available Ae~rve during a Mobilization to their bureau comm~,:i~1ng . officers and to Investigative HeadQuarters O1v1s1on prior to the first day of each deployment period, as follows : • The report shall be submitted on an lntr•De0artmental Corre5Pondence. Form 15.2. • The report shall include the number of officers, bv rank, who will be assigned to the Available Reserve for the coming deployment period. • A seoarate listing· shall be · made for each twelve-hour watch. · • A separate fisting shall be made for: patrol . vice, juvenile, and fixed posts; accident investigation; traffic enforcement; and investigative personnel. Example: West Los Angeles Area Twelve-Hour Watch- Assignment Available Reserve Deployment Period No. 14 December 15, 1978 •r• Watch Lt. Sgt. lnnn. Ofer. Patrol, Vice Juvenile, & Fixed Posts 1 8 35 1 10 43 A.I. 1 7 1 9 T.E. 8 10 lnwst. ' 2 5 Nata: To provide an 11timatt of the potential Strength of the Field Tak Force, the Available AneM .• ,. poned each deployment period, shall bt based on the maximum number of available swom personnel. 2 The ECC Pwsonnel Offar will make a detfflnination regarding the availability of personnel from lilCh Ar~ during a Mobilization. At tNt time. probfems peculiar 10 the UO will bl conaidered prior to •igning an Area's or division's Available Aaerw ID 1N Fietd T•k F~. When an Arla or division II mobilizfd. the prtdeterm,ned Minimum Operating Force lhell imlNdiltely br.Ome 4lflilc:ti... Prior 10 1he ~ -'~!"'' watch 1i~ shall be td Commun,cattons Division• pr.cribed in 1hl t Manual (3/224.10). t " • ! UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL STATUS AND SITUATION REPORTS ... .... UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL CARDS --- -·· :. \~ . ·: - . . --= .. ... . ·.· .. WESPONDING PERSONNEL COMPLETE ABOVE DOUBLE LINE NK DIV. � MAL[ � P'EMALE LtAV[ ILANK SERIAL NO. LEAVE ILANK . ., IN UNIF',..M COURT WITHIN "'" 1Z HOURS O ll'LAIN � D CLOTHES YES NO CUM£NTLY CN A: r-J DAY OFF/ L HOLIDAY NAME CW SUP'CtYISOR IIELEASINI FROM U.O. DUTY ltlU/,L NO. LAll'D 1'.13.0 (P/13) U.O. TIME CARD • • A' WATCff D A n,. DAY TE/TIME ORIG. ON DUTY DATE/TIME: AISl&N[D U.O • DAT£ / TIM[ R[LEAS[D U 0. TOTAL UO HOURS uo 0/T FUNCTIONAL Alll&NM[NT OFcP•_ 0Ecco I PERSONNEL SECTION USE OHL Y ~--,.----.,--~~-~ ASSIGNMENT . ROVER # SHOP # Radio O.alpatlon DATE/TIME ASSIGNED 2 J 4 s RESPONDING PERSONNEL COMPLETE ABOVE DOUBLE LINE NAME (LAST, FIRST , Ml l LEAVE SERIAL NO LEAVE DATE / TIME ORIG. ON DUTY BLANK BLANK B RANK DIV . � MALE I D ,. UNIFORr;I COURT WITHIN CUfUtENTLY OH A: DATE/TIME ASS I GNEO U. O. 12 HOURS � FEMALE 1 � PLAIN f'JYES ONO � DAY OFF / � WKG. I CLOTHES HOLIDAY DAY NOTES : DATE / TIME RELEASED U.0 . TOTAL UO HOURS UO 0 / T NAME OF SUPERVISOR RELEASING FROM U.O. DUTY I SERIAL NO. FUNCT I ONAL ASSHiNMENT � FCPw_ D ECCD LAPD 14 . 14 .0 (8 / 83 ) U.O. TIME CARD • 'B' WATCH PERSONNEL SECTION USE ONLY ASSIGNMENT ROVER # SHOP # Radio Desi1nation DATE/TIME ASSIGNED I - l ·- ··· -· ... -- 3 r-- r- - -----··-··--- - - -··--- - - - .. - . - . - · 5 . - - - ·- ·- -- - --. - •~ - - -- 0 0 II � 0 � :t � C -4 0 " -f "' .. 0 j � " n z .. � I: -4 ~ 0 n "' < .. -4 - < � > z -4 r- � n l'I • ;;I 0 0 0 • .. ::! -4 z -< .. � ~ i: .. :t "' "' 0 i I: C " "' ll II C ~ z ,. iii • Ill ! C " "' z 0 • .. -f z 0 .. 0 ,. It 0 < 0 ;: g .. 0 " ::r 0 • It n i: .. 0 l'I .. r; -4 .. "' :II < ll z C ~ z :. n 0 • .. ' .. .. C .. 0 z ,. • • < > r- 0 ,. < .. ::r n ,. .. "'II - "' r- 0 -I ~ � z "' ~ 0 ~ -I � -I 0 z ~ "' n 0 ~ 0 LAPO 14.12.0 (8/83) OAT[ & TIME ASSIGNf:D SQUAD# PLATOON COMPANY NAME ROVER# SER.# DIV. PLATOON 'COMPANY LEAOEA ... SQUAD LEADER I IIIADIO D[51GNATION 1. l 2. 3. ~- s. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. OF"F"ICEA RELEASING SOIJAO DATE TIM[ U .0. ASSIGNMENT CARD DISTRIBUTION . ORIG . TO SOUADLEADlA . COPY TO PERSONNEL POOL UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL STATUS REPORT LAPO 14.03.0 (6-72) SEE REVERSE SIDE OF FORM FOR COMPLETION INSTRUCTIONS I TO: EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER PERSONNEL OFFICER "IVISION: l"ATCH UAllt. A"U I l"t. ON UU IT UAI It. AND T l"t. THAN;)l"ll I llt. D PERSONNEL STATUS REPORT OF: 0 ONCOMING WATCH. 0 DEPLOYMENT CHANGE DUE TO RECENT COMMITMENT OF PERSONNEL TO TASK FORCE. 0 DEPLOYMENT OF A WATCH PIESENTLY ON DUTY. · 0 UNSCHEDULED SUBSTANTIAL CHANGE IN DEPLOYMENT. PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENT: 1. Patrol diviaions, A.I.D. and T.E.D. report ALL uniforl'l9d supervisors and ALL field officers (except outlying traffic personnel). 2. All other divisions report total on-duty officers. ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION: Outlying divisions only. TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT: Outlying divisions only. PLAINCLOTHES POSITIONS AND STATION FIXED POST POSITIONS: Patrol divisions; A.I.D. and T.E.D. report all fixed post officers on-duty in the atation (ex cept unifor111ed supervisors) and all plainclothes officers: i.e., Vice, C.R.O., Analytical, Y.S.O., Adjutant, Disk, Jail, Station Security, and A.I. Follow-Up. TIME PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENT: ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION: fRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT: PLAINCLOTHES POSITIONS AND STATION FIXED POST POSITIONS: TIM£ PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENT: ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION: TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT: PLAINCLOTHES POSITIONS AND STATION FIXED POST POSITIONS: TIME PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENT: ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION: TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT: PLAINCLOTHES POSITIONS AND STATION FIXED POST POSITIONS: ADD ITI OUL I I FORMAT I ON: COURT INFORMATION: Report the nullber of DAY WATCH (or••• Watch) officer• listed above who are subpoenaed to appear In court. ROUTINE ~VAIL. RESERVE TASK FORCE LT. SGT. PLM. LT. SGT. PLM. LT. SGT. PLM. I LT. SGT. PLM. - -----~- ·-·--------- - ----- - ---------- - - - COMPLETION INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORH 1i.03.o WHEN TO SUBMIT THE PERSONNEL STATUS TE1.ffiPE TO THE EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER: 1. Upon the arrival of an oncOfling watch. 2. When there ia a substantial unscheduled change in deploy111ent. ,. When off i cera are ~ocnitted to the Task Force. •• Upon Request. EXCEPTION: Detective division• shall telephone or deliver personnel status infor1Mtion to the Detective Headquarters Division for 1ubnli1sion to the Entergency Control Center Personnel Officer. HOW TO COMPLETE THE PERSONNEL STATUS TELETYPE TO THE EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER: 1. Report only one watch on each U.O. Personnel Status Report submitted. 2. Report only personnel assigned to the watch being reported on this form. ,. DO NOT report personnel overlapping from other watches. •· Report all planned changes in the watch'a deployment. 5. Report ALL of the watch's deploy111ent at each change. DEFINITIONS USED IN COMPLETING THE PERSONNEL STATUS TELETYPE TO THE EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER: •ROUTINE - The number of the watch's officers on-duty in the division. It does not include officers assigned to the Task Force. •AVAILABLE RESERVE - The number of the watch"a on-duty officers excluding those assigned to the division Mini mum Operating Force or to the Task Force. (See defini tion of Minimum Operating Force below.) • TASK FORCE - The nu11be r of the watch' s officers who . are assigned to the U.O. Task Force. ( Include officers enroute to the Task Force.) •MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE - The ini11u11 strength needed by a division to continue essential police functions during an unusual occurrence. Division coa1&nding officers shall •t•r•ine the Miniau• Operating Force as fol lows: PATROL DIVISIONS: The Min i•u• Operating Fore» for patrol division• during a Tactical Alert ahall con1i1t of the following: •Approxi•t•h 50 perc»nt of the watch'• f• ld patrol officers. •The Watch C~nder. •Approxi•tely 50_perce~t of the watch'• patrol 1uperviaor1 not 1nclud1ng the Watch Co-ander. •All of ttw watch'• plainclothes poaltlona and station fixed poat poaitiona. It doe• not include outlying Accident lnwatigation and Traffic £nforce•nt ,eraonnel, Th• Miniau• o .. rating Fore• for patrol dlvlalon• during a Mobl)lzation ahall conaiat of the following: •11te •A• and ••• watcta a aha 11 be co poHd of 50 ,ercent of the patrol officers and patrol auperviaora included In the 1Mlle1t regularly used car P!an • utili&ed on ttw day and night watches reapect,wly, · (i • If the 1•llest car plan of the week occur• · on'.,;;_neaday, the Minil••• Operating Force would conalat 'of 50 percent of Wtt(lneaday•a ••lleat regularly uaed car plan.) •Tho•• fixed poat po1ltion1 ••••ntial to d!vlaion . operation •nd, where practicable, _th•• w,11 be filled by po 1 i cewo• n and 1 i ght-duty off Ice ra. It dn• not include Vice, C.1.0., Analytical, Y.S.O., Adjutant, or outlying Accident Investigation or Traffic £nforce•nt personnel. TRAFFIC DIVISIONS - The MiniauN Operating Force for traffic divisions shall consist of essential station personnel only. EXCEPTION: During the dayti11e hours, P.I.C. Division shal 1 also retain personnel to aupervi• Traffic Control Officers effecting traffic control in the downtown area. DETECTIVE DIVISIONS - The Minimum Operating Force for detective divisions shall consist of the absolute Ninimum nu ber of personnel needed to operate the division when routine dutiea have been auasanded. It shall include the following as appropriate: • Essential auperviaora and desk personnel. • Per1onnel to investigate •jor cri11es and process arrest••• not connected with the U.O. • Per1onnel aaaigned to 1tation security or patrol relief. If the division ia locatad in the invohed area, additional personnel •1 be assigned to the Mini u• Operating Force to fulfill the division•• U.O. re1ponaibilities. Thia Detective Division Expanded Operation will consist of the following aa appropriate: • Division deak detail. • Division logiatica detail. • Div ia ion er i• and arrestee processing and court deta i 1. • Division evidenc» and i pound advica detail. • Division booking advice detail. ALL OTHER DIVISIONS - The co 11anding officers of divisions other than patrol, traffic, and detective division, shall deterain• the diviaion Niniau Operating Force using 1uideline1 eatabllahed by their ,.apective bureau co11111anding off Ice ra. The Miniau Operat1n1 Force of each division shall represent the inl11Ua atrength needed to continue HNntial police function• th1rln1 a U.O. · I la � ._HOUR REPORT •vPE OF OCCU .. AENCE DAT!: AND TIM~ THIS AIEPOAT U.O. TASK fORCE --- Hours: DEPT. COMMANDER Fl ELD CCMMANDER SECTOR COMMANDER SECTOR COMMANDER PRESS RELATIONS ECC C.O. INVOLVED A"IEA CLOSED ARIA OTHE .. A"IEAI P'IILD COMMAND POST .. SATELLITE COMMAND POST ' . SATELLITE COMMAND ~ST ASHM LY AMA STAGING AftlEA LAPD 14.10.0 t•71) UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE SITUATION REPORT SUMMARY � 24-HOUR HORNING REPORT PERIOD COVERED THIS AEPOAT WATCH --- WATCH -WATCH Hours: H~r•: LOCATIONS DETENTION P'ACILITY - MAL.I DKT&NTION P'ACILITY - r1MAt.1 DETENTION P'ACILITY - JUYINILI OTHER . LAPO FORM 14 .10.1 OCTOBER. 1966 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE SITUATION REPORT SUMMARY ARREST RECAP FELONY During Per I od To Date Reported Hale ADULTS Female Male JUVENILES Female TOTALS SlN4ARY OF SIGNIFICANT DETAILS: PAGE 3 ., MISDEMEANOR TOTAL During During Period To Date Period To Date Re ported Reported I i - -· -- . - - -- - - -- - --- - - - - - - - ---- - -------- LAPO f'ORM 14.10.2 OCTOBER, 1966 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE SITUATION REPORT SUMMARY CASUALTY REPORT DEATHS During Per lod To Date Reported L. A. P. D. OTHER POLJCE OTHER AGENCY MILITARY CIVILIAN TOTALS SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT DETAILS: PAGE q SERIOUS INJURY MINOR INJURY TOTAL CASUALTIES During During During Per I od To Date Period To Date Period To Date Reported Reported Reported LAPO FORM 14 . 10.3 OCTOBER. 1966 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE SITUATION REPORT SUMMARY DAMAGE REPORT . DESTROYED MAJOR During During Perl od To Date Period Reported Reported IUSIIESS BUILDINGS RESIDENCES PUBLIC BUILDINGS VEHICLES TOTA LS SUtt4ARY OF SIGNIFICANT DETAILS: ------- -~ PAGE 5 DAMAGE MllllnD r\Ut&r.~ TOTAL OAMAr.~n • During During To Date Per lod To Date Per lod To Date Reported Reported LAPO FORM 14.10.4 OCTOBER, 1966 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE SITUATION REPORT SUMMARY LOGISTICS REPORT VEHICLES ASSIGNED FIELD De o 1 oved BUCK & WHITE CARS PU IN CARS MOTORCYCLES ,-wHEEL MOTORS SUSSES HELICOPTERS TRUCKS ff EA VY EQU I PMENT TOTAL VEHICLES DURING THIS PERIOD t£A LS SERVED MAJOR SUPPLY EXPENDITURES: MAJOR VEHICLE 6 EQUIPMENT DAMAGE: CRITICAL SHORTAGES: . - ---- - -------- - -- - - PAGE 6 TASK FORCE DEPLOYED IN Reserve Total DIVISIONS ~ ' \. TOTAL ro DATE · - ------ - -- - --- ---- - - ---- LAPD FORM 14 . 10 . 5 OCTOBER. 1966 -------- - - --- - - . UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE SITUATION REPORT SUMMARY SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT EVENTS (GENERAL INTELLIGENCE, FIELD OPERATIONS, SHOOTINGS, ETC.J PAGE 7 • M O B I ~ E COMMAND FI:,].:_ E~ MOBILE COMMAND FLEET Field Command Post Division Activation and Mobile Command Fleet The Tactical Planning Section, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group, is responsible for notifying the Field Command Poet Division Cadre, when activated, to staff the Field Command Poet -,d for mobilizing the Department's Mobile Command Fleet during a serious or aajor unusual occurrence. During non-business hours (1600-0730) and on weekends and holidays, the Administrative Information Unit, Detective Headquarters Division, extension 5-3261, is responsible for making the initial notifications to staff the Field Command Post Division when it has been activated and to mobilize all or part of the Department's Mobile Command Fleet. Detective Headquarters Division shall continue making the necessary notifications of activation until relieved by the Tactical Planning Section, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. NOTE: Supply Division is responsible for maintaining and dispatching Mobile II (logistics Van) as directed. Motor Transport Division is responsible for maintaining and dispatching Mobile IV (Field Transportation Office) as directed. The Department Mobile Command Fleet consists of the following: UNIT Mobile I Mobile II Mobile III Mobile IV Mobile V Mobile VII Sound I Sound II Light I Light !1 Mobile Canteen Wate:t· Buffalo MERV DESIGNATION Communications Trailer Logistics Van Communications Trailer Field Transportation Office Command Trailer Operations Trailer Public Address Truck Public Address Truck High-Intensity Illumination Truck High-Intensity Illumination Truck Canteen Water Buffalo Command Post Vehicle LOCATION Piper Tech Piper Tech Van Nuys Area Motor Transport Piper Tech Piper ·Tech Parker Center Van Nuye Division' Parker Center Van Nuys Division Piper Tech Piper Tech Piper Tech/Van Nuys MOBILE I A 35' semi-trailer using a 1971 International tractor for motive power - Tractor #34027 has a 25I<W Generator mounted behind the cab which supplies adequate power for the entire Command Post complex. The trailer contains the following communications equipment: a. CCTV receiver capable of receiving video pictures from LAPD helicopter on Channel #2 and from CHP helicopter on Channel #3. Also has video tape recorder for recording any or all pictures received. b. Telephone Switchboard with 12 incoming trunk lines, SO extension lines, and a five-plug conference jack field. c. Teletype, 5 level model 35 -- KSR may be connected by landline or micro-wave. d. Public address system operational from any Key Telephone in Mobiles, 1, 5 and 7, without going through the switchboard operator. All other dial telephones may use PA by going through the switchboard operator. e. Radio Transmitters Tact. 1 (100 Watt) Motorola Tact. 2 (100 Watt) Motorola Freq. 21 CLEMARS Fire Department (LA City) Citizens Band (23 Channel) 2-meter FM transceiver CHP Sheriffs Civil Defense Command Red Cross (used by schools) RACES Street Maintenance (2 Freq.) 2 Converta-Coms for ROVER Radios MOBILE II Mobile 2 - Logistics Vehicle This vehicle is a 25' semi-trailer preloaded with supplies needed at-Field Command post locations. The motive power is curxently provided by an International truck-tractor, Shop #3910. This unit is assigned to Supply Division and stationed at Piper Tech General Inventory Batteries (Flashlite) Binoculars Boltcutters Bullet-Proof Vests Cameras & Photo Supplies Face Shields Fire Extinguishers First-Aid Kits Flares Flex Cuffs Gas (Tear) Equipment Radiological Monitoring Set Tables (Folding) Traffic Cones Heliport Lights Heliport Bulbs Heliport Wind Sock Jumper Cables Janitorial Supplies Maps Divisional, Rpt. Dist. Office Supplies, Pencils, Paper, UO Forms Office Equipment, Typewriters, Adding Machine, Chairs, Tables Rope Signal and Sign Material Tool Box with Hand Tools This is a partial 'listing of the equipment available on Logistics II. When requesting supplies always apprise the Watch Commander of Supply Division of the priority and the urgency of the logistics needed at the scene to ensure promptness in delivery of key supplies. Aleo, a Field Commander should be aware that the report forms stored in Logistics II are for field use only. UO forms, mass arrest forms, UO time cards, overtime slips, etc., are avail•ble. Logistics II does not store citation books, sick reports, 15.7's etc. MOBILE III Nobile 3 - Communications Trailer A 35- semi-trailer using a 1958 Ford truck-tractor for motive power-Tractor Shop #22829 has a 25KW generator mounted l,ehind the cab which supplies adequate power for the entire Command Post complex. The trailer contains the following Communications equipment: Telephone: PBX Switchboard - 10 incoming tr~nks with 30 extension lines. Has a PA system built-in available to any phone serviced by board. Has six telephone positions permanently installed for versatility in position assignments. Teletype: 5 level Model 35 - KSR may be connected by landline or microwave. Radios: Tac-I (100 Watts) Motorola Tac-II (100 Watts) Motorola Freq. 21 CLEMARS Fire Department (LA City) 2-meter FM transceiver MOBILE IV Nobile 4 - Truck Mounted Expandable Field Office Sheriff~s PU&T PU&T Service Freq. Civil Defense Command RACES 2 Converta-Coms for ROVER Radio This vehicle consists of a 3-axle International truck chassis with an "expandable" van body. The van opens to provide a working area of about 13- by 12-. It is air-conditioned and heated and is equipped with fluorescent lighting. This unit provides operating quarters for the Field Transportation Unit supervisor and staff involved in checking vehicular equipm~nt in and out of the FCP staging area and in providing motor maintenance aervicea. The unit additionally provides operating quarters for the Field Personnel Officer and staff . . _Recaue•t• for Mobile IV ahould be sent to Motor Tran port Division. MOBILE V Nobile 5 - Comand Trailer A 35' semi-trailer. Motive power is n 1958 Ford Tractor, Shop 122'828 equipped with a lSKW generator - designed to operate alone or with other C/P units. Thia truck-tractor/semi trailer unit provides operating quarters for the Field Commander, his personal aides, and principal staff section supervisors. The front of the semi-trailer is occupied by a radio operator and a journal clerk; the middle by the map display board facing six staff section supervisors (e.g., intelligence personnel, etc.). The rear portion contains the Field Commander's desk and conference table. This rear area may be closed off for private conferences by use of an accordion-type door. The semi-trailer is air-conditioned and heated; it is equipped with fluorescent lighting. The telephone system is pre-cabled to permit instant connection to the Mobile Communications Unit Switchboard. 1 or 3 electrical power (120/240-volt, single phase) is taken from · a 15,000 watt generator serving the total Field Command Post complex. This unit is equipped with DFE mobile radios capable of being crystalled to any geographic mobile frequencies and can monitor frequencies A, B, C, D, Sheriffs, CHP, CO Command - capable of transmit and receive on Tactical and Intelligence frequencies. There is 1 Converta-Com for a ROVER Radio and a UHF - VHF Television. MOBILE VI As of April, 1990, Mobile VI was still under construction. The exact configuration of the unit and its use is yet to be determined. It is projected that Mobile VI will be an expanded MERV vehicle, filling the gap between~ full mobile command trailer and the smaller MERV type van. The completion of Mobile VI is sched111Pd for late 1990. MOBILE VII Nobile 7 - Emergency Operations Trailer A~, semi-trailer is used in conjunction with either Mebile I or Mobile III since it requires a power source and a means for integrating its telephone and radio systems. It is normally used by Intelligence and Operations personnel. It can receive and transmit on Tac 1, 2, and the Staff/Ad Vice frequencies. It also contains a map board of the entire City. MOBILE CANTEEN The Mobile Canteen is a 16-foot trailer containing two five-gallon coffee urns and a two foot by three foot grill. It has a sink and 65-gallon water tank. The Canteen is normally used during Unusual Oc~urrences but is sometimes loaned to Areas for trainiJlll.days, dedications, etc. When used during an Unusual Occurrence 'that is declared a "Major Unusual Event" by the Police Commission, the City reimburses the Mobile Canteen Fund for all expenditures connected with that event. When the Canteen is loaned to an Area for a planned event not declared a "Major Unusual Event", the Area must reimburse the fund for all expenditures at the event's conclusion . The Canteen may be towed by either Light I or Mobile VII. SOUND I & II Sound I & II are pickup trucks equipped with 800 watt, eight-speaker public address systems. Requests for Sound I (Parker Center) should be made to TPS. Sound II (Valley Headquarters) may be obtained by notifying the Van Nuys Field Services Watch Commander. LIGHT I & II Light I and II are two-axle trucks with high intensity flood lights mounted on a hydraulic platform which raises the lights to a height of 21 feet. In addition to the fixed lights, there is a supply of · portable floodlights and several hundred feet of electrical extension cord on each truck. Light I is parked at Parker Center and is available by telephoning OHD. Light II is kept at Valley Headquarters and may by obtained by contacting the Van Nuys Field Services Watch Commander. WATER BUFFALO The Water Buffalo has a rated capacity of 400 gallons. Dispensing is accomplished by means of 2 hose bibs and 4 faucets. This unit has a pintle hook trailer connection which is compatible with Mobile I. ~---- - ----- ----- ---- - MERV MOBILE EMERGENCY RESPONSE VEHICLE The Mobile Emergency Response Vehicle (MERV) is a three-quarter ton Dodge Van, which has been equipped for use as a mini-command post vehicle. Requests for MERV are handled in the same manner as other Field Command Post (FCP) equipment. However, in an emergency contact Tactical Planning Section (TPS), extension 5-40H·'·during buainess hours or DHD on weekends and evenings. MERV contains the following equipment: Radios: Telephones: Fire Department Maps TAC-1 TAC-2 CLEMARS 2 Converta-Coms for ROVER Radios Recreation & Parks Bearcat Scanner C-B Radio (40 Channel) AM FM Receiver Mobile Digital Terminal (MDT) Cellular Telephone Dial Telephone Ringdown Telephone 1200 Series 800 Series 400 Series I· I OUTSIDE RESOURCES/EQUIPMENT OUTSIDE RESOURCES/EQUIPMENT The following equipment and supplies can be obtained through the E.O.C. (when activated), phone 485-5194. The below information is kept in Books 24A and 24B at DHD-ADMIN DESK, phone 485-3261. Acetylene torches Air ambulances Air compressors Aircraft Air-crash equipment Air drills· Air masks Ambulances Ammunition Amphibious equipment Armored vehicles Asbestos suits Auto parts Bags (burlap) Barbed wire Barricades Ba~teries Beds Blankets Blood Decompreesion chambers Divers (frogmen) Diving equipment Doctors Dollies Drag Hooks Dump trucks Electrical equipment Electronic equipment Emergency lighting and power Excavation equipment Excavation workers Fans Fill dirt First aid supplies Flares Flashliqht• and batteries Floodlights l'ood l'ork lift Gaaoline Generator Graders Grappling hook Ground probes Block and tackle Boats Bolt cutters Boom trucks Bucket loaders Bulldozers Busses Butane fuel Cable cutters Chains Chain saws Chain hoists Chairs Compressors County stores catalog Covers (rubber and canvas) CO2 Crank shovels Cranes Cutting torches Guns Hand tools H~avy duty equipment Horse-drawn equipment Horses Hospitals Hydraulic pallet dollies Hydraulic lift-gate trucks Hydrogen Ice Infant Playpens Jack hammers Jeeps Ladders Lanterns Lifeguards Life line guns Light• portable Light trucks Litters Lock experts Mattreaaea Medical kits Military aid Nur es OUTSIDE RESOURCES/EQUIPMENT (Continued) ' Oil Oxygen Pallet dollies -: . Passengers. cars Photo equipment _ .;. Pole climbing · Port pilots Power saws Printing emergency Propane Public address equipment Pumping equipment Radio equipment Refrigerators Rope Rubber suits Sand • Sandbags (filled or unfilled) Sanitary facilities Saws Shelters (animal/fallout) Skip loaders Sound equipment Clothing Hardware Mortician supplies Pipe Pumping units Straw. hay, and feed Tents Water conditioning equipment ~ --------~- - - - Stakes Steel helmets Street repairs Stretchers --. Tilt-bed trailers Torches Tow bars Tow trucks Tractors Trench diggers Trucks, boom trucks Crane trucks Dump trucks Flat-bed trucks ~efrigerator trucks Tow truck Trailer truck Van truck Watering truck Welding equipment Winch Wrenches Drugs Generators and dynamos Ice Paper houses Plastic sheeting Rock, sand, gravel Surgical equipment Cots NORTHEAST AREA MOBILIZATION R9STER ----- -- NORTHEAST AREA MOBILIZATION ROSTER Northeast Divi·sion Mobilization Rosters are updated each deployment period. A copy of the Mobilization Roster can be obtained in the Watch Commander's office at any time. During business hours copies can be obtained in the Area Captain's office or the Patrol Captain's office. Northeast Area facility houses DARE Division (BSI) and Elements of Scientific Investigation Division (Blood/Alcohol and Firearms/Explosives - SSB). During a mobilization these entities will fall within the scope and jurisdiction of their respective bureaus. ( VI ·CIVIL DEF - ~ NS E W A R N I N G P J, A N •GENERAL *NORTHEAST AREA *CITY EMERGENCY OPERATIONS, M A S T E R P L A N C I V I L D E F E N S E WARN I · N G PLAN *GENERAL , CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLAN GENERAL This plan deals with actions to be taken during a Civil Defense Warning. prior to the detonation of a nuclear device. The primary objectives of this plan are twofold: 1. To aid the general populace to shelter. and: 2. The sheltering members of Northeast Area. This plan does not deal with actions required subsequent to a nuclear attack. nor with non-nuclear civil defense conditions. WARNING SIGNALS * * Attention or Alert Signal A three to five minute steady blast means an attack probable, or a threatened or impending peacetime emergency. which will occur up to 24 hours later. Attack Warning Signal A three to five minute wavering sound on sirens. or a series of blasts o· n whistles or horns mean an attack is imminent. This warning means an attack will occur in approximately ten minutes. SPECIAL AREA RESPONSIBILITIES A. Attack Probable Warning 1. On-Duty a. Station Personnel shall; * Allow nonessential civilian personnel to return to their residences. * Advise all personnel of approved shelter locations (See Shelter Location List this section) . Time permitting, transport all arrestees to Jail Division - 647(f) arrestees should bP released according to 849(b)(2). * All personnel should report to the roll call room when time has nearly expired and receive information from the Watch Commander. Special Area Responsibilities (Con~inued) b. * * * * * * NOTE: * Field Personnel Shall; Handle only police work of major importance. Direct and assist citizens to available shelters. Protect life and property. Facilitate the flow of traffic. Facilitate the activities of other agencies performing emergency services within City limits. All personnel shall report to their nearest shelter location when time has nearly expired. When field personnel report to a civilian shelter, they should assist in shelter management and keep the peace. In the event of a mobilization, arr1v1ng personnel may be housed in the station or at any nearby civilian shelter. 2. Off-Duty * Secure shelter for their families and dependents. * Remain available for a·possible mobilization. * In the.event of an extended alert and a Department mobilization has not been ordered, all off-duty personnel shall report for duty at ~heir regular time. Area commanding officers shall make ~very effort to get to the station, if time permits. Their presence is essential, in that in the event of an actual attack each Area would probably have to function independently. B. Attack Imminent 1. On-Duty •·· Station Personnel Shall; * House any prisoners in the detective interview rooms, advising the Watch Commander of their location. * All personnel should lay on the floor, stay ~lear of windows, and any potential moving or flying objects. Special Area Responsibilities (Continued) b. Field Personnel Shall; * Report immediately to the nearest available shelter. * If time does not permit going to a shelter, officers in a vehicle should park it, roll down the windows, and lay on the floor board. 2. Off-Duty * Personnel are obligated to immediately secure cover for themselves and their families and dependents in the best available shelter. TERMINATION OF CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING Notification of termination of a Civil Defense Warning will be made by radio or by other Department telecommunication sources. Civil defense sirens will not signal the termination of a Civil Defense Warning. C I V I L D E F E N S E WARNING PLAN *NORTHEAST AREA ---- CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLAN NORTHEST AREA The purpose of this plan is to deal with actions to be taken during a Civil Defense Warning prior to the detonation of a nuclear device. -- The primary objectives of this plan are twofold: 1. Aiding the general populace to shelter. 2. The sheltering of personnel of the Northeast Area. WARNING SIGNALS Attention or Alert Signal A three to five minute steady blast means an attack probable, or a threatened or impending peacetime emergency, which will occur up to 24 hours later. Attack Warning Signal A three to five minute wavering sound on sirens, or a series of short blasts on whistles or horn means an attack imminent, which will occur in approximately ten minutes. Responsibility of the Watch Commander Upon notification of attack probable warning, the Watch Commander shall have the responsibility of causing the following notifications to be made: * Northeast Area Commanding Officer * Northeast Patrol Division Commanding Officer * Northeast Detective Division Commanding Officer The commanding officers shall make every effort t~ ~espond to Northeast personnel to seek shelter. The Watch Commander shall have desk officers remain at the desk to direct the public and perform station security until an attack imminent warning is given, at which time the desk officers shall immediately take cover in the best available shelter. The Watch Commander will remain in the Watch Commander- office until an attack imminent warning is given, at which time he shall eek the pest available shelter. Responsibility of Field Units During a Civil Defense Warning the Department has the following responsibilities: * Directing and assisting persons to available shelters . * Giving information to .the public upon request. _ _ _ _ * Protecting life and property. * Facilitating the flow of traffic. * Performing police work of major importance. * Facilitating the activities of other agencies performing emergency services within City limits. A list of shelter locations throughout the Northeast Area is included in this section. During an attack probable warning on-duty personnel assigned to field units will remain in the field, warning the general public by loudspeaker. Officers shall disseminate the location of and directions to the ne~rest shelter in the area, as well as instructions to tune to 640 KC or 1240 KC on their AM radios. During an attack imminent warning all Departmental personnel shall immediately take cover in the best available shelter. NOTE: When field personnel report to a civilian shelter, they should assist in shelter management and keep the peace. Responsibilities of Off-Duty Perso~~l * Secure shelter for their families and dependents. * Remain available for a possible mobilization. * In the event of an extended alert and a Department mobilization has not been ordered, all off-duty personnel shall report for duty at their regular time. Operations During A Prolonged War~Jl!9 If alert conditions continue for a long period of time, OIC of the EOC will determine subsequent procedures. Tenaination of Civil Defense Warning , Notifica~ion of termination of a Civil Defense Warnin9 will made by radio or by other official telecommunications. Civil defense sirens will not signal the termination of a Civil Defense Warning. GLOSSARY OF TERMS (From the L.A. County and Cities Shelter Directory) Allocation, General The process of allocating areas of population to areas of shelter Cc._Oncentrations. Census Block A well defined rectangular piece of land bounded by streets or roads used by the U.S. Bureau of Census for collection and display of census information. Blocks identification numbers are assigned only to the urbanized portions of the county. Census Map A set of maps used by the U.S. Bureau of Census covering the urbanized portion of a county which contain the location and number of each block and the boundary and number of each census tract. Census Tract A nonpolitical subdivision of a community into smaller geographical parts by the U.S. Bureau of Census for collection and display of census information. Community Shelter Plan (CSP} The planning document that describes the analysis of the relationship of population of existing fallout shelter capacities; includes means to inform the public of emergency action. Facility A fallout shelter, mainly a public building or other structure designated as providing protection for ten (10) or more persons from radioactive fallout. Fallout Radioactive debris which settles back to earth following a nuclear explosion. National Shelter Survey Facility Li~ting (NSSF) A compilation of public shelters and supplemental informtion i sued semi-annually by Defense Civil Preparedness Agency (DCPA). See also National Fallout Shelter Survey (NFSS). . I National Fallout Shelter Survey Listing (NFSS) A compilation of public fallout shelters and supplemental information issued on a quarterly basis by Defense Civil Preparedness Agency, discontinued July 1973. National Location Code A system of identifying geographic areas within the U~ted States. Also see Standard Location (SL) Code. Protection Factor (PF) A number used to express the relationship between the amount of fallout gamma radiation that would be received by an unprotected person and the amount that would be received by a person in a shelter . PF Category A classification of protection categories used to rate public shelters. Those used in the National Shelter Survey Facility listing are: Protection Factor Categories Category 0 - 1 2 - 3 Public Fallout Shelter Range (Times as safe as unprotected) Below 20 - 39 40 - over 1000 A shelter facility which contains fallout shelter meeting DCPA ' s criteria, for SO or more persons, and which has been licensed for public use in an emergency. Rated Capacity The number of spaces contained in a shelter based on the number of persons to be housed. This estimate is based on the total protective area of the building in units of 10 square feet of floor space or 65 cubic feet of overall protective area . Resident Population The population living in an area compiled by the U.S. Bureau of Census. Shelter Deficit Area A geographic area in which the population exceeds surveyed shelter spaces. Standard Location Area (SL No.) A small geographical area identified by an 8 digit se!J~l number and represented by a pair of geographical coordinates. ~nerally, it is equal to a census tract. Travel Time The maximum estimated time for travel to shelter. The -recommended travel time is 60 minutes for urban and suburban areas. Travel Distance The maximum estimated distance the general public is anticipated to be able to travel to shelter within the established travel time. Travel Mode The means of travel to shelter based on the characteristics and street travel conditions of the community, generally vehicular and/or pedestrian. NOTE: As of January 1990, fallout shelter information was in the process of being revised. Updated information was not yet available and the previous information has not been re-varified. Consequently, the following list of fallout shelters lists only the shelter's name, location, and zip code. NOTE: ZIP CODE 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 ~0027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 9002"'/ 9002'/ 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 10027 FALLOUT SHELTER LOCATIONS Shelter locations are computerized by zip codes and not by reporting districts. Most of the shelters are located in Northeast, but many are in neighboring divisions (Rampart, Central, etc). FACILITY NAME Apartment Building Sequoia Apartments Our Mother of Counsel School Cedars of Lebanon Hospital, Clinic Cedars of Lebanon Hispital, Rehabilitation Center Apartment Building Franklin Avenue Elementary School, Main Building Hollywood Riviera Apartments Kaiser Permanente Medical Care Program Edgemont Clinic Kaiser Foundation Hospital, Parking Garag~ 13th Church of Christ Scientist King Jr. High School, Academic Building King Jr. High School, Adm.inistration Building King Jr. High School, Auditorium King Jr. High School, Cafeteria Los Feliz Elementary School. Main Building Apartment Building Apartment Building Norwood Apartments Winston Apartments Normandie Manor Richard Apartments Normandie Riviera Apartments Normandie Manor Apartments Apartment Building ABC-TV, Technician Building ·Apartment Building Apartment Building Apartment Building Serjean Apartments Trianon Basement Garage ADDRESS 1539 N. Alexandria Avenue 1837 N. Alexandria Avenue -4622 W. Ambrose Avenue 1306 N. Berendo Street 1415 N. Berendo Street 1825 N. Berendo Street 1910 N. Commonwealth Avenue 5118 W. DeLongpre Avenue 1505 N. Edgemont Street 1526 N. Edgemont Street 1550 N. Edgemont Street 1750 N. Edgemont Street 4201 W. Fountain Avenue 4201 W. Fountain Avenue 4201 W. Fountain Avenue 4201 W. Fountain Avenue 1740 N. New Hampshire Ave. 1818 N. New Hampshire Ave. 1516 N. Normandie Avenue 1609 N. Normandie Avenue 1610 N. Normandie Avenue 1616 N. Normandie Avenue 1632 N. Normandie Avenue 1725 N. Normandie Avenue 1731 N. Normandie Avenue 1961 N. Palmerston Pl. 4151 W. Prospect Avenue 2055 N. Rodney Dr. 2065 N. Rodney Dr. 5361 W. Russell Avenue 1752 N. Serrano Avenue 1754 N. Serrano Avenue ~--- - - ------- - ----------- - :---- --------------- ------------------- - -------~ FALLOUT SHELTER LOCATIONS (Continued) ;ip CODE 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 10027 J0027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 ·90027 9do21 90027 FACILITY NAME' Serrano Towers Childrens Hospital, Research Building Childrens Hospital Childrens Hospital, Administration Childrens Hospital Clinic Childrens Hospital Hospital Parking Building Childrens Hospital, Nurses Home Parking Garage King Jr. High School, Physical Education Building Cedars of Lebanon Research Laboratory Cedars of Lebanon, Lebanon Hall Cedars of Lebanon Hospital, Main Building Cedars of Lebanon Tunnels Franklin Normandie Apartments Apartment Building Aldoro Palms Harvard Tower Apartments Harvard Holiday Apartments Hobart Continental Apartments Edgemont Hospital Hollywood Hotel Regent Park Apartments Apartment Building Solana Apartments Riviera Kingsley Terrace Apartments Apartment Building Chateau Feliz Los Feliz Towers Contessa Apartments Los Feliz Manor Lo Feliz Elementary School, Auditorium Kaiser Foundation Hospital Kaiser Foundation Sunwest Volkswagen Marshall High School, Auditorium Mar hall High School, Cafeteria Marshall High School, Gym ADDRESS 1815 N. Serrano Avenue 4574 W. Sun..t-,Blvd. 4614 W. Sunset Blvd. 4614 W. Sunset Blvd. 4614 W. Sunset Blvd. 4650 W. Sunset . Blvd. 4656 W . Sunset Blvd. 4660 W. Sunset Blvd. 4686 W . Sunset Blvd. 4201 W. Fountain Avenue 4751 W. Fountain Avenue 4833 W. Fountain Avenue 4833 W. Fountain Avenue 4833 W. Fountain Avenue 5068 W. Franklin Avenue 5432 W. Franklin Avenue 5110 W. Harold Way 1740 N. Harvard Blvd. 1815 N. Harvard Blvd. 1550 N. Hobart Blvd. 4841 W. Hollywood Blvd. 5215 W. Hollywood Blvd. 1525 N. Kenmore Avenue 1630 N. Kenmore Avenue 1726 N. Kenmore Avenue 1726 N. Kingsley Dr. 1731 N. Kingsley Dr. 1830 N. Kingsley Dr. 3839 W. Los Feliz Blvd. 4411 W. Los Feliz Blvd. 4534 W. Los Feliz Blvd. 4643 W. Los Feliz Blvd. 1740 N. New Hampshire Ave. 4867 W. Sunset Blvd. 4900 W. Sunset Blvd. 5425 W. Sun et Blvd. 3939 W. Tracy Street 3939 W. Tracy Street 3939 W. Tracy Street FALLOtrr SHELTER LOCATIONS (Continued) "IP CODE 90027 90027- 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90027 90029 90029 90029 90029 Q0029 0029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 '0029 !'ACILITY NAME. Marshall High School, Main Building Hollywood Presbyterian Church Hollywood Presbyterian Hospital California Federal Savings and Loan As soc . . United California Bank Security Pacific National Bank Vermont Towers Apartments Greek Theatre, Stage Building Griffith Observatory Plant Deluxe Laboratory, South Wing La Paula Apartmenta Villa Winona Apartments Carlyle Apartments Park Winona Apartments Winona Apartments Immaculate Heart of Mary Elementary School Ferndale Apartments Hampton Apartments The Arden Apartments Fountain Manor Apartments Ferncliff Apartments Kingsley Manor Kingsley Manor, Administration, Building Kingsley Manor, Hospital Kingsley Manor, Lietzell Hall Kingsley Manor, Margaret Hall Apartment Building Edgemont Apartments Lockwood Elementary School, Main Building La Posada Mariposa Apartment Building Ramona Elementary School, Main Building Benetian Apartments Melro e Mansion Apartments Hampshire Manor Apartments Normandie Eaat Apartments Deluxe Apartments Security Pacific National, Bank Office Building Palomar Hotel McDonald'• Hamburgers Marietta Apartment• ADDRESS 3939 w. Tracy Street 1322 N. Verment. Avenue 1322 N. Vermont Avenue 1515 N. Vermont Avenue 1517 N. Vermont Avenue 1715 N. Vermont Avenue 1930 N. Vermont Avenue 2700 N. Vermont Avenue 4701 N. Vermont Avenue 1418 N. Western Avenue 1660 N. Western Avenue 1800 N. Winona Blvd. 1831 N. Winona Blvd. 1840 N. Winona Blvd. 1847 N. Winona Blvd. 1055 N. Alexandria Avenue 1216 N. Edgemont Street 1237 N. Edgemont Street 4816 W. Fountain Avenue 5165 W. Fountain Avenue 760 N. Hoover Street 1055 N. Kingsley Dr. 1055 N. Kingsley Dr. 1055 N. Kingsley Dr. 1055 N. Kingsley Dr. 1055 N. Kingsley Dr. 4848 W. Lexington Ave. 5406 W. Lexington Ave. 4345 W. Lockwood Ave. 800 N. Mariposa Ave. 850 N. Mariposa Ave . 1133 N. Mariposa Ave. 4009 W. Melrose Avenue 4015 W. Melrose Avenue 1172 N. New Hampshire Ave. 1150 N. Normandie Ave. 1055 N. Sanborn Avenue 4627 W. Santa Monica Blvd. 5300 W. Santa Monica Blvd. 5473 W. Santa Monica Blvd. 4348 W. Sun et Blvd. 802 N. Vermont Avenue FALLOtrr SHELTER LOCATIONS (Continued) ~IP CODE 90029 90029 _ 90029 _ 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90029 J0029 90029 90029 90029 90029 90031 ' 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90Q31 FACILITY NAME. Los Angeles City College, Administration Los Angeles City College, Chemistry Los Angeles City College, Da Vinci Hall Los Angeles City College, Franklin Hall Los Angeles City College, Holmes Hall Los Angeles City College, Jefferson Hall Los Angeles City College, Library Los Angeles City College, Life Science Los Angeles City College, Men's Gym Los Angeles City College, Music Center Los Angeles City College, Student Union Los Angeles City College, Theatre Arts Los- Angeles City College, Women's Gym The Dryden Apartments Las Moradas Apartments Mt. Vernon Apartments Matsonia Apartments Albion Street Elementary, School Auditorium Albion Street Elementary, School Building #1 Albion Street Elementary, School Building #2 Model Cities Youth Training Employment Project Flo Crittenton Home Hillaide Elementary School Latona Avenue Elementary School Lincoln High School, Administrative Lincoln High School, Auditorium Lincoln High School, Ceramics Lincoln High School, Home Economic• Building ADDRESS 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 855 N. Vermont Avenue 1175 N. Vermont Avenue 1221 N. Vermont Avenue 1269 N. Vermont Avenue 5426 N. Virginia Avenue 322 S. Avenue 18 322 S. Avenue 18 322 S. Avenue 18 401 N. Avenue 19 234 E. Avenue 33 120 E. Avenue 35 4312 N. Berenice Ave. 3501 N. Broadway St. 3501 N. Broadway St. 3501 N. Broadway st. 3501 N. Broadway St. - - - - - - - - - ----------------. FALLOUT SHELTER LOCATIONS (Continued) ~IP CODE 90031 90031 _ 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 J0031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90031 90039 90039 90039 90039 90039 90039 90039 90039 - 90039 90039 90041 ~-~-~--- FACILITY NAME· Lincoln High School, Physical Education Dorris Place Elementary School, Main Building LAC-USC College of Medical Research LAC-USC College of Medical Research LAC-USC College of Medical Science Griffin Elementary School, Main Building Sacred Heart High School, North Building Booth Memorial Hospital Pacific Motor Trucking Co., SP Yark Keiro Nursing Home Pabst Brewing Co., Bottling House Pabst Brewing Co., Building #18 Pabst Brewing Co., Building #35 Pabst Brewing Co., Grain Elevator Gates Street Elementary School, North Building Broadway Service Center Goodwill Industries Sacred Heart Convent Glen Alta Elementary School, Main Building Atwater Elementary School, Main Building Cinch Products Inc. Sterrer Engineering Co. St. Teresa School Department of Water and Power, Receiving Station G Pedestrian Underpass Glen Feliz Blvd., Elementary School, Main Building Allesandro Elementary School, Administration Ralphs Grocery Warehouse Del E. Webb Office Building Occidental College, Bell Young Hall ADDRESS 3501 N. Broadway St. 2225 N. Dorris Pl. 1721 N. Griffin Avenue 1721 N. Griffin Avenue 1721 N. Griffin Avenue 2025 S. Griffin Avenue 2111 N. Griffin Avenue 2670 N. Griffin Avenue 700 S. Lamar Street 2221 N. Lincoln Park Ave. 1910 N. Main Street 1910 N. Main Street 1910 N. Main Street 1910 N. Main Street 3333 E. Manitou Avenue 3880 N. Mission Rd. 342 N. San Fernando Rd. 2108 N. Sichel Avenue 3410 N. Sierra Street 3275 W. Atwater Avenue 4540 W. Colorado Blvd. 4690 W. Colorado Blvd. 2215 W. Fargo St . 2625 E. Fletcher Dr. 3319 N. Glendale Blvd. 3945 W. Glen Feliz Blvd. 2210 N. River ide Dr. 4841 W. San Fernando Rd. 5101 W. San Fernando Rd. 1600 W. Campus Rd. \ FALLOUT SHELTER LOCATIONS (Continued) "':IP CODE 90041 90041 90041 90041 90041 90041 90041 90041 90041 90041 90041 90041 90041 '0041 ~0041 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 ' FACILITY NAME Occidental College, Clapp Hall Occidental College, Coons Administration Occidental College, Fowler Hall Occidental College, Johnson Hall Occidental College, Music Building Occidental College, Norris Hall Occidental College, E. Norris Hall Occidental College, Utility Tunnel Occidental College, Wylie Hall Eagle Rock Elementary School, Main Building Dahlia Heights Elementary School, Main Building Toland Way Elementary School, Main Building Rockdale Elementary School, Main Building. Eagle Rock High School, Gym Eagle Rock High School, Shop Building Aldama Elementary School Highland Park Presbyterian Church Franklin High School Franklin High School Franklin High School, Administration Franklin Hiqh School, Building lA Garvanda Elementary School Buchanan Street Elementary School Buchanan Street Elementary School, Main Building· Bushnell Way Elementary School Christian Science Church Hiqhland Park Theatre Lutheran Church, Addition Luther Burbank Jr. High School ADDRESS 1600 W. Campus Rd. 1600 W. Campl!.!5_,.Rd. 1600 W. Campus Rd. 1600 W. Campus Rd. 1600 W. Campus Rd. 1600 W. Campus Rd. 1600 W. Campus Rd . 1600 W. Campus Rd. 1600 W. Campus Rd. 2051 W. Fair Park Ave. 5063 N. Floristan Ave. 4545 E. Toland Way 1303 W. Yosemite Dr. 1750 W. Yosemite Dr. 1750 W. Yosemite Dr. 632 N. Avenue SO 115 N. Avenue 53 820 N. Avenue 54 820 N. Avenue 54 820 N. Avenue 54 820 N. Avenue 54 317 N. Avenue62 5024 W. Buchanan St. 5024 W. Buchanan St. 5507 N. Bu hnell Way 5206 N. rivueroa st. 5604 N. Fi9Ueroa St. 6338 N. ri9Ueroa st. 6440 N. rivueroa st. FALLOUT SHELTER LOCATIONS (Continued) UP CODE 90042 90042 _ 90042 90042 90042 90042 90042 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 30065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 90065 .90065 90065 90065 FACILITY NAME Luther Burbank Jr. High School Luther Burbank Jr. High School, Main Building York Dale Elementary School St. Ignatius School McDonald's Hamburgers Police Station Garvanda Methodist Church Aragon Avenue Elementary School, Main Loreto Street Elementary School, North Building Glassell Park Elementary School, Main Building Irving Jr. High School, Administration Irving Jr. High School, Auditorium Irving Jr. High School, Physical Education Irving Jr. High School, Tunnel Nightingale Jr.,High School Nightingale Jr. High School, Administration Nightingale Jr. High School, Auditorium Nightingale Jr. High School, Classroom Nightingale Jr. High School, Domestic Science Nightingale Jr. High School, Physical Education Nightingale Jr. High School, Science-Art Van De Kampa Bakery Fletcher Drive Elementary School Southwest Museum Pedestrian Tunnel Pater Noster High School Mt. Washington Elementary School ·Mt. Washington Elementary School ~t. Bernards School St. Bernards School ADDRESS 6460 N. Fic;ueroa St. -- 6460 ~- Figueroa St. 5657 N. Meridian St. 6025 E. Monte Vista St. 5725 E. York Blvd. 6045 E. York Blvd. 6501 E. York Blvd. 1118 N. Aragon Ave. 3408 N. Arroyo Seco Ave. 2211 W. Avenue 30 3010 N. Estara Ave. 3010 N. Estara Ave. 3010 N. Estara Ave. 3010 N. Estara Ave. 3311 N. Figueroa St. 3311 N. Figueroa St. 3311 N. Figueroa St. 3311 N. Figueroa St. 3311 N. Figueroa St. 3311 N. Figueroa St. 3311 N. Figueroa St. 2930 N. Fletcher Dr. 3350 E. Fletcher Dr. 234 N. Museum Dr. 234 N. Museum Dr. 2911 N. San Fernando Rd. 3981 N. San Rafael Ave. 3981 N. San Rafael Ave. 3242 N. Verdugo Rd. 3242 N._Verdugo Rd. r ~ .. s11.1 . .no lOC ,·. ii m .. MAP 'cEHSUS DLOCK 'IP COD~• 7J:11 NO. TRACT NO. on, 40 2081 · . . 0458 40 2083 Jal • o•5~ 40 201, 303 303 105 406 ! . . . . ... . ·-·-·--o·.t~II- . -40 · - 20U - ,0027 .. • • • • " .. • • • " . · • • .. OJ71 2, lt12.01 0J5J .. • 29 1192 0352 0371 0371 035] 0192 'l:170 0371 0171 03'71 Ol5J 0)93 03'] ,., 1912.01 207 29 1912.01 206 29 1892 403 29 1952 408 29 1911 1H 29 1,12.01 103 2, 1,12.01 102 2, ·1,12.01 102 2, 1192 403 2, 195J 201 29 1953 203 2, · 195] 203 ,. ... . ,, . , . . , ,._ ·~ . ~ ....... .. FACILITY N,'\ME AND ADO:lESS i,ot: An•rolt!!I D«-rftrtrnant of Wntnr nnd row~r, Duildln9 8 1141 W. 2nd St. Belmont High School, AdminiGtrntion Classroom Building Bclftlt)nt Jli'Jh School, Shc,p Belmont High School, West ApartmP.nt Building Scquo13 Apartm~nt . , 1575 W. 2nd St. 1575 w. 2nd st. 1575 W. 2nd St. 15J~ N. AlExandria Ave. 1837 N. Alex~ndria J\ve • Our MtJlhP-r of Co•1n11el School 4622 w. ~rose J\ve • C~tlar11 of t.eb-inon Hospital, Clinic 1306 N. Bercndo St. C~dara of Lebanon Hoapital, ncha~ilit~tion Center 1415 N. BQrendo St. Apnrtm~nt Building 1825 N. BerQndo St. Fron� .lin Avenue Elementary School, Main Building 1910 N. Commonvealth Ave • Hollywood Riviera Apartm~nt• Xais~r rennnnente Mec!ieal Care Program Ed9e1n0nt Clinic ~alacr Foundation Hoapital, Parking Garage 13th Church of Christ Scientist king Jr. nigh School, Acadc111ic Duilding Kin~ ~t. Hiqh School, l\dm i.ni3trntion Buildin•J Xing ~r. High Sch~ol, J\uditorium Jtlng .Tr. High School, C.:1f•!tori11 .. 5118 w. DeLon9pre Ave. 1505 N. Edgemont St. 1526 N. Edgemont St. 1550 N. Edgemont St. 1750 N. Edgemont St. 4201 w. ,Fountain Ave. 4201 w. Fountain Ave. 4:01 w. Fountain Ave. 4201 w. Fountain Ave. • PP n.1 s~.,c.::; 1570 4196 125 775 0 1102 1013 0 0 150 854 750 3275 0 5247 . . 510 · ·:us • 135 483 :,,= ~ - Ct 5~;:_t:t:J 3C , i2731 200 270 560 HS 281 71 102 0 215 1000 13'3 99 48)2 70. I 351 291 75 0 ---. T•. S;". · .,...:c:; 1606 1Gn; 325 1(145 560 12.U 1294 102 150 • 1069 t7!,0 1007,· 580 796 l~G4 210 UJ I : 4 . . r · .. .... ·• ..... .. ,,. ................ ,. I •II . .... . . , .. r ,-. ,I • ~ r,•,N :JI\, ,o ••• IOCArlON MAP CENSUS BLOCK PF 0-1 PF ~-0 r,,,; .. ~. lP COOE • 7231 tlO. TRACT NO. FACILITY NAME ANO ADDRESS SPACES ~Pl,CF.S ~r, 0 ,Ci.:5 l ~ .'1IC:tLl::S, C•:tlTP.I\ •~ CContl11uod) r. .. )00:?7 OJSJ 2' 1H2 401 1.os Feliz El•IM!ntnry School, 1. Main Duildin'} 1740 N. New lfnffl?Shire l\ve. 2003 1212 3285 • t· . 0353 29 1192 401 l\partlllent Building 1818 N. New Hampshire Ave. 0 368 360 I I" ~ • 0371 29 1912.01 106 l\partment Building 1516 N. Normand le /\ve. 605 1075 1680 . 0365 29 1905 101 tlotvood ltpartm'!nt9 1609 N. NorfflandiP. Av~ • 1035 50 1085 · r·· • ! • 0371 29 1912.01 lH wt naton Apar.tfllenta 1610 N. Normand le Ave. 1555 1815 Jl70 - • 0371 29 1912.01 106 tJnrmandi~ Manor 1616 N. Normandic l\vc. · &JS ~90 ·ui~ ~ . . ,. • 0371 -29 1912.01 106 Richard 1\partments 1632 N. Normcandie Ave. 1345 128 147) t .... ,, • 0lU 2, 1904 101 Normandlr. Rivlora l\part,nonta 1725 N. N'>rmanrlie Ave. 800 2?0 10?0 ~ ,.... .. • .OJU 29 1'04 101 Normandin M~nor l\part•ent• .17ll N. -No".'mandie Avr.. 0 3)0 ,,,, i J ... • Ol53 29 1892 303 Ap,utment Building 1961 N. Palmerston Pl. 325 345 r.10 - • 0392 29 1952 505 MC-TV, ~echnician Building 4151 w. Pro!lpcct l\vc. 270 GG JJG · ~ C GSS , . . • 0)52 29 1891 505 J\partm«,nt Building 2055 N. ~o<lncy Dr. 27:i ') )I.) .. OJ52 29 1891 505 Apartment Duilding 20G5 N. Rodney Dr. 0 37,; .1 · , ·, , . . \ I " 0364 29 1904 106 Apartment Building 5361 w. Russell Ave. 0 l?JG l'JlG ~- • • 0364 29 1904 107 S"rjean l\p~rt.Mnt 1752 N. Serrano l\vo. 0 700 70tl ... " 0364 29 1904 105 Tri11non 8asC11tent Garage 1754 N. Serr4no l\vc. 0 2l5 2)~ . - .. 0364 29 1'04 101 Serrano Tower• 1815 N. Serrano Ave. 0 6)0 ft )t') • 0372 2' 1913 104 Childrcns HoapJ.tal, Research ~ - Ouilding 4574 "· Sunset. Blv,J. 0 378 ~-; R t-. , p 0)72 H 1'13 104 Childrens Hospital 4614 "· Sunset Blvd. 0 5740 5740 ;- • 0:172 2t HU 104 Chlldrens llo11pit .. 1, J MMlnistration 4Gl4 w. Suns<!t Blvd. 0 Uf 14 µ , I . . • Ol72 2t uu 104 Childrens Hospital, Clinic 4614 w. Sun!'lct Blvd. ·o :us' 346 r. .. 0372 29 1913 104 Childr~ns Ho~pital 4650 w. Sunset Dlvd. 2410 6190 861)0 ~ ~- . 0371 29 1913 104 Hospital Parking Building 4656 w. Sunset Olvd. 7230 7500 147.'.l~ .. .. 0,12 29 1913 104 t'.'h!ldren• Hospital, Nurae llo:no 4660 w. Sunsot Dlvd. 0 180 go .. i .. 0371 29 1913 104 Parking Caragu 4686 ·w .- Sunoot Blvd. 5297 60G< 11361 r ' ' r-, ,,,:IU .TICN MAP CENSU9 DLOC~ . ,--... Pr- 0-1 ., r 2-0 i· .i ~:p e~r,. .931 NO. T"ACT NO. ... . FACh . ME AND ADCRESS sr:.c!:5 ~rl.';:;:,"; ·· r-:r~ -- ',r:5 l\: .m;u;:;, Cl:UTRI\I, .(Continued) --------- ---- - 90027 OJ9J H 1'53 20~ KinfJ Jr. High School, Physical Education Building 4201 w. Fountai11 Ave. 392 0 . 3'2 • 0371 2t u12.01 207 . CedArs of Lebanon Research Lnbor.atory 4751 w. Fountain Ave. 0 41 41 • • 0371 29 1912.01 206 Cednrs of Lebanon, Lebanon - Holl UJJ W. Fountain Ave. 0 287 .. d7 • un H 1912.01 206 Ced,,r.11 r-f L@banon Ho pital, • Main Building 4833 w. Fountain Ava. 0 050 49SO t • 0371 2' 1'12.01 206 Cedars o~ Lebanon Tunnel 483] w. Fountain Ave. 0 120 120 • · 0353 2' 1H2 407 Franklin Nol'fflandie Apartment 5068 w. Franklin Ave. 1625 450 2075 • . 0314• 2' 1'04 106 Apartm~nt Building 54]2 w. Frank.Un Ave. 0 630 630 . .. • 0365 2' 1905 102 Aldoro Palms 5110 w. Harold Way 0 288 283 • 03'4 2' 1904 lU flarv,,rd Tower Apartlllents 1740 N • Harvard Blvd. 1100 250 13 ~0 . . 0364 29 1904 105 lf11rv~rd lfolid11y J\pltrt111ent• 1815 N • Harvard Blvd. o· 600 60() • 0365 29 1905 105 Hobart Continental Ap11rtment 1550 N • Hobart Blvd. 1264 268 1532 • 03S3 29 18'2 40) F.dgelftOnt Hospital 4841 w. Hollywood Blvd • 35 185 220 • 0364 2f 1904 103 Hollywood Hotel 5215 w. Hollywood Blvd. 3095 2035 5120 • 0371 29 1912.01 lOC R~gent Park Apart:Jll~nts 1525 N. J<enmore A•1e. 1465 5-,5 ~01, • " 0371 2' 1912.01 · l0J Apartment Building 1630 N. KeN110re J.ve. JOO 650 950 • 0353 29 1192 40• Solana J\partn.ten~• . 1726 "· l{enmore Ave. 0 392 392 • 0364 2, 1904 :i.02 Riviet'a 1726 N. Kingsley br. 0 1312 1312 • 0314 29 1904 lOl l{ing ley Terrace Apartment• 1731 N. Kingsley Dr. 0 . 630 630 • 0314 2t '1'04 102 J\pariment Building 1830 N. IUngaley Dr. 0 811 811 • USO 2' 1112.02 301 Chateau Pelh 3839 w • Los Pelis Blvd. 0 744 74C .,. - • · --- ··-----·-- - ··- - · • 0352 2t 1191 108 Lo• Fell• Tower 4411 w. Los Fella Blvd. ;13250 12190 16140 • 0352 29 .1191 202 Conte••• Apart:Manta 4534 w. Loe Feliz Blvd. 0 .J 714 714 • OlS'Z 2! 1891 106 1,1)11 relh M11nor 460 w. Los Feliz Blvd. 0 350 )!;0 • 0353 · 29 1892 401 Los Follz Elementary Sehool, Auditoriu"' 1740 N. New Hampshire Ave. 45 o· 45 • ,,- ' -•IIJMIII 1- ... I.TIOH MAP Cl!NSU~ Dtr.:~ Pr tM PF~ 1'Qf/.L 11P r.. n:u NO. TRACT ~ . ~. ... F~"· · :U\ME AND ADDRESS ~~J\~CS Sf'>I\CL. .. .. ·•,"Cl:~ -- I ·c~Unuod) 1':6S_!~t;£f,F.S, CENTML 90027 0371 2, ltl2.0l :to~ - Xai~~r Foundation Hospital 4867 w. Sunset Blvd. 17300 15810 lJU0 445't f • 0371 2t 1'12.0l :u,~ Kai~er FoundAtion 000 w .. Sunset Blvd. 4448 8905 - • - • • ·0365 29 1905 lO! ~unweet Volkswagen 5425 w. Sunset Blvd. 1655 80 1735· . • 0392 2, 1952 103 Marehall High School, Auditorium 3939 w. Tracy St • 318 101 419 • .. 0392 !Jt 1952 103 Marshall High School, • C11fc,tcrla 3939 w. Tracy St. 332 0 332 ! • 0392 2' ·1952 103 Marshall High School, Gym 3939 w. Tracy St. 503 0 sol • 0392 29 1952 10) Marshall lligh School, Main nuilding 3939 w . Tracy St. 4051 4239 8210 . ,, • 0372 29 1913 111 Hollywood Presbyterian church 1322 N • Vermont Ave. 0 97 97 • 0372 29 1913 111 Hollywood Presbyterian llo~pltal 1322 u. Vermont Ave. 1040 12140 13180 • 0371 29 1912.01 102 California Federal Snving• nnd Lonn Assoc. 1515 N. Vermont Ave. 7195 3330 10525 • 0371 29 1912.01 102 United California Dank 1517 N. Vermont Ave • 1850 2H7 3997 .. 0352 ·29 l892 401 Security Pacific National B11nk 1715 N. Vermont Ave. 15 20 35 • • 0352 2t 1191 503 VerfflOnt Toller• Apartment• 1930 N • Vermont Av,;,. 0 700 700 • " 0350 29 1882.01 924 Greek Theatre, Stage Duilding 2700 N. Vermont Ave. 650 800. 1450 • 0J50 29 1182.01 924 Griffith Ob ervatory Plant 4701 N. Vermont Ave. 1750 250 20CO • 0370 29 1911 309 Deluxe Laboratory, Suuth Wing 1418 N. Western Ave. 540 1425 1,~s " ,,., H 1-,05 201 La Paula Apart111ents 1G60 N. Western Ave. 2375 05 2070 • .., .. H 1904 10:. Villa Winona Apartment• 1800 "· Winona Blvd. . uoo 540 2140 . • OJH 2, 1904 102 Carlyle Apartmcnta 1831 N. Winona Blvd. • 0 930 930 • 0364 2f 1'04 101 Park Winona Apartments le40 N. WinonA Blvd. 0 1382 1382 - • 031;4 2, 1904 102 Winona Tower Apartments 1047 N. Win,:,na Blvd. 0 525 525 90029 0374 29 1915 302 Immaculate Heart of Mary Elementary School 105S N. Alc:o<andria Ave. 993 209 120~ • f ... . .... - __ .,,.,_,,,._ .... ____. - ...... ..._. ... . . . ' .. , t ' ...... " --- . ; ........ . ,. ... LC,C .;, ~Iv~ ,.,Mt Cl:NSUS BLOCK ... fP CODE 7.'lt NO. TRACT HO. FACILITY NAM£ AND ADDRESS PF" 0-1 ;, F 2-e T ·; ·,-,. ·• SPACC~ S?,,\C~S ~:- .,:_~ ~r;_ l\~G£L;- :r. ~ -~-~..!.~ (contln11edJ ~ • I . . 9'.)029 0171 29 1'12.02 105 F~rndale Apftrtments 1216 N. Edg('mont St. 1040 220 12~0 • 037\ 29 · 1'12.02 203 .. Hampton Apartm~nts 1237 N. Edgemont St. 470 375 9~r t ~- , . • 0371 2' 1912.02 104 The Arden ~partmente 4816 w . Fountain Ave. 0 147 147 "· • 0170 29 1911 106 Fountain M~nor Apart.lllents 5165 w. Fountain Ave. 4245 360 4605 • :': • 039' 29 1959 ! 402 rernclJff Apartments 760 N. Hoover St. . 0 252 252 ~ • 0375 29 · 1911.01 107 Jting l~y Mnnor 10~5 N: Kingsley Dr. 1240 04 1734 ,,.. • OJ75 ·2, 1916.01 107 JCinglday M.:1nor, Mminbtration .. n~,Uding .,, 1055 N. Kingsley Dr. 1010 2635 JG45 • L • 0375 29 uu.01 107 JCi h•Jdey M;inor, rtospf tal 1055 N. IUngslcy Dr. lGJS 0 lGH ' r- '; • on, 2' uu.01 107 / IUngsley Manor, Lietzell Hdl 1055 N. IUngslcy Dr. 2000 2000 4000 ~- .. 0. 175 29 1916.01 107 ICing!Jlr.y Manor, M11r9aret Hall 1055 N. Kingsley Or. )18 26 )U Apartment Duildlng 11~0 ,.-r· • 0371 29 1912.02 106 4848 w. Lexington Avo. 1040 110 . ' 1 r ... 0370 29 1911 301 F.dq~mont l\~artffl<?nts 540G w. Lcxlngtt>n Ave. 1710 181) 1'l?0 • 0373 2, 1914 105 ~ckvood.£1cmcntary School, 1:- Hain Building 4345 w. Lockwood r.vc. 1213 0) 12?(; r. ;· ~ - • 0374 2' 1115 lOl La rr.,eada Mariposa 800 N. M,1rlposa Ave. 800 1220 2100 " 0374 2, 1915 JOl Ap11rt111ent Bulldin9 · 850 N. Mariposa lwc. 910 540 J.l~O ~ ; . .. .. 0371 2, 1912.02 .206 Rn,nona Elc111r.ntAry School, Main Building 1133 N. Mt11ripoaa Ave. 1965 !,4 201' ,... • 0373 2t uu JOI Benetian Apart11ents 4009 "· Melrose Avo. . 1359 16) l!,22 r· .,.. • ·017J 2, 1'14 308 Melro~e Mansion ApartllH!!nt 4015 w. Melrose Ave. 700 121· 821 " 0211 21. 1912.02 102 Hampshire Manor Apart.Rients 1172 N. New Hampshire Ave. 645 IO 725 (." I 75, l . • 0)71 2t 1'12.02 20, Normandie East Apartlllent• 1150 N. tlonnandie l\ve. !O 750 .. ' • J " on, 29 1959 4H Deluxe Ap8rtment• 1055 N. Sanborn Ave. 1348 162 1510 ~ ,. 406 Securit~ Pacific National .., .. 03·1 J 29 1913 . .. n11nk 4627 lf. ~anta Monica Blvd. 0 20 20 • O~H 29 uu.01 lOl Olfico nuUdlng 5300 w. Spn.ta Monica Blvd. 2)90 1490 )080 . ,,.. • I .. ('IJ70 1911 30] l'al 0111ar llotel 5413 w. Santa Monica Blvd. 880 0 880 ! . .. ~ ""' .. 29 1913 20A M,:;-1..-,:1;,l -t'1' li~mburgera 048 w. Sunset Blvd. · 0 GS 6S .. ~ ' .. ... ( - ---- . "HD ~ ' CATION MAP Cl:N~US DlOCK PF" ·0-1 PF• -:-o,,.t ·· · ZIP t, · ,1 72:JI NO. Tnt.CT NO. .. . FA\.. NI\MI! AND ADDnESS SPAC~!; SPJ\.Ci. :PJ\C.CS -- LO~ MICl-~J .. F.:l t CF.N't.MI, · (Continued) ,0029 Ol7J 2t HU 303 Marietta l\partfflenta 802 N. Vermont Ave. 2130 490 2620 • Ol'74 H 1'15 104 Los Angele8 City College, l\dminlstration 855 N. Vermont Ave. 0 70 70 • 0374 29 1915 104 Los Angclr.a City College, Chemistry 855 N. Vermont Ave. 1095 582 1677 · • 0374 29 1915 104 · to Angeles City College, • Da Vinci Hall 8S5 N. Vermont Ave. 1805 1140 302S : • • 0374 ; 29 :1915 104 Los l\ngeles City College, Franklin Hall . 855 N • Vermont Ave. 3090 4650 7740 • 0314 2t 1'15 104 Los Angeles City College, Holmes Jrii 11 855 N. VerfflOnt Ave. 1025 1217 22U ,, .. 0374 29. 1915 104 Los l\nCJt?lr.s City College, Jeff~rnon Hall 8~5 N. Vermont ~ae. 0 150 150 . . 0374 29 1915 104 Loll Angelos C!.t.y Collegt!, Library 855 N. Vermont Ave. 830 950 1780 • 0374 29 1915 104 Los Angeles City College, Life Science 855 N. Vermont Ave. 905 140 10~5 • 037~ 29 1915 104 Los Angeles City Collego, M,:,n'a Gyn1 855 N. Vermont: Ave. lJJO 0 llJ0 • 0374 29 1915 104 Loa l\n~ol~8 City College, Mudc Center 855 N. Vermont J\ve. 2390 1135 3515 • 0374 2' 1915 104 Los Angeles City College, Student Union 855 N. Vermont Ave. 1000 0 1000 • 0374 2' 1915 104 Los Angeles City College, . Thl?atre ~rts 855 N. Vermont A.ve. 1590 1410 ,ooo • OJ74 2' 1'15 104 Los l\ngeles City College, Women's Gyn1 855 N. Vermont A.ve. 2200 410 2610 • OJ71 2t 1912.02 102 The Dryden Apartments 1175 N. Vermont Ave. 1680 360 21)<0 • 0,11 2' 1912.02 101 La• Morada• Apartment• 1221 N. Vermont l\ve. 1110 1425 2605 . . 0371 H 1,12.02 101 Mt. Vernon Apartments 1269 N. Vermont Ave. • 1965 335 2300 .. 0370 2' 1911 JO] Mataenia Apartments 5426 w. Virginia Ave,. 810 125 ') J'j !)0031 041.3 . 29 1997 204 Albion Street Elem•!nto11ry School, Auditorium 322 S. Avenue 18 35 _ o 35 • 0413 29 1997 204 Albion Str~ct El~mcntary School, Buildinq 11 ]22 s. Avenue 18 535 245 780 .. 0413 29 1997 204 Albion StrP.~t. El~mP.ntar.y !ir.h,,l'l, l'uilding 12 322 s. 1\venun 18 ll5 370 4 ~! 5 .... J\-4~ .. " • ' tr I• I • It ••~ · • · t1 •, · '. ,.,,...., .... , • ., • .,...,~••••I· • 11•••"' •~ ... • •• ••• • ·. r .,-.,. '• - r· •, •-.A . , .. ... ' .. -.., . . . ' ' •• , I . " ~TJ\Nb, ,,U) ' ~OCJ\TION MAP -CENSUS BLOCK PF 0-1 PF 2·11 To· , .... ~II' CODI! 723t Nb. TnACT NO. FACILITY NAMc AND ADDRESS SPACES SPAC~S !;~;.c !:S .. ' . •t, A'.'fr.t:U:~, Cl :t.:TftAL (Continued) ,·· ; lr. 9(1031 0412 2' 19H 111 Model Cities Youth Training Employment Project 401 N. .l'.vt'nue 19 0 19193 u1ca3 . . • 0'109 21 1993 206 Flo Crittenton lfome 234 E • . Avenue 33 · 719 ,.602 1401 1~- '-- • ouo 21 1994 302 Hillside F.lementary School 120 E. Avenue? JS 0 52 52 . ----~---- - 0409. - 2•-:-· u,, 20I • Latona Avenue Elementary .. . ' . School 4312 N. Berenice Ave. n 0 67 ;. • 0408 21 1992 304 Lincoln High Schnol, . Administration 3501 N. Broadway St. 1870 3370 5240 4o . . ~- • . 040ft 21 1992 304 Lincoln High School, .. . . , ... Auditoriu111 3501 N, Broadway St. 1050 90 11.ao • 0409 H 1992 304 , Lincoln High School, Ceramic• 3501 N. Broadway St. 740 G2 8(\2 ~ / Lincoln High School, ~ • 0401 21 1992 304 lfOftle c. .. Economics Building 3501 N. Broadwny St, 1850 92 1942 • 0401 21 1992 304 Lincoln High School, Physical ~+ Education 3501 N. Brondway St. 1130 0 11)0 . ., ~ • 04_ 01 2, 1972 :nc Dorri• Place Eleffle?ntary School! Maih Building 2225 N. Dorris Pl. 90 126 216 ~ .. • on~ 41 UH :t02 tJ\C-U9C Ct'llege of Medical :·~ • RCt;CIUCh 1721 N, Griffin Ave. 436 95 SJl - • 0415 41 19'9 202 U.C-USC Ct>llege of Medical . nct:e;irch 1721 N. Griffin Ave. 921 112 lOJJ , ~--;· • 0415 41 199' 202 LAC-USC Colle9e of Medical Science 1721 N. Griffin l\ve. 0 297 297 ~' ,. • 04U- 21 1'91 UG Griffin F.lementary School, ·- Main Building 2025 s. Griffin "ve. 560 100 660 • 04\4 II lHI "'05 Sacred ~@~rt Hi1h School, r North 8u1lding 2111 "· Griffin Ave. .o 12:1 . 1215 ' . • 0401 21 1992 40, Booth Memori~l Hospital '2670 "· Griffin Ave. ~ 0 17 ' -· .. 0-12,; 40 1997 305 _Paci!ic Motor Trucking Co., > . I SP Y.,rd 700 s. Lamar St. 0 85 85 i. .. 0407 21 1991 407 Keiro Nurain9 Home 2221 N. Lincoln Park Ave. 400 0 400 ,.. • 041) ,o 1997 302 Pahet 8reving Co., Bottlin1 t HOU90 191_0 N, Main St. 7625 1100 872:i • l. , _ . , ... l,IM-fl)I\UD .. - ,, . .. \11014 MAP Cl:N~U9 DLOCfC ' PF 0 .. 1 rF 2.· . ,r,•,t I .. ZIP Cl 231 NO. TnACT r.,c .... Fl\t -~MC AHO ADDnC5S :;;,r.ct5 ~rf,Ci.: ... ·,c:.::; ~~ ,mcr::r .. Es, c•;NTML CCOntlnued) 90031 0UJ 40 19'7 30~ Pobst Drewing Co., Dullding 118 1910 N. Main St.. 2000 0 2000 • 0413 40 1H7 ~02 Pabst Drewing Co., • - , . Building 135 1910 N. H,in St. 50 445 4?5 .. . . 0413 40 1'97 302 Pabst Brewing Co., _Grain Elevator 1910 N. Hain St. 130 205 335 • '1414 ~· 1'91 101 Gates Street EleMntary School, North Building 3333 E • Manitou A•e. 1178 0 . 1178 • ' • 0407 21 iHl 304 B~advay Service Center 3880 N • Mission Rd. 0 5120 sin · • 0412 29 1996 101 Goodwill lndustriee 342 N. San Fernando Rd. 1295 525 1020 . • 1)414 21 1998 405 Sacred Heart Convent 2108 N • Sichel Ave. 2009 76 2084 L . 0401 21 1992 102 Glen Alta El~~entary School, H , ,lrt Building 3410 N. Sierra St. 651 167 81C ,0032 OUl 21 2011 lll Sierra Park School 3170 N. Budau - Ave. 1877 262 21J9 • ou, ,. . 2014 .01 201 El Sereno Jr. High School, 1\dministrati'ln 2'839 N. Eaat£rn Ave. 2390 0 2)10 • ou, . 21 2014.01 201 El Sereno Jr. High School, Scicnce-1\rta 2939 N. Eastern Ave. 310 0 310 I • 0419. 21 2014.01 201 El Sereno Jr. High School, Selcnce-1\rts 2839 N • Eastern Ave. 1510 130 1640 • • on, 21 2014 .01 201 Parffldale Elemftntary School 25')0 N. Pithian Ave. 944 116 1060 • 0420 21 2015.02 310 Ped-.strian Underpa e 4958 E. Huntington Dr. 0 100 11'0 • 0419 21 2014.02 105 WOf'>drov Wlleon Hiqh School 4500 N. Multnomah St. 11950 1523 DOJ . .. 0422 41 2017 :;01 California State Univer~ity at Los Angeles, A~mJ nietrotion 5151 E. State Univer ity Dr. 6750 1525 8275 " 0422 n 2017 301 California State University I l ' at Los Angeles, nook Store 5151 E. State University • I Dr. 0 ,. 375 ·375 .. 0422 41 2017 301 California ~t~te University at Los Angeles, Fine Arts 5151 E. State University Dr. 3595 2?95 6390 " 0422 41 2017 301 California State Univ~rsity • . at Los Angcl~9, Gym 5151 E. State Unh•ersity Or. 195 6520 671!; . .. i\-0 --- - - - - - - l~i,,iWiliiU 7 ,,-· )t;l'.~ION MAP CCNSUS Df.OCK . -~ • . PF .0.1 Pr- TnT,•,~ ( . %IP · . 7231 NO. TRACT ;JO. .. . F, NAME AND ADDRE~S s~·,,cc~ !'.';!", •. L ~- 1 · ',K:<a -- . ~~,ir;r:tF.S, er.~. (Continued) .. 90037 0591 · 40 2322 209 · Normandie Avenue Elementary School 1325 w. 45th St. 21 0 27 • 0591 H 2322 209 Nonnandie Avenue Elementary Schoo! 1325 1f. 45th St. 307 247 554 .. 05'0 40 2321 305 Calmay-Van Linea 806 "· 47th St. 910 0 910 • OSM 40 2321 205 Fifty Second Street Elementery - School, Administr~tion IU w. Slat St. 300 170 470 : .. 0590 40 : 2321 205 Fifty Second Street Elementary School, Classroom 816 w. 51st St. 924 776 1700 . r039 Ol4G 29 1171 305 Atwftter Elftmcntary School, Hat.n Duildi.ng 3275 w. Atwater Ave 1018 2JJ 1251 • 0349 11 1811 111 Cinch rroducta Inc. 4540 w. Colorado Blvd. 270 0 270 • 0992 11 1881 111 Stcrc~r Engineering Co • 4690 w. Colorado Blvd. 0 50 ~:) • 0395 29 · 195~ 107 St.. Tct·C!na School 2215 w. Fargo St • 0 365 365 • 0341 29 1171 403 ~,,artm'!nt of Water and Power, neceiving Station G 2625 E. Fletcher Dr. 0 50 so • 0351 ,., l~ll 105 Pedestrian UndcrpaRs 3319 N. ~lendale Blvd. 0 75 75 • 0351 · 29 1883 203 GlPn Feliz Boulevnrd tlcfll<!ntary School, Main · Building 3945 "'· Glen Feliz Blvd. 935 138 1073 • • 03411 2' .1173 112 Alleeandro !le~. ~entery School, Administration 2210 N. Riverside Dr. 0 so !iO • OJO . 2t 1111 111 Ralph9 Grocery Warehouse UH w. San Ff!rnando Rd • 0 719 719 • 0349 11 1181 105 Del E. W~b~ Office Building 5101 w. San Fern\ln~o Rd. 0 65 GS . 9C04l 0330 29 111' 102 Occidental College, Bell Young Hall 1600 w. Campus Rd. 1969 327 2296 • 0331 z, uu 102 Occ:ldcntal College, Clapp Hall 1600 w. Campus Rd. 1831 2372 4:!03 . OJJO H 1116 102 Occidental College, Coons . . . l\dminiatration 1600 w. Campus Rd. 3694 2164 SBSC • 0130 29 181' 102 Occidental College, Fowler • 11411 1600 w. Campus Rd. 98G 765 1751 • 0lJ0 29 1816 102 Occidental College, Johnson Hall 1600 w. Campu!I Rd. 1627 1173 2800 . . I /- .. f I •• , • '• 0:.I I•, .. .,.,,,.,,,,. , .... . . •u•,•a•tt~1•t'f1,••••• :~•, t •t'-/ •II t · · - -· tt• H · • ••• • I• •tf••1...,u••••u f. • ." t' !. • . ..... ,NI,,• , I: &. • '6t1t• • . t • • \ , ' •• I .,. I . . S ;,,tml\11D LOCftllON . ~, CEt,,uS DlOCK PF 0-1 . PF 2-S r01 .. \. trP CODI! 7231 HO. TRACT NO. .. FACILITY NAME AND ADDRESS SPACES SPAC~S ~;.,:,•:[ :; '.:!.-A.~r.F:LF:3, CE~ (Contln•edJ • 90~41 0330 29 llU 102 . • Occl«fontal College, Music · Building 1600 w. Campus Rd. 453 351 8')4 • 0330 29 111' 102 .. Occid(!ntal College, Norris A' 1 I llall 1600 w. Ca111pus Rd. 1976 960 2936 .... •. ··-- 0330- - - --29 -.llU • 102 OCcid.-"tlll Colle9e, z. Nf)rri• .. .. '. I : Hall .. uoo "· Campu• M. 170 0 170 ! I ,. 0330 29 111' 102 occidental College, Utility . Tunnel 1600 "· C~111pus M. 0 207 207 . Wylie, tlall . 1600 ·w ~: . ,. OlJO • 29 UH 102 Occidental College, Campus .Rd• 180 146 326 . , ' • 0)21 21 1114 308 Eagle Jtoek F.lefflentftry School, . I I , tt~tn Building 2051 w. Fair Park Ave. '48 115 763 t i • 0329 21 1115 108 · 6ahlia tlclght.a Elcm<!ntary t School, ~lain Building 5063 N. Floristan Ave. 943 )4 977 • 0334 29 1834 310 Tol11nd lf,1y Elc1r.entary School, ' Main Building 4545 £. Toland Way 837 40 877 . .. 03:9 21 J,115 208 Rock~alo Elententary School, MaJ n btJ~lding 1303 w. Yosemite Dr. 460 196 G56 .. OJJO 21 uu 102 Eaglo Rock High School, Gym 1750 "· Yoaentite Dr. 1200 44 1244 • . . o:no 21 111' 102 Eaqle Rock High _ School, Shop nuildinCJ 1750 w. Yoaentite Dr. 330 0 330 "00U Oll9 21 1151 110 Ald8"'3 Elententary 8chool · U2 "· l\venue 50 743 18• 927 • .. 03)5 21 1131 202 Hl9hland Park Praebyterlan Church 115 N. Avenue 53 1080 195 1975 • 0H5 21 llJ! · 103 . rrankUn lllgh School 120 N. Avenue 54 54 175 229 • ons H 1135 103 Franklin lllgh School 820 "· Avenue s• 1060 200 1260 ,. C?ll!i 21 1135 103 Franklin High School, o,J l\dminiatration 8-20 N. Avenue 54 538i 10367 , .. nJ:J5 21 1135 103 ,rank 1 in High School,· DuilJing lA 820 "· Av@nue 54 · 450, l75 825 .. 0331 28 1131.01 213 Garv~ndn Elementary School 317 N. Avenue 62 1359 JlG 1675 .. o.n, 21 1134 201 Duch3nan Street Elementf'ry 0 369 ~chool soi• w. Buchanan St. 369 . . .. ... ........ ~nr, •/"-...., ' I .JCI\TIOM tw1AP CENSUS DLOC:-f'. : pr, ·0.1 Pr- · TOTJ\-!., ZIP .. :J, 7'-31 HO. TSlAt;,:' .. ,::, ,:,. .. FA ., NAME AND Aonness · SPACtS ~PM; ~fJ.,\\, I.:.; !~~--"!.~';;.'~~~- :~, Cli,~ (Contln\le<l) 90042 0334 21 1134 201 luehenan Stroet !lem~ntary School, Mftin Building 5024 w. Buchanan St. 925 40 !'G5 . • 0337 21 1137 1l:: Bushnell Way Element~ry . School 5507 N. !)ushnell Way 1113 109 1222 ' • Olli 21 1131 209 Christian Science Church 5206 N. Figueroa St. 211 &oj 814 • 033'7 21 . J.137 424 Highland Park Theatre 5604 N. Figueroa St. 0 167 167 • • • 0337 ' 21 1131.01 · 210 Lutheran Church, l\dclition 6338 N. Figuf!roa St • 125 25 150 _...,. ______ • . • 03]1 21 . 1131.01 213 Luther Burbank Jr. High School '6440 N • Figueroa St. 0 416 416 • 0331 21 1131.01 213 &uther Burbank Jr. High School . , 6460 N. Figueroa St • 619 0 61? • 0331 21 1131.01 213 Luther Burbank Jr. High School, Main Building UGO N. Figuero11 St. 1019 332 1351 . • 0332 21 1832 4b, York Dale Elementary School 5,;57 N. Meridian St. 728 112 840 • Olli 21 1131 112 St. Ignatius School 602S E. Monte Vista St. 600 0 6~0 • Oln 28 1832 404 MeDonald'1 Hamburger 5725 !. York Blvd. 0 00 80 • 0332 21 1832 307 Police Station 6045 E. York Blvd. 0 77 77 . L: Olll 21 1831.02 206 Garvanda Methodis Church 6501 E. York Blvd. 312 JU 696 • 9005') 0459 H 20U 304 Hotel Employees Union Administration 130 s. Alvara St. 0 3276 3276 • 0463 •o 2088 101 Th~ Oz~un Apartment• 341 s. Alvarado St. 0 62 62 • 0464 40 2089 404 Bonnie Brae Apartment• 427 s. Donnie Brao St. 0 820 820 • 0464 40 20H 404 Th~ Don hlre l\portfflonte 439 s. Bonnie Drae St. 0 972 !)72 • 0414 40 2089 404 ··- Lft Grace Apartment• 457 s. Donnie Brae St. • 0 63 G) • OU4 40 208' 304 Wilshire Medical Parking 661 s. Bonnie Brae St. ··-~ ··-· 0 1170 -3770-- • OHi H 2094 202 Post notel 729 s. Bnnnie Brae St. • HJ 336 999 • 04'4 40 .2019 301 La France Apartment 681 s; Burlington Ave. 810 380 1190 • , 40 2094 10 1 6 Burllngtnn Convalencent· · 04U Hospital ·845 s. Burlington l\ve. 0 JSG )5'5 • 04fi0 40 2085 ,oa Cr~noble l\partmente 2JG s .. Coronado St. 0 304 3'l4 .. 0462 40 2087 102 Franconia l\partlftent 571 s. Coronado St. 2285 939 3224 ' ... 1\-S~ ,... · ' '\ ' . ST~Nr , BLOCK ... f. LOt:.\·, . -~ MAP CENSUS PF 0·1 PF 2-G TCJl • CODE · 7231 NO • . TnACT NO. FAClllTY NA,_.e AND ADDRESS SPAC:!S SP,\CfS ~P,~.:. ·--· . r.r.r,~ (Continued) -~~ ;c;ELl':5, ~ -= . • ; 00~7 04r.1 40 2011 301 RQgency Apartment 2401 w. 6th St. 0 ~so 7~0 L . • 046] 40 2011 301 Dun and Bradstreet 2115 "· 6th St. 3530 '° 3590 r • 0463 40 2081 20] Office Building 2500 "· 6th St. 0 goo· 6067 f .. '-- " 0463 40 2088 205 Asbury Apart.aents 2S05 W. 6th St. 0 1148 1148 .. • 046_~-- 40 2081 203 Reaington Rand Co. 2520 "· 6th St. 0 1350. 1350 ,·· ' • l,.. - - - --·- : • 0462 40 2087 101 Foote Cone and Belding Attornies 2727 w. fth St. · 0 1700 1700 i-· . • 0461 4t 2094 301 CarrenterR Union Loc,Bulldlng 2200 w. 7th St • 745 379 1124 ' l • . , . • 04GI 40 20,. JH Off ice nut.lding 2J2R W. 7th St. · 600 0 600 • 04H 40 2094 305 Parkvlev Building 2404 w. 7th St • 1295 0 1295 r·: L .. • 04U 40 2094 302 Apartffl0nt Building 2228 w. Ith St • 696 11 707 • ll4fil 40 2094 304 International Union of · ~; -. r Op~~ftting Engineer• 2)23 w. 8th St. 0 71 71 I,( ._. • OUI 40 2094 403 ltOtt'll Stratford 2629 w. 8th St. 0 ·83 83 C"" 0051 05'6 40 22H 101 Office Building 2001 s. Alameda st. 0170 1200 9370 t ,. _. • • n75 40 2211 110 Holmes Avenue School, Main Building 5108 s. Holme, Ave. 595 133 728 ,.. . . 0~7G 90 2219 110 Callforntn Milling Corp. 1861 E. 55th St. 920 1500 2(20 r ,oou fJ58l 40 2313 208 Santa Barbara Avenue ~lement~ry School, f" Administration 3989 s. Hobart Blvd. 667 0 667 !. • 059-1 so . UH 103 Weatern Avenue !l~aentary School, Main Building 1724 "· 53rd St~ 552 0 552 r. HHJ 0430 41 2031 301 Malabar Ele111ent~ry School, I. . .. Hain Building 3200 E. Malabar st. 851 : 0 151 t I . . , • 0430 u 2031 301 Malnbar Elementary School, • .J Unit 2 ·3200 E. Malabar st. 498 ,1 559 r ~ r .. 41 301 Maleb~r Elementary School, . 0430 2031 Unit J 3200 E. Malabar St. 307 82 389 4JOC6S 0J,\l 29 1853 107 J\raq~n Av~nu~ Elementary ' School, Main 1118 N. A~agon Av• 445 350 795 . ._ .. f?Hl 29 1'95 109 Lor~to St~~ot tlemP.ntary Sr.hool, North 0uil~in~ 3408 -N. Arroyo :ieeo Ava • 340 0 340 • . . . . ..... - - - - - ., . , ,ef~rnr1111u .. , ' ·• -, 'Cl\llOM MAP CCNSUS DLOCIC .. , PF ().1 Pr: _m:- ... ~ ,,., ?:":11 NO. TRACT NO. . '" ... ~AME AND ,.oonl!~~ ~:--.,ct~ !:f :.t .. ,. , .. -- .. ,... • • r,. ... ' .... .., -- # ,.. LO~ ~rlGl:t.1 .:; , CJ~NTAAL (~ontlnucd) - -· -· -- ... .. -----. !'006'i 0345 2t 1164 512 Gld!l!lell Park Elf?flM?n1:ary $ch~ol. M~in Building 2211 w. Avenue lO 14' 741 1587 • 0345 It 1114· 304 Jrvin9 Jr. nigh Schnnl, J\dminhtratlon 3010 N. Eirtara 1\ve. HO 1299 2741 • 0]45 2' 1864 304 Irving Jr. High School. l\uditorium 3010 N. Estar11 Ave. 610 164 774 • 0345 ;n 1H4 304 Irving Jr. High Schonl, I'hysical Education 3010 N • Estara Ave. 604 0 604 • • 0345 29 !1954 30· • Irving Jr. High Schoc,1, Tunn4!1 ]010 N. Est;ara Ave. 0 68 68 • 03.41 2' 1153 309 Nlghtingllle Jr. High ~chool 3311 N. Figueroa St. 1420 1695 3115 ., • 0341 2t 1153 309 Nlghtin?~tn Jr. High School, l\dminist.ration llll N. Figueroa St. 1485 1012 2497 • 0341 2' 115] 309 Nightin']ale! Jr. ~Ugh School, J\urlitorium 3311 N. Figuer.oa St. ·215 120 ns • 0341 2, 1153 309 Nightingale Jr. High School, . Clas!'lroom 3311 N. Figueroa st. 1598 2301 3899 • 0]41 29 1153 309 Ni1htingale Jr. High School, Uomc3~ic Science 3311 N. Figueroa St. 1404 0 1404 • 0341 29 1115] 309 Nightingale Jr. nigh School, Phy~ical Education llll N. Figueroa ~t:. 910 594 15('4 • 0341 2' 1153 309 Ni~htingale Jr. High School, . Science•Art 3311 N. Figueroa St. 1491 92 · 158) • 0345 2' UH 3(17 Van De Kam;,• Bakery 2930 N. Pletcher- Dr. 0 720 no • 0345 29 1H4 201 Pletcher Drive Elem~ntftry School 3350 E. Fletcher Dr. 834 132 966 • on, 21 .J.151 JU Southwest Mu e11111 234 N. Musellffl Dr. 0 95 95 ".' out H 1851 3J.l Pedeatrlan .Tunnol 234 N. Musewn Dr. 52 3H 416 . . ~ . 0345 2t 11H JU Pater No•t~r High School 2911 N. San Fernando Rd. • 3933 1154 SOR7 • 0340 29 1852.01 103 Mt. Washington Elementary School 3981 N. San Rafael Ave. 40 0 -40 • 0340 29 1852.01 1(1] Mt. Wa!lhington Element~ry School 3981 N. San Rllfael Ave. 0 90 ~ ,, - ~ ; I ·1 . A- ~ .. ---- · ·· ' ~n· .,w: • · I.C. c~r•o,. 111\P CENSUS BLOCK J• C:OOE 72:l1 NQ. . TnACT NO. FACILITY NAME AND ADDRESS 1~:r.r.t,ES ,_~,2_1TM_!! (Contlnedl ~o~s OJ45 2, 1114 SOI . St.. Bernarda School 3242 N. Verdugo Rd. 3242 N. Verdugo Rd. • 0345 2, 11'4 506 St. Bernard• School ' • . , • . . . . - .. .... PF 0-1 SPACES 102 102 , ' . . . . • . " .. PF 2-G TCl, SPACES Sr.\C~~ 1 ·0 ' . 102 0 102 ,I ~ . -: , . , I ~ i.- - r L {· , , . ,. • • l. .,,. ; !: r , '- r r· . .. . 4 r t • r · . - t CIVIL DEFENSE PLAN WARNING PLAN * CITY EMERGENCY OPERATIONS, MASTER PLAN f INDEX EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS GDERAL PROVISIONS •••••••••••••• ; •••••••••••••••••••••• ~ •••••• 000 ---.-.: 001. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER PLAN ESTABLISHED 002. ORGANIZATION OF THE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER PLAN 003. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER PLAN DISTRIBUTION 004. RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTEN~CE OF THE PU\N 005. PUBLICATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF AMENDMENTS 006. GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS INTRODUCTION PART A EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION, COMMAND AND COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITIES, AND FUNCTIONS TOWARD CONTROL DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION ( EOO) ••••••••••••• -•••••••• A/000 000. AUTHORITIES AND REFERENCES • 000.1 PURPOSE 000.2 ACTIVATION OF 'l'HE PLAN 000.3 PLANNING FACTORS - GENERAL 000.31 BASIC REQUIREMENT 000.32 OPERATIONAL AREA RELATIONSHIPS 000.33 CITY-COUNTY COORDINATION 000.34 PRIVATE RESOURCES 000.4 STAFFING 000.S SUPPORTING ORGANIZATIONS AND MUTUAL AID 000.Sl MUTUAL AID 000.52 OTHER SUPPORTING ORGANIZATIONS . 000.6 ASSUMPTIONS 000.61 LOCAL ~GENCY ASSUMPTIONS 000.62 WAR EMERGENCY ASSUMPTIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 2) 000.7 OBJECTIVES 000.71 ORGANIZATION 000.8 EOO TABLE OF ORGANIZATION --- -·· 001. LOCAL EMERGENCY 002. DECLARATION OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY 002.1 POWERS OF MAYOR DURING A LOCAL EMERGENCY 002.2 LOCAL EMERGENCY - DEACTIVATION 003. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS BOluID (EOB) 003.1 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS COMMI'rl'EE 003.2 ORGANIZATION PRINCIPLES 003.3 CHANGES IN THE ORGANIZATION 004. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION 004.1 EOO ACTIVATION 004.2 DIRECTOR - POWER AND DUTIES 004.3 DEPUTY DIRECTOR - POWER AND DUTIES 004.4 EOO COORDINATOR 004.S EOO STRUCTURE 0- 05. EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONS 005.l EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION LIST - RESPONSIBILITY 005.2 BOB ORGANIZATIONAL CJOJtT 006. TASK ASSIGNMENTS 006.1 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION COMMAND AND COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITIES AND RESOURCES/100 ' 101. COMMAND 102. CONTINUiff OF GOVERNMENT 102.1 LINES OP SUCCESS~ON AND ALTERNATE OFFICIALS _ ... 102.2 TEMPORARY SEAT OP~ 102.3 PRESERVATION OF RECORDS ' TJ\BLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 3) 103. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC) 103.1 EOC GENERAL 103.2 EOC - ACTIVATION 103.3 EOC OPERATING PROCEDURES 103.4 GENERAL INFORMATION ON THE ACTIONS OF THE EOB 103.S EOC DEACTIVATION 103.6 EOC ACTIVATION CRITIQUE 103.7 CRITIQUE FORMAT 104. TASK FORCE OPERATIONS 104.l FIELD TASK FORCE 104.2 FIELD TASK FORCE CHAIN OF COMMAND 104.3 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CI'n' FIELD OPERATIONS 105. FIELD COMMAND CONCEPT 106. COMMUNICATIONS 106.1 COMMUNICATION OF EVENT INFORMATION 107. INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER 109. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS DIVISION COMMAND CENTERS 110. INCIDENT/FIELD COMMAND POSTS 111 ~ CITY-COUNTY COORDINA'llON lli~ PRIVATE RESOURCES 113. EMERGENCY MUTUAL AID 114. EMERGENCY PUBLIC INFORMATION . . . .. . .. . . .. . ·BMERGENCY· .opmtA!'IONS ORGANIZATION - STRUCTURE ••••••••••••••• A/200 . 201. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION - STRUCTURE f 201.1 AIRPORTS DIVISION .: :, . . TABLE OF CONTENTS ( PAGE 4) f 201.2 201.3 201.4 201.5 201.6 ANIMAL REGULATION DIVISION BUILDING AND SAFETY DIVISION FIRE SUPPRESSION AND RESCUE DIVISION GENERAL SERVICES DIVISION HARBOR DIVISION 201.7 PERSONNEL AND RECRUITMENT DIVISION 201.8 POLICE DIVISION 201.9 PUBLIC WELFARE AND SHELTER DIVISION 201.10 PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION 201.11 TRANSPORTATION DIVISION 201.12 UTILITIES DIVISION ----- ·· POLICE DIVISION UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE CUO) CONTROL TASK FORCE ••••••• A/300 301. · UNUSUAL OCCURR~NCE CONTROL TASK FORCE 301.1 IDENTIFICATION 302. DEPARTMENT COMMANDER 303. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER (ECC) 303.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-ACTIVATION 303.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-INITIAL STAFFING 303.3 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-DEACTIVATION 304. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-COMMANDING OFFICER 305. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-EXECUTIVE OFFrICER 305.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-LIAISON OFFICER(S) .. 305.2 EMERGENCY. CONTROL CENTER-ROUTING OFFICER , . 30S. 3 ·_. · .- EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-GUARD 305.4 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-MESSENGER November 1987 . ' TABLE OF CONTENTS ( PAGE 5) . . : . 306. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-PRESS RELATIONS ·sECTION 307. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-INTELLIGENCE SECTION 307.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-INTELLIGENCE OFFICER 307.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-INTELLIGENCE CONTROL LIAISON OFFICER 307.3 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-RADIO ROOM OFFICER 307.4 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-SCOUTS 308. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-PERSONNEL SECTION 308.1 · EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-PERSONNEL OFFICER 309. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-LOGISTICS SECTION 309.l . EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-LOGISTICS OFFICER 310. EMERGENCY"CONTROL CENTER-PUBLIC SERVICE SECTION 310.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-PUBLIC SERVICE OFFICER 310. 2 . EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-TELEPHONE OFFICER · 311. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-SITUATION REPORT SECTION 311.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-SITUATION REPORT OFFICER 311.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-MAP OFFICER 311.3 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-POSTING OFFICER 311.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-JOURNAL CtE~K 315. INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER (ICC) 315 .1 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-ACTIVA'J. 1 10N 315.2 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-STAFFING 315.3 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-DEACTIVATION 315.4 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE 315.S 315.6 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-RADIO DETAIL INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-TELEPHONE DETAIL· ------------------- - --- ------- - f TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 6) 315.7 - 315.8 . 317. 317.1 317.2 317.3 317.4 317.5 317.6 318. 319. · 319.1 319~2 321. 322. 323. 323.1 323.2 323.3 323.4 324. 325. 326. 326.1 326.02 326.3 326.4 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-JOURNAL CLERK INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-FIELD UNITS --~ CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER (CIC) CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-ACTIVATION CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-STAFFING CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-DEACTIVATION CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-RECORDS SECTION CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-FIELD SECTIONS FIELD TASK FORCE-FIELD COMMAND POST(s) (FCP) FIELD COMMANDER FIELD COMMANDER-PERSONAL STAFF ASSISTANT FIELD COMMANDER FIELD COMMAND POST-EXECUT.IVE OFFICER ADVISORY STAFF FIELD COMMAND POST-EQUIPMENT UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-EQUIPMENT OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-OPERATOR DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-OPERATOR DETAIL-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE FIELD COMMAND POST-EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE DETAIL . . FIELD COMMAND POST-PRESS RELATIONS OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-LIAISON OFFICER(a) FIELD COMMAND POST-PERSONNEL SECTION FIELD COMMAND POST-PERSONNEL OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-REQUISITION OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-PERSONNEL POOL . FIELD COMMAND POST-PERSONNEL POOL OFFICER TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 7) 326.5 326.6 326.7 327. 328. 328.1 328.2 328.3 328.4 3?8.5 328.6 328.7 330. 330.1 330.2 330.3 331.· 331.1 331..). 331.3 · 332. 332.1 332.2 ' 332.3 , 332.4 332.5 FIELD COMMAND POST-STATUS RECORD DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-READY RESERVE-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE --, FIELD COMMAND POST-VOLUNTEER SERVICES OFFICER(s) FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD MEDICAL UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD JAIL UNIT FIELD JAIL UNIT-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE FIELD JAIL UNIT-PROCESSING DETAIL FIELD JAIL UNIT-REPORT APPROVAL DETAIL FIELD JAIL UNIT-EVIDENCE DETAIL FIELD JAIL UNIT-DETENTION AND TRANSPORTATION DETAIL FtELD JAIL UNIT-GUARD DETAIL FIELD JAIL UNIT-WAGON DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-INTELLIGENCE SECTION FIELD COMMAND POST-INTELLIGENCE SECTION LIAISON FIELD COMMAND POST-INTELLIGENCE OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-ASSISTANT INTELLIGENCE OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD INTELLIGENCE UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-INTELLIGENCE CONTROL LIAISON OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-SCOUT RADIO OPERATOR . FIELD COMMAND POST-SCOUT DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-INFORMATION UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-JOURNAL CLERK FIELD COMMAND POST-MAP OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-SITUATION REPORT OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-ROUTING OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-MESSENGER DETAIL November 1987 TABLE OF CONTE~TS (PAGE 8) 333. 333.1 333.2 333.3 334. 334.1 334.2 335. 335.1 335.2 335.3 33~.4 336. 336.1 337. 337.1 338. 338.1 338.2 338.3 339. 339.1 339.2 FIELD COMMAND POST-UNDERCOVER UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-UNDERCOVER UNIT-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE . FIELD COMMAND POST-OBSERVATION DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-ARREST DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION-GROUND OPERATOR FIELD COMMAND POST-CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION-HELICOPTER CAMERAMAN FIELD COMMAND POST-PHOTOGRAPHIC UNIT PHOTOGRAPHIC UNIT-ACTIVATI'ON PHOTOGRAPHIC UNIT-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE SPECIAL NARRATION AND PHOTOGRAPHY ( SNAP TEAM. ( S) PHOTOGRAPHIC UNIT-DEACTIVATION FIELD COMMAND POST-OPERATIONS SECTION FIELD COMMAND .POST-OPERATIONS OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-PLANNING UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-PLANNING OFFICER . FIELD COMMAND POST-CONTROL UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-CONTROL OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-OPERATIONS DISPATCHER FIELD COMMAND POST-MONITOR FIELD COMMAND POST-INVESTIGATION UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-INVESTIGATION UNIT-OFFICER -IN-CHARGE .FIELD COMMAND POST-INVESTIGATION TEAMS November 1987 - ~ ' TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 9) 340. 340.1 340.2 340.3 341. 341.1 341.2 341.3 342 ·342.1 342.2 342.3 343. 343.1 FIELD COMMAND POST-LOGISTICS SECTION FIELD COMMAND POST-LOGISTICS OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-STAGING OFFICER- - - ~ FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD PROVISIONS OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD STORES UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD STORES OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-PROPERTY DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD TRANSPORTATION UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD TRANSPORTATION OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-VEHICLE POOL DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-SECURITY UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-SECURITY UNIT-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE FIRE DIVISION TASK FORCE ••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••..•. A/400 401. 402. 403. 403.1 403.2 403.3 404. 404.1 404.2 404.3 405. FIRE DIVISION TASK FORCE-GENERAL INITIAL ASSIGNMENT-DEFINED FIRST ALARM ASSIGNMENT-DEFINED FIRST ALARM ASSIGNMENT-ORGANIZATION FIRST ALARM ASSIGNMENT-TERMINOLOGY FIRS~ ALARM ASSIGNMENT-MEDICAL SERVICES GREATER ALARM INCIDENT GREATER ALARM INCIDENT-DISPATCH GREATER ALARM INCIDENT-ORGANIZATION GREATER ALARM INCIDENT -COMMAND STAFF CHIEF MAJOR EMERGENCY-DEFINED November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 10) 405.1 406. 406.1 407. 407.1 410. 412. 412.1 415. 415.1 415. 2 . 415.3 416. 416.i 417. 417.1 417.2 MAJOR EMERGENCY-ORGANIZATION MAJOR EMERGENCY (EXPANDED)-DEFINED MAJOR EMERGENCY (EXPANDED) -COMMAND POSTS-- MAJOR EMERGENCY-INCIDENT COMMAND POSTS-DUTIES MAJOR EMERGENCY-INCIDENT COMMAND POSTS-RESPONSIBILITIES MAJOR EMERGENCY-REPORTING PROCEDURES AMBULANCE SERVICES AMBULANCE-REPORTING COMMAND POST-GENERAL COMMAND POST IDENTIFICATION FORMATION OF STAFF RESOURCES DEPUTY DEPARTMENT COMMANDER-GENERAL RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY OPERATIONS AT EMERGENCIES GENERAL OPERATIONS SAFETY AT EMERGENCIES PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION TASK FORCE •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••A/500 SOl. 502. 502.1 503. · 504. 504.1 LOCAL .. EMERGENCIES DIVISION CHIEF DIVISION CHIEF RESPONSIBILITIES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC) PUBLIC WORKS COMMAND CENTER (PWCC) PWCC COMMANDER November 1987 ' TABLE OF CONTENTS (P~GE 11) 504.2 sos. PWCC STAFFING FIELD GOMMAND POSTS 506. ORGANIZATION OF PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION -- 507. DEACTIVATION OF EOC, PWCC, FIELD COMMAND POSTS PART B EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PROCEDURES PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT MOBILIZATION PLAN ••.•••••••••••••.•.. B/100 101. MOBILIZATION 101.1 DIVISION MOBILIZATION PLAN-DIVISION CHIEF's RESPONSIBILITIES 102. MAYOR'S DESIGNATION OF CITY EMPLOYEES AS EMERGENCY WORKERS 103. VOLUNTEERS 103.1 PRE-REGISTERED VOLUNTEERS 103.2 REQUESTS. FOR UNREGISTERED VOLUNTEERS 103.41 REQUIRED SERVICE 103.42 DISASTER SERVICE WORKERS WAR EMERGENCY PLAN •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• B/300 301. NOTIFICATION S 301.l PROCEDURES 302. WAR TIME MOBILIZATION 302.1 PERSONNEL MOBILIZAfION PLAN ALER'r 302.2 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 309. OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS 309.1 FALLOUT SHELTE_ RS 310. USE OF RADIOLOGICAL DEFENSE 310 •. 1 FIRE DEPARTMENT RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING RESPONSIBILITIES --------------- --- - -------- "'-·•--'"--- 100 ., TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 12) 31:0. 2 3f0. 3 310.4 311. 311.1 312. 312.1 312.2 312.3 312.04 312.5 312.6 3~2.1 312.10 312.11 312.12 312.13 312.14 312.20 312.30 313. 313.1 313.2 314. 314.1 DECONTAMINATION EXPOSURE CONTROL CONTAMINATION CONTROL OPERATING SCHEDULES - GENERAL PRE-PLANNED SCHEDULES PRE-ATTACK CHANGES GENERAL OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS FACILITIES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION COMMUNICATIONS BASIC ACTIONS FOR INCREASED READINESS-WAR EMERGENCY . . PRECAUTIONARY ACTIONS READINESS CONDITION FOUR READINESS CONDITION THREE READINESS CONDITION TWO READINESS CONDITION ONE RADIATION FALLOUT FIRE PUBLIC RESPONSE TO WARNING CONDITIONS EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION RESPONSE PUBLIC RESPONSE TO WARNING UNDAMAGED AREAS UNDAMAGED TO MODERATE DAMAGE November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 13) 315. 315.1 316. 317. AREAS AFFECTED BY FALLOUT ONLY FALLOUT AREAS FIRE AREAS FINAL RECOVERY CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS •••••••••.•••.•••••••••••••••••••.••... 8/400 400.1 401. 401. l 401.2 402. 402.1 403. 403.1 403.2 403.3 404.l 404.2 405. 406. 409. 409.1 410. 411. , WARNING CONDITIONS - GENERAL WARNING CONDITIONS - CIVIL DEFENSE CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS - GENERAL CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLANS CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS-SPECIAL DIVISIONS RESPONSIBILITIES FACILITIES EMERGENCY BROADCAST SYSTEM (EBS) EBS-GENERAL OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS FACILITIES TYPES OF WARNING WARNING SIGNALS WARNING SIGNALS-WAR EMERGENCY WARNING ACTIONS CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING-DISPERSAL PLAN DISPERSAL PLAN-PERSONAL STAFF OF THE MAYOR DIVISION CHIEFS SHELTERING CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING-TERMINATION November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 14) BUILDING 501. 502. 503. 504. sos. SAFETY ................. .................................... B/500 MUTUAL AID 601. 602. 602.1 602.2 602.3 603. 603.1 603.2 603.3 604. 607. BUILDING SECURITY-GENERAL BUILDING SECURITY-OBJECTIVE BUILDING-SECURITY-EVACUATION RESPONSIBILITIES BUILDING SECURITY-IMMEDIATE RESPONSE EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS (FIRE AND RESCUE) ..•............••••.•.. ~ .••.•.•.... B/600 FIRE AND RESCUE-MUTUAL AID STATE FIRE AND RESCUE MUTUAL AID-ORGANIZATION OPERATIONAL AREA REGION STATE CONDITIONS OF EMERGENCY . LOCAL EMERGENCY STATE OF EMERGENCY STATE OF WAR EMERGENCY RESPONSIBILITY OF COMMAND MUTUAL AID TO OTHER AGENCIES MUTUAL AID AND MILITARY ASSISTANCE (LAW ENFORCEMENTt ••••••.••••.•. B/700 . 701. LAW ENFORCEMENT MUTUAL AID-GENERAL 702. STATE LAW ENFORCEMENT MUTUAL AID-ORGANIZATION 702.1 702.2 702.3 OPERATIONAL AREA REGION STATE November 1987 _ l TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 15) 703. 703.1 703.2 CONDITIONS OF . EMERGENCY LOCAL EMERGENCY STATE OF EMERGENCY 703.3 STATE OF WAR EMERGENCY 704. RESPONSIBILITY OF COMMAND 705. PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES 706. DEPARTMENT REQtJEST FOR MUTUAL AID 707. MUTUAL AID TO OTHER AGENCIES 708. CALIFORNIA LAW ENFORCEMENT MUTUAL AID RADIO SYSTEM 710. MILITARY ASSISTANCE-GENERAL 711. MARTIAL LAW 712. STATE MILITARY PERSONNEL-PEACE OFFICER POWERS 713. ANTICIPATED USE OF STATE MILITARY PERSONNEL- PRELIMINARY NOTIFICATION 714. DEPARTMENT REQUEST FOR STATE MILITARY PERSONNEL 715. COMMITMENT OF STATE MILITARY PERSONNEL 716. ANTICIPATED USE OF FEDERAL MILITARY PERSONNEL- PRELIMINARY NOTIFICATIONS 717. DEPARTMENT REQUEST FOR FEDERAL MILITARY PERSONNEL 718. COMMITMENT OF FEDERAL MILITARY PERSONNEL 719. DEPARTMENT REQUEST FOR THE USE OF MILITANY EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES MUTUAL AID (PUBLIC WORKS) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• BiS00 801. MUTUAL AID 801.1 STANDING CONTRACTS so1.2' 801.3 PLAN BULLDOZER STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS November 1987 ' TABLE :OF CONTENTS (PAGE 16.} AFTER-ACTION REPORTING PROCEDURES ··•·••··•··•··••·•••~••••••·••··B/900 901. 902. 903. 904. PART D · EVACUATION 101. 103. 105~ 107. 109. 111. 113. 115. 117. 119. 121. 123. 125. · 125 .1 125.2 127. INTRODUCTION GENERAL AUDIT TRAIL REQUIREMENTS EMERGENCY RESPONSE REQUIREMENTS COMMAND STRATEGY AND CONTROL TACTICS FOR EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PROCEDURES .•.••.•••••••••••.••.•••••••••••••••••••.•• D/ 100 EVACUATION-GENERAL EVACUATION-LEGAL AUTHORITY TYPES OF EYACUATION EVACUATION PLAN EVACUATION WARNING EVACUATION CENTER DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION AND PARKS NOTIFICATION REQUIRED FOR USE OF CITY SCHOOLS EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION AMERICAN NATIONAL RED CRO~S SALVATION ARMY ANIMAL CONTROL ENTRY INTO INVOLVED/CLOSED AREA TYPES OF ACCESS ENTRY CRITERIA FIRE LINE PASSES November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 17) EMERGENCY PUBLIC INFORMATI~N .•.•..••..•.•••• ; •.••.•••.••••••...... D/ 200 201. INTRODUCTION 202. 203. 204. ORGANIZATION EMERGENCY PUBLIC INFORMATION SECTION STAFFING 205. APPROVAL DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES .••••....•••••••••••.•.•...••..... D / 3 0 0 301. GENERAL 301.1 INITIAL RESPONSE 301.2 SITUATION ESTIMATE 301.3 301.4 303. 303.l 303.2 303.3 303.4 305. 305~1 305.2 - 305.3 307. 307.1 307.2 307.3 307.4 307.5 ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE FIELD COMMAND/INCIDENT COMMAND SITES FIRES INTRODUCTION RESPONSIBILITY OPERATIONS MAXIMUM COMMITMENT REZCUF. INTRODUCTION RESPONSIBILITY OPERATIONS MAJOR MEDICAL EMERGENCIES INTRODUCTION EXPANDED MEDICAL EMERGENCIES MAJOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY MEDICAL DISASTER MEDICAL CATASTROPHE November 1987 TABLE_ OF CONTENTS ( PAGE 18) 307.6 307.7 - 309. - 309. 1 309.2 309.3 309.4 309.5 309.6 309.7 309.8 316. 316.1 316.2 316.3 317. 317.1 317.2 317.3 31- 7. 4 318. 318.1 318.2 ' 318.3 319. 319.1 RESPONSIBILI.TY DEFINITIONS - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS EMERGENCY CONTROL INTRODUCTION RESPONSIBILITY OPERATIONAL CONCEPTS AND POLIC~ES BASIC STRATEGIES AND FUNCTIONS RECALL MUTUAL AID EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN LIAISON LANDSLIDES, FLOODS, DAM FAILURE LANDSLIDES AND MUDFLOWS-GENERAL FLOODS-GENERAL DAM FAILURES-GENERAL EARTHQUAKES-GENERAL SITUATION ESTIMATE DAMAGE SURVEY CITIZEN SELF-HELP MEASURES EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLANS TSUNAMI/COASTAL INUNDATION SCOPE OF INVOLVEMENT NOTIFICATON1 •WATCH• OR •WARNING• STATUS PROCEDURES FOR •WARNING• STATUS AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-GENERAL SITUATION ESTIMATE November 1987 TABLE OP CONTENTS (PAGE 19) 319.2 PERIMETER CONTROL AND EVACUATION 319.3 - TRAFFIC CONTROL 319.4 CRASH SITE SECURITY 319.5 IDENTIFICATION OF WlTNESSES 319.6 OVERWA'l'ER INCIDENTS 319.7 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 320. TR>.NSPORTATION ACCIDENTS - GENERJ\L 320.l TRAIN, TRUCK OR BUS ACCIDENTS 320.2 FREEWAY ACCIDENTS 320.3 MARINE VESSEL ACCIDENTS (IN PORT) 322. AIR POLLUTION - DEFINITIONS 322- .1 AIR POLLUTION EPISODES ~-... 322.2 ACTIONS T~ BY THE crT'i DURING 1'N AIR POLLUTlON EPISODE 322.3 CONTROL 322.4 ALERT NOTIFICATIONS 323. CIVIL DISTURBANCES - GENERAL 323.l PLANNING 323.2 INTELLIGENCE 323.3 CONTROL • 324. TERRORIST ACTIVITY - DEFINITION 324.l SCOPE OP 1NVOLVEMBNT 324.2 AIRPORT SECURITY 325. RESPONSIBILITIES MATRIX 327. RESOURCES·MA~X November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 20) DISABLED IN DISASTERS •............•......•.••••••. .••••••••••. D/400 401. GENERAL 402. 403. ORGANIZATION OBJECTIVES 404. RESPONSE PROCEDURES ORDINANCE PART E LAWS FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND QTHER EMERGENCIES LAWS RELATING TO EMERGENCIES •••••••.••••••..• : •••.•.••. E/000 001. INTRODUCTION 002. 003. 004. 005. VOLUME 2 LOCAL EMERGENCY DEFINED ' EMERGENCY POWERS VIOLATION OF EMERGENCY REGULATIONS STATE OF EMERGENCY DEFINED EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION EMERGENCY PLANS September 1987 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS aOARD 01-R"I L r GA'TES K( ITH CO'-AR tf ~<• c-•· •._,.,, CITY OF LOS ANGELES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION OFFICE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 300 C • ~• 1-1& 1.1. Ea r Los A"'ca 1.u CA 90012 · 4 1 90 Th (2 13 ) 485 ·523 1 RANDALL C BACON JOHN J 0R t$COL.L F"RANK V KROEGER OONALO O MANP1. 1 ~G NQR~t\,j NICHO:..S DENNIS N N ISM IKA\l,A 5 [ ROWE TOM BRADLEY MAYOR RECEIVED4Y Date: February 24, 1989 f NORTHEAST AREA To: All City of Los Angeles Emergency Operations Master Plan Recipients From: 1 J,¢iirley Matt.ingly, Chairperson r Emergency Management Committee Subject: ADDITIONS TO CITY OF LOS ANGELES' EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER PLAN Attached please find additions to your City of Los Angeles Emergency Operations Master. Plan. The new sections are: Table of Contents (revised) A/004 A/103 B/400 B/900 D/100 D/200 D/300 D/400 Emergency Operations Organization Emergency Operations Center Civil Defense Warnings Emergency Operations After-Action Reporting Procedures Evacuation Procedures Emergency Public Information Disasters and Other Emergencies Disabled in Disasters This is an opportunity for you to familiarize yourself with these new sections and to review the Plan in its entirety. SDM:KMP:jpf 1-669 Attachment f AN EQUAL IM~LOYMlNT OPPO"TUNITY - AFFl"MATIW ACTtON IM~LOYIA A/004 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION 004. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION. The Emergency Operations Organization (EOO) is a special purpose organization established to coordinate and direct the City's resources toward controlling disasters and other emergencies. The EOO divisions constitute those resources believed necessary a> auccessfuly overcome the conditions of a local emergency. The Emergency Operations Organization is comprised of the following divisions: • Police Division * Fire Suppression and Rescue Division * Transportation Division * Ut~lities Division * General Services Division * Building and Safety Division * Personnel and Recruitment Division * Public Welfare and Shelter Division * Public Works Division * Harbor Division * Airports Division * Animal Regulation Division The Emergency Operations Organization resources also include personnel, services, and material held or used, and all other services, equipment, and facilities which may be loaned, donated, contributed to the City, or commandeered for use, by the Director of the Emergency Operations Organization. 004.01 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION-ACTIVATION. Upon• receipt of an official warning of an impending or threatened emergency, or upon the declaration of .a local emergency, the Emergency Operations Organization will be immediately activated and Emergency Operation• Organization peraonnel will be called into active service. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION November 1987 A/103 EMERGENCY OPERATIOOS CENI'ER 103. EMERGEN:Y OPERATIOOS CENTER (EXX:). The EXX: is located in City Hall Fast, sub-level P-4. The Emergency ~rations Organization assati:>les here to coordinate and direct the City's resources toward controlling disasters and other emergencies. The facility includes the necessary camnmi cati£n equipnent to link all the City departments and selected~~ agencies. 103.01 EMERGEN:Y OPERATIONS CENTER - GENERAL. The developnent and utili- - zation of the Emergency ~ations Center represents a r~ization that no one City department can be soley responsible for emergency operations within the City of Los les. The EXX: is designed primarily as a coordination center for City emergency and disaster operations. Actual field activity will usually be directed fran ccmnand posts at the scene of the occurrence or fran the l'xrne offices of involved City departments. The EXX: lends resource support to those actually engaged in the control of emergency and disaster situations. M::>re inp::,rtantly, the EXX: is a centralized liaison unit for all City and !'lOn-City agencies involved in the control of an emergency. This inter-agency coordination eliminates waste ful duplication of effort and facilitates faster, roore effective deployment of needed equipnent and personnel. Because the EXX: is mainly a coordination center, its activation is normally not necessary during small, localized emergencies where on-hand resources of an individual division are sufficient to control the event. The :ex:x: Coordination Roan inclooes permanent positions for the City's twelve emergency operations divisions and several •floating" positions which may be assigned to other agencies on a tE1TpOrary basis depending on the nature and scope of the emergency. 103.02 EXX: ACTIVATIOO * The :ex:x: may be activated by the Mayor, City Council President, or in their absence, the Chief of Police, or in the Chief's absence, any member of the &nergency ~ations Board. * The BX: may be activated whenever an event or pending event will require significant resources beyontl those nonnally available fran c;>ne City department. • * The BX will be opened and initially staffed by members of the Police Depm:tment--Planning end ~search Division or Detective Headquarters Division. . • The Carmanding Officer of the Police Division's Planning and R!search Division shall be the Commanding Officer ·of the EOC •. • The request to activate the BX: shall be nooe by telephcning Police t2tect1.ve Headquarters Divisiai, extension 53261, advising of the reasa, far activation, and identifying the departments and agencies needed to staff the BX:. · BX> Plan ~ OPERATIOOS ORGANIZATIOO February 1987 A/103.02 EMERGEOCY OPERATIOOS CENTER 103.02 EXX: ACTIVATIOO - Cont'd 103.03 !XX> Plan * Detective Headquarters Division shall contact the Chaillnan of the Emergency Operations Board (Chief of Police) for pe:anission to activate the EXX:. * Detective teadquarters Division shall irnnediately notify the City Hall Operator of the departments required in the BX: end request that the IDB and appropriate staff be contacted. * The City Hall Operator will contact the Board members and designated department personnei responsible for staffing the EXX:. * When cx>nta~ed, each member of the EXX: staff soould infonn the Operator of their anticipated time of arrival at the EXX:. * The City Hall Operator will ccrrpile a list of people who will be arriving at the EXX:, their estimated time of arrival, and forward· it to the EXX: Ccmnanding Officer ( EXX:-CO) • EXX: OPERATING PR:X:EIXJRFS. * Dlring activation, each City departnent representative present will apprise the Cannanding Officer of the significant events which are of irrportance to the EXX: participants. · · · · * The Police Department '.s staff will pos+; and route information to the concerned departments as soon as it us received in the EXX:. * No department sha11 rarove its representative fran the EX:x: without first edvising the Ccmnanding Officer, Em!rgency Operations Center. Whenever possible, departments not represented in the ax: shall provide telephone nUTi>ers for their designated ax: represent..a,ives. * Messages to other departmental representatives will be written on a fcmn and relayed as directed on the form. * Departmental i:epresentatives will be used to facilitate City response to an event, as djrected by each Department's :Emergency Management Cannittee (EM:) representative. Routine City depart mental action will be handled in each department's routine manner - tel' through them::. • Meals will be provided to Bx: persamel by General Services at reasonable intervals. EMERGEJCY OPERATIOOS OR;ANIZATIOO ~bruary 1987 • A/103.03 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER 103.03 me OPERATING PRCX:EIX.JRES - Cont'd * All persons responding to staff the ECC will have proper agency identification and sign in and out on the EXX: roster. * All departmental representatives will gather infonnation a, the event and estimates of danage and resources expended as directed by the E)rergency ~ations Board or Emergency Management Catmittee. -. Office and miscellaneous supplies, other than event reporting fonns, shall be provided by each depar:tment. * Maint·enance and housekeeping of the EXx: facility shall be the responsibility of the Department of General Services. 103. 04 GENERAL INFO™ATION ON 'IHE ACTIONS OF 'IHE EMERGEOCY OPERATIONS BOARD It can be anticipated that during the activation of the EX:x) in appropriate circun.stances, the following process may result; in directives or actions directed to the. · ·EXX:-co for appropriate action: * The Board Chairperson (Chief of Police), when notified of EXX: acti vation, may imnediately set a time, date, and location for an Emergency ~ations Board meeting. * Initial strategy planning for the event sh:>uld occur at this meeting, focusing on interdepar:tmental cooperation. * The Board will schedule meetings· as needed and may brief the Mayor daily quring activation on the extent of the emergency and actions being taken to bring it under control. * The Board may instruct the ~gency Management Carmittee to: 1. Meet each day during an activation to exchange infmmation. 2. Advise the Chairperson and the Board of the status of the emergency. 3. ~carmend periodic meetings of the Board. • · The Board noxmally presents a final report on the emergency to the Mayor within ten lfOrking days after deactivation of the EXX:. The report is coordinated by the CNJ with infoxmation supplied by each EXX> Division regarding their operations during the emergency. • Special reports may be required by the Board utilizing the infmmation and resources avail.m>le to all &nergency ~ations Divisions. ~ OPERATI~ OOGANIZATIOO February 1987 103.07 CRITIOOE FORMAT - Continued III. Critique: A. Ev~uation of proredures used and the effectiveness of the effort while operating within the established procedures. B. Evaluation of the interaction between the reporting diviai_Qfl and other involved divisions during the emergency. · £. Suggestions for nodifying procedures and/or operations and suggestions for·training when applicable. EMER»CY OPERATIOOS ORGANIZATI~ Fl!bruary 1987 B/400 CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS 400.1 WARNING CONDITIONS: are prescribed: • GENERAL. Three warning conditions * Strategic Warning - Based on intelligence that enemy-initiated hostilities are imminent. The warning time may vary from several hours to several days. Strategic warning-is the basis for initiating Readiness Conditions. • - Tactical Warning - Based on intelligence that an attack has been launched by_ an enemy. * Attack (No Warning) The detonation of a weapon is the first notification of this condition. B/401 WARNING CONDITIONS: CIVIL DEFENSE 401.1 CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS - GENERAL. The purpose of this chapter is to provide a general plan for the City in the event of a Civil Defense Warning giving notice of a probable or imminent enemy nuclear attack. This plan deals with actions to be taken during a Civil Defense Warning prior to the detonation of a nuclear device. The objectives of this plan are three fold: * Aiding the general populace to · shelter, * The sheltering of key me.mbers of City government, and * The dispersal of City ~anagement personnel to provide for the highest possible survival of key City personnel in the event of a nuclear attack. This plan does not deal with actions required subsequent to a nuclear attack or with non-nuclear .Civil Defense conditions. Those events will be handled as Emergencies in accordance with provisions of the Plan. · 401.2 CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLANS. International events may be expected to produce critical tensions, requiring govern ment to plan precautionary measures which would be taken prior to announcement of an attack warning. Under these conditions, local government needs standard procedures fora EOO Plan Making a atep-by-step transition from normal peace time activities to wartime readiness. Sy ematically mobilizing the Emergency Operations Organization, and Responding automatically and fully, without the issuance of detai_led instructions. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION November 1987 ------ -------------------- ---------------------- f 401.2 CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLANS (Cont) Notice of the transition from one Readiness Condition to another will be disseminated by the Governor or his designated represent ative. The initial announcement of CONDITION THREE and/or CONDITION TWO will be made over the California Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (CLETS) followed by an official announcement through news media. READINESS CONDITION....ONE will exist automatically upon notification of an attack Warning Con ition, or upon proclamation by the- Governor. The above conditions will be broadcast from the ALERTING CONTROL POINT over the Civil Defense Command Control Frequency to officials with assigned equipment, both mobile and set frequency monitors. 402. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS - SPECIAL DIVISIONS RESPONSI- BILITIES. During a Civil Defense Warning, each Division has the following responsibilities: * Directing and assisting persons to available shelters. * Facilitating the activities of other agencies performing emergency services within City limits. 402.1 FACILITIES. Warning information is received at the Los Angeles Police Department via the Los Angeles Sheriff's Department. Alternate means of receipt are via the California Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (CLETS) and Public Safety r~dio systems. The general public receives warning by means of sirens, horns and whistles which are located to provide coverage for an estimated 75 percent of the peak nighttime population of the City. To the extent possible, the remaining population will be notified by other available means. In addition, the Emergency Broadcast System ·(EBS) is expected to provided coverage for a large part of the population • . Voice warning is also provided through the broadcast media by the City Sigalert System (see Direction and Control). Notice of warning is also broadcast from the various county and City communication centers to special facilities (schools, hospitals, fire stations, utility stations, etc.). Key workers of the Emergency Operations Organization are alerted by' means of mon itor receivers or by telephone. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION November 1987 B/900 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS AFTER-ACTION REPORTING PROCEDURES 901. INTRODUCTION. This section of the Emergency Operations Master Plan provides a brief summary of the after-action reporting and cost accounting procedures practiced in each Emergency Operations Organization division. The specific procedures relating to detailed after-action reporting requirements are found in divisional operation manuals. --· 902~ GENERAL. After-action reporting requirements are intended to facilitate improved response to emergency situations. Cost accounting reports help establish an audit trail for purposes of reimbursement. 903. AUDIT TRAIL REQUIREMENTS. All divisions will maintain accurate records of all costs associated with the abate ment of an emergency or disaster situation, and with restoration and/or replacement of public facilities. 904. EMERGENCY RESPONSE REQUIREMENTS. All divisions will develop procedures for .tracking, analyzing, and criti quing their emergency response efforts. Divisions will develop procedures unique to their operational requirements. EOO EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 ~---- - --~- - - - D/100 EVACUATION PROCEDURES 101. EVACVATION - GENERAL. Disasters and other emergencies require a prompt commitment from all concerned emergency services. When it is determined that an evacuation is required, the warning must be timely. AdditionallL._.it mu~t be precise in content and given in an authoritative manner. When conveying the warning, attention must be paid to ~ the fact that while the City's main concern in an emer- ency is the preservation of life, those displaced from their omes may be experiencing no small amount of inconvenience, anxiety, and fear. 103. EVACUATION - LEGAL AUTHORITY. The Los Angeles Police and Fire Departments share concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuations within the City. The authority for both agencies to close an area and order an evacuation is found in: Penal Code Section 409.5, Los Angeles City Charter Sections 131 and 132, Los Angeles Municipal Code Section 57.01.21, and Los Angeles Administrative Code Section 22.224. Notwithstanding the authority vested in both depart ments by these codes, the practical matter is that emergencies are managed better by the agency charged with the primary control responsibility. The Fire Department Incident Commander must be allowed to exercise professional judgement at an emergency that is, in the main, · an incident ,for which the Fire ~partment has.primary control responsibility.· At a police emergency, the expertise of the Field Commander must be given the same consideration. How ever, when primary control force personnel are unavailable to render a decision regarding evacuation, sufficient legal authority exists for personnel at the scene, whether police or fire, to make the determination~ 105. TYPES OF EVACUATION. There two types of evacuation warnings. Implementation of one or the other is dependent upon the actual or potential danger to the affected population as determined by the offic~r-in-charge of the primary control force. The two types are: * Voluntary Evacuation. This is a warning to persons within the closed area that a threat to life and property exists. Indivi duals issued this type of warning are not required to evacuate. '· • Mandatory Evacuation. This is a warning to persons within the closed area that an imminent threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning must evacuate.in accord ance with the directives of the officer-in-charge. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION Auoust 1987 D/107. EVACUATION PROCEDURES 107. EVACUATION PLAN. After the Police Field Command Post is activated and the need for evacuation becomes · apparent, an evacuation plan should be formulated. An initial reaponsibility is issuance of a timely evacuation warring. Urgency, population density, possible evacuation routes, and terrain must be considered when selecting the means to effect the warning. In most situations, the evacuation plan will incorporate sectoring. This tactic subdivides the evacuated area into sectors, zones, and beats. To effect the evacuation warning, police officers should be assigned to subdivisions nearest the actual emergency outward until the entire area to be evacuated is covered. 109. EVACUATION WARNING. The means used to effect the warning will, of course, depend upon particular circumstances. Ideally, there will be enough time for radio and television stations to broadcast the required information on the Emergency Broadcast System. If possible, the warning should be distributed in writing. Such a warning·could include pertinent information, such as: * * * * Type of evacuation {m~nda~ory - volunt~ry). Best available route{s) out of the area. Location of evacuation centers, if established. Anticipated duration of emergency. * Tlme remaining before the situation becomes critical. If the situation is urgent, police officers may use the public address systems on their vehicles, or other vehicles so equipped. A house-to-house check of the evacuated area will usually be nec~ssary to make certain that all residents ·are notified. The City's responsibility has been fulfilled upon notifying persons of the danger. It would be questionable judgement-to force occupants from their residences when, after being notified, they atate their wishes to remain and protect property from fire and flood damage. Additional verbal persuasion should be employed when a life enaangering situation is imminent. If this tactic proves unsuccessful, the officer should obtain the name and address from the person and forward this information to the Field , Command Post as soon as possible. NOTE: There may be an occasion when it will be absolutely necessary to remove an occupant from a closed area. In such instances there is sufficient · legal authority to make an arrest when a resident does not comply after receiving a mandatory evacuation warning. - . EOO EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION August 1987 D/111 EVACUATION PROCEDURES 111. EVACUATION CENTERS. When the need arises for an evacuation center and a school facility is deemed most appropriate, priority should be given first to high schools and ae~ly to junior high schools. Most of these schools have the necessary sanitary facilities to handle large numbers of people, and some have cooking facilities that may be utilized to feed evacuees. Other locations that may be utilized for evacuation centers include: * National Guard armories. * Large warehouses. * Parks and other large open areas. Generally, press releases and sig-alerts regarding evacuation center locations should only be made after ample time has been allowed for personnel to arrive, open, and staff the location. If time does not permit, evacuees should be directed to an •initial evacuation point• and reassigned to a permanent center at a later time. Police personnel should immediately be dis patched to this •initial evacuation point• to register evacuees and remain until Red Cross or other personnel arrive and relieve them. Site selection or other fa~tors that must be considered prior to determining a location for an evacuation center include the: * Safety of the area. * Urgency of the situation. * Number of people to be evacuated. * Distance from the evacuated area to the proposed evacuation center. * Availability of transportation ~ * Anticipated duration of the emergency. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION August 1987 D/113 EVACUATION PROCEDURES 113. DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION AND PARKS. Upon the declara- tion of an emergency, the Department of Recreation and Puks acts as the Public Welfare and Shelter Division~f the Emergency Operations Organization of the City of Los Angeles. The Department of Recreation and Parks commits full-time available personnel to the Emergency Operations Center (EOC), Field Command Post (FCP), and Department facilities that can be used as shelters. The Department also commits personnel and equipment to assist other divisions of the City in an emergency. Shelters are activated according to the time of day and nature of the emergency. Schools are preferred if they are not in session, as they are stocked with a supply -of food adequate for 300 persons for three days. Recreation centers, libraries, and private buildings are secondary shelters to be used if schools are in session or damaged. Yl5. NOTIFICATION REQUIRED FOR THE USE OF CITY SCHOOLS. To obtain the use of a Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) facility, notify the LAUSD Security Watch Commander (625-6631 or 625-6636) and identify the facility requested. A school security patrol un~t will be dispatched with the appro priate Jeys. This procedure is operative on a 24-hour basis and requires no further 'LAUSD notification. 117. EVACUEE - TRANSPORTATION. After receiving an evacuation warning, some residents may not have the means available to transport themselves and their families to an evacuation center. When the need arises, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) buses, as well as LAUSD buses, should be considered. Debris and other obstructions may impede the movement of vehicles in the evacuated ar· ea. Such conditions may require that evacuees board· buses on the eriphery of the area. Consequently, officers giving evacuation warnings should be kept informed of the locations where evacuees may assemble to obtain transportation~ EOO Plan · EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION August 1987 D/119 EVACUATION PROCEDURES 119. AMERICAN NATIONAL RED CROSS. The American National Red . Cross provides disaster relief by supplying food, clothing and lodging: supplemental medical and nursing assistance; various family services; and rehabilitation. During disasters the Red Cr~ss operates independently of, but coordinates with,-iocal govern ment. Recogizing that warning, rescue, and evacuation are governmental res~onsibilities, the Red Cross may, within its capabilities, assist in these functions. Frequently, the Red Cross provides assistance to large numbers of people on a mass care basis: when possible, however, it prefers to deal directly with each family on an individual basis. 121. SALVATION ARMY. _ The Salvation Army is one of the principal agencies involved in disaster relief. To better augment this service it has entered into agreements with governmental and private agencies so that through co-operation, each may better serve in time of disaster. The Salvation Army can, within the limits of its personnel and fiscal capabilities, provide mobile feeding for disaster victims and emergency workers, emer~ aency housing, medical assistance, referrals to appropriate govern ment and private agencies for speciai services required by victims, and other services as required. 123. ANIMAL CONTROL •. The Animal . Care and Control Division of the Los Angeles Department of Animal 'Regulation has · the primary responsibility for the control ahd welfare of animals during an evacuation. The Humane Society also assists through provision of portable corrals, horse trailers, and abundant volunteers. A large animal population is found collectively in private residences, animal shelters, riding stables, residential neighbor hoods zoned for horses, zoos, and research facilities.· A disaster or other emergency may result in the release of these frightened and agitated animals. Such a situation may endanger the public, interfere with fire or rescue operations, and increase public safety, health, and sanitation probl~ms. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION August 1987 D/125 EVACUATION PROCEDURES 125. ENTRY INTO INVOLVED/CLOSED AREA. Control of the perimeter around an emergency is one of the primary. concerns of the Field or Incident Commander. The Police Department, as the primary control force, has the responsibility to determine whether public access will be allowed into the endangered area and,Jf allowed, what the criteria will be for entry. To ensure that decisions and c~mmunications regarding this matter are fully understood, both Pcuice and Fire Departments should utilize liaison officers. 125.1 TYPES OF ACCESS. The type of access will depend upon the conditions as viewed by the Field or Incident Commander. The determination to establish a perimeter must be coupled with a decision regarding public access. The two available options are: * * NO-ACCESS. Prohibits unauthorized persons from entering the closed area. LIMITED-ACCESS. Allows persons into the closed area according to the criteria established by the Field or Incident Commander. When the determination has been made to establish no-access, expected Police Department actions would include: * Establishing the perimeter and control points pf the closed area. * Enforcing the provision$ of Penal Code Section 409.5, Authority for Closure, and other appropriate laws. * Warning residents and directing evacuees and concerned persons to evacuation centers. * Aiding/rescuing endangered persons. * Patrolling ·the interior (when possible). When the determination is made to establish limited-access, in addition to the above actions, the _ Police Department would issue Temporary Emergency Passes and monitor the number of people allowed into the closed area. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION August 1987 D/125.2 EVACUATION ~ROCEDURES 125.2 ENTRY CRITERIA. Entry criteria must be established by the Field or Incident Commander if it is determined that limited access will be allowed through the perimeter. The entry criteria define those persons who will be allowed through the p~rimeter and whether motor vehicles are to be restricted. As·a practical matter, selected persons may be admitted entry, especially those who could reduce the volume of duties assigned to officers and those who could assist in restoring the involved area to normal. These persons may include: * Residents with valid identification. * Public utility employees. * Persons with press passes. * Owners, managers, and employees of businesses located therein. Persons meeting the entry criteria who are without valid press passes should be issued a Temporary Emergency Pass, Form 14.40. The issuance of Temporary Emergency Passes at the· perimeter should be avoided. It would be advisable to select a location where a certain amount of congestion would not- adversely affect 'the control effort. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION August 1987 D/127 127. FIRE LINE PASSES. The Los Angeles Fire Department, Board of Fire Commissioners, issues Fire Line Passes to citizens to: • Recognize and identify pass holders as members of th~ community ~who have demonstrated an active and constructive interest toward ·the Fire Department's · aims, programs, and operations. * Provide Police and Fire Department personnel at the scene of a Fire Department emergency with a means of identifying pass holders as members of the community who merit Fire Department recognition and cooperation. * Provide pass holders with a firsthand opportunity to observe and learn the Fire Department's emergency operations and program. Fire Line Pass holders have been informed of their responsibilities under Los Angeles City Charter Sections 131 and 132. They are also aware that possession of a Fire Line Pass does not relieve them from the responsibility to avoid interference with emergency control operations at the scene of an emergency. • Any abuse of F.ire Lirie Pass use ·should be reported directly, to the LAFD Community Liaison Officer. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION August 1987 D/200 EMERGENCY PUBLIC INFORMATION 201. INTRODUCTION. Emergency Public Information is intended to mitigate the social and economic impact of disasters and other emergencies. It provides for the timely and accurate dissemination of information and instructions. The public demands and deserves current, factual information regarding the nature of an emergency, the extent of its impact, and-courses of action to take during the emergency. An informed populace is better able to protect itself and react appropriately in any major emergency. It is particularly important that information regarding emergencies emanate from a single source. This principle enhances credibility, limits duplication of effort, and assures desired levels of quality and consistency of information disseminated. 202. ORGANIZATION. Disasters and other emergencies cause all or portions of the City's Emergency Operations Organization to mobilize. In the event of such mobilization the Emergency Public Information function is centralized under the Director of the Emergency Operations Organization (EOO). On activation of the Emerg~ncy Operations Center, the Press Relations Officer, Los Angeles Police Department assumes responsibility for Emerg~ncy Public Information. Under the direction of the Emergency Public Information Officer, the Emergency Public Information. Section is organized and staffed. EXCEPTION: The Public Information Officer, Los Angeles Fire Department assumes the role and responsibility of Emergency Public Information Officer during disasters and other emergencies which are managed primarily or exclusively by the Fire Department, e.g., major fires hazardous material incidents, etc. · 203. EMERGENCY PUBLIC INFORMATION SECTION. The Emergency Public Information Section gathers information regarding the emergency and processes it for distribution to the public through any available, appropriate means. Activities accomplished by this Section include, but are not limited to the following: EOO *Obtain situation reports on -a periodic basis. *Maintain continuous liaison with Incident Command Post arid Field Task Force Public Information Officera. *Schedule, coordinate, and conduct regular and timely news conferences on what is known of the emergency and what may be anticipated. · E~ergency Operations Organization March 1987 ' D/203 203. EMERGENCY PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY PUBLIC !NFORMATION SECTION (cont'd) *Brief high level public officials prior to their being interviewed by the news media. - *Provide a member of the Emergency Public Information Section - staff to be present at all offic i 1 conferences, or as needed. *Maintain open channels of communication with representatives of the news media to facilitate the dissemination of emergency related information. *Monitor electronic media broadcasts and review print media information to ensure· accuracy and if necessary, take corrective action. *Receive and respond to inquiries regarding the emergency . . 204. STAFFING. During emergencies the Emergency Public Infor- mation Section provides adequate staffing levels, consol idates and economizes on available communications resources, and maintains a central clearinghouse for disaster or emergency related information and instructions. Divisions involved in the EOC will provide staff as required by the Emergency Public Information Officer. , 205. APPROVAL. All emergency related press releases require the approval of the Emergency Public Information Officer or in the event of that person's absence, the Emergency Operations Center Executive Officer. EOO Emergency Operations Organization March 1987 D/300 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 301. GENERAL. This ·City subscribes to a generic approach to disasters and other emergencies. Disasters and other emergencies are calamities which threaten or effect extraordinary loss of life and/or property. At times the magnitude is such that many City departments and outside agencies and organizations ~-utilized in the control effort. Pew occurrences generate as much public attention as an incident of disastrous magnitude. Consequently, it is essential that all City personnel conduct themselves in a professional manner, and demonstrate through their actions that degree of expertise which engenders public approval and confidence. The City's objective is to restore conditions to normal as rapidly and efficiently as possible • . The control tactics employed must take tnto account priorities, alternatives, and costs. They will depend upon the type and magnitude of the situation, personnel and equipment available, number of persons affected, and the extent of damage. The tactics outlined· in this section must be viewed as guidelines. Although somewhat detailed, it is impossible to prescribe for every conceivable action or procedure. To meet unusual situations the use of unconventional methods, tempered by sound judgement and past experience, can be invaluable. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS OR~IZA'l'ION January 1989 D/3O1 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 301.01 INITIAL RESPONSE. No two disasters or other emergencies will be identical, but there are guidelines appropriate for the range of potential situations. The four primary tasks of the first responders on the scene are as follows: * Observing . . * ... Bstimating the situation. * Canmunicating the situation estimate. * Establishing on scene command. Generally, only if these four tasks have been completely and thoxoughly executed should the first responders become involved in actual control measures, rescue, or other related activities. 301.02 SITUATION ESTIMATE. At the scene of an actual or potential emergency, the gathering of information is one of the primary steps toward eventual control. This compilation of facts as perceived by the first responder is termed a situation estimate. In most instances ·there will be limited time for a detailed analysis; however, a perceptive estimate of the situation • could be essential to• successful termination of the emergency. Depending upon the type and magnitude of the emergency, immediate control tactics may or may not be effected; nonetheless, the forwarding of a situation estimate to all appropriate entities should be foremost. The situation estimate should include: * * * * * Location of the emergency. Type of emergency. Size of the involved area (both actual ~d potential). Number of casualtie~1 Weather conditions. Assistance required (police, fire, public utility, etc.) EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION January 1989 D/301 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 301.03 ADDITIONM, ASSIST)r.NCE. When the magnitude of the emergency requires additional personnel, a request must be made without delay. Personnel should be instructed to report to a designated staging area and not the scene of the occurrence. Generally, the unit making the request for personnel Ho. uld remain available to direct units arriving at the staging area. Additionally, a supervisor should be requested. Pending the aupervisor's arrival, the senior officer present determines the need for additional assistance from the appropriate agency equipped to combat the emergency, e.g., the Fire Department or the Department of Water and Power. In any.request or notification, information regarding closed or hazardous routes, or other pertinent information, should be included. 301.04 FIELD COMMAND/INCIDENT COMMAND SITES. Whenever possible, joint command should be established by collocating at an appropriate site according to pertinent site selection factors. Collocation will assist liaison and promote unity of effort between the agency with primary control responsibility and support agencies. Weather conditions are of particular importance when selecting a site. When warranted, a weather forecast should be obtained prior to determining a location, especially when the Mobile Command Fleet is to be deployed. A change in wind direct~on during a fire, or an increase in precipitation du.ring floods, may endanger the site and necessitate its relocation. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION January 1989 .__ _________________ _ _ ____ _ DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/303 . FIRES D/303 .01 INTRODUCTION. The following information will address the deployment of Fire Department resouces in the event of catastrophic fires resulting from disasters that may occur in the City-of Los Angeles. D/30:f".02 RESPONSIBILITY. It is the objective of the Fire Department to protect and save liyes and property through the containment, control, and extinguishment of disastrous fires, regardless of the cause. The strategy and tactics used to combat these fires will be altered considerably from routine operations mentioned elsewhere in this plan t9 meet the needs of the incident. D/303.03 OPERATIONS. The first arriving officer will size-up the incident and initiate th~ Incident Command System. This system is designed to expand to meet the needs of the incident as the incident progresses. * * Determine scope of incident. Request additional resources. * Request needed assistance from other city, county, and state agencies. 1. Utilities. 2. Law Enforcement. 3. Public assistance. 4. Office of Emergency Services. * Initiate evacuation if necessary. 1. Coordinate evacuation shelters through public assistance agency. * Initiate M~dical Division as needed. * Initiate rescue operations as needed. * Determine additional water resources if needed. • Use natural or man-made fire breaks if necessary. • Control, contain, extinguish. .D/303.04 MAXIMUM COMMITMENT. Maintain fire protection for the balance of the city using limited remaining resources. , . * Augment fire suppression ·forces through State Master Mutual Aid System. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/305 RESCUE D/305.01 INTRODUCTION. Disaster-related physical rescue can be very diversified depending on the incident • . The Fire Department will utilize its own equipment and expertise in effecting rescues whereve~ possible. Close coordination will be .Ae.Cessary when personnel _ and equipment are requested and utilized from other city, county, and state agencies. D/305.2 RESPONSIBILITY. The Fire Department has the primary responsibility for the extrication (physical rescue) of persons trapped in automobile accidents, malfunctioning elevators, machinery, etc., during day-to-day operations and the physical rescue of persons trapped or isolated (collapsed buildings, etc.) as a result of earthquakes, floods, major high-rise fires, and other natural or man-made disasters. D/305.3 OPERATIONS. In a disaster setting, effective rescue may be prolonged due to the availability of necessary heavy rescoe equipment. The first Fire Department units on the scene will: * Assess magnitude of the rescue operation. * Establish command. ' • Complete the rescue with available Fire Department resources and equipment including helicopters, if possible. * Through OCD, coordinate with the D~partment of Public W e ks and other City Departments or agencies for the acquisition of necessary heavy rescue equipment. 1. Public Works will coordinate acquisition of specialized equipment through other City departments or private industry (contracts). Request resources from other local or state agencie~ . 1. Mutual Aid. 2. State Office of E~ergency Services (OES) - heavy rescue equipment. . -3. Military staffing and equipment. 4. Police for perimeter control and access. .EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/305.3 OPERATIONS - Continued * Establish medical operations. 1. Fire Department resources. 2. Mutual aid. ~- Hospital response teams. 4. Private ambulances. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 · D/307 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES MAJOR MEDICAL EMERGENCIES D/307.01 INTRODUCTION. The establishment of the following operational procedures was designed to provide an organized fire service response to multi-casualty medical emergency incidents wit}!in the County of Los Angeles. __ _ There exists the constant threat of earthquake, brushfir~ high-rise fire, airplane crash, hazardous chemical incidents, flood, and the unusually high potential for . both man-made and natural disasters, all of which could result in major medical incidents which could greatly tax or exceed the Fire Department's resources. Response is tiered into four categories: * Expanded medical emergencies. * Major medical emergencies. * Medical disaster. * Medical catastrophe. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATI ONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 ....._ ____ _____ _ _ ___ =-._-____:·~ - __.:_:__--..:_ · ___::_____:__ ____ _ ..:_ _ · • • • • • • DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/307.02 EXPANDED MEDICAL EMERGENCY. An expanded medical emergency involves between five and fifteen casualties, of which at least five would be considered to be in critical condition. The Incident Command System is designed to expand basecL_~on the nature of the incident. Suggested staff: • Ohe Paramedic and one- EMT-I per critical patient. • One EMT-I per three non-critical patients. • One Paramedic as Medical Communications Leader. * One Paramedic as Triage Control Officer. Incident Commander shall also assure that: * * Sufficient ambulances or transport vehicles have been requested. The Hospital Emergency Administrative Radio (H.E.A.R.) System has been activated through the Medical Alert Center (M.A.C.). * Sufficient fire suppression support personnel have been requested. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION JUne 1987 · DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES . 0~07.03 MAJOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY. A major medical emergency involves between 16 and SO casualties. The Incident Commander would establish a Medical Division at a level of support personnel as determined by the number of victims and the magnitude of the incident. The need for Hospital Emergency Response Teams (H.E.R.T.) should be anticipated depending on the severity of pat.ient injuries. Suggested staffing: * Complete Medical Division * One Paramedic per three critical victims. * * * One EMT-I per seven non-critical victims. Sufficient fire suppression support personnel. Outside agency assistance. 1. Coroner. 2. Los Angeles Police Department 3. Private ambulances. 0~07. 04 MEDICAL DISASTER.. . A medical disaster involving 51 or more casualties and the magnitude of the incident can .be handled by the resources within the County of Los Angeles. The Incident Commander may·establish one or more Medical Divisions with levels of support personnel as determined by the number of victims and magnitude of the incident. · Recommended staffing: * Minimum of one Medical Division. * * * * One Paramedic per three crit·ical victims. One EMT-I per seven minor injuries a Sufficient fire suppression support personnel . Outside dgency assistancP. , l . Coronet.·. 2. Los Angeles Police Department 3. Private ambulances. 4. Public Assistance agencies. 5. Other city or private industry agencies for heavy equipment necessary for physical rescue (Public Works). · . D/.307. 05 MEDICAL CATASTROPHE. A medical catastrophe ia determined ,. to be a multi-casualty incident beyond the control of ·_· ·-e;xist~ng resources within the County of Los Angeles. The level of . re•ponse will require additional fire and medical resources from cou~ty, state, and federal agencies. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/307.05 MEDICAL CATASTROPHE - Continued This level of involvement will be implemented pursuant to existing agency resources activating procedures contained in mutual aid agreements, the State Master Mutual Aid Agreement~ the California Fire and Rescue Emergency Plan, and the California Emergency Medical Services Mutual . Aid Plan which is activated by the locri--County Department of Health Services. D.307.06 RESPONSIBILITY. It is the responsibility of the Fire Department to respond to all medical emergencies, establis h an organization to effectivelyman~gethe incident, provide staffing to control the incident· , and to request assistance, when needed, from other agencies. The management organization will normally consist of the following: * Incident Commander. * Operations Officer. * Medical Division Supervisor. * Medical ~upply Officer. * Treatment Control Officer. * Triage ·officer. * Transportation Control Officer. * Morgue Officer. In the event of a disaster, coordination with outside agencies, i.e., Los Angeles County Health Department Medical Alert Center, neighboring counties, and state and .federal agencies, is essential for delivery of casualties to nearest available medical facilities for treatment or casualty collection points for-distribution to medical f~~ilities or temporary field medical facilities. U/301.07 DEFINITIONS ~ * Medical Division - one or more sub-organizations within the Incident Command System used tomanagefire suppression, EMC, and other resources to cope with a major medical emergency. · • Triage team - Paramedics, medically qualified pcraonnel, and Hospital Emergency Response Teams (H.E.R.T.) used to triage or sort victims into immediate care, delayed care, or minor care treatment areas. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/307.07 DEFINITIONS. - Continued * HOSPITAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAMS (HERT) - Consists of at least three medical persons, a team leader (physician), nurses, and physician assistants sent to an incident as requested through ~he Medical Alert Center (MAC) or other appropriate-medical facility by the incident commander. * MEDICAL ALERT CENTER (MAC) The Medical Alert Center functions through the Los Angeles County USC Medical Center on a 24-hour basis providing informa tion or hospital availability for patient distribution, triage teams, and the availability of back-up resources. * HOSPITAL EME GENCY ADMINISTRATIVE RADIO (HEAR) Through the use of the HEAR network, available hospital beds and patient treatment capabilities can be determined. Approximately 140 hospitals in Southern California have HEAR capabilities and participate in the system. All Fire Department rescue ambulances and EMS supervisors .have two-way communications encoder capabilities for accessing the entire HEAR system. * MEDICAL STRIKE FORCE - Three paramedic ambulances (MICU's), a Fire Task Force containing a minimun of six EMT-I's and a * * Fire Battalion Chief. 'Minimum staffing - 13 .pers~ns (pre~erred staffing of 16 people) . . CASUALTY COLLECTION POINTS (CCP's) - One or more safe areas set aside, some distance away, for the receiving of victims of a multi casualty incident for re-triaging and stabi.lization prior to transportation to an emergency medical facility that could be located a considerable distance from the incident or collection point. MUTUAL AID - Assistance from other jurisdictional areas (local, state, or federal). The State of California has an established procedure for notification and response to large-scale fire and major medical incidents. The Mutual Aid Plan can be implemented by reqnest ·of any one of the signato-ri~s to the plan~ EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS OR. GANIZATION June 1987 ~---- - ---------~----- DISASTERS AND ·OTHER EMERGENCIES D/309 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS EMERGENCY CONTROL D/309.01 INTRODUCTION. The Fire Division has prepared emergency plans and an Incident Command System (ICS) relating to hazardous materials emergencies. The Department's plans and pro cedures are designated to handle all elements pertaining-to emergency management of hazardous materials incidents. 1. ~uthor i ty 2. ·Emergency procedures 3. Coordination with other agencies 4. Documentation D/309.02 RESPONSIBILITY. It is the responsibility of the Fire Department to respond to hazardous materials emergencies, establish an organization to effectively manage the incident, pro vide staffing to control the incident, and request assistance (when needed) from other agencies. D/309.03 OPERATIONAL CONCEPTS AND POLICIES. The development of a hazardous materials emergency service management organization through the Incident Command System (ICS) is made in natural, pro gressive steps from the initial assignment, through greater alarm incident, major emergency, and expanded major emergency. Each incident organization proyides authority and responsibility for the functions o. f command (overai'l direction of fire fighting, rescue, arid hazardous materials services strategy) and support equipment~ apparatus, services, and coordination with other agencies, etc. ) . D/309.04 BASIC STRATEGI£S AND FUNCTIONS. The basic strategies of the Fire Division will include: 1 • . Train personnel to cope with emergencies. 2. Assess magnitude of h~zardous materials incident. 3. Establish command. 4. Mobilize and deploy fire resources and coordinate fire suppression and related rescue operations. s. Perform containment and cleanup activities associated with hazardous materials incidents. 6. Assist in alerting and notifying the general public. ~- Request law enforcement, as needed, in traffic cQntrol activities . . 8. Request law enforcement in perimeter access control. £00 Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES [Y309.04 BASIC STRATEGIES AND FUNCTIONS - Cont'd. The Fire Department's Hazardous Materials Emergency Operations also provide for: 1. -Monitoring equipment for radiation hazard evaluatie>ft--~r exposure control. 2. Protective equipment to perform assigned tasks in hazardous environments. 3. Personnel dose records for emergency workers. D/309.05 D/309.06 RECALL. 1. Purpose To provide an adequate and flexible means of obtain ing additional personnel and apparatus as needed. 2. Activation The condition necessary to request authorization for recall is that, in the opinion of th~ Assistant Divi sion Commander of OCD or any other officer concerned, the shortag~ of Department personnel has b~come or probably will become critical. MUTUAL AIE> 1. The Fire Division has a Maximum Commitment Plan which provides for an orderly deployment of personnel and equipment. This includes resources on duty, recalled off-duty members, and cities, areas, and regions under mutual aid agreements. 2. Area •A• Cities include: a. Los Angeles b. Beverly H.ill.s c. Culver City d. Santa Monica 3. Region I Counties include: a. San Luis Obispo b. Santa Barbara c. Ventura d. Los Angeles e. Orange D/3~9.07 D/309.08 EOO Plan DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 4. State The State Fire Coordinator representing the Office of Emergency Services mobilizes equipment and personnel from the regions within the State. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLANS 1. The Fire Division has contingency plans to obtain emergency resources of personnel, apparatus, equip ment, and the following: a. Fuel b. Apparatus parts and repairs c. Food d. Medical supplies e. Equipment f. Private vendor products, supplies, vehicles, and equipment. LIAISON 1. Within the City of Los An~eles a. The Fire Division maintains liaison witrr other Los Angeles City Divisions through the Emergency Operations Organization during routine and emergency operations. b. During emergency operations, liaison is maintained through the following: EOC activation Command Post operations Operations Control Division ~• ·- Civil Defense Radio Telephone 2. Outside Agencies The Fire Division maintains liaison with outside agencies including, but not limited to1 a. Los Angeles County Fire Department b. Los Angeles County Sheriff'• Department c. Los Angeles County Flood Control d. California State Office of Emergency Services e. Area •A• Cities and Region I of the State Fire Aid Plan. f. United States Forest Service g. Ca~ifornia Highway Patrol h. United States Coast Guard EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 D/309.08 EOO Plan . DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES LIAISON - Continued 3. During activation of both City and County EOC's, one of the Fire Division's Disaster Preparedness Officers will go to the County EOC for liaison. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION JUne 1987 HAZAnoous MATERIAL INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM I INCIDENT COMMANDER 1----.~ ..... 1 LIAISON OFFICER I AIR OPERATIONS I HELIBASE -- STAGING MEDICAL GROUP . ,.,__ ____ _ ·, . HAZARDOUS MATERIALS GROUP EVACUATION SAFE REFUGE TEAM -~ AREA PERIMETER CONTROL AND ACCESS SITE CONTnOL TEAM I • ENTRY TEAM ~ D~CQNT AMIN I • • ATION TECHNICAL .. SUPPORT TEAM * ltlCLU0ES nnE SJJPPnESSION - - I PLANNING I RESOURCES UNIT SITUATION UNIT I FIELD OBSERVER WEA HIER OBSERVER TECHNICAL SPECIALIST DOCUMENTATION UNIT . .... - ii-, DEMOBILIZATION ~ UNIT . I ~ SAFETY OFFICER ..... INFORMATION OFFICER I LOGISTICS . I COMMUNICATIONS - UNIT I.IE DI CAL LIAISON_ . - UNIT FOOD UNIT H SUPPLY UNIT - FACILITIES UNIT • GROUND SUPPORT • I . "FINANCIAL . DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/316 LANDSLIDES, FLOODS, DAM FAILURE 316.01 LANDSLIDES AND MUDFLOWS - GENERAL. Landslides and mud- flows are characterized by the downslope movement of roe~ soil, or other debris. Frequently, they accompan~Qther natural hazards such as floods and earthquakes. Majo~ landslide and mudflow incidents are handled primarily by the Public Works, Fire and Police Divisions. Specific plans for dealing with this hazard as well as evacuation plans are contained in the involved division's operation plan. 316.02 FLOODS-GENERAL. Flash floods are usually the result of extremely heavy and sudden rainfall. The Los Angeles County Flood Control District declares Phase I, II, and III storm warnings. Definitions: * Phase I Indicates that the overall condition of the area i~basically safe for ~he public to conduct its business as normal with only minor, localized disruption and damage anticipated. * Ph-ase II Indicates that the overall condition of the area is basically safe for the public to conduct its business with numerous localized disruptions and damage. * Phase III Indicates that the overall condition of the area is extremely hazardous with significant disruption to the public in conducting its normal business. The Fire Division determines the need for general evacuation of an area. (However; police officers at the scene may order an evacuation under emergency conditions.) The Police Division mission during flood emergencies iR to support the Fire Division incident commander by providing: • A situation e•timate. • A liaison officer of supervisory rank. • Control of emergency vehicle ingress and egreaa routes. • Perimeter and traffic control. * Evacuation, if necessary. Specific plans for City response to flooding are contained iti Public Works, Fire and Police operation plans. · EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/316 LANDSLIDES, FLOODS, DAM FAILURE 316.03 DAM FAILURES - GENERAL. Dams are subject to tremendous amounts of pressure from water in reservoirs behind them. Darq_failure may result due to too much rainfall, earth~akes or faults in engineering and construction. DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWER. The Department of Water and Power (DWP) has procedures included in their operational plans in the event of any dam failure within the City other than Hansen,Sepulveda, or Lopez Dams, which are monitored by the U.S. Corps of Engineers. The Police Division maintains evacuation plans for the inundation path of each dam which affects the City. U.S. ARMY COPRS OF ENGINEERS NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES. Dam-tending personnel and special dam inspection engineers are trained in emergency operations and detection of problems at a damsite. There are established plans for continued monitoring and inspection of the dam on a regular basis and during periods of extreme inflow. In most cases there will be sufficient time available for engineers from the Los Angeles District Corps of Engineers, ~o evaluate the seriousness of a situation and, if necessary, to notify authorities of the possibility of evacuating people from the flood p~ain. In the event the downstream population of Hansen, Sepulveda, or Lopez Dam needs to be alerted, the Corps of Engineers will contact the following: · (1) Los Angeles Police Department, watch commander of the involved Area. (2) California Office of Emergency Services, Sacramento, at (916) 791-4305. One~ contacted: the above agencie~ will notify all pertinent federal statP-, county, and local agencies. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION JUne 1987 D/318 DI~TERS AND CYIHER ~IE.S 318. TSUNAMI/COASTAL INUNDATION-GENERAL. Although Tsuncl'ni damage to coastal califomia has historically been slight, danage and loss of life is con- sidered a threat to the Los Angeles Coastal Region. · R!cords show that a Tsuncl'ni is likely to occur once every four~ the Pacific Ocean. Statistics of Tsunami damage have sh:Mn that nnst losses occur in coastal areas below 20-foot elevations. Due to the nature of Tsunanis, there is usually 5rple warning before a wave will actually hit the coastline, as the Pacific Tsunami Warning System detects Tsunanis in the air. ~rtical-rootion earthquakes (versus horizontal) which produce tsunclllis also create acoustic waves in the ionosphere. These acoustic waves, travelling at 7800 ffl)h, quickly outdistance the tsunami which travels between 400 and 500 ffl)h. Because they disturb the air layer that reflects radio waves, the acoustic waves can be detected electronically. 318.01 SCOPE OF. INVOLVEMENT. The Police Division and Fire Division have · con- current jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation related to a tsunani within the City. Tl~ Police Division's mission is to· provide: * A situation ~t:imate * A liaison officer of supervisory rank (if the Fire Division or another agency is involved) • ·· * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes, evacuation routes, and evacuation bus ingress. * F.stablisl"ment and maintenance of the perimeter around the Closed Area (limited access or no access). * Door-to-door cxmnunications and use of Emergency Broadcast System to cxmnunicate to persons within the involved area, warning them to leave, and directing them to the •initial evacuation center•. * Interior patrol of the evacuated area, if appropriate, in regard to the tj.me span of the expected inundation. The Fire Division's mission is _ to provide: * A liaiaoo officer of supervisory rank (if Police Diviai.al or other agency is involved). · * ~connaissance of involved area. ·• • Identification and mitigation of potential hazardous materials · ~tions which may result fran water contamination. * Provide input in the establishnent of adequate perimeter boundaries for closed area. · EXX> .Plan R!bruary 1987 D/318.02 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 318.02 tcl'IFICATIOO: "WA'IOi" OR "WARN~• STATUS. After receiving notifi- cation of a seismic wave (tsunami) through channels originating fran the National Warning System (tw-IAS), particular attention should be paid to whether the not if icatioo is of a •watch" or "warning. • The issuance of a •warning• is based upon the magnitude of the earthquake as well as the distance between the affected ooastal area and the epicenter. A "warned• aee·.inclooes these areas that are within 3 lx>urs of water wave travel time fran the epicenter. The appropriate remaining areas, outside the warned area, are placed in a "watctt' status. Upon confinnation fran tide gauge data that a tsunami has been generated, the previously designated watch status areas are upgraded to a wmning status. If an area has received a warning and subsequent tide data show no tsuncllli activity, the warning and watch are cancelled. 318.03 PR:X:EOORES FOR "WARNING" STATUS: * Notification (concerned agencies and bureaus) * Establish a ccmnand post and assign duties. * Begin evacuation procedures for the predetermined areas, deter mining wbether the evacuation slx>uld be voluntary or mandatory. * Ideally there will be enough time for radio and television stations to broadcast the required eva~tion information (via the Emergency Broad cast System: contact DiD). Also, if sufficient time is available, copies of the evacuation notice can be locally reproduced (by copy machine) and distributed. · Regardless· of the means, the evacuation warning slx>uld include such information as: * Type of evacuation (voluntary or mandatory). * Best available route(s) out of the area. * Location of evacuatioo centers. * Anticipated duratioo of the emergency. * Time ranaining before the situation becanes critical. EXX> Plan - ~ OPERATIOOS ORGANIZATICN FebnJary 1987 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/320 TRANSPORTATION ACCIDENTS 320. TRANSPORTATION ACCIDENTS - GENERAL. The potential for transportation accidents is ever-present. Train, bus, truck, and marine vessel accidents occur in the City-periodically. Transportation accidents can cause injury and death to large n\Dlbers of people. Disruption of vital services and the evacuation of many people can resu1t. The Fire and Police Divisions are primarily responsible for.the control of this type of incident. Specific procedures for control of transportation accidents are found in the Fire and Police Divisions' operations plans. 320.01 TRAIN, TRUCK OR BUS ACCIDENTS. First responders to a train, truck, or bus accident should: * Obtain a situation estimate (D/303.01) * Notify the Police · and Fire Divisions who will initiate control and evacuation procedures as needed. * Establish liaison with the involved railroad - company to ascertain the presence ~f hazardous materials. 320.02 FREEWAY ACCIDEN'rS. In the event of an accident on a . freeway within the City involving a hazardous material the California Highway Patrol will establish liaison with the Poiice and Pire Divisions as well as with the Department of Transportation in order to facilitate rapid recovery of such an emergency. The involved divisions have specific procedures for dealing with a hazardous materia1 incident. 320.03 MARINE VESSEL ACCIDENTS (In Port). In the event of a major vessel incident, initial response by Harbor Division Port Port Warden Patrol Boats will provide damage and situation surveys. 'l'he Port Warden will then request appropriate agencies as the .situation necessitates such as the Coast Guard, fire, police, etc. · .. .. . : . BOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATIClf June 1987 D/323 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 323. CIVIL DISTURB).N.CES - GENERAL. At times the tranquility of the City has been interrupted by civil disturbance. When the magnitude of a disturbance reaches serious or major proportions, City resources must be mobilized. Under these c2nditions teamwork must take precedence. __ Types of civil disturbances which could become a concern of the City include but are not limited to: * Political demonstrations * Urban guerilla warfare * Labor disputes * Racial riots * Specific issue riots, e.g. bu.sing, property condemnation, campus riots, food shortages 323.01 PLANNING. Unlike most other disasters which face the City, civil disturbances c Often be prevented through planning efforts. Several principles guide in planning to prevent civil disturbances: * Understanding the causes of group or community unrest * Communications with the conmunity or key 9roups in the community * Release of tension through legitimate and non-violent channels * Establishment of understanding between police and the community they serve It ~hould be emphasized that the prevention of civil disturbance is not solely a police function. City officials, community leaders, business leaders, service organizations, and cammunity residents all share this responsibilitys · 323.02 INTELLIGENCE. 'l'he primary objective of intelligence is to reduce uncertainties regarding the situation. Intelligence received from the tactical area i of vital importance to the auccess of suppressing the disturbance. EOO EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 ---~-------- --- ------- - - - - - DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 323.02 INTELLIGENCE -Cont- In addition to Police Division personnel, other sources of intelligence information that may be utilized in ·terms of City-wide significance in clude news media, community leaders and City employees who work or live in the involved area. 323.03 CONTROL. Control of a civil disturbance lies primarily _ with the Police Division. Plans for civil disturbance control are included in Police Division operational plans. Other EOO divisions may be called upon to assist the Police Division with logistical support as well as initial situation estimates. Temporary regulations can be issued in a declared local emergency by the Director of the EOO·and are effective in the control of civil disturbance. EOO Plan EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION June 1987 __ _..___ ____________ ___ _ _,.__ _____ - D/324 DIS~STERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES TERRORIST ACTIVITY ... . TERRORIST ACTIVITY DEFINITION. Terrorist activity is defined as the unlawful use of force or violence against persons or property to intimidate or coerce a government, the civilian population, or any segment thereof, in futherandr-Of political or social objectives • 324.01 SCOPE OF INVOLVEMENT: The Police Division may be primarily or secondarily responsible for handling a terrorist situation depending upon jurisdictional criteria. During the early stages of a terrorist incident, the responding officers will handle the initial containment and life threatening aspects of the situation. Police Division maintains a memorandum of agreement with Federal Agencies directing specific law enforcement agencies with investigative exclusivity. In the event of a terrorist situation involving a municipal airport, federal or state property, all law enforcement action will be coordinated and cooperatively carried out as directed under the provisions of existing MOU's. Police Division personnel involved in the initial response to a terrorist incident will establish a Field Command Post and Staging Area. "The Field Commander will obtain a situation estimate and communicate the information to the Police Communications Division. The Field Commander will evaluate the situation and notify as needed: * SWAT * Detective Headquarters Division * Counter-Terrorist Task Force 324.02 AIRPORT SECURITY: The City of Los Angeles ·has within its jurisdiction numerous airport facilities. Liaison with · outside agencies affords the City the optimum security force available for airport .related incidents. These agencies include: AIRPORT DIVISION (DEPU'l'MENT OF AIRPORTS - DOA) ~rovides airport security and law enforcement on airport property. In situations involving bomb threats aboard aircraft, the Airline will determine if a search of the aircraft is necessary. If so, DOA Airfield Operations will be notified and respond, guide the aircraft to an appropriate location and notify the Police and Fire Departments for assistance. BOO PLAN EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION OC'l'OBER 1988 --------------------- - - - D/324 DIS~STERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES TERRORIST ACTIVITY POLICE DIVISION (LAPD) Maintains a full-time aubstation complement at L.A. International Airport (LAX) • LAPD liases with federal agencies and DOA in the handling of_R!!rsons arrested ·for crimes and investigations on airport property, provides traffic control outside LAX, and responds to calls _ for assistance aboard aircraft. Supplemental police specialists are available upon request, e.g. Bomb Squad, SWAT, etc. FIRE DIVISION (LAFD) Generally, LAFD's role is of a support mode, maintaining readiness to provide fire suppression, rescue, and medical intervention in the event of a castastrophic incident. In a structural bomb threat incident, a battalion chief will be dispatched to the scene for the purpose of conferring with LAPD and DOA officials to determine LAFD's level of involvement and resources required. FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION (FBI) The FBI responds as required to incidents or threats of incidents in violation of federal laws within the FBl's investigative jurisdiction. The FBI, through established Memoranda of Agreement with local law enforcement agencies, other federal agencies, and DOA officials at LAX, will disseminate any pertinent intelligence information and provide other requested assistance as authorized. FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION (FAA) In incidents involving air piracy, law enforcement activities will be directed by the FAA. The Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration has exclusive responsibility for the direction of any law enforcement activity affecting the safety of persons aboard in-flight aircraft involved in the comnission of an offense under Section 902(1) or 902(n) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958. Other federal departments and agencies shall, upon request by the Administrator, provide such assistance as may be necessary to carry out the pu-rpose of this paragraph. BOO PLAN EMERGENCY OPERATIONS OR~IZATION OCTOBER 1988 - ., ti) _. � C z t; A. a: ti) 0 . cl ti) ~ ~ ~ l . z LU z D/325 -i: CJ 0 Q,. 0 _. u, > en .:: ~ - A. ::, A. z a: CJ i - a: ~ u, C 0 c LU a: .. w • Ill ti) m 0 ..... a: - a: > • Ill 0 u. C, _. i ti) � 0 _. z � C a: g Ill I Q,. w a: C c = a: 0 0 u, E t :I CJ w • ti) ~ i-- z C . ... Ill Ill m a: a: • C _. a: lfl!IP© 001 D [SJO lL DVD [El w z 5 )C a: C Ill :, 2 a: ~ m Q C • "' it CJ z Q,. A. .. :::i ABATEMENT NOTICES X ANIMAL REG /CONTI SHELTER X BARRICADE 0ELIV. / STAGING X X IULDNG 0EMOUTION X X X BUILDNG STRUCTURE DAMAGE X X CASUAL TY INFORMATION CENTER X CrTY FACILITY SAFETY PLANS X COMWNICATIONS SY$TEMS X COUNSELING I REHABILITATION X DAMAGE ASSMNT / DOCUMENTATION X X X * X X X X X X X X X X DAMAGEASSMNT/1STRESPONSE X X X X X X X EMERGENCV FOOD SEFMCE (EOC) X X EOC ACTIVATION X X Eo=~RECCAOS X EDU:ATlON CENTERS X EVACUATION X X X . EQUIP / FACILITY MAINT (CITY) X HAZARDOUS MATERIALS X X X INGRESS I EGRESS I EMER ROUTES X X INFORMATION GATHERING X INV. HVV. EQUIP. TRANSPORT. X X MEDICAL LIAISON X X MEDICAL TRANSPORTATION X PERIMETER /TRAFFIC CONTROL X X PUBLIC NFORMATION CENTERS X X . RADIOLOGICAL lt«JNITOANG ' * X X X RED CAOSSI SAL AAMV I LAUSD ":_. .. _. __ X X FIBl.E X X X FIEOISTRATION LOCATION SERVCES X ltELTEMAASS CARE.EVAC CENTER X 8PECIAL EQUIP INFORMATION X STREET REPAIR MAINT / LIGHTS X f TRFFC CONT .IMAINT. LIGHTS X X va.LM'EER SERVCES COORD. X WASTE AND DEBRIS X * DENOTES LEAD AGENCY OCTOBER 1987 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION RESPONSIBILITIES MATRIX ----------------- - ----- - D/327 AtJxtUARY POWER UNITS X BARRICADES llllHOFNS CANTEEN VEHICLES COWUNICATIONS TRAILERS DUMP TRUCKS X EOCSUPPUES EVACUATION TRACTORS/TRAILERS 4 X 4 VEHICLES CUMS ILLUMINATION TRUCKS LOADERS (SKIP) X MOBILE LABORATORY PICK UP TRUCKS X RADIOLOGICAL EQUIPMENT RADIOS (HANDHELD) . RADIOS (OTHER) R:>AD CLOSURE BARRICADE ROPE(BULK} X SHEL TEA MANAGERS SAND SANDBAGS ~TRUCKS STATION WAGONS IV ANS 1B..EPHOtES . ' .. TRAFFIC CONES/ SIGNALS WATER TANK TRUCKS PORTABLE TOILETS X X X . x X X E u. C Cl) ,, C • C, z Q _, u, 5 . a: m iL X X X X X X X X X X X X X X en u, 0 > a: u, en _, C a: u, m C, X X X X X X X X X X X X X a: 0 m a: C = X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X w 0 :; 0 0. X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X > a: C a: m :i OCTOBER 1987 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION RESOURCE MATRIX \ D/400 DISABLED IN DISASTERS 401. GENERAL. This section describes the organizational and operational ·policies and procedures required to meet the special needs for assistance of persons with mental or physical impairments during local emergencies, especially during the early atajes of the emergency, when immediate action may:b• .G..ltical. 402 •• ORGANIZATiON. The Public Welfare and Shelter Division under ~ the direction of the Department of Recreation and Parks, in addition to its usual functions will be the lead agency, in a local · emergency, to coordinate response efforts directed at the disabled in need. 403. OBJECTIVES. The overall objectives of a response plan for the disabled are to: a. · provide a means of transportation from unsafe or damaged residences or facilities to safe shelter or care locations. b. Provide a source of trained medical or technical assistance when requested. c. Provide a source of replacement for damaged or lost life sus~aining medicines, supplies or equipment. d • . Provide an information and location service for private and public inquiries regarding persons assisted, resources available, and facilities utilized. 404. RESPONSE PROCEDURES. During an activation of the EOC for a local emergency, the message controller in the EOC will forward all requests for assistance for disabled persons to the Public Welfare and Shelter Division. The request will be evaluated by a Division team of experts as to the best available type and source of response needed to relieve the situation. Liaison with outside sources of assistance may be necessary such as the Los Angeles .County Medical Association, for medical volunteers; Centers for Independent Living for professional advice and individual care planning, and -t . he RTD for transportation assistance. EOO Plan DISABLED IN DISASTERS April 1987 • CIVIL DEFENSE PLAN WARNING PLAN * CITY EMERGENCY OPERATIONS. MASTER PLAN EMERGENCY OPERATIONS 80AAO c-•· '-._,.,, K(ITH COMR I[ vtCl , ... a ,a-..a-.. CITY OF LOS ANGELES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION OFFICE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 300 c ,~ • t-'Ao.l. E•s ... L05 A""Gt1.ts CA 900 12 ·41 90 Tt1. (213) 485 ·5231 RANDALL C BACON JOHN J DRISCOLL ~RANK V KROEGER DONALD O MANl\; 11\iG NOR~-.,. NICHO:...S DENNIS N NISHIKA~A S E ROWE TOM BRADLEY MAYOR RECEIVED-8V Date: February 24, 1989 f NORTHEAST AREA To: All City of Los Angeles Emergency Operations Master Plan Recipients From: al¢iirley Matt,ingly, Chairperson ? Emergency Management Committee Subject: ADDITIONS TO CITY OF LOS ANGELES' EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER PLAN Attached please find additions to your City of Los Angeles Emergency Operations Master Plan. The new sections are: Table of Contents (revised) A/004 A/103 B/400 B/9.00 D/100 D/200 D/300 D/400 Emergency Operations Organization Emergency Operations Center Civil Defense Warnings Emergency Operations After-Action Reporting Procedures Evacuation Procedures Emergency Public Information Disasters and Other Emergencies Disabled in Disasters This is an opportunity for you to familiarize yourself with these new sections and to review the Plan in its entirety. SDM:KMP:jpf 1-669 Attachment AN EQUAL IMftLOYMENT OPftO"TUNITV - AFFl"MATIVI ACTION IM~LOYIA INDEX EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER PLAN T.ABLE OF CONTENTS GDERAL PROVISIONS •••••••••••••• ; ••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•• 000 001. 002. 003. 004. 005. 006. PART A EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER P~ ESTABLISHED ORGANIZATION OF THE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER PLAN EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MASTER PLAN DISTRIBUTION RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE PLJ\N PUBLICATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF AMENDMENTS GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS INTRODUCTION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION, COMMAND AND COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITIES, AND FUNCTIONS TOWARD CONTROL DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION (EOO) ••••••••••••••••••••• A/000 000. AUTHORITIES AND REFERENCES . 000.l PURPOSE 000.2 ACTIVATION OF THE PLAN 000.3 PLANNING FACTORS - GENERAL 000.31 BASIC REQUIREMENT 000.32 OPERATIONAL AREA RELATIONSHIPS 000.33 CITY-COUNTY COORDINATION 000.36 PRIVATE RESOURCES 000.4 STAFFING 000.S SUPPORTING ORGANIZATIONS AND MUTUAL AID 000.Sl MUTUAL AID 000.52 0'1'HER SUPPORTING ORGANIZATIONS . 000.6 ASSUMPTIONS 000.61 LOCAL ~GENCY ASSUMPTIONS 000.62 WAR EMERGENCY ASSUMPTIONS -----"---- ------------=--------- --- - ~ TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 2) 000.7 OBJECTIVES 000.71 ORGANIZATION 000.8 EOO TABLE OF ORGANIZATION 001. LOCAL EMERGENCY DECLARATION OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY .-..... 002. 002.1 002.2 003. 003.1 003.2 003.3 004. 004.1 004.2 004.3 004.4 004.S O · OS. POWERS OF MAYOR DURING A LOCAL EMERGENCY LOCAL EMERGENCY - DEACTIVATION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS BOARD (EOB) EMERGENCY OPERATIONS COMMI'rl'EE ORGANIZATION PRINCIPLES CHANGES IN THE ORGANIZATION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION EOO ACTIVATION DIRECTOR - POWER AND DUTIES DEPUTY DIRECTOR - POWER AND DUTIES EOO COORDINATOR EOO STRUCTURE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONS 005.1 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION LIST - SPONSIBILITY 005.2 BOB ORGANIZATIONAI, ~T 006. 006.1 TASK ASSIGNMENTS EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZAtION COMMAND AND COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITIES AND RESOURCES/100 . 101. COMMAND 102. CONTINUITY OF GOVERNMENT 102.1 LINES OF SUCCESSION AND ALTERNATE OFFICIALS 102.2 TEMPORARY SEAT OF GOVDNMENT 102.3 PRESERVATION OF RECORDS Tl\BLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 3) 103. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC) 103.1 EOC - GENERAL 103.2 EOC - ACTIVATION 103.3 EOC OPERATING PROCEDURES 103.4 GENERAL INFORMATION ON THE ACTIONS OF THE EOB 103.S EOC DEACTIVATION 103.6 EOC ACTIVATION CRITIQUE 103.7 CRITIQUE FORMAT 104. TASK FORCE OPERATIONS 104.1 FIELD TASK FORCE 104.2 FIELD TASK FORCE CHAIN OF COMMAND 104.3 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CITY FIELD OPERATIONS 105. FIELD COMMAND CONCEPT 106. COMMUNICATIONS 106.1 COMMUNICATION OF EVENT INFORMATION 107. INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER 109. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS DIVISION COMMAND CENTERS 110. INCIDENT/FIELD COMMAND POSTS 111, CITY-COUNTY COORDINATION 11~ ~ PRIVATE RESOURCES 113 . EMERGENCY MUTUAL AID 114. EMERGENCY PUBLIC INFORMATION . . . . ... . ' . ·BMERcmNCY·. opmtA'l'IONS ORGANIZATION - STRUCTURE ••••••••••••••• A/200 · 201. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION - STRUCTURE , 201.1 AIRPORTS DIVISION ,: . ,. TABLE OF CONTENTS ( PAGE 4) 201.2 201.3 201.4 201.5 201.6 201. 7 201.8 201.9 201.10 201.11 201.12 ANIMAL REGULATION DIVISION BUILDING AND SAFETY DIVISION FIRE SUPPRESSION AND RESCUE DIVISION GENERAL SERVICES DIVISION HARBOR DIVISION PERSONNEL AND RECRUITMENT DIVISION POLICE DIVISION PUBLIC WELFARE AND SHELTER DIVISION PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION TRANSPORTATION DIVISION UTILITIES DIVISION ~ ... -.· POLICE DIVISION UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE (UO) CONTROL TASK FORCE .••.... A/300 301. · UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE CONTROL TASK FORCE 301.l IDENTIFICATION 302. DEPARTMENT COMMANDER 303. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER (ECC) 303.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-ACTIVATION 303.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-INITIAL STAFFING 303.3 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-DEACTIVATION 304. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-COMMANDING OFFICER 305. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-EXECUTIVE QFF~CER 305.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-LIAISON OFFICER(S) ... ·305.2 EMERGENCY. CONTROL CENTER-ROUTING OFFICER f 305. 3 ·_. · .- EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-GUARD . , . 305.4 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-MESSENGER November 1987 . ' TABLE OF CONTENTS ( PAGE 5) 306. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-PRESS RELATIONS SECTION 307. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-INTELLIGENCE SECTION 307.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-INTELLIGENCE OFFICER 307.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-INTELLIGENCE CONTROL LIAISON OFFICER 307.3 EMERGENCY GONTROL CENTER-RADIO ROOM OFFICER 307.4 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-SCOUTS 308. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-PERSONNEL SECTION 308.1 · EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-PERSONNEL OFFICER 309. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-LOGISTICS SECTION 309.1 . EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-LOGISTICS OFFICER 310. EMERGENCY .CONTROL CENTER-PUBLIC SERVICE SECTION 310.l EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-PUBLIC SERVICE OFFICER 310. 2 . EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-TELEPHONE OFFICER 311. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-SITUATION REPORT SECTION 311.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-SITUATION REPORT OFFICER 311.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-MAP OFFICER 311.3 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-POSTING OFFICER 311.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER-JOURNAL CtF.~K 315. INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER (ICC) 315 .1 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-ACTIVA'.l'ION 315.2 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-STAFFING 315.3 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-DEACTIVATION 315.4 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE 315.5 315.6 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-RADIO DETAIL INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-TELEPHONE DETAIL · - I TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 6) 315.7 - 315. 8 317. 317.1 317.2 317.3 317.4 317.5 317.6 318. 319. · 319.1 319~2 321. 322. 323. 323.1 323.2 323.J 323.4 324. 325. 326. 326.1 326.02 326.3 326.4 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-JOURNAL CLERK INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-FIELD UNITS _ _ .; CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER (CIC) CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-ACTIVATION CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-STAFFING CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-DEACTIVATION CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-RE. CORDS SECTION CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-FIELD SECTIONS FIELD TASK FORCE-FIELD COMMAND POST(s) (FCP) FIELD COMMANDER FIELD COMMANDER-PERSONAL STAFF ASSISTANT FIELD COMMANDER FIELD COMMAND POST-EXECUT. IVE OFFICER ADVISORY STAFF FIELD COMMAND POST-EQUIPMENT UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-EQUIPMENT OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-OPERATOR DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-OPERATOR DETAIL-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE FIELD COMMAND POST-EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-PRESS RELATIONS OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-LIAISON OFFICER(s) FIELD COMMAND POST-PERSONNEL SECTION FIELD COMMAND POST-PERSONNEL OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-REQUISITION OFFICER FIELD COMMAND .POST-PERSONNEL POOL FIELD COMMAND POST-PERSONNEL POOL OFFICER November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 7) 326.5 326.6 326.7 327. 328. 328.1 328.2 328.3 328.4 FIELD COMMAND POST-STATUS RECORD DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-READY RESERVE-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE FIELD COMMAND POST-VOLUNTEER SERVICES OFFICER(s) FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD MEDICAL UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD JAIL UNIT FIELD JAIL UNIT-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE FIELD JAIL UNIT-PROCESSING DETAIL FIELD JAIL UNIT-REPORT APPROVAL DETAIL FIELD JAIL UNIT-EVIDENCE DETAIL 328.5 FIELD JAIL UNIT-DETENTION AND TRANSPORTATION DETAIL 328.6 FIELD JAIL UNIT-GUARD DETAIL 328.7 FIELD JAIL UNIT-WAGON DETAIL 330. FIELD COMMAND POST-INTELLIGENCE SECTION 330.1 FIELD COMMAND POST-INTELLIGENCE SECTION LIAISON 330.2 FIELD COMMAND POST-INTELLIGENCE OFFICER 330. 3 FIELD COMMAND POST-ASSISTANT IN_ TELLIGENCE OFFICER 331.· FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD INTELLIGENCE UNIT 331.1 FIELD COMMAND POST-INTELLIGENCE CONTROL LIAISON OFFICER 331.). FIELD COMMAND POST-SCOUT RADIO OPERATOR 331.3 . FIELD COMMAND POST-SCOUT DETAIL · 332. · FIELD COMMAND POST-INFORMATION UNIT 332.1 FIELD COMMAND POST-JOURNAL CLERK 332.2 FIELD COMMAND POST-MAP OFFICER 332.3 · FIELD COMMAND POST-SITUATION REPORT OFFICER 332.4 FIELD COMMAND POST-ROUTING OFFICER 332.5 FIELD COMMAND POST-MESSENGER DETAIL November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 8) FIELD COMMAND POST-UNDERCOVER UNIT 333. 333.1 333.2 333.3 334. 334.1 FIELD COMMAND POST-UNDERCOVER UNIT-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE FIELD COMMAND POST-OBSERVATION DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-ARREST DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION-GROUND OPERATOR 334.2 FIELD COMMAND POST-CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION-HELICOPTER CAMERAMAN 335. FIELD COMMAND POST-PHOTOGRAPHIC UNIT 335.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC UNIT-ACTIVATION 335.2 PHOTOGRAPHIC UNIT-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE 335.3 SPECIAL NARRATION AND PHOTOGRAPHY (SNAP TEAM(S) 33~.4 PHOTOGRAPHIC UNIT-DEACTIVATION 336. FIELD COMMAND POST-OPERATIONS SECTION 336.1 FIELD COMMAND .POST-OPERATIONS OFFICER 337. FIELD COMMAND POST-PLANNING UNIT 337.1 FIELD COMMAND POST-PLANNING OFFICER 338. . FIELD COMMAND POST-CONTROL UNIT 338.1 FIELD COMMAND POST-CONTROL OFFICER 338.2 FIELD COMMAND POST-OPERATIONS DISPATCHER 338.3 FIELD COMMAND POST-MONITOR 339. FIELD COMMAND POST-INVESTIGATION UNIT 339.1 FIELD COMMAND POST-INVESTIGATION UNIT-OFFICER -IN-CHARGE 339.2 .FIELD COMMAND POST-INVESTIGATION TEAMS November 1987 · ' - -------------- ---, TABLE OF CONTENTS {PAGE 9) 340. 340.1 340.2 340.3 341. 341.1 341.2 341.3 342 · 342 .1 342.2 342.3 343. 343.1 FIELD COMMAND POST~LOGISTICS SECTION FIELD COMMAND POST-LOGISTICS OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-STAGING OFFICER --- -"\ FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD PROVISIONS OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD STORES UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD STORES OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-PROPERTY DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD TRANSPORTATION UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-FIELD TRANSPORTATION OFFICER FIELD COMMAND POST-VEHICLE POOL DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE DETAIL FIELD COMMAND POST-SECURITY UNIT FIELD COMMAND POST-SECURITY UNIT-OFFICER-IN-CHARGE FIRE DIVISION TASK FORCE ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••.... A/400 401. 402. 403. 403.1 403.2 403.3 404. 404.1 404.2 404.3 405. FIRE. DIVISION TASK FORCE-GENERAL INITIAL ASSIGNMENT-DEFINED FIRST ALARM ASSIGNMENT-DEFINED FIRST ALARM ASSIGNMENT-ORGANIZATION FIRST ALARM ASSIGNMENT-TERMINOLOGY FIRS~ ALARM ASSIGNMENT-MEDICAL SERVICES GREATER ALARM INCIDENT GREATER ALARM INCIDENT-DISPATCH GREATER ALARM INCIDENT-ORGANIZATION GREATER ALARM INCIDENT -COMMAND STAFF CHIEF MAJOR EMERGENCY-DEFINED November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 10) 405.1 406. 406.1 407. 407.1 410. 412. 412.1 415. 415.1 415. 2 . 415.3 416. 416.i 417. 417.1 417.2 PUBLIC WORKS 50l . 502 , 502.1 503. · 504. 504.1 MAJOR EMERGENCY-ORGANIZATION MAJOR EMERGENCY (EXPANDED)-DEFINED MAJOR EMERGENCY (EXPANDED) -COMMAND POSTS-- MAJOR EMERGENCY-INCIDENT COMMAND POSTS-DUTIES MAJOR EMERGENCY-INCIDENT COMMAND POSTS-RESPONSIBILITIES MAJOR EMERGENCY-REPORTING PROCEDURES AMBULANCE SERVICES AMBULANCE-REPORTING COMMAND POST-GENERAL COMMAND POST IDENTIFICATION FORMATION OF STAFF RESOURCES DEPUTY DEPARTMENT COMMANDER-GENERAL RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY OPERATIONS AT EMERGENCIES GENERAL OPERATIONS SAFETY AT EMERGENCIES DIVISION TASK FORCE •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.• A/500 LOCAL .. EMERGENC!ES DIVISION CHIEF DIVISION CHIEF RESPONSIBILITIES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC) PUBLIC WORKS COMMAND CENTER (PWCC) PWCC COMMANDER November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 11) 504.2 505. PWCC STAFFING FIELD COMMAND POSTS 506. ORGANIZATION OF PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION -- 507. DEACTIVATION OF EOC, PWCC ,- FIELD COMMAND POSTS PART B EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PROCEDURES PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT MOBILIZATION PLAN ........•.•••......• B/100 101. MOBILIZATION 101.1 DIVISION MOBILIZATION PLAN-DIVISION CHIEF's RESPONSIBILITIES 102. MAYOR'S DESIGNATION OF CITY EMPLOYEES AS EMERGENCY WORKERS 103. VOLUNTEERS 103.1 PRE-REGISTERED VOLUNTEERS 103.2 REQUESTS. FOR UNREGISTERED VOLUNTEERS 103.41 REQUIRED SERVICE 103.42 DISASTER SERVICE WORKERS WAR EMERGENCY PLAN ••••••••••••••••••••••••.••••••••••••••••• B/ 300 301. 301.1 302. 302.1 302.2 309. 309.1 310. 310 •. 1 NOTIFICATIONS PROCEDURES WAR TIME MOBILIZATION PERSONNEL MOBILIZAfION PLAN ALERT PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS FALLOUT SHELTE_ RS USE OF RADIOLOGICAL DEFENSE FIRE DEPARTMENT RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING RESPONSIBILITIES Novembe~ 1987 .....__ ______________ __.__ _____ _ _ _ _ TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 12) 310.2 310.3 310.4 311. 311.1 312. 312.1 312.2 312.3 312.04 312.5 312.6 3J.2.1 312.10 312.11 312.12 312.13 312.14 312.20 312.30 313. 313.1 313.2 314. 314.1 DECONTAMINATION EXPOSURE CONTROL CONTAMINATION CONTROL OPERATING SCHEDULES - GENERAL PRE-PLANNED SCHEDULES PRE-ATTACK CHANGES GENERAL OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS FACILITIES EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION COMMUNICATIONS ......... -.: ~ASIC ACTIONS FOR INCREASED READINESS-WAR EMERGENCY PRECAUTIONARY ACTIONS READINESS CONDITION FOUR READINESS CONDITION THREE READINESS CONDITION TWO READINESS CONDITION ONE RADIATION FALLOUT FIRE PUBLIC RESPONSE TO WARNING CONDITIONS EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION RESPONSE PUBLIC RESPONSE TO WARNING UNDAMAGED AREAS UNDAMAGED TO MODERATE DAMAGE November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 13) 315. 315.1 316. 317. AREAS AFFECTED BY FALLOUT ONLY FALLOUT AREAS FIRE AREAS FINAL RECOVERY CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS ......•....•.....•.......••............ B/400 400.1 401. 401.1 401.2 402. 402.1 403. 403.1 403.2 403.3 404.1 404.2 405 . 406. 409. 409.1 410. 411. , WARNING CONDITIONS - GENERAL WARNING CONDITIONS - CIVIL DEFENSE CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS - GENERAL ~IVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLANS CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS-SPECIAL DIVISIONS RESPONSIBILITIES FACILITIES EMERGENCY BROADCAST SYSTEM (EBS) EBS-GENERAL OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS FACILITIES TYPES OF WARNING WARNING SIGNALS WARNING SIGNALS-WAR EMERGENCY WARNING ACTIONS CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING-DISPERSAL PLAN DISPERSAL PLAN-PERSONAL STAFF OF THE MAYOR DIVISION CHIEFS SHELTERING CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING-TERMINATION November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 14) BUILDING SAFETY •••••••••.••••••..........•..•.•.••••••••••••..•.. . B/500 501. BUILDING SECURITY-GENERAL 502. BUILDING SECURITY-OBJECTIVE 503. BUILDING-SECURITY-EVACUATION RESPONSIBILITIES 504. BUILDING SECURITY-IMMEDIATE RESPONSE SOS. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS MUTUAL AID 601. 602. 602.1 602.2 602.3 603. 603.1 603.2 603.3 604. 607. (FIRE AND RESCUE) .........•..............•.......... B/600 FIRE AND RESCUE-MUTUAL AID STATE FIRE AND RESCUE MUTUAL AID-ORGANIZATION OPERATIONAL AREA REGION STATE CONDITIONS OF EMERGENCY . LOCAL EMERGENCY STATE OF EMERGENCY STATE OF WAR EMERGENCY RESPONSIBILITY OF COMMAND MUTUAL AID TO OTHER AGENCIES MUTUAL AID AND MILITARY ASSISTANCE (LAW ENFORCEMENT~ •.•••.....•... B/700 . 701. 702. 702.1 ' 702.2 702.3 LAW ENFORCEMENT MUTUAL AID-GENERAL STATE LAW ENFORCEMENT MUTUAL AID-ORGANIZATION OPERATIONAL AREA REGION STATE November 1987 _ : TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 15) 703. 703.1 703.2 703.3 704. 705. 706. 707. 708. 710. 711. 712. 713. 714. 715. 716. 717 . CONDITIONS OF . EMERGENCY LOCAL EMERGENCY STATE OF EMERGENCY STATE OF WAR EMERGENCY RESPONSIBILITY OF COMMAND PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES DEPARTMENT REQUEST FOR MUTUAL AID MUTUAL AID TO OTHER AGENCIES CALIFORNIA LAW ENFORCEMENT MUTUAL AID RADIO SYSTEM MILITARY ASSISTANCE-GENERAL MARTIAL LAW STATE MILITARY PERSONNEL-PEACE OFFICER POWERS ANTICIPATED USE OF STATE MILITARY PERSONNEL PRELIMINARY NOTIFICATION DEPARTMENT REQUEST FOR STATE MILITARY PERSONNEL COMMITMENT OF STATE MILITARY PERSONNEL ANTICIPATED USE OF FEDERAL MILITARY PERSONNEL PRELIMINARY NOTIFICATIONS DEPARTMENT REQUEST FOR FEDERAL MILITARY PERSONNEL 718 . COMMITMENT OF FEDERAL I LITARY PERSONNBL 719 . DEPARTMENT REQUEST FOR THE USE OF MILITANY EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES MUTUAL AID (PUBLIC WORKS) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• BiBOO 801. MUTUAL AID 801.1 STANDING CONTRACTS so1.2· PLAN BULLDOZER 801.3 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS November 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS (PAGE 16) AFTER-ACTION REPORTING PROCEDURES ........•..•..•.••••••••••...... B/900 901. 902. 903. 904. PART D · INTRODUCTION GENERAL AUDIT TRAIL REQUIREMENTS EMERGENCY RESPONSE REQUIREMENTS COMMAND STRATEGY AND CONTROL TACTICS FOR EMERGENCY OPERATIONS EVACUATION PROCEDURES .•.••....•..••...•..••..•••••••••....•...•• D/ 100 101. 103. 105~ 107. 109. 111. 113. 115. 117. 119. 121. 123. 125. · 125 .1 125.2 127. EVACUATION-GENERAL EVACUATION-LEGAL AUTHORITY TYPES OF EVACUATION EVACUATION PLAN EVACUATION WARNING EVACUATION CENTER DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION AND PARKS NOTIFICATION REQUIRED FOR USE OF CITY SCHOOLS EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION AMERICAN NATIONAL RED CRO~S SALVATION ARMY ANIMAL CONTROL ENTRY INTO INVOLVED/CLOSED AREA TYPES OF ACCESS ENTRY CRITERIA FIRE LINE PASSES November 1987 VOLUME II NORTHEAST AREA UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PLANS ~ABLE OF GO~S VI I • EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLAN A. Department Overview (See Function Index) B. Northeast Area Earthquake Emergency Actions - - ·-.. . C. Northeast Area Earthquake Response (See Function Index) VIII. DAM/RESERVOIR INUNDATION Introduction A. Reservoirs in Northeast Area 1. Eagle Rock Reservoir 2. Highland Reservoir 3. Garvanza .Reservoir 4. Elysian Reservoir 5. Solano Reservoir 6. Silverlake Reservoir 7. Rowena Reservoir B. Dams Outside of. but Affecting Northeast Area 1. Devil's Gate (Empty) 2. Sepulveda 3. Hansen IX. COMMAND POST SITES, STAGING AREAS,~ EVACUATION CENTERS VII L O S A N G E L E S P O L I C E D E P A R T M E N T EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLAN * DEPARTMENT OVERVIEW *NORTHEAST AREA EARTBQUAICE EMERGENCY ACTIONS * NORTHEAST AREA EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLAN DEPARTMENT OVERVIEW ----------------- - ---------------- DEPARTMENT OVERVIEW FUNCTION INDEX I. General II. Planning Earthquake Activities • , Coordinating Area Activities * -Evacuation * Search and Rescue * Possibility of Dam/Reservoir Failure * Crowd Control * Assisting Evac ees * Multi-Purpose Staging Areas * Welfare Inquiry Center * Informing the Public III. Concept of Operations * Public Health * Medical Supplies * Blood Banks * Public Structures * Nursing Homes * Communications * Telephone Systems * Transportation * Rail Roads * Highways, Freeways and Bridges * Animal Control and Related Problems * Conclusion DEPARTMENT OVERVIEW I. General 'nlis plan delineates the Department's general responsibilities and functions in handling the emergency situation following an earthquake. It is not intended to be the specific standard operating procedures that each Area would employ. Rather, it euggests guidelines that should be followed. Areas are required to prepare and, every year, update an Area Earthquake Response Plan wi t hin the standing plans. The plans shall contain methods that the Area will employ in response to the effects of an earthquake. Earthquake effects will necessitate emergency operations. Of first importance is the need to save lives. Many people may have been injured by falling glass, masonry, and similar debris, while other injured people may be entrapped in damaged structures. Additionally, in many places fires and possible flooding from dam _ failures may pose continuing threats to life and property. The Department requires information in order to make decisions and to establish priorities for control. Decisions must be based upon available information and then implemented with as much speed and determination ,as possible. Some actions may have to be postponed, or not done at all, in order that manpower and equipment can be deployed for controls considered most ·urgent. However, procedures must be kept flexible so that 1 1nforeseen contingencies may be be met and dealt with. II. Planning for Earthquake Activities The following checklist has been designed to assist in delineating many of the items that should be included in an Area Earthquake Response Plan and in updating it. Some of the components will not pertain to each Area while other items may need to be added because of unique situations . Areas should identify key facllities, determine th~ir communication capabilities, obtain copies of their disaste r plans, and determine if they have emergency power generato~s . Key facilities may include: Hospitals Dams and Reservoirs Schools Police & Fire Stations Airports - Heliports Radio & TV transmitter towers Relay stations Telephone facilitiee Water Storage Tanke NOTE: See KEY LOCATIONS, Section IX for above lietin9s. Los Angeles Police Department Earthquake Response Plan (Continued) In addition to the key facilities listed above, Areas should prepare a list of other predesignated areas to be assessed. They may include: . Theatres ,Shopping Centers Housing Projects Rest Hornes & Nursing Homes Convalescent Hospitals Military Fac{lities Pre-determine and maintain a list of locations that could be used for multipurpose staging areas, command posts, first-aid stations, and mass care centers. These areas might include parks, schools, recreation centers, churches, stadiums, large open areas, or any other suitable location, especially those with an are~ large enough for helicopter landings. Personnel should be aware of possible problem sources in their Areas including, but not limited to, the following: High-rise buildings; brick buildings (two or more stories) Gasoline storage areas, pipelines and pressure feeder stations Plating works and refineries Hazardous chemical and fuel storage areas (propane - butane - diesel fuel - etc.) Radioactive material ,storage areas Natural gas lines and pressure feeder stations Laboratories Medical suppliers of drugs, blood, oxygen, surgical supplies, etc. Electrical relay etations and high-voltage power lines Over and underpasses (vehicle and pedestrian) Elevated freeways Possible landslide areas Railroad yards and track locations Zoos, stables, dairies, etc. As the Emergency Control Center (ECC) may not be able to supply all needed support services and time may be critical, Areas ehould identify where in their geographic area they might obtatn the following supplies and equipment. Items of traneportation needed to evacuate an area such as RTD buses. school buses. private buses, postal trucks, or any other traneportation prospect and heavy equipment such as cranes, bulldozers and dump trucks that could be used in rescue operations. Pereonnel ehould aleo aseess traffic route to be u ed, traffic control measure to be utilized, and barricade and traffic sign etorage areas. * Coordinating Area Actions Initial reports from each Area delineating damage and high-risk situations will be used by the E0C to determine the extent of damage city wide. A situation estimate is the key to coordinated operations and a prerequisite to a sensible allocation -or resources. As a personnel status report is essential, Areas must keep the E0C informed of the ability to cope with the situations, requirements for resources and support, and other details of the eituation. The E0C will depend heavily on receiving these timely and adequate reports about the situation from Areas. It will also provide for an automatic search for needed information by such means as polling other departments and dispatching aerial surveillance units. Communication among components of the emergency services will be a continuing replacement. Telephone systems and some radio base stations may have sustained damage, and repair is likely to take more time than the emergency organizations can immediately afford. The use of mobile radio units to back up disrupted communications systems should be part of the Area plan. For example, 800 buses of the Rapid Transit District (RTD) have two-way radio systems aboard, and these buses, which are normally already dispersed, could provide a rapid means of reporting the severity of the situation throughout Los Angeles to the E0C and should be dispatched to back up disrupted communications systems at hospitals or mass care centers. In addition to playing a major role in life-saving activities, l~w enforcement may provide suc h continuing services as: * * * * maintaining security in evacuation areas protecting residences from burglary or looting maintaining security for essential facilities that are damaged that could contain sensitive supplies (e.g., a damaged pharmacy or gun shop) maintaining security in mass care ~enters and staging areas Throughout the involved area, travel° will have to be restricted so that movement of emergency personnel can be expedited. Access to key facilities such as hospitals and emergency work sites will have to be controlled so that sightseers and other unauthorized personnel will not interfere with emergency activities. People in their homes will have to be given some sense of security through regular police patrols. Crowds may have to be controlled in mass care centers, food dietribution eites, and other busy areas. Certain in titutions (e.q., mental hospitals) may experience reductions in personnel and may require security assistance. * Evacuation In the 1971 San Fernando earthquake, no large-scale evacuations resulted from fire, but there was an evacuation of 80,000 persons from a flood risk area. If any fires were to reach conflagration m;-oportions, thousands of people might have to be rapidly •vacuated from threatened areas. Many of these people could be in debris-laden areas making evacuation by vehicle unfeasible. This situation would require greater reliance on transportation on the perimeter of the damaged areas. The problem of warning by loudspeaker trucks or door-to-door inspection may be hampered by such debris. Many fires may be expected in high-rise structures. Homes in the vicinity of dry brush are particularly vulnerable. In the case of electric, gas, and petroleum lines, strategic shut-off of parts or all of the distribution systems will reduce hazards from short circuits, escaping fumes, and spillage - thus averting the danger of explosions and fires. Each Area should maintain a list of the names and emergency telephone numbers of the individuals in charge of these systems. Areas should pay particular attention to bulk supplies of flammable substances and hazardous chemicals, and should provide measures to protect against possible threats in such locations as gasoline stations, chemical plants, dry cleaning establishments, and places where bulk fuels and explosives are stored. Security should be provided for industrial buildings containing these types of potential hazards. * Search and Rescue A large portion of non-resistive brick masonry buildings can be expected to be in a condition of partial or complete collapse with many people injured and trapped in and around such structures. Thus, rescue operations may be concentrated principally in older congested regions of cities. There are still a few schools in Los Angeles which do not comply with earthquake resistive standards. These schools should be identified through the Board of Education and assigned priorities for evacuation and rescue. A total of 58 lives were lost during the 1971 San Fernando earthquake due to collapsing structures. Rescue operations were confined primarily to the Veterans Administration Hospital in Sylmar. Here, emergency personnel began immediately to search for and rescue patients who could be readily located in the debris. Heavy rescue began sometime later with the •~sietance of several public agencies and a private contractor. A total of 107 people were extricated from the debris, including 41 deceaeed. ------ ------ -------------- ----------, * Search and Rescue (Continued) The crucial determinant of how many lives ca,n be saved will be the speed with which trapped and/or injured people are located, rescued and given first-aid and medical attention. Heavy rescue operations will be required for many people who will ~ trapped in multi-story structures and for clearance of debris fi:om critical access routes. This effort will require a coordinated response from police and fire services, public works agencies and private heavy equipment operators. Composite heavy rescue units will be required in those areas of massive structural failure. Although most private and public ambulances will be functioning, immediate attention will have to be given to the establishment of access routes and dispatc;h of units to areas of need. Routes to hospitals may also be blocked by debris, collapsed freeway overpasses, and other damage. There may be a problem in mobilizing off-duty personnel and getting them to places of need . For moving all emergency personnel, a combination of surface and air transport would probably be required. * The Possibility of Dam/Resexvoir Failure The near failure of the lower Van Norman dam in 1971 San Fernando earthquake has resulted , in review of the State of California of the earthquake design criteria for dams, and the upgrading .of those dams where necessary. Certain suspect types of dams, such as hydraulic fill, are being given special study. Corrective work is also in progress on some earthen dams. Additionally, the fact that dams are not necessarily 100% safe has been legally acknowledged in a State of California Legislative Act which was approved by the Governor on August 11, 1987. A la1ge number of dams are for flood control or debris control and normally do not contain significant amounts of stored water to pose a danger. It is the sudden release of large quantities of water which can reasonably be expected to result in large loss of llfe for downstream populations. ~·or ~xample, failure of the lower Franklin and Stone Canyon dams (West L.A. Division, near U.C.L.A.). as a result of an earthquake on the Newport-Inglewood fault, could result in an estimated 2,200 dead and 200,000 homeless. Failure of other smaller dams and reservoirs could substantially add to these estimates. Flood threats may require evacuation of over 100,000 people. Evacuation may be more difficult than in San Fernando eince ur~ounding areas may have eustained considerable damage. In the 1971 San Fernando earthquake, there were about 500 police officers in and around the area during the time of evacuation. The LAPD used approximately 3-00 police o~ficers daily to control , access routes to and from the evacuation area, and another 250 officers per day to patrol inside the 25-square-mile evacuation area. • Dam Failure (Continued) Twenty officers were assigned to assist fire department trucks pumping water between water system networks (about one police officer per pumper) and 35 officers were assigned to protect the Nscue operations at the Veterans Administration Hospital. Earthquake response plans should clearly establish procedure and rnponsibility for carrying out actions to be taken in evacuating an area threatened by dam failure. Evacuation deserves the most careful planning . In some cases, possible dam failure will be clearly evident. In other cases, complex engineering considerations may be required. • Crowd Control Major crowd control problems may arise in the evacuation of people from flood-threatened areas. There may be other evacuees numbering in the hundreds of thousands because of damage to homes and utility systems. Law enforcement personnel will have to identify and control principal transportation routes through the damaged area. Debris and collapsed overpasses will restrict the number of major routes that may be open. These transportation routes must be kept open for the movement of emergency units. Major damage may be sustained by r~ilroads and highways because of debris and landslidee. A major effort will be required to open access to the damage areas to bring in supplies and evacuate the injured. In San Fernando, about 100 water trucks and trailers were used to supply emergendy water needs alone. Securi t y will have to be provided for supply and transportation of essential supplies from distribution points in the damaged areas. Requirements exist for maintaining order at mass care centers and for protecting property in damaged areas where evacuation has been necessary. The latter effort will require both patrol activity and limitation of access to evacuated areas. Subs~quent to the San Fernando earthquake, there was a total of 109 a r rests, with 83% of the arrests occuring in the evacuation area . Assistance may be required in assembling emergency service personnel because of the lack of transportation. • Aasiating Evacuees Examination of total school enrollment shows that chool facilities are sufficient to receive the likely evacuees from flood areas. Moat of the school buildings are Field Act structures (Post 1933) and shou~d survive with little damage. ----~------------------- • Aaaisting Evacuees (Continued) · Agencies such as the American Red Cross have wide experience in caring for the homeless after a disaster, supplying not only food and shelter but also sanitary facilities and welfare services . Bcwever, recent American experience with natural di uters has not encountered a mass care problem of the magnitude possible after a major earthquake in the Los Angeles area. - In the 1971 San Fernando earthquake emergency period, most of the 80,000 evacuees were able to find alternative lodgings on their own. The Red Cross shelters reported that they cared for 2,236 people during the first day and later indicated that some 17,000 had been fed and housed at some time during the period. Evidence from other large evacuations throughout the country resulting from floods indicates that 20 to 25 percent of the evacuees used Red Cross or other public shelter facilities . The transportation of evacuees to mass care centers may require mass transit vehicles at the periphery of the damage area . • Multipurpose Staging Areas Area earthquake response plans should include the predesignation of multipurpose staging areas as bases for coordinating search, rescue and other operations; a destination point for incoming personnel; an area for support and recovery operations; and a site for other activities that may be needed. These multipurpose staging areas may be used for a single or multiple response operation. The problem of providing food, water, and shelter for emergency personnel should be addressed in area earthquake response plans for three reasons. First, the magnitude of the earthquake could require a total force (regulars and volunteers) numbering in the thousands. Second, the emergency could require around-the-clock response by personnel on a shift basis. Third, the emergency could last for many days. Thus, the supply problem for emergency personn~l ov~r this relatively long p~riod of time is a m~jor one . ~_ u l tipurpose Staging Area Cri tt! ~· -; ii > A low riak fire and flood area > Adequate areas, both paved and unpaved, for all intended uses including asaembly, manuevering, parkinq, and a helicopter landing site. > Adequate facilities, both covered and open, for upplying and maintaining vehicles and heavy construction equipment. > Facilities for first-aid and medical treatment sufficient for use as a medical evacuation point. > Feeding, sleeptng and sanitation facilities sufficient for emergency personnel. * Multipurpose Staging Areas (Continued) > Provision for security and safety, such as a fence or a natural barrier. > Ready access to major transportation routes. - - ··· • - Welfare Inquiry Center From both evacuees and those at home, as well as from citizens outside the disaster area, there will be a deluge of inquiries regarding the health and welfare of their immediate families, relatives, and friends. The system for handling these inquiries should include a central clearing house and several welfare inquiry centers where all registrations and inquiries could be processed. All places that register disaster victims (for example, mass care facilities, evacuee centers, hospitals, morgues) should be notified of the location of the welfare inquiry centers serving the area. The welfare inquiry centers may need communications capabilities with each other, with other agencies, and with other parts of the United States. The American National Red Cross has a management cadre, a system for recruiting and training workers, and a tested program to handle inquiries on a massive scale. These capabilities should be integrated into Area earthquake response plans so that police personnel are released from the responsibility of this function and can perform their emergency duties. * Informing the Public Radio communications to the public will be a vital service. The press relations officer should work closely with radio broadcasters to provide the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within the outside the involved area. Otherwise, rumors and inaccurate information or ignorance could cause loss of life and property, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcements publicizing dangerous and restricted areas, informinq the public of self-assistance procedures to protect their health and welfare, aiding various relief agencies in reuniting families, and releasing casualty lists after proper notification of the immediate family has been made. News releases should be issued periodically, informin9 the public of the present situation and any major changes inc• the last news release. Care must be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contradictions of acts affecting the survival and health of the public. Type and quantity of news releases will, of course, change as the emergency changes. * Informing the Public (~ontinued) The State Earthquake Response Plan and the Federal Earthquake Response Plan provide for establishing and Emergency Public Information Center. The center will function as a central point lor coordinating release of authoritative emergency pu!>lic information and advice by the federal and state governments through the news media. - As stated before, the primary objectives of the earthquake response system are to save lives and property, care for survivors, and provide essential services to affected communities. The management system must extend from the operating level, where emergency actions are directed and implemented, through a hierarchy of organizational levels that generally coordinate and support emergency operations throughout progressively large areas. III ~ CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS An earthquake will have the effect of subdividing the City into a damaged area and an undamaged area. Within the damaged area, prompt actions will be needed to save lives and property and to austain the survivors. Because of the variations in bu-ilding density, land use, terrain features, geological features, and the intensity of the shaking, the degree of damage and possible accompanying hazards will vary considerably from place to place throughout the damaged area. · Fires and the possibility of dam failures are considered to be the main continuing threats to life within the damaged area. It is not possible to predict with any degree of certainty, the conditions that will occur in a given location following an earthquake. Therefore, Area earthquake response plans should consider those possible conditions, or contingencies which cover the range of damage that may occur in their areas. All available local forces may need to be employed to control damage, fight fire, conduct search and rescue, provide first-aid, assist the injured to hospitals or other emergency medical centers, and assist other survivors to safe locations where they may be cared for. Police units will be dispatched to determine the extent and severity of damage and ensuing hazards in the involved area. Subsequent reports of the observed distribution of damage or other hazards will be used to refine the approximation and to establish priorities regarding allocation of resources available for supporting the damaged area. A limited number of police personnel may also be required to respond to high priority calls in the undamaged areas of the City. * Public Health Major problems may include recovery of the dead, disease control, and other public health measures. The possible large numbers of deaths among workers from an earthquake during business hours suggests a major problem of providing information to families while helping to prevent uncoordinated searching procedure by individ~als. Police p~~aonnel may also be needed to assint the coroner. More than half of the hospi tillB ar~ in tlu! hospital emer~ency communication net (HEAR Net). However, requirements exist for emergency communication with all hospitals. It is suggested that emer9ency communications unite eu~h as RTD buses with two-way radios, be stationed at all hospitals, where needed, immediately after an earthquake to complete this communication link. • Medical - Supplies The possibility of a substantial loss to me~ical supplies stocked by wholesale and by retail facilities should be considered. Retail medical supplies are limited to those contained in pharmacies while wholesale supplies re restricted to those contained in dru9 wholesale locations and medical-sur9ical supply houses. Air delivery of critical medical supplies to isolated communities may be necessary. * Blood Banks The capability of local blood banks to supply major disaster needs is quite insufficient, and nationwide resources may be required. Damage to the 15 blood banks in the Los Angeles and Orange Counties area which represent about 60% of the-t~tal of 24 blood banks in California should be considered. There may also be a problem of getting the ambulance drivers to the vehicle assembly areas. Access routes and distribution points should be established as police personnel may be called upon to deliver blood to hospitals or mass care centers. * Public St_ ructures Public structures are defined as those of municipal, county, state, and federal governments. This section covers only major public buildings considered vital after an earthquake. These buildings house: Administration Centers, Communication Centers, Law Enforcement Facilities, Fire Stations, and Major Repair and Storage Facilities. Many of these facilities are operated by perso~nel who are trained to function in emergencies. However, severe building damage and collapses could render the facility unusable and failure of communication systems could seriously hamper operations. In addition, emergency functions could be significantly affected by personnel being unable to get to work because of blocked streets and crippled public transportation, by personnel casualties, by lack of electrical power and water, and by the lack of mobility. · Many of these critical facilities have emergency electrical generators. However, experience has shown that many of these generators will be out of service becau·se of inadequate anchorage of equipment and batteries, and damaged fuel supplies. A problem peculiar to fire stations is the jamming of the large doors because of racking of the structure. This problem is command even in one end two story wood frame stations which usually suffer little earthquake damage. Power operated doors will hava to be opened manually when electrical power f~ils . Except for fire stations, many Los Angeles City buildings have emergency electrical generators. Additionally, most of our Fire Department vehicles have mobile radios which are not dependent on commercial electrical power. The city of Loa Angeles has a relativ.ly high percentage of facilities which were constructed prior to 1933. Therefore, L.A. City buildings may suffer high functional losses. Damage may be especially serious to police, fire and communications facilities since severe damage or collapse will significantly hamper emergency operations. Elevator and stairwell dama9e in multistory buildings may also ·hamper evacuation and normal use of the structures. * Public Structures (Continued) · In an emergency, the following state agencies are considered most essential as they provide critical emergency service capabilities. Highway Patrol Division of Highways .- National Guard Water Resources Administration -Public Health and Communications Facilities * Nursing Homes "Nursing Homes" include: Nursing homes, Convalescent Hospitals, Sanitariums, extended Care Facilities, Rehabilitation Centers, and homes for the aged. These patients may require some type of medical related assistance as they usually lack the mobility for self help possessed by the general population. * Communications Emphasis is given to communication means that are vital to emergency services anq minimal maintenance of community life in the days immediately after the disaster. Therefore, greatest emphasis is given to radio, TV, and telephone communications, with some attention to other names. The use of the news media by the Department to encourage self-help actions by citizens in the ~uppression of small or incipient fires will help reduce the number of fires that reguir~ suppression by organized fire forces. * Telephone Systems In general, telephone buildings are carefully designed and telephone utilities are reasonably prepared for emergency action. Disasters of any kind trigger a high-volume of calls which could, if not controlled, overwhelm the communication network's call handling capacity. Under these conditions, telephone companies activate control measures to prevent calls intended for the disaster area from overloading the system and give priority to outgoing calls. • Transportation All types of major transportation facilities are considered vital to the efficient functioning of a community. Railroads, major freeways. highways. bridges, mass public transportation, major airports, and port facilities should be immediately •••eased following an earthquake. * Railroads Except for freeway overpass collapses on tracks, damage to railroads is expected to be heaviest in the areas affected by urface fault movements and in structurally "poor ground" ( liquefaction) areas_ . Only a mall portion of the railways are in the poor ground areas, which are principally in the vicinity of the Los Angeles and Long Beach Harbor. • Railroads (Continued) . Landslides may block tracks in the high-intensity mountainous areas. This hazard would be the greatest during the rainy season. The construction of freeways throughout the Southern California area has resulted in numerous overpasses over railroads. The co~lapse of these overpasses could create a serious railroad problem. Although railroad companies are generally well-equipped to handle emergencies. massive blocking of railroads because of collapsed freeway overpasses could pose serious problems beyond the direct control of the railroads. • Highways, Freeways and Bridges Damage to the highway and freeway systems may occur as (1) earth failure because of landslide, structurally "poor ground" movements. or surface fault movement and (2) overpass or bridge collapse. If the earthquake occurs during the wet season, landslides may be extensive. • Animal Control and Related Problems After an earthquake the regulation, control, and welfare of animals may be of utmost importance. Los Angeles City has an extremely large pet population. In addition. dairy herds, riding stable horses. resid~ntial area horses. and to a lesser extent, wild animals in zoos or other facilities could cause problems. An earthquake could release these animals causing a danger to the public. interference with rescue or fire operations, and cause problems in health and sanitation. Horses might be used in traffic control, rescue operations, and patrolling heavily damaged areas by emergency personnel. Many animals that are normally well behaved become highly agitated in periods of earthquake stress and should be relocated to areas where they can be conftned and controlled * Conclusion This Earthquake Response Plan was written to delineate c.t·l tic al factors to be considered in the Police Department's responsibilities in handling the emergency situation immediately following an earthquake in the Los Angeles area. Area Earthquake Response Plans will only be as effective as .the quality of planning that goes into its design. BEING PREPARED PRIOR PREPARATION Earthquake experts (seismologist) have stated that the~ will definitely be an earthquake in the Southern California area soon. However, the intensity is not known but anticipated to be an 8+ on- the Richter scale. If the earthquake occurs on the San Andreas fault the shaking probably will last two to three minutes. If the earthquake should occur on the San Fernando fault, shaking my last 20-30 seconds, however, this shaking probably will be more intense and more severe than a San Andreas quake. All personnal must be aware that after shocks will occur. An aftershock may sometimes be as big, or greater than the actual earthquake. After shocks can occur minutes or hours, or even days after the initial quake. BE PREPARED It is suggested that all personnel have emergency supplies such as a battery radio with extra batteries, at least one flashlight and extra batteries, first aid kit, and extra food and water stored at home. Remember, you have water in your water heater, the toilet storage tanks, and in some cases, swimming pools. Every member of your family should know how to turn off the electricity at the main box and gas at the meter. Gas and electricity can cause fires. It is suggested that any necessary· tools be permanently located at these locations. It is also suggested that plans be made for your family's evacuation and care should you be unfortunate and have your home destroyed. The Los Angeles Fire Department produces an outstanding booklet on earthquake preparedness entitled "Don't Ignore the Need for Earthquake and Disaster Supplies.'' This booklet is provided as a public eervice and is highly recommended . . EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLAN NORTHEAST AREA EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY ACTIONS NORTHEAST AREA EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY ACTIONS !'UNCTION INDEX I. G.eneral II. Supervisory Responsibilities III. On Duty During Earthquake IV. OU Duty During Earthquake - -'""' NORTHEAST AREA EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY ACTIONS I. General ~e following checklist was designed to assist Northeas-t Area upervisory personnel in conducting emergency operations iamediately following an earthquake. The below listed actions to b~ taken are not all encompassing nor are they necessarily arranged in order of priority. They are useful as a guide only and supervisory personnel must be aware that emergency needs will necessitate the proper priority of response. Despite the magnitude of any earthquake and the resultant effects of aftershocks, it must be borne in mind that the primary objective of the Northeast Area's response plan is to: 1. Save lives and property 2. Care for survivors; and 3. Provide essential services to the affected areas. II. supervisory Responsibilities * * * * Immediately after an earthquake the Watch Commander shall check the station and account for all personnel. A check of the station shall then be made to detexmine the ability to function. If the station should be deemed to be unsafe, immediate evacuation should be ordered. Ideally personnel would assemble on the parking lot. Should it be necessary to shut off the gas, water, or electrtcity proceed as follows: 1. WATER: Mair! ~ ~hut. Off Va 1 ve:J NOTE: Rear of the building (northside) near the back door. Valves two and three are assembled on the same line, adjacent to each other, and located next to the parking lot entrance gate off Treadwell Street. The water supply for the sprinkler y tem is independent of the main facility water upply. The main ehut off valve for the aprinkler eyetem ia located next to the detective commandino officer·a office (detective squad rooa). The sprinkler shut off valve, and related plumbing, is painted red for identification. Supervisory Responsibilities (Continued) 2. NATURAL GAS: - Main Shut Off Valve Location: NOTE: - ~ ··· Rear parking lot underneath radio tower. A crescent wrench, or similar type wrench is needed to close the valve. EMERGENCY NUMBERS: DAY - 485-2906 NIGHT - 485-3367 3. ELECTRICAL POWER: Main Shut Off Switch Location: Access: Electrical Room #2. North hallway near stairway to second floor. Secured location. Watch Commander has master key. The Watch Commander should establish communications with other field supervisors and determine the status of all on duty personnel and the extent of damage. * A log officer should be appointed to list personnel assignments, handle requests for assistance, record damage, perform required notifications, begin a casualty report, and list other essential information. • Gather all available information needed to coordinate operations, handling the urgent situations first and then begin to establish priorities. • Determine the need for Department mobilization and activation of the Emergency Operations C~nter. Notify off duty personnel to repor~ for ~uty if needed . Supervisory Responsibilities (Continued) * Dispatch units to determine the status of the Eagle Rock, Elysian Park, Highland Park, Silverlake, Rowena, Garvanza, and Solono Reservoirs. Additionally, establish communication links to determine the status of the Devil-s Gate ~e~ervoir (Pasadena) and the Sepulveda and Hansen Dams, since Northeast Area lies in the inundation area. NOTE: If there is a possibility of dam failure, warn other downstream areas or cities and immediately notify Detective Headquarters Divison. Have personnel warn the public by the use of public address systems such as public radio, handheld loudspeakers, police cars and motorcycles, fire department. equipment, helicopters and/or other sound vehicles . Have personnel walk from door to door to insure that all residents have been evacuated realizing that there may be injured or trapped residents still in their homes. * Instruct personnel to conduct light rescue of entrapped people, perform first aid, and call for medical support as needed. However, be reminded that in using officers in a rescue capacity will rapidly deplete personnel resources. The Incident Commander should strongly consider using police personnel to facilitate rescue, rather than as - hands on rescuers. * If any facility or area is reported to be untendable because of damage, developing fires, or other hazards, order evacuation. * Provide security for evacuated premises. * If communications with key facilities, such as local fire stations are not operational, deploy mobile units to asse sA the situation and provide alternative communication 1 i.nk ~ . * If possible, control access to key facilities such as hospitals, emergency work sites, etc., to prevent interference with emergency operations. * Dispatch ground and aerial units to survey other predesignated areas for- damage, fires, landslides, and other effects, and have them report to the station or command post on the results of this secondary damage survey. • Have field personnel check the train yards along San Fernando road where chemicals, flammable substances, and explosive or other dangerous materials are often stored in railroad cars which could pose a hazard if released. Supervisory Responsibilities (Continued) NOTE: If hazardous materials or environmental conditions pose a threat to the emergency forces, have them observe appropriate precautions while 9iving priority situation estimates. Activities should be . coordinated with the Fire Department and the LAPD HAZMAT team (ext. 5 - 4011). * Determine and report on the operability of telephone, water, gas. electric power. transportation. and other systems serving the community. • If persons are entrapped in collapsed structures. ensure that command posts are established and proper assistance requested . * Activate one of the predesignated multipurpose staging areas as a destination point for units coming into the area and as a base for c?nducting emergency operations. * Coordinate rescue efforts with other emergency services . • Call for equipment needed for debris clearance and heavy rescue. * Order and ensure that evacuation routes are cleared as needed . * Establish access routes to the damaged areas and instruct personnel to assist people to safe areas. * Prohibit unauthorized entry or re-entry into the evacuated areas. * Prepare to issue Temporary Emergency Passes to those persons or agencies that will be authorized to enter the closed areas. * Request that personnel control traffic and expedite the movement of units of emergency services. * Determine the capacity and safety of evacuation routes. If primary routes are blocked select secondary or alternate routes. * Provide for traffic control and expedite the evacuation, coordinating activities of other departments. • Instruct personnel to search the evacuation area to insure that people received warning. Assist in evacuation and perform rescue and first-aid as necessary. * Request that the media broadcast instructions to direct evacuees to desiqnated relocation areas using specific evacuation routes . Supervisory Responsibilities (Continued) NOTE: Although Northeast Area has established potential command post sites, which are included in this response plan, bear in mind that the criteria for selecting Multipurpose Staging Areas are: _ -- . > A low risk fire and flood area. > Adequate areas, both paved and unpaved, for all intended uses including assembly, manuevering, parking, and a helicopter landing site. > Adequate facilities, both covered and open, for supplying and maintaining vehicles and heavy construction equipment. > Facilities for first-aid and medical treatment sufficient for use as a medical evacuation point. > Feeding, sleeping and sanitation facilities sufficient for emergency personnel. > Provision for security and safety, such as a fence or a natural barrier. > Ready access to major transportation routes . Supervisory Responsibilities (Continued) > A low risk fire and flood area. > Adequate areas, both paved and unpaved, for all intended uses including assembly, manuevering, parking, .-nEl a helicopter landing site. '> Adequate facilities, both covered and open, for supplying and maintaining vehicles and heavy construction equipment. > Facilities for first-aid and medical treatment sufficient for use as a medical evacuation point. > Feeding, sleeping and sanitation facilities sufficient for emergency personnel. > Provision for security ·and safety, such as a fence or a natural ba rier. > Ready access to major transportation routes. . I I . ON DUTY DURING EARTBQU~ If you are on duty during an earthquake your own survival is your main concern. If you are operating a radio equipped vehicle, establish a Command Post. Be conscious of and prepared for the a-ftershocks - they wi 11 occur. Move to a low risk open-··area . Stop your usual police routine. The first priority is the protection of life through the enlisting of citizen aid. Do not clutter the radio. Wait for roll call and at the that time provide the information that you have obtained. If your radio is damaged, attempt to obtain citizens with CB radios to assist you. Delegate responsibilities - enlist citizen aid - maintain order - gather and record intelligence and above all DO NOT PANIC. If you do not have a radio, try to return to your station or team up with someone who has an operable radio, or report to a police station other than your own. If you have prisoners in custody, good judgement may result in their release. Detectives in the police station should immediately take over the functions of the uniformed station officers and allow them to get in the field where their uniform will be of more value. Civilian employees in the station will have their duties directed by the station supervisor then on duty . .. V. OFF DUTY Utilize your radio to receive earthquake information and plan to respond to your station according to your "A" and "B" watch assignments. E A R T B Q U A K E R E S- P O N S E P L A N NORTHEAST AREA EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE FUNCTION INDEX I. General NORTHEAST AREA EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE II. Area Overview III. Daaage Survey IV. Response and General Directives V. Specific Directives A. Personnel in the Field B. Personnel in the Station VI. Concepts of Aftermath Operations A. Search and Rescue B. Evacuation VII. Vital Points VIII.Key Locations (Military, Evacuation Centers, Supplies, Schools etc.) IX. Multi Purpose Staging Areas X. Mobile Command Fleet XI. Emergency Operations Responsibility Matrix NORTHEAST AREA EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE I. General Berthquakes, particularly those of severe .magnitude, by··their very nature are one of the most dangerous of the natural disasters. They can strike without warning, cover a large area at' once, and cause heavy damage, injury, and death within minutes. Earthquakes may be the cause of other attendant disasters, such as fires burning out of control or flooding from darn failure. It is a facet of Southern California's history that several major and numerous minor earthquakes have occurred in the past. Research by a number of scientists and geophysicists points to the probability that a major earthquake is likely to occur in the future. Preparation for such an event is necessary in order for any police agency to respond effectively. The effects of a substantial earthquake will probably necessitate termination of routine policing and require emergency operations on an area basis. In the event of a major earthquake, the most important function we will have is to save lives, our own included. Falling glass and masonry, landslides~ fire and flooding are possibilities we may have to face. There can be no set of rules to guide us. Each situation will be different. Appropriate actions, utilizing good judgement and common sense, based upon valid information must be the "game p_lan." ~I. Area Overview Northeast Area is for the most part a region of high population density. During daylight hours there is an increased population surge due to employees of the many companies, offices and businesses located throughout the Area. In the evening..·hours there is also a heavy residential population of all classes and types of people. Northeast encompasses such diverse locations as large parks, Occidental College, high rises along Sunset and Hollywood Boulevard, Dodger Stadium and the Zoo, to name a few. The terrain in Northeast Area is more than two thirds hill country with only the area adjacent to Hollywood being level. Perhaps the worst threat to Northeast Area in the event of a major earthquake would be slope instability in the hilly terrain. The severe shaking of unstable ground could cause dam failure, bridge and structure collapse, rupture of water and gas lines, and perhaps the greatest attendant calamity--FIRE. In Northeast-a Mount Washington Area large numbers of people are crowded together in older buildings and often substandard wood frame dwellings. A series of fires could easily burn out of control if there was no water pressure in the mains or hydrants, and the Fire Department -was unable to respond because of road closures (See special use plans "Fires, Mount Washington.") Depending on weather conditions, fires could sweep up the congested hille burning almost every structure. Even if high rise structures survive the shaking, fire in the upper stories would be difficult to contain. In the event the fires can be controlled, it can be easily surmised that the largest death toll in Northeast Area would be caueed by structure collapse. Even "Earthquake proof" high rise buildings might not survive an 8.3 magnitude tremor and there are numerous three to ten story buildings of considerablP. age throughout the area which could conceivably collapse under heavy temblors. Digging through rubble for survivors may be a prime aftermat h activity for any able bodied person. Mobility will no doubt become a problem in ·Northeast, as many normal access routes will become un-usable due to fieaures, debris, and bridge collapee. Dam failures may cause impassable rivers to flow. Thi• would effectively cut the division into parcels. Officer• in the field may be virtually stranded at diverse locations throu9hout the area. This could cauee an "instant re-organization• of the Department with each operative field unit in effect becoming an independent field ta k force. _ The individual officers would have to assume the responsibility to reorganize the civilian survivors and utilize their assistance to carry out .taaks aa necessary. 111. Damage Survey In the aftermath of a major earthquake, facilities which present high risk or provide an essential public service should be assessed to determine whether they are able to function or pose a hazard. Area stations should attempt to communicate .wi~h Key [acilities, Dams, etc., then mobile units should be dispatched to assess the VITAL POINT locations as soon as possible after an earthquake. If "Normal" communications with Dam sites and on-site assessment is not possible, an alternate means of com,nunicating between the Dam site and the Department is by use of a Ring Down Line which links DWP, Communications Division, and the EOC. Utilizing or requesting information through Communications Division or the EOC, if activated, will provide the most accurate and up-dated information. Because the Ring Down Line is a direct line, it does not utilize public telephone lines; therefore, it is less likely to fail during system overloads as is the case with standard phone lines. In the actual scheme of operations, information on Dam site status is communicated via DWP radio to the DWP's Trouble Board. Such information is initially received from an emergency monitoring system at Dam sites that triggers an alarm at the DWP Trouble Board upon detection of Dam related problems. In turn, the Trouble Board notifies the Dam Keeper or roving patrols. The Dam Keeper or patrol personnel perform visual inspections at the Dam site and communicate their findings to the Trouble Board, as previously mentioned. Consideration should be given to the utilization of aerial survey for the initial damage assessment. Field Commanders/Watch Commanders must be cognizant of the requirement to forward an initial status report detailing personnel status, situation estimate and damage assessment to the Department Command Post (DCP) · within one-half hour of the occurrence. This time limit sets priorities and almost requires assessment by utilization of the "Pre-Designated Key Locations" as a priority guide. If normal communications are disrupted, this information must be dispatched to the Department Command Post by Motor Officer or other messenger. Field Commanders/Watch Commanders should provide all available information in the initial status report and not delay the report because the assessment is not "complete." As more significant assessment information is discovered it should be forwarded in the next status report. -----'-------------------~---- - ------------------- - ------------ ~V. Response and General Directives This plan delineates the general responsibilities and functions in Northeast Area's response to emergencies following a major earthquake in the Los Angeles Area. An effective response d_emands that timely and accurate information be gathered in order to make necessary command decisions and establish priorities for control. The extent of the disaster may be so overwhelming that ome traditional police functions may have to be postponed or even ignored in order that personnel and equipment can be directed toward situations considered more urgent . Because an effective response will require a prompt assessment of conditions throughout Northeast Area and establishment of operational priorities, the KEY LOCATIONS and VITAL POINTS of this section furnishes lists of critical locations to be checked anu assessed for damage following an earthquake and locations where resources likely to be needed following such a disaster can be obtained. These lists were developed with the recognition that the needs of the Department will be beyond the capacity of City government resources. With this in mind, privately owned equipment, vehicles and other resources should also be-considered and utilized if possible. In the event of a major . earthquake, the potential for problems is infinite. The police resposne is entirely dependent on the magnitude of the quake; however, our prime directives in the immediate aftermath should be: 1. Save lives 2. Maintain lines of communication 3. Gather intelligence particularly about key locations 4. Restore and maintain order 5. Provide access routes for emergency services 6. Prevention of looting 7. Perimeter control (as assigned) Police tasks would also include as~J~5iQ9 or coordination with other agencies on: 1. Search and rescue operations 2. Evacuation operations (as needed) The situation may demand flexibility but these functions should be among the first considerations. l. Specific Directives If you are at home when a major earthquake strikes. you should know whether your are on the "A" watch (0630-1900) or "B" watch (1830-0700). Respond accordingly in the even a Department Mobilization is declared. A. Personnel in the Field - Your primary concern is personal survival-Stay alive. Avoid Injury, You are important. * DON'T PANIC, it's contagious. * Think it out, do not act hastily. * If outside, move to an open area, away from falling debris. * If inside, remain in building, but stand in doorway or corner, under table or desk, stay away from windows. * Put your helmet on as soon as possible, there may be numerous aftershocks. * Avoid elevators and be conscious of one-way doors leading to stair-wells which lock behind you. Any door may jam, imprisoning you. , * Be aware of the possibility of dam rupture and the flow path of released water. * Use caution opening interior building doors due to the possibility of fire. Feel the door. * Be aware of gas leaks and the potential for fires. * Keep your distance from power poles and transformers they could give off explosive flashes at any time. * Remember, aftershocks. they can and will happen anytime after the main shock and may finish off the tilting building you are standing near. Field Functions Following an Earthquake • Your job is to remain available and communicate. • Do not become involved in routine duties the firat hour . . 1. Try not to become involved in arrests. 2. Avoid personal involvment in resuce operations. 3. Do not be concerned with protecting property. 4. If you have a suspect in custody, you may consider releasing him. .. Field Functions Following an Earthquake (Continued) * Protect your equipment, particularly your radio. 1. Following main shock, determine if communication is operable by attempting to clear. 2. If no response, ~emain on Rover Channel 2, but stay off the air . 3. Wait until a roll call of units can be conducted by the command post. 4. Assess your situation and that of the surrounding area and be prepared to give a status report, as briefly as possible. 5. In the event of a major earthquake communications between field units and control may be disrupted. However, the Watch Commander will be able to utilize his "TAC PAC" to keep communications open to the field. Since the repeater stations are in widely scattered locations, the possibility of the entire system going down due to repeater failure is extremely remote. * Extreme caution is recommended when driving at night. 1 . Following a major earthquake we will undoubtedly have blackout conditions. 2. Many of the streets will be ruptured, strewn with debris, and possibly have dis-lodged cables or wires hanging across which will not be readily visible in the headlights. 3. -Slow and cautious driving assisted by use of the spotlight is strongly recommended. 4. Avoid old buildings and high rises, think aftershocks . . . Utilization of Available Resources * Establish command posts at your location, particularly if tranded. • Delegate all tasks to civilian volunteers. 1. Have them act as command post cadre. 2. Assign them to gather intelligence and assi t with: a. Injuries, fatalities b. Damage, hazards to life c. Emergency needs d. Status of access routes e. Location of fires f. Rescue and evacuation efforts Utilization of Available Resources (Continued) * In the event of radio/MDT failure in your police unit, or damage to your ROVER unit utilize other radio equipped vehicles to relay messages. 1. RTD buses 2. Taxi cabs - 3. CB radios 4. Public utility vehicles 5. Fire Department units Remember the air unit will be utilized as an aid in locating lost units. Stay with your vehicle if possible. Looting 1. Looting is unfortunately a concurrent problem with any disaster and there would probably be considerable looting in Northeast following a major earthquake. Weapon storage locations as listed in the addenda should be safeguarded if possible. 2. In the event field officers do encounter looters, they should be informed that the Department shooting policy is not changed by an earthquake and we do not shoot looters on sight. Many looters turn out to be minors. 3. When personnel and prevalent conditions permit, looters shall be arrested and processed through the appropriate Field Jail Unit. Perimeter Control 1. The concept of perimeter control is often applied during earthquakes in relation to damaged area vs. undamaged area, or, as in the case of the Sylmar quake of 1971, a perimeter was established to protect an evacuated area. 2. Perimeters, and the coordination of perimeter control, except in specialized situations, would probably come under the purview of the EOC, when activated following a Department Mobilization. B. PERSONNEL IN 'l'BE STATION Respond to the primary command post for instruction 1. Uniformed positions should be relieved by detectives in order to free uniformed personnel for field •••ivnment. 2. Detectives also have the responsibility of 9athering data on fatalities. 3. If necessary. detectives shall be utilized to form a Field Jail Unit. Field Commander 1. The Watch Commander shall be the Field Commander and immediately establish the primary command post at Northeast Station. 2. Should the station be unserviceable as a command post location. officers should respond to an alternate command - post location in order listed (See Addenda). a. In that .eventuality, the first supervisor arriving at the next usable command post location according to listed priority, shall be the field commander. b. It is possible that there will be a ·need for more than one command post in Northeast Area. 3. Utilizing ROVER Channel 2 cause a roll call of field units to be taken. Also, have an air unit make area fly overs to locate police units and personnel stranded without radio capabilities. 4. Cause an air unit fly over and/or ground unit on-site inspection of pre-designated critical key locations (See Addenda). a. In the event Rowena. Silverlake, Devils Gate, Eagle Rock, Highland. Sepulveda dams are in danger of rupture. refer to the appropriate inundation plan contained herein. 5. Continue to obtain status reports from field units and begin a log, listing personnel assignments, requests for assistance, damage and casualty reports and other pertinent essential information. a. Establish the availability and condition of each unit. b. Provide a broad assessment of the overall situation which can be used as a basis for determining ensuring courses of action. 6. Refer to lists provided in Addenda as a ready reference for logistical and support sources and responsibilities matrix. Field Commander (Continued) 7. Field Commanders should consider requesting activation of the City's Emergency Operations Center (EOC) during series of major UO's related to Dam Inundation. a. When activated the EOC can coordinate the Department's and City's control activities; gather, evaluate, and disseminate intelligence from Department resources and outside agencies; and provide personnel, equipment, and supplies from other City resources when requested. b. A responsibilities matrix is included as addenda, delineating involved agencies and their respective responsibilities. c. A resources matrix is included as addenda, delineating resources and whom to contact. - ---~------- -- ?I. Concepts of Aftermath Operations A. Search and Rescue Because the Fire Department will be paralleling many of our activities, a liaison should be immediately establ~sbed with the Fire Department command post in Northeast. The Fire Department command post will have multi-agency operations 'capability which will be of significant benefit in formulating a mutual course of action. The Fire Department has prime responsibility to coordinate search and rescue efforts and the Department of Public Works is charged with providing rescue crews and heavy equipment. However, an earthquake of sufficient magnitude may require some police involvement in search and rescue operations. Should police personnel become involved in a rescue operation consider the following: * When organizing search and rescue operations within complex structures or geographic areas, develop a map of the area to be searched, establish grids, and search block by block. * Determine from a reliable source where people might be within a collapsed building. * Record locations where victims are found. Remove dead bodies only if absolutely necessary. * Request needed heavy rescue equipment, lighting, and skilled personnel. B. Evacuation In the event evacuation becomes necessary, the Red Cross will contact the L.A. City Unified School District security and request that appropriate schools be opened for use to provide shelter and other related services. In selecting suitable schools, the Red Cross and School Security will cooperate with local emergency authorities so that schools in an unsafe condition or in a dangerous area are not utilized. The Red Cross has already installed shortwave radio capabilities in most public schools and will establish radio communications with schools being utilized•• ehelter locations. Upon opening a school, the Red Crose will send out ehelter managers, nurses, family eervice worker, etc. Concepts of Aftermanth Operations (Continued) The Red Cross will provide emergency services for people needing to utilize the shelters. Such services will include food, necessary clothing, nursing, first aid and the handling of welfare inquiries. The handling of inquiries into w•lf~re of relatives and friends will be an important function. Families and relatives of citizens living and working in Northeast Area wrll be calling in from all over the world in an effort to determine if their loved ones are safe. The Red Cross is geared to operate and coordinate victim inquiries. The Red Cross may request our assistance in providing transportation and determining available access routes leading to shelter areas. When the need arises for evacuee transportation, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directed by the concerned watch commander or field commander, RTD buses can be obtained by contacting the RTD Dispatching Supervisor at phone number (213) 972-3426. Buses specially designed to accommodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD Dispatching Supervisor. "Accessible buses" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wheelchair lifts, ramps, and wide doors. To obtain the use of LAUSD bu~es, nofity the LAUSD Security Watch Commander at phone number (213) 625-6631. Requests for buses should be coordinated through the Emergency Operations Center if it is activated . In regards to the evacuation process, officers in the field should be informed of the activated shelter locations as soon as possible to coordinate their evacuation and rescue efforts and to provide the information to displaced survivors. - -- . VIII NOR TB EAST AR. EA RESERVOIR/DAM INUNDATION PLAN • r ••-, ..., · i ·~ -~~ ' ~~d~~-~~~~:: --~-:?'!- - - DAM a RESERVOIR EMERGENCY NOTI F· I CATI ON LIST • ·, -~. ~ NOTE: In order to maintain the • accuracy and completeness of this document and its ·future revisions, PLEASE REPORT ALL CHANGES OR CORRECTIONS TO THE RESERVOIR SURVEILLANCE GROUP at (213) 481-6100, -6130, or -6101, Post Office Box 111, Room 1314, Los Angeles, California 90051. WATER SYSTEM DIVISION HEADS: · Dam and Reservoir Emergencies Persons to be Notified In case of any sudden or unprecedented flood, unusual or alarming circumstance or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir, including a significant change in seepage, abrupt change of water level in an observation well, _or any unusual cracks, slumps, or wet spot in the dam or abutments, the employee discovering the problem sha notify his supervisor as outlined on the attached sheets. Where the problem or occurrence is of such seriousness as to warrant notification of the Engineer in Charge of the Aqueduct division or the Engineer in Charge of the Water Operating division, it is essential that one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division also be alerted. In the event of a major emergency, the Engineer in Charge will be responsible for contacting the Assistant General Manager - Water (page 4); the State Department of Water Resources, Division of Safety of Dams (page 7); and County Sheriff (page 9). If the dam or reservoir is located within the City of Los angeles, The Engineer in Charge shall notify the Chief of Police (page 9). In all cases, where the person called cannot be contacted, the next name in order shall be notified. The first person contacted in each group . shall be responsible for notifying all others in that group who may be needed in connection with the problem. In all cases, if none of the persons in a group can be reached immediately, the Depar. tment Telephone Operator, ( 213) 4 81- 4211 or 818 984-2512, shall be contacted and instructed to complet e the call to one of the group. Attachments c: Distribution List JAMES F. WICKSER Assistant General Manger - Water Ref. DWR Letters J. J. Doody to DWP 10/26/81 and 7/15/82 Reservoir· Data IN-CITY RESERVOIRS The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify the Water Utility Operator Supervisor or District Reservoir Foreman. These first °level supervisor are listed below. If unable to contact the first level supervisors, the employee should immediately notify the LAWS-DAC operators at (213) 481-8118 or 8117. LAWS-DAC will attempt to notify the first level supervisor and if unsuccessful, will notify the second level supervisor. First Level Notification Central District W. Clark** Harbor District A. Dempsey** Western District C. Nishiyama** 2355 Fletcher Drive Los Angeles (213) 481-7754 5898 Venice Blvd. Los Angeles (213) 481-6981 5898 Venice Blvd. Los Angeles (213) 481-6980 East Valley and West Valley Districts J. Fitch** 18718 Rayen Street Northridge (818) 702-2661 *(DWP) 2-273-2661 (818) 367-2002 (213) 971-2968 (818) 242-4079 (805) 523-7674 Upon investigation by the Water Utility Operator Supervisor or the District Reservoir Foreman, he shall alert the following supervisors listed under second level notification: ) (See next page) * DWP - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. ** Also see Pager/Radio/Vehicle No. listings in Appendix A. Page 2 Second Level Notification D. E. Horton Room 1449 {805) 484-4698 General Office Building (213) 481-6233 J. D. Powers Room 1449 (818) 281-2249 General Office Building (213) 481-6232 After the investigation of the probiem by the second level supervisor, and if the situation war~ants, he shall notify one of the following in the order indicated: Third Level Notification J. E. Jarf R. w. Carr Principal Engr. (WOO) L. McReynolds Principal Engr·. (WOO) Room 1449 (818) 249-0713 General Office Building (213) 481-6222 Room 1420 (818) 968-8948 General Office Building (213) 481-6241 Room 1420 (818) 957-0826 General Office Building (213) 481-6240 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or ser ·ousness as to warrant notification on one of the above engineers, •it is essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be altered. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division. Page 3 H. F. Hanson* M. M. Sakado s. Matsuda . P. c. Lahr* w. w. Hoye H. R. Venegas J. F. Wickser WATER ENGINEERING DESIGN DIVISION Room 1314 General Office Building {213) 481-6130 Room 1314 General Office Building (213) 481-6134 *Beeper 717 7356 Room 1314 General Office Building (213-) 481-6132 Room 13·14 General Office Building (213) 481-6100 Room 1336 General Office Building (213) 481-6150 Room 1336 General Office Building (213) 481-6147 4070 Wilkinson Avenue Studio City, CA 91604 (213) 877-2565 . 630 Marek Drive Montebello, CA 90640 (213) 728-9704 5 Via Seville Rolling Hills Estates, CA 90640 (213) 541-0198 3239 Altura Avenue, #11 Glendale, CA 91214 (818) 957-2322 136 S. Plymouth Blvd. Los Angeles, Ca 90004 (213) 935-1523 900 Hibiscus st. Montebello, ca 90640 (213) 724-9560 WATER SYSTEM EXECUTIVE OFFICE Room 1455 General Office Building (213) 481-6171 4548 El Reposa Drive Los Angeles, CA 90065 (213) 257-3623 o. D. Buchholz Room 1455 General Office Building (213) 481-6181 * Also see Pager/Radio/Vehicle No. listings in Appendix A. Page 4 AQUEDUCT RESERVOIRS - NORTHERN DISTRICT The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify one of the Construction and Maintenance Supervisors listed below: Bishop-Mono District J. Bright · Bishop Yard (619) 873-2231 2-265-2231 (DWP)* (619) 873-8027 Lone Pine and Independence Districts R. Stockman Independence Yard (619) 878-2076 2-272-2227 (DWP) (619) 878-2337 If appraisal of the problem by the Construction and Maintenance Supervisor warrants, he shall immediately alert the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent and the Engineering Services personnel: · J. Snead F. Finkbeiner Bishop Admin. Office (619) 873-2226 2-265-2226 (DWP) · Bishop Admin. Office _ (619) 873-2256 2-265-2256 (DWP) (619) 873-4966 (619) 873-4302 If appraisal of the situation by the Construction and Maintenance. superintendent warrants, he shall -immediately notify one of the following in the order indicated: R. G. Wilson D. C. Williams Bishop Admin. Office (619) 873-2225 2-265-2225 (DWP) (619) 873-4738 Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6191 (714) 995-7129 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification of one of the above engineers, it is , essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be alerted. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division as listed on page 4. *(DWP) - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. Page 5 , AQUEDUCT ·RESERVOIRS - SOUTHERN DISTRICT The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent. T. J. Sterling Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. (805) 824-4695 *(DWP) 2-269-2200 (805) 822-7493 _If Mr. Sterling cannot be reached immediately, contact one of the Construction and Maintenance Supervisors listed below. J. Herbaugh L. Graves Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. (805) 824-4695 *(DWP) 2-269-2201 Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. · (805) 824-4695 (DWP) 2-269-2209 (805) 822-5010 (805) 296-0249 If appraisal of the situation by the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent or Supervisor warrants, he shall immediately notify one of the following in the order indicated: M. M. Kodama Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6180 (818) 333-5572 K. L. Salsman Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6198 (213) 325-3779 D. C. Williams Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6191 (714) 995-7129 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification of one of the above engineers, it is essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be alerted. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division as listed on page 4. * (DWP) - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. Page 6 STATE DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES DIVISION OF SAFETY OF DAMS Section 6101 of Division 3 of the California Water Code requires owners of dams or their agents to advise the Department o f Water Resources (DWR) fully and promptly of any sudden or unprecendented flood or unusual or alarming circumstances or occurrence affecting the dam or reservoir. Notification of DWR would normally take place only after review of the situation by either the second level supervisor or the reservoir surveillance group. Make notification in the order listed below. During Working Hours V. H. Persson, Chief 2200 "X" Street, Suite 200 Sacramento, CA 95818 (916) 445-7606 After Working Hours and on Weekends and Holidays For City and South Aqueduct K. P. Osgerby 69 Coloma Way Field Engineer .Sacramento, CA 95819 (916) 232-1115 (916) 736-9472 Fax No. (916) 324-0793 For Owens Valley and Mono Basin R. Sanchez 1041 La Salle Drive Field Engineer Sacramento, CA 95864 (916) 323-1115 (916) 489-1660 If the appropriate Field Engineer cannot be reached, attempt to contact in the following order: R. F. Delparte Regional Engineer (916) 322-6206 D. H. Babbitt Chief Field Engineer (916) 445-9517 6310 Cassady Way Carmichael 95608 (916) 944-1541 3860 West Land Park Drive Sacramento, CA 95822 (916) 444-7336 California State Police, Sacramento (916) 445-1150 In all cases, where the person called cannot be contacted, the next ·name in order shall be notified. The first person contacted in each group shall be responsible for notifying all others in their group who may be needed in connection with the problem. In all cases, if none of the persons in a group can be reached immediately, the Department Telephone Operator, (213) 481-4211, shall be contacted and the operator shall continue to try to complete the call to any one of the group. Page 7 COUNTY SHERIFF Los ~ngeles County ...... s. Block, L.A. County Sheriff Department 211 West Temple St., Room 266 Los Angeles, CA 90012 (213) 974-4101 Inyo County ............. Al George P. o. Box s Independence 93526 (619) 878'-2441 Mono County ............. M. streineck, Jr. P. o. Box 616 Bridgeport 93517 Bridgeport No. (619) 932-7549 Mammoth Lake No. (619) 934-6058 Ventura County .......... J. Gillespie 800 So. Victoria Avenue Ventura 93009 (805) 654-2381 24 Hours: (805) 654-2314 CHIEF OF POLICE City of Los Angeles ..... o. F. Gates, Chief, Parker Center 150 No. Los Angeles st. Los Angeles, CA 90012 (213) 485-3202 R. Banks Commander Operations Hdqrt. Bureau Normal Hours (213) 485-3211 After 1700 Hours, Weekends, Holidays (213) 485-3261 Commanding Officer Emergency Operations Center (213) 617-0019 (213) 485-5191 City of Bishop •.•••••••• F. G. Coburn, Chief 207 West Line Bishop 93514 (619) 873-5866 ., Page 8 FIRE DEPARTMENT City of Los Angeles ...... D. O. Manning Chief Engineer and General Manager 200 N. Main St., Rm 1020 Los Angeles 90012 · {213) 485-6003 24 Hours: Operation Control Dispatch Center (213) 485-6009 or (213) 485-6180 J. Holloway, Hydrant Unit 200 N. Main St., Rm 920, City Hall East Los Angeles 90012 (213) 485-5964 Los Angeles County ...... R. Monarrez, Emergency Services Coordinator 1320 N. Eastern Avenue Los Angeles 90063-3294 (213) 267-2404 24 Hours: (213) 267-2455 OFFICE OF EMERGENCY SERVICES Ventura County .......... Ms. Karen Guidi, Emergency Services Coordinator Ventura County Office of Emergency Services 800 So. Victoria Ave. Ventura 93009 (805) 654-2551 24 Hours: (805) 654-2314 State of California 24 Hours: ..... Mr. Gardener Davis State Office of Emergency Services AFRC Building 283 Los Alamitos, CA 90720-5001 (213) 493-8900 State O.E.S. Warning Center (916) 427-4341 Page 9 DAM •AND RESERVOIR EMERGENCIES DISTRIBUTION LIST General Manager's Office ............... D. W. Waters (2) N. L. Buehring (2) Receptionist (1) Public Affairs Division ................ L.B. Dennis (1) E. Freudenburg (1) Receptionist (1) Power System Executive Office .......... E. A. Cotton (1) K. s. Miyoshi (1) B. v. Palk (1) Water System Executive Office .......... J. F. Wickser ( 3) D. D. Buchholz (2) G. A. Gewe (2) M. L. Blevins (2) c. v. Solorza ( 2) Receptionist (1) Aqueduct Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. C . Williams (2) M. M. Kodama (4) K. L. Salsman (2) T. J. ·Sterling (8) R. G. Wilson (6) J. M. Snead (14) Receptionist ( 3) Water Operating Division ..•••••........ L. McReynolds (2) R. w. Carr · (2) R. L. Simmons (2) J. E. Jarf (2) J. D. Powers (2) D. E. Horton ( 40) J. c. Lockie (10) L. B. Withers (2) D. Kocher (1) R. c. Forsyth (8) E. Thomas (8) E. Session (8) R. G. Fleming (8) Central Water Trouble Board (5) w. Valley Water Trouble Board (5) Water Engineering Design Division ....•• w. W. Hoye (2) H. R. Venegas (2) s. Matsuda (2) H.F. Hanson (12) M. M. Sakado (2) Page 10 DAM AND RESERVOIR EMERGENCIES DISTRIBUT 1 ION LIST Cont ... Power Operating and Maintenance ......... c. A. Rogacs (2) L. D. Robbs (2) M. L. Martinez (2) G. E. Haynie (2) Duty Superintendent of E.c.c. (14) Power Design and Construction ............ E.G. Gladbach (6) Emergency Operation Center ............... L.B. Withers (6) State Department of Water Resources ...... v. H. Persson (2) D. H. Babbitt (2) R. Delparte (2) R. Sanchez (2) K. P. Osgerby (2) State Office of Emergency Services ....... G. Davis (5) (213) 620-5607 Los Angeles Police Department ............ 0. F. Gates (1) (213) 485-4011 s. Roberts (36) Ventura County Emergency Services ........ J. Gillespie (2) Center Sheriff Department (805) 654-2314 Emergency Services Coordinator ......... K. Guidi (2) (805) 654-2551 (805) 654-2381 U. S. National Park Service ............•. T. Glass (2) (818) 597-1036 Los Angeles County Sheriff ............... s. Block (1) Inyo County Sheriff •..•.................. A. George (1) Mono County Sheriff ...................••• M. Streineck (1) City of Bishop Police ...........•........ F. G. Coburn (1) Los Angeles City Fire Department .........• D. o. Manning (1) Hydrant Unit ..•.....•..•.•....•....•.•.•• J. Holloway (3) Los Angeles County Fire Department •.••••• R. Monarrez (1) 640-PLEMRES.RPT Page 11 APPENDIX A 05/16/91 PAGER/RADIO/VEHICLE NO. ~ISTINGS WATER OPERATING DIVISION, PUMP PLANT AND RESERVOIRS * INDICATES CHANGES NAME BAKER BARR BENSEN BLINN BLOCH PAGER PH# PAGER# RADIO# RADIO ID VEHICLE# BODNAR BOTT* CAMPOS CASTILLO* CLARK DEMPSEY DUMBOLTON FITCH HANSON HARFORD HIGBY HOMILLER HOOVER HORTON HUMPHRIES JARVIS -IAUREGUI .:EKA KING KNOX KOCH KREINER LAHR* LAZADO L::..:. LINTON LUCAS* MANDEVILLE MC ALLISTER MONTANANO NAKAMURA NISHIYAMA PALACIO PATCHEN POCHMARA 704-5348 704-4900 704-5379 704-4885 704-5330 704-9323 717-7252 704-5355 717-7244 704-4890 704-4882 704-6054 704-5324 717-7356 704-5372 704-5327 704-5009 704-5378 704-4871 704-5325 704-4897 704-5349 704-5322 704-5241 717-7221 717-7248 704-5157 717-7374 704-4901 704-4888 704-5356 704-5377 704-4889 704-5381 704-4873 704-5382 704-4886 704-5374 POWERS 717-7257 RESV.SURV* REY 704-4878 RODRIGUEZ,RU717-7240 SEARS 704-5375 707348 707900 707397 708885 707330 703323 771252 707355 771244 707890 W644 W628 W524 W617 W523 W641 W632 W614 701080 701012 700920 700796 700321 700905 700902 W5-1377 WS-0500 WS-0597 PS-2612 WS-2603 P4-0096 REW-34782 P4-0029 708882 W611 700332 P4-0079 706054 W633 700428 W5-1123 707324 W520 700761 P4-0102 771356 (RESERVOIR SURVEILANCE) 707372 707327 707009 707378 708871 707325 708897 707349 · 708322 707241 771221 771248 W622 W278 W602 W624 W642 W525 W629 W646 700784 700853 700896 700928 1 00586 701037 700185 700922 REW-34784 WS-1072 P4-3204 WS-0502 P4-0092 W5-1565 REW-34783 P4-0097 707157 W610 700939 P4-3146 771374 (RESV. SURV. ASSOC. ENGINEEER) 708901 W641 708888 707356 707377 708889 707381 708873 707382 708886 707374 771257 708878 771240 707375 W601 700613 P4-3396 W634 W277 W619 W638 W220 W616 W600 W637 Wl21 701602 700997 700454 700889 700861 701074 700745 748161 701016 700768 701020 REW-34782 W5-1124 P4-0107 P4-0127 WS-2523 W4-1175 W4-2042 W4-8160 W4-1154 WS-1555 WS-1187 704-4877 708877 W615 700989 SIMON 704-4887 708887 W61·2 700784 STANLEY 704-5359 707359 W279 700037 STONE 704-5347 707347 SUNDEMIER 704-5376 707376 TAN 704-5367 707367 W626 700804 VAN NORMAN W643 700669 WALL 717-7350 771350 WEATINGTON 704-5360 707360 WILKERSON 704-4884 708884 W613 700944 WILLIAMS 704-5361 707361 ZAHNOW 717-7259 771259 ZEMPO 704-5368 707368 W627 700345 ZORNE 717-7224 771224 TO CALL FROM PHONE TO CAR, DIAL 818-35~-1991. KEY RADIO ID AFTER TONE. LOCAL PAGER NUMBER FOR . THE VALLEY AREA: W4-1176 W4-1175 W5-1152 W4-1164 P5-0523 P4-0112 P4-0016 (818)884-1063, DIAL PAGER NUMBER, DIAL NUMBER TO CALL NORTHEAST AREA RESERVOI~/DAM INUNDATION PLAN INTRODUCTION _ These contingency plans were developed as required_ ·by the Emergency Service Act-Article 5, Section 8589.5 of the . Government Code, which relates to Dam/Reservoirs Safety . • The evacuation plans were designed to be implemented in the event of an impending outage of the reservoirs. The plans are considered to be stri~tly contingency measures and does not imply in any way that the reservoirs are unsafe. The Inundation areas were calcul.ated within limits of sound engineering judgement based on reservoir capacity and topographical maps. The emergency plans were designed to be flexible and subject to modification by the Field Commander. Personnel needed for these plans are merely an estimation of the minimum officers required to initially control the event. INDEX A. Reservoirs in the Northeast. Area 1. Eagle Rock - 2 . Highland (J~' o j-- S QJ-1~ 3. Garvanza (.) 4. Elysian 5. Solano 6 . Rowena 7 . Silver Lake fl . Dams outside of Nort..heast, Hut Havlng An Effect On The Area 1. Devil's Gate 2. Sepulveda Dam 3 . Hansen Dam C. Department of Water and Power's Dam and Re ervoir Emergency Notification List \. TABLE OF CONTENTS EACH RESERVOIR OR DAM WILI. , :nNTAIN THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: I. I I. I I I. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XI I. XIII. Overview Inundation (Water F l nw) Watch Commander's Responsibilities Command Post Locatinn s Evacuation Sequency Evacuation Centers Evacuee Transportati n n Perimeter Traffic Diversion By Priority Emergency Phone NumhPl·s Emergency Water and Medical Commercial Radio and Television Termination Of The Fvacuation A. RESERVOIRS/QAMS IN NORTBEAS_ T AREA I. II. I I I. IV. v. VI. VII. VII I. IX. x. XI. XIL XIII. XIV. EAGLE ROCK RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS Overview Inundation (Water Flow) Watch Commander's Responsibilities Command Post Locations Evacuation Sequency - By Priority Evacuation Centers Evacuee Transportation Perimeter Traffic Diversion Emergency Phone Number5 Emergency Water And First Aid Supplies Commercial Radio And Television STATIONS Termination Of the Evacuation Addenda (Maps) -- --------- - - -----------------~------- I. OVERVIEW The Eagle Rock Reservior is located approximately 75 yards north of the Ventura Freeway (134) north of Hillmont Avenue . It is at an elevation of 957 feet above sea level and covers an area of seven acres. Its maximum depth is 40_£eet at the high-water level; at capacity it holds 254 acre feet (82,774,000 gallons) of water . There is no reservoir keeper who resides at the reservoir. This reservoir is maintained by various Department of Water and Power employees. The current reservoir foreman is Mr. Bill Clark who resides at 13447 Berg Street, Sylmar (residence phone, (818) 367-2002, business, 481-7754). The reservoir was built in 1953 and can be completely drained from maximum capacity in 6 to 8 hours. It is constructed of packed earth fill and faced wjth asphalt on the water side. II. INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) In the event of a massive rupture, the water will flow southwest causing the destruction of homes and property boarding Hillmont Avenue and E~gle Vista Drive to Colorado Blvd. The water would continue its southwest flow until reaching Eagle Rock High School. where it would be diverted by hills westward to Eagle Rock Blvd. The water flow will then follow Eagle Rock Blvd. and Verdugo Road southwesterly to San Fernando Road, across Southern Pacific Train freight yard, and into the Los Angeles River. The distance from the reservoir to the point where the water would enter the Los Angeles River is 4.9 miles. (see addenda - INUNDATION MAP "A") III. WATCH COMMANDER"S RESPONSIBILITI~~ If a major earthquake occurs,have an air unit inspect the reservoir. If an air unit is unavailable, the inspection may be conducted by a patrol \ini t, if practical. The direct route to the reservoir is via the entry gate to the Hillmont Pumping Station, Bluebill Road and Hillmont Avenue. It can also be observed at a higher P.1.evation via Scholl Canyon Road, which begins at the north end f")f Figuero=i Street ; just north of the Ventura Freeway. Should the reservoir sustain A massive rupture, the watch commander shall make the following notifications: 1. Communications Division and request a tactical alert - 2. 3. minimum . 130 officers. 485-3223 CHP - Through Communications or CLEMAR 736-3366 Los Angeles -Fire Department 384-3131 or thru the link 4. Northeast Area and Patrol r,ommanding Officers III. WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBILITI~§ (Continued) When practical, and time permjtting, the watch commander should make the following notifications: 5. Southern California Gas Company (24hrs) (1-800) 325-4070 or 689-2104 6. 7. 8. 9. Department of Water and Power Los Angeles City Public TTt.i li ties (monitor) LASO General Information Red Cross-Metropolitan (24hrs) 10. Coroner (If needed) 11. Telephone Company-Chief Operator 12. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (stop or redirect train traffic, if needed) (24 hrs) 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (should the situation become critical) 14. Watch Commander of affected neighboring divisions and/or police departments 481-5217 . 485-3110 974-4211 739-5200 226-8011 485-5500 668-4910 688-5522 15. Department of Street Maintenance 485-5679,5699 (PM's485-7100) IV. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS 1. Franklin High School 820 North Avenue 54 254-7104 SEE ICEY LOCATIONS. SECTION XJll. FOR SECONDARY OR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST SITES. v. VI. VII. EVACUATION SEQUENCY - BY ~RIORIIT When time is allowed and it is feasible, activate the evacuation of the water flow nrea in sequence using the grid maps as a guideline. The mriin concern s residence in "bucket" type terrain. Area A - two, 2 officer units Area B - four, 2 officer units Area C - four, 2 officer units Area D - three, 2 officer units Area E - two, 2 officer units Methods of communication fo1 ~vacuation and direction to the evacuation centers wouJrl include one or combination of the following: A. Use of LAPD Air Units with public address system. B. Door to door contact by informed officers. · C. Use of patrol units utjlizing public address system. D. Radio broadcasts advi~inri of the disaster and steps to be taken .. EVACUATION CENTERS School L~cation Phone 1. Florence Nightengale Junior High School 33]1 N. Figueroa Street 221-4148. 2. Burbank Junior High School 6460 N. Figueroa Street 255-0108. If the water flow follows the indicated direction, the northeast section of Northe~Rt Division would be divided into two sections. It is suggested that a secondary evacuation center be consid,=.,·,=.rl on the north or west side of the inundation. The American Red Cross shall bP. notified. They can establish a mass care centP, ~t the above location(s). Note: The Red Cross recom1n~nds that immediately following a disast~r. an outdoor (park, playground, etc.) nrea be used first as an evacuation center . Locations, such as schools and auditoriums, f4 n~ generally used for extended evacuation care. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION When the need arises for evacuee tr~nsportation, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or -Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directed by the. concerned Watch Commander ·or Field Commander, RTD bus~R can be obtained by contacting the RTD dispatching supervisor. Phone number, (213) 972-3426. __ ........:..._ ____ _ ___________ _____L_ ___ ____ _ VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION (Continued) Buses designed especially to nccomodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD dispatching supervisor. "Accessable Buses" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as whePl chair lifts, ramp&, and wide doors. To obtain the use of LAUSD buses notify the LAUSD security watch commander. Phone numbe1·: (213) 625-6631 If the Emergency Operations Center (x-54O11) is activated, then requests for buses shoulrl be coordinated through them. VIII. PERIMETER Determine and establish a perimeter for the affected ·area. The perimeter will vary depending on the extent of the inundation. The water flow will travel in numerous directions while following the inundation path, thus making it difficult to definP perimeter boundaries. Anticipating the worst, the perimeter boundaries could be made in conjunction with tn:1ffi.c diversion (section VIII). By maintaining current statu~ on the affected area the perimeter can be .escalated/rle-escalated as needed. IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish traffic diversion at below listed locations. Have the California Highway Pntrol relieve LAPD officers as soon as possible. Traffjc diversions can be modified as needed, keeping in mind P.gress and ingress routes. 1. Ventura Freeway westbound at North Figuer:oa Street off-ramp, divert all freeway traffic to southbound Figueroa ·street (block r.nlorado Boulevard off-ramp) - 4 officer~ 2. North Figue.t·oa Street ent-J.·ance to weslbound Ventura Freeway, divert to ea~ t·hn11nd Ventura FrP.eway - 1 officer. 3. Ventura Freeway eastbound at Glendale Freeway, divert southbound Glendale FrPP.way - 2 officers. 4. Arbor Dell Road northbound at Bluebill Road, divert westbound - 1 officer. 5. Hill Drive eastbound at Rockview Terrace. divert southbound - 1 officer. 6. Eagle Vista Drive westbound at North Figueroa Street, divert northbound and Routhbound - 1 officer. IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION (Continuerl) 7. Hill Drive at Highcres1 Avenue, divert eastbound to southbound Monte BonitM Drive - 2 officers. 8. Kipling Avenue at Rockv iPw Street, divert_sQuthbound onto Monte Bonito DrivP 1 officer. 9. Hill Drive at LaRoda A~: ~1me, divert southbound - 1 officer. 10. Colorado Boulevard eastbound at LaRoda Avenue, divert westbound (block southhn11nd) - 2 officers. 11. Colorado Boulevard at N01·th Figueroa Street, divert southbound and eastbound 2 officers. 12. Cblorado Boulevard at T ,; nda Rosa Avenue, barricade - 2 officers. 13. Argus Drive southbound ;'\t· Chicksaw, divert westbound - 1 officer. 14. Chicksaw Avenue westbo11nd at Maywood Avenue, divert northbound - 1 office1· . . 15. Eagle Rock Bo11levard at Colorado Boulevard, divert westbound - ?. officers. 16. Ellenwood Drive at ColnrAdo Boulevard, divert westbound - 1 officer . 17. College View Avenue at T.oy Lane, Fairpark Avenue, Yosemite Drive, Addison Way, La Verna Avenue, Norwalk Avenue, Los Colinas Avenue, Ridgeview Avenue, Langdale Avenue. North Avenue 45, Divert northbound and southbound - 11 offir.1?rs. 18. Ellenwood Drive at North Avenue 45, divert westbound and southbound ·- 1 off i r·~1 -. 19. Ellenwood Drive at Yorl: R0ulevard, div~t·t northb,Jt.111d and southbound - l off i r · 0 1· . 20. North Avenue 46 at We~tdAle Avenue, Corliss Street, Paulhan Avenue, Alumni rw~nue, divert eastbound - 4 officers. 21. York Boulevard at West Avenue 43 divert northbound and southbound - 1 offir.P.r. 22. Valle Vista Drive at we~t. Avenue 41, divert northbound- · 1 officer. · 23. York Boulevard at North Avenue 45, divert northbound and southbound - 2 offir.~rs. IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSI0N.(Continued ) 24. North Avenue 45 at Linc: n l.11 Avenue, Toland Way, divert northbound and southbounrl - 2 officers. 26. Scandia Way at West Avenue 42, West Avenue .to, divert northbound and southbound - 2 ·officers. • 27. Verdugo Road southbond ~t entrance to southbound Glendale Freeway, di ve1 · t rmto southbound Glendale Freeway - 1 officer. 28. Glendale Freeway northbnund at Verdugo Road off-ramp, block off-ramp - 1 offi r, p1 · . 29. West Avenue 36 at Fletch~r Driver, Portner Street, divert southbound and nnl"l:hbound - 2 officers. 30. Bushwick Street at We$1· ~venue 36, divert westbound - 1 officer. 31. Kinney Street at West J\·,;pnue 35, divert eastbound - 1 officer. 32. Bushwick Street at Cre5tmoore Place, West Avenue 35, West Avenue 34, Estara Avenue, West Avenue 33, Moss Avenue, divert northbound and southbound - 6 officers. 33. Edward Avenue at West Avenue 32, West Avenue 31, West Avenue 30, divert northbound and southbound - 3 officer. 34. Edward Avenue at San Fernando Road, divert westbound and northbound - 1 offir.P.r . 35. San Fernando Road at Glendale Freeway, divert onto southbound Glendale FrPP.WAY - 1 officer. 36. Glendale Freeway off- n~mp to San FP-rnando R .oad, divert westbound - 1 nffir.er . 37. The Paseo at West Avem •" 34, West Avenue 35, Arthur Street, divert northbnnnrl and southb,,und - 3 officers. 38. Carlyle Street at West ~venue 33, West Avenue 32, West Avenue 31, divert- nnrthbound and southbound - 3 officers. 39. West Avenue 30 at CarlylP. Street, divert eastbound - 1 officer. 40. Cypress Avenue at Division Street, divert northbound, southbound and eastboun<i - 2. officers. 41. San Fernando Road westbound at Division Street, divert northbound - 1 officer. X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS 1. CHP - Through Communicnt-ions or ·cLEMAR 2. Department of Water and Power (24 hrs) 3. · Bill Clark - reservoi1· <nreman Home: Busine 4. Water and Power engineel (Qualified to assess th'? condition) ------------ 736-3366 481-4900 5. Southern California Ga~ r.ompany (24 hrs) 689-2104 6. Los Angeles Fire Depar1·mPnt or 1-800-325-4070 384-3131 or thru the link 7. Los Angeles City PubU r· TJti li ties (monitor) 485-3110 8. LASO General Informati0n 974-4211 9. Red Cross - Metropolit~n (24 hrs) 739-5200 10 . Coroner (if needed) 226-8011 11 . Telephone Company - ChiP.f Operator 485-5500 12. Southern Pacific RailroAd Police (24 hrs) 668-4910 (Stop or redirect train traffic, if needed) 13. Army Corps of Enginee1· f'. ( ~hould the situation become cr~tical) 668-5522 14. Bureau of Street Maint,=.n;::mce (600 barricades) 15. Rapid Transit District (Dispatching Superviso,) 16 . Loe Angeles Unfied Schnnl District 485-5699,5679 972-3426 625-6631 XI. XII. EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRsr AID SqFPLIES In the event wate~ and first Rid supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally maintain~ nmple amounts for emergency situations. If Red Cross' supplies are limited, then use below locations as secondary re sou l·r.es. A. FIRST AID SUPPLIES B. 1. Various fire stations. Contact Fire Department OCD for supply locations. PHARMACIES 1. Cain , s Pharmacy 5700 "fork Blvd 2. Von , s Pharmacy 731] N. Figueroa St. 3. Owl Drugs 5634 N. Figueroa St. 485-6185 254-6839 254-7231 254-2851 {Additional location~ . ~~~ Unusual Occurence Plans - sec. IX) C. WATER SUPPLIES 1. Sparkletts Water Company 4500 York Blvd. 259-2222 2. Indian Head Water Company 22~ S. Avenue 54 256-2265 3. Hinckley/Schmitt Water Co. 4414 York Blvd. 255-0106 ( Location ~n and #3 mny be affected by the Inundation) Detective Headquarter Division (x-53261) maintains two books, 24A and 24B. These bnoks contain approximately 600 pages of current outside resources for emergency supplies (i.e, heavy moving equipment. medical supplies, tents, etc.) COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVISION ~TATIONS The following radio and telP''i~ion stations may be called to broadcast an evacuation orri~ 1 nr the termination of an evacuation. A Television PHON~ Channel 2. KCBS (213) 460-3550 Channel 4. KNBC (818) 954-0138 Channel s. KTLA (213) 460-5501 Channel 7, KABC (213) 557-7777 Channel 9, KCAL (213) 467-6158 Channel 11, KTTV (213) 462-7111 Channel 13, KCOP (213) 850-2222 XII. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVISION _ JITATIONS (Continued) B. Radio PHONE Station KMPC ,(213) &60-5628 Station KNX (213) 460-3343 Station KABC (213) 840-4900 - Station KDAY (213) 664-7717 Station KRTH/AM (213) 781-1930 Station KFI (213) 251-3124 Station KFWB (213) 462-6870 Station KGIL (213) 895-2000 Station KLOS (213) 840-4800 XIII. TERMINATION OF THE EVACUATION The evacuation will be termin~ted when one of the following conditions has been met. A. The reservoir has been 5~cured by v.oiding it of water or declared safe. B. The water level within tl. 1e inundated area has subsided to a level saf~ enough to allow re-entry by residents and there is no further need for interior security. The evacuee5 will be notified of the evacuation cancellation by both radio and television, as well as notification at the Mass Care Center (evacuation centers). ~ -~; .. - ·-~ . _."': / ~·- . ,· .. . ' :Iii' --~~ . ·. ·. · .. --~··· :· .• . ,, .. R . . ,, I# 8 "~ r ~-· C .1- \· ·_ I 1- · ' - ,, z:, I• ,, E. --- -~ .. - . EAGLE ROCK DAM 3 -- l EAGLE ROCK DAM 1 EAGLE ROCK DAM HIGHLAND _ J_U;SERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Overview II. Inundation (Water Flow) III. Watch Commander's Responsibilities IV. Command Post Locations V. Evacuation Sequence - By Priority VI. Evacuation Centers VII. Evacuee Transportation VIII. Perimeter IX. Traffic Diversion X. Emergency Phone Numbers XI . Emergency Water And First Aid Supplies XII. Commercial Radio And Television XIII. Termination Of The Evacuation XIV. Addenda (Maps) - - ~""------------- ---~---- I. OVERVIEW The Highland Reservoir is located approximately one quarter of a mile west of the Pasadena Freeway at the end of Avenue 62, north of Crescent Avenue. Its high water elevation is 619 feet above sea level and covers an area of _ _ _ _ ,. approximately four acres. Its maximum depth is 20 feet at the high water level; at capacity it holds 63 acre-feet ~ (20,000,000 gallons) of water . There is no reservoir keeper who resides at the reservoir. This reservoir is maintained by various Department of Water and Power employees. The current reservoir foreman is Mr. Bill Clark who resides at 13447 Berg Street, Sylmar (residence phone: (818)367-2002, business: 481-7754). The reservoir is constructed of packed earth-fill with a concrete lip at the high water level. The reservoir is actually a hole in the ground with a wooden cover. This reservoir was built in 1909. It is the opinion of the Department of Water and Power that only a severe "uplift" type earthquake could rupture this reservoir. Due to the nature of the reservoir's construction, it would be extremely difficult for saboteur(s) to cause a rupture serious enough to damage it or cause serious damage to any property. The security at this facility consists of a chain link fence topped with barbed wire, which surrounds the entire reservoir. II. INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) In the event of a massive rupture to this reservoir, at maximum capacity, the water would flow in a southeasterly direction causing severe damage to homes and property bordering Figueroa Street on the west, Avenue 63 on the east, then cross the Pasadena Freeway on the south, and flow into the Arroyo Seco Channel at Avenue 60. Portions of the Pasadena Freeway are lower than the surrounding ground level and would, undoubtedly, fill with water blocking the north and southbound lanes. The water would eventually drain into the flood control channel running north and south at Avenue 60. There are storm drains (36"-72" width) for flood control in the immediate area of the reservoir (see addenda - Map A). Ill. WATCH COMMANDER"S RESPONSIBI~IT_IES If a major earthquake occurs, have an air unit inspect the reservoir. If an air unit is unavailable, the inspection may be made by a patrol uni~. if p~actical. - - --- - - ---~ WATCH COMMANDERS RESPONSIBI41T~ES (Continued) Should the reservoir sustain a massive rupture, the Watch Commander shall make the following notifications: 1. Communications Division and request a tactical alert - minimum 60 officers 2. CHP - Through Communications or CLEMAR 3. Los Angeles Fire Departmen~ - ·--•85-3223 736-3366 384-3131 or thru the link 4. Northeast Area and Patrol Commanding Officers When practicable, and time permitting, the Watch Commander should make the following notifications: 5. Southern California Gas Company (24 hrs) 1-800-325-4070 or 689-2104 6. Department of Water and Power 7. Los Angeles City Public Utilities (monitor) 481-5217 485-3110 974-4211 8. LASO General Information 9. Red Cross - Metropolitan 10. Coroner (if needed) 11. Telephone Company - Chief Operator (24hrs) 739-5200 226-8011 485-5500 12. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (24hrs) 668-4910 (stop or redirect train t.raffic, if needed) 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (should the situation become critical) 14. Watch Commander of aff~cted neighboring divisions and/or Police nepartments: 15. Department of Street Maint~nance 688-5522 485-5679,5699 (PM's 485-7100) IV. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS 1. Franklin High School 820 North Avenue 254-7104 SEE KEY LOCATIONS. SECTION XIII. FOR SECONDARY OR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST SITES. V. EVACUATION SEQUENCE - BY P~_ IORITY Immediately cause the below t~affic diversions: ., 1. Figueroa Street and Meridian Avenue Prevent traffic southbound on Figueroa StreetT prevent traffic eastbound on Merinian Avenue. 2. York Boulevard and Avenue 64 Prevent traffic westbounrl nn York; prevent southbound traffic on Avenue 64. 3. Figueroa Street and Avenue 60 Prevent traffic northbounti on Figueroa; prevent traffic eastbound on Avenue 60. 4. York Boulevard and HamleL Street Prevent all eastbound trnffic on York Boulevard. 5. Avenue 60 and Echo Street Prevent westbound traffic on Avenue 60; prevent traffic northbound on Echo Street . Once the above traffic diversions are completed, then activate the evacuation of the area in sequence using the grid maps, attached, as a guideline. 1. ~r~-~--~ - Three, two-officer uni ts. First concern is Garvanza Elementary School, Luther Burbank Junior High then residential. 2. A~~a~ - Five, two-officer units 3. Area G - Five, two-officer units. Main concern is residence in "bur.ket" type terrain. The Arroyo Seco areA is a "bucket" type terrain. 4. Area D - Two, two-office1 · uni ts. Methods of communication for ~vacu-ation and direction to evacuation centers would inc:lnnP. one or combination of the following: A. Use of LAPD air units wi1h public address syst~m B. Door to door contact by informed officers C. Use of patrol units utili~ing public addre ystem D. Radio broadcasts advising nf the diea ter and steps to be taken. VI. EVACUATION CENTERS Eagle Rock High School Florence Nightengale Junior High School Burbank Junior High School LOCATION 1750 Yosemite Drive 3311 N. Figueroa St. 6200 Meridian St. The American Red Cross shall be notified . They can establish a Mass Care Center at above location(s) . PHONE 254- 6891 221-4148 255-0108 Note: The Red Cross recommends that immediately following a disaster, an outdoor (park, playground, etc.) area be used as an evacuation center. Locations, such as schools and auditoriums, are generally used for extended evacuation care. VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION When the need arises for evacuee transportation, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) buses should be considered . When directed by the concerned Watch Commander or Field Commander, RTD buses can be obtained by contacting the RTD dispatching supervisor, phone number: (213) 972-3426. Buses designed especially to accommodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD dispatching supervisor. "Accessible Buses" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wheel chair lifts, ramps, and wide doors. To obtain the use of LAUSD buses notify the LAUSD security Watch Commander. Phone number, (213) 625-6631. If the Emergency Operations Center (extension 5-4011) is activated, then request for buses should be coordinated through them. VIII. PERIMETER Determine and establish a perimeter for the affected area. The perimeter will vary depending on the extent of the inundation. Anticipating the worst, the perimeter boundaries should be: A. Meridian Street between Figueroa Street and Avenue 64. PERIMETER (Continued) B. Avenue 64 between Meridian Street and Pasadena Freeway. C. Figueroa between Meridian Street and Avenue 60. D. Avenue 60 between Figueroa Street and Arroyo Seco channel. By maintaining current status on the affected area, the perimeter can be escalated/de-escalated as needed. IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish traffic diversion at below listed locations. Have the California Highway Patrol relieve LAPD officers as soon as possible. Traffic diversions can be modified as needed, keeping in mind egress and ingress routes. 1. Southbound Pasadena Freeway - divert all traffic off freeway at York Blvd. 2. Northbound Pasadena Freeway - divert all traffic off freeway at Hermon Avenue. 3. Westbound York Blvd at Avenue 64 - divert traffic northbound on Avenue 64. Prevent traffic southbound on Avenue 64. 4. Eastbound York Blvd. at Hamlet Street - divert all traffic northbound on Hamlet or southbound on Mt. Angelus. 5. Northbound Figueroa Street at Avenue 60 - divert traffic westbound on Avenue 60. Prevent traffic eastbound on Avenue 60. 6. Southbound Figueroa Street at Meridian Avenue - divert all traffic westbound on Meridian. Prevent traffic eastbound on Meridian Street. 7. Southbound Avenue 63 from Meridian Street - divert all traffic eastbound on Meridian Street. 8. Southbound Avenue 63 and York Blvd - divert traffic eastbound on York Boulevard. 9. Westbound Arroyo Glen Street and Figueroa Street - divert traffic southbound on Figueroa Street. X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS 1. CHP - Through Communications or CLEMAR ·736-3366 2. Department of Water and Power (24hrs) 481-5217 · - - -- ------ ----------- EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS (Continued) 3. Bill Clark - Reservoir Foreman Home: (818) 367-2002 Business: 481-7754 4. Water and Power Engineer 481-4900 (Qualified to assess the condition) 5. Southern California Gas Company (24hrs) 689-2104 or (1-800) 325-4070 6. Los Angeles Fire Department 384-3131 or thru the link 7. Los Angeles City Public Utilities (monitor) 8. LASO General Information 485-3110 974-4211 9. Red Cross - Metropolitan 10. Coroner (if needed) 11. Telephone Company - Chief Operator (24hrs) 739-5200 226-8011 485-5500 12. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (24hrs) 668-4910 (stop or redirect train traffic, if needed) 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (should the situation become critical) 14. Bureau of Street Maintenance (600 barricades) 15. Rapid Transit District (Dispatching supervisor) 16. Los Angeles Unified School District XI. EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRST AID SUPPLIES 668-5522 485-5699 485-5679 972-3426 625-6631 In the event water and first aid supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally maintains ample amounts for emergency situations. If Red Cross' supplies are limited, then use the below locations as secondary resources. A. First Aid Supplies 1. Various fire stations. Contact Fire Department OCD for supply locations. ·B. Pharmacies 1. Brogan's Drugs 2144 Colorado Blvd 2. Cain's Pharmacy _ 5700 York Blvd 3. Eagle Rock Pharmacy 2160 Colorado Blvd 485-6185 255-3784 254-6839 254-6111 - XII. EMERGENCY WATER AND MEDICAL S{!PPLIES (Continued) 4. Von's Pharmacy 7311 N. Figueroa St 254-7231 5. Sav-On Drugs 2240 Fairpark Avenue 254-6821 (For additional locatjons, see Unusual Occurence Plans, Section IX) C. Water Supplies 1. Sparkletts Water Co. 4500 York Blvd 2. Indian Head Water Co. 226 S . Avenue 54 (Possibly will be in Tnundation) 3. Hinckley/Schmitt 4414 York Blvd Water Co. 259-2222 256-2265 255-0106 Detective Headquarters Division (extension 5-5326) maintains two books, 24A and 24B. These books contain approximately 600 pages of current outside resources for emergency supplies (i.e, heavy moving equipment, medical supplies, tents, etc). COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVISIO~ STATIONS The following radio and television stations may be called to broadcast an evacuation order or the termination of an evacuation. A. Television · Phone Channel 2, KCBS (213) 460-3550 Channel 4, KNBC (818) 954-0138 Channel 5, KTLA (213) 460-5501 Channel 7, KABC (213) 557-7777 Channel 9, KCAL (213) 467-6158 Channel 11, KTTV (213) 462-7111 Channel 13, KCOP (213) 850-2222 B. Radio Phone Station l<MPC (213) 460-5628 Station KNX (213) 460-3343 Station KABC (213) 840-4900 Station KDAY (213) 664-7717 Station KRTH/AM (213) 781-1930 Station KFI (213) 251-3124 Station KFWB (213) 462-6870 Station KGIL (213) 895-2000 Station KLOS (213) 840-4800 XIII. TERMINATION OF THE EVACUATION The evacuation will be terminated when one of the following conditions has been met. A. The . reservoir has been secured by voiding it&£ water or declared safe. B. The water level within the inundated area has subsided to a level safe enough to allow re-entry by residents and there is no further need for interior security. The evacuees will be notified of the evacuation cancellation by both radio and television, as well as notification at the Mass Care Center (evacuation centers). . - · . ·- .. ·--.. . -·- .... . . ·-·•···• · ---- . - - -- - -~- ' . . -· . ..... ...... - .. -- - - -·-· . +i .. =-. ~- -.·. ~.: ..... e ,. ·• --.. . . .... -· . - ---- ···=~----·· - _ _ . .;_ ..•. . -···--· . . -- : I . SLJRSANK UR. HIGH SCHOOL - . . . .. · ........ . .. -.... . . . . . : . -·· . .. _ _ _ _. •· ··-. •··-:··~ -· .J -- :~ · , - ·· · ···--.-.·:·. M li11J · ,: - - . ·· · · ~o . . .... -·s· --· ..... -.. - . . - .. -··. . .. ···• .. , - . . . . . . . . . ••·-·· . . .. . . . . ·-·- ~· . : . . ... . . . .. .. • . . . ':;{ .... ~- . . '" t• - . . . ·• . : ?_µ·~ - ( ... ( • t I ~ . . . . ' ~-n ~ - t1LL\AVIAL . FLow 1 N - . ·- ·-- ..... . .. ~ ~ < ~ . li i~ J; -. . . · - ; . _ /- ,· . · " ,- . ·, _, . '- ' t .. l " .(~ • ·--..... . ·- ,,, ,,.· l. : • I ' \ - . . MAP .. J)·· - f) • • ~ GARVANZA RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Overview II. Inundation (Water Flow) III. Watch Commander's Responsibilities IV. Command Post Locations V. Evacuation Sequence - By Priority VI. Evacuation Centers VII. Evacuee Transportation VIII. Perimeter IX. Traffic Diversion X. Emergency Phone Numbers XI. Emergency Water and First Aid Supplies XII. Commercial Radio and Televisjon Stations XIII. Termination of the Evacuation XIV. Addenda (Maps) ~ -.~~-------- .. 4 r---- ----------- -------- - I. OVERVIEW Garvanza Reservoir i .s located north of Meridian Street and east of Avenue 65. Its high water elevation is 747 feet above sea level and covers an area of approximately 8,086 square feet. Maximum water capacity is 2.13 acre~feet (694,000 gallons) and the rPs~rvoir is situated atop a knoll. There is no reservoir keeper who resides at the reservoir. This reservoir is maintained by various Department of Water and Power employees. The current reservoir foreman is Mr. Bill Clark who resides at 13447 Berg Street, Sylmar (residence phone: (818) 367-2002, work: 481-7754). The reservoir is formed by excavation, the excavated material being used to firm and bank around a portion of the reservoir. A concrete retaining wall supports this bank and excavation around the reservoir. The roof is of frame construction and is supported by ten 10" pipe casings filled with concrete, and thP retaining wall around the reservoir. This reservoir was construc t e d in 1908 and updated in 1939. It is of the opinion that only a severe vertical "uplift" type earthquake could ruptur~ this reservoir. The reservoir is supplied by pumping water from the Highland Reservoir. There is no spillway at this reservoir. However, a float valve is provided in the event of improper functioning of the altitude valve. This float valve is located at the southwest corner of the reservoir and is set to shut off the w~~Pr supply 1.48 feet below the top of the reservoir#s wall . II. INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) This reservoir is not visually monitored. The Department of Water and Power uses "seepage monitors." There are no inundation charts available fn, · this reservoir . III. WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBIJ,JTIES If a major earthquake occurs. have an air unit inspect the reservoir. If an air unit jr.::: 11navailable, the inspection may be conducted by a patrol nnit. Should the reservoir sustain~ massive rupture, the Watch Commander shall make the following notification: 1. Communications Division and request a tactical alert (minimum 60 officers). 2. CHP - Through Communications or CLEMAR 485-3223 736-3366 WATCH COMMANDERS RESPONSIBJLITIE~ (Continued) 3. Los Angeles Fire Departmpnt 384-3131 4. Northeast Area and Patrol r.ommanding Officers When practicable, and time permitting, the Watch Commander should make the following notifications: 5. Southern California Gas r.0mpany (24 hrs) 1-800-325-4070 or 689-2104 6. Department of Water and Power 481-5217 7. Los Angeles City Public llt i l.i ties (monitor) 485-31f0 8. LASO General Information 974-4211 9. Red Cross - Metropolitan (24hrs) 739-5200 10. Coroner (if needed) 226-8011 11. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 485-5500 12. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (24hrs) 668-4910 (stop or redirect train tn\ffic, if needed) 13. Army Corp of Engineers (should the situation become critical) 14. Watch Commander of affected neighboring divisions and/or Police DP.pArtments 15. Department of Street Majnt~nance 688-5522 485-5679,5699 (PM's 485-7100) IV. COMMAND POST LOCATION(S)_ 1. Franklin High School R?.O North Avenue 254-7104 SEE JCEY LOCATIONS. SECTION x111. FOR SECONDARY OR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST SITES. V. EVACUATION SEQUENCE - BY P~IORITY Presently. there is no information on this reservoir ' s inundation flow. Evacuation sequence will be based on observation from an air unit and/or responding unit(s). The main concern here are the homes in the "bucke. t." type terrain (i.e, Arroyo Seco area) . The number of officers needed should be evaluated by "ir and/or responding units observations. Methods of communication for evacuation and direction to evacuation centers would inclnde one or combination of the following: A. Use of LAPD Air Units wi t h public address system . B. Door to door contact by 11niformed officers. C. Use of patrol units utili7.ing public address system. D. Radio broadcasts advisinq of the disaster and steps to be taken. VI. EVACUATION CENTERS Eagle Rock High School Florence Nightingale Junior High School Burbank Junior High School _µ)CATION 1750 Yosemite Drive 331J N. Figueroa St. 6200 Meridian St. PHONE 254-6891 221-4148 255-0108 The American Red Cross shall be notified . They can establish a Mass Care Center ~t above location(s). Note: The Red Croes recommends that immediately following a disaster, an outdoor (park. playground, etc.) area be • used first as an evacuation center. Locations, such as schools and auditoriums. are generally used for extended evacuation c~r" - VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION When the need arises for evacuee transportation, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or -Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directed by the concerned Watch Commander or Field Commander, RTD buses ~an be obtained by contacting the RTD dispatcher superviso>· . Phone number, 972-3426. ---~ -------- - --- ---------- VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION (Continued) Buses designed especially to ~ccommodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTP dispatching supervisor. "Accessible Buses" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wher--1 chair lifts, ramps_ ._ and wide doors. • To obtain the use of LAUSD buses, notify the LAUSD security Watch Commander, phone numbe1 · 625-3361. If the Emergency Operations Center (extension 5-4011) is activated, then request for hn~As should be coordinated through them·. VIII. PERIMETER The perimeter (affected area) will vary depending on the extent of the disaster. Responding units or the Watch Commander should, with the assistant of an air unit, complete a situation estimate. The information received will be a guideline in establishing the perimeter. IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish immediate traffic diversions as needed. Egress and ingress routes should also be taken in consideration when establishing traffic diversion. X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS 1. CHP - Through Communicat:inns or CLEMAR 736-3366 2. Department of Water and rnwP.r (24hrs) 481-5217 3. Bill Clark - Reservoir Fnn~man 4 . Water and Power Engineer Home: (818) 367-2002 Business: 481-7754 481-4900 (Qualified to assess the ·:nndi tion) 5. Southern California GaR rnmpany 6. Los Angeles Fire DepartmPnt· (24hrs) 689-2104 or (1-800) 325-4070 384-3131 or thru the link 7. Los Angeles City Public Ht i li ties (monitor) 485-3110 974-4211 (24hr ) 739-5200 8. LASO General Information 9. Red Croes - Metropolitan 10. Coroner (if needed) 226-8011 X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS (Cort1·inued) 11. Telephone Company - Chief nperator 485-5500 12. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (24hrs) 668-4910 ( stop or redirect train t- n~ffic, if needed) 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (~hould the situation become criticAl) 14. Bureau of Street Mainten~n~~ (600 barricades) 15. Rapid Transit District (Dispatching supervisor) 16. Los Angeles Unified School District XI. EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRST AID sey_PL_ IES - . ...... 668-5522 485-5699 485-5679 972-3426 625-6631 In the event water and first ~id supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally maintain~ ~mple amounts for emergency situations. If Red Cross' supplies are ljmited, then use the below locations as secondary resou, -~~s. A. First Aid Supplies 1. Various fire stations. Contact Fire Department OCD for suprly locations. B. Pharmacies 485-6185 1. Brogan's Drugs 2144 Colorado Blvd 255-3784 2. Cain's Pharmacy 5700 York Blvd 254-6839 3. Eagle Rock Pharmacy 2]60 Colorado Blvd 254-6111 4. Von's Pharmacy 7311 N. Figueroa St 254-7231 5. Sav-On Drugs 2?.40 Fairpark Avenue 254-6821 (For additional locatinn~, see Unusual Occurence Plans, Section IX). C. Water Supplies 1. Sparkletts Water Co. 4500 York Blvd 2. Indian Head Water Co. 226 S. Avenue 54 (Possibly will be in tn11ndation) 3. Hinckley/Schmitt 4414 York Blvd Water Co. 259-2222 256-2265 255-0106 Detective Headquarters Division (extension 5-5326) maintains two books, 24A and 24B. These books contain approximately 600 pages of ctn·rent outside resources for emergency supplies (i.e, heAvy moving equipment, medical supplies, ·tents, etc). ., XII. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVISION ~TATIONS The following radio and televi~ion stations may be called to broadcast an evacuation 0l ·rJpr or the termination of an evacuation. A. Television Phone .. Channel 2' KCBS (213) 460-3550 Channel 4, KNBC (818) 954-0138 Channel 5, KTLA (213) 460-5501 Channel 7, KABC (213) 557-7777 Channel 9, KCAL (213) 467-6158 Channel 11, KTTV (213) 462-7111 Channel 13, KCOP (213) 850-2222 B. Radio Phone Station KMPC (213) 460-5628 Station KNX (213) 460-3343 Station KABC (213) 840-4900 Station KDAY (213) 664-7717 Station . KRTH/AM (213) 781-1930 Station KFI (213) 251-3124 Station KFWB (213) 462-6870 Station KGIL (213) 895-2000 Station -KLOS (213) 840-4800 XIII. TERMINATION OF THE EVACUATION The evacuation will be termjn;\ted when one of the following conditions has been met. · A. The reservoir has been ~e-or·,n-ed by voiding it of water or declared safe. B. The water level within th"' inundated area has subsided to a level safe enough to ;:tllow re-entry by residents and there is no further need for interior security. The evacuees will be notifi~d of the evacuation cancellation by both radin and television, as well as notification at the Ma$~ rnre Center (evacuation centers). - =- "-- ------ ------- ELYSIAN RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Information I. Inundation (Water Flow) III. Watch Commander's Responsibilities IV. Command Post Locations V. Evacuation Sequence - By Priority VI. Evacuation Centers VII. Evacuee Transportation VIII. Perimeter IX. Traffic Diversion X. Emergency Phone Numbers XI. Emergency Water and First Aid Supplies XII. Commercial Radio and Television XIII. Termination of the Evacuation XIV. Addenda (maps) .; I. OVERVIEW The Elysian Reservoir is located 25 feet west of the southbound lanes of the Pasadena Freeway, approximately 1/2 mile south of the Golden State Freeway. Elysian Reservoir was built in 1903, of compacted earth with a concrete inner face. It was constructed across a natural valley and has a high water elevation of 461 feet above sea level and a surface area of 6.16 acres. The reservoir contains 167.7 acre-feet of water (54,636,000 gallons). There is no reservoir keeper who resides at the reservoir. This reservoir is maintained by various Department of Water and Power employees. The current reservoir foreman is Mr. Bill Clark who resides at 13447 Berg St, Sylmar (residence phone: (818) 367-2002, business: 481-7754). The reservoir can be drained from capacity to half-full in approximately 15 hours (see addenda - Map A). II. INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) In the event of a minor rupture inspection indicates the flow would not follow the path of the major inundation flow. Minor inundation (less than six inches deep) would flow northbound in the southbound lanes of the Pasadena Freeway to the eastbound off-ramp of the Golden State Freeway. The flow would cross Riverside Drive at Barclay Street and flow into the Los Angeles River. In the event of a major breach the water would flow in the direction indicated on the inundation map, over both lanes of the Pasadena Freeway and down a natural canyon then enter the Los Angeles River opposite Humbolt Street. The elapsed time from breach to the river would be approximately four minutes. (see addenda - Map B). III. WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSIB~LI_ ~IES If a major earthquake occurs. have an air unit inspect the reservoir. If an air unit is unavailable, the inspection may be conducted by a patrol nnit, if practical . Should the reservoir sustain~ massive rupture, the Watch Commander shall make the following notifications: l. Communications Division and request 485-3223 a tactical alert - minimum 34 officers. 2. CHP - Through Communications or CLEMAR 736-3366 WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSI~ILIT~ES (Continued) 3. Los Angeles Fire Departmen t 384-3131 or thru the link 4. Northeast Area and Patrol Commanding Officers .~ When practicable, and time permitting, the Watch Commander should make the following not.ifications: 5. Southern Calif Gas Company (24 hrs) 1-800-325-4070 or 689-2104 6. Department of Water and Power 481-5217 7. L.A. City Public UtilitiP.~ (monitor) 485-3110 8. LASO General Information 974-4211 9. Red Cross - Metropolitan 10. Coroner (if needed) 11. Telephone Company - Chief Operator (24 hrs) 739-5200 226-8011 485-5500 12. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (24hrs) 668-4910 (stop or redirect train traffic, if needed) 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (should the situation become critical) 14. Watch Commander of affected neighboring divisions and/or Police Departments 688-5522 15. Department of Street Maintenance 485-5679. 5699 (PM's 485-7100) The largest portion of the inundation area is in Hollenbeck Division. The Hollenbeck Watch Commander should be contacted as soon as possibl~. (extension 5-2942) . IV. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS 1. L.A. Police Academy 1800 ~cademy Drive 485-3151 (after 1600) 485-3154 Above this command post i~ a water tank containing 500,000 gallons of water. If the tank has been damaged then the secondary command post, listed below, shall be ·activated. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS ( c ·oq ti nu ed ) 2. Naval and Marine 1700 Stadium Way 627-2891 Corp Reserve Armory The Duty Officer always carries a pager. To activate the pager, phone (213) 968-9099. Give your number and the duty officer will return your call. Attempt to contact the duty officer through the above method before contacting below p~rsonnel. Naval XO-Lieutenant Brownlie Home: { 818) 242-0368 Chief - Daniels Armory: (818) 627-2891 x252 Home: (818) 287-8540 Armory: (818) 627-2891 x265 * SEE KEY LOCATIONS, SECTION XIII, FOR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST SITES. V. EVACUATION SEQUENCE - BY P~~ORI'l:X Since there are · no businesses or residences in the water flow, evacuation procedures will be limited. One two-officer patrol unit should be assigned to clear Elysian Park east of the Pasadena Freeway to North Broadway. They should assure no Department of Water and Power personnel are in the Solano Canyon Plumbing Station at the north end of the Elysian Park Drive. One two-officer patrol and/or air unit should check the railroad bridge and yard southwest of the Los Angeles River and east of the Pasadena Freeway for railroad personnPl . Methods of communication for P.vacuation would include one or combination of the following: A. Use of LAPD Air Uni ts wi i·l, public address systems. B. Door to door contact by i nformed officers. C. Use of patrol units uti l i7.i ng p ublic addre s s system. D. Radio broadcasts advisinrt ,,f the disaster and steps to be taken. VI. EVACUATION CENTER There doesn't appear to be a need for an evacuation center. In the event factors develop ~eguiring an evacuation center be established, the below location can be used. Aragon Elementary School 1118 Aragon Avenue 221-5173 - The American Red Cross shall be notified. They can establish·a Mass Care Center ~t the above location. Note: The Red Cross recommends that immediately following a disaster, an outdoor (park, playground, etc.) area be used first as an evacuation center. Locations, such as schools and auditoriums, are generally used for extended evacuation care. VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION Transportation is not part of this evacuation plan. However, if an factors cause n need for transportation, revert to one of the other r~R~rvoir emergency plans as a source. VIII. PERIMETER Determine and establish the perimeter for the affected area. The perimeter will vary depending on the extent of the inundation. Anticipating the worst, the perimeter boundaries will probably be: · A. Elysian Park Road to North Broadway, east side B. ~ark Row Drive at Casanov~ Street, east side C. Park Row Drive at Park ·Rn~n. east side D. Park Row Drive at Elysi,m Park Drive, north side The perimeter shall be compl~t-pd in conjunction with the traffic diversions . IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish traffic diversion As needed at the below .listed locations · . Have the CaliforntA Highway Patrol respond to relieve LAPD officers as soon as possible. Traffic diversions can be modified A~ needed, keeping in mind egress and ingress routes. 1. Harbor Freeway northbound at the transition to the Hollywood Freeway, divert traffic to the Hollywood Freeway westbound or eastbound - 4 officers .. TRAFFIC DIVERSION (Continued) 2. Pasadena Freeway southbound at the transition to the Golden State Freeway, divert traffic north or southbound on the Golden State Freeway - 4 officers. 3. Golden State Freeway southbound to the Pasadena Freeway southbound, close - 4 officers . 4. On-ramps to the Golden State and Pasadena Freeway at Duvall Street and Riverside Drive, close - 4 officers. 5. Solano Street northbound Rt Amador, close - 2 officers. 6. Hill Street at Bernard Street and Cottage Home Street where Hill Street enters the Pasadena Freeway northbound, close. Traffi r. should be routed onto North Broadway - 6 officers. 7. Figueroa Street on-ramp to the northbound Pasadena Freeway, close - 2 officers. 8. Southbound on-ramp Pasadena Freeway at Figueroa Street, close - 2 officers. 9. Stadium Way on--ramp to the northbound Pasadena Freeway close - 2 officers . 10. Transition road from the westbound Hollywood Freeway to the northbound Pasadena Freeway at its conjunction with the transition to the southbound Harbor Freeway, close - 4 officers. 11. Transition road from the Hollywood Freeway eastbound to the Pasadena Freeway northbound at its conjunction with the transition to the southbound Harbor Freeway, close - 4 officers. Note ~ The above should be completed to prevent traffic from using the Pasadena Freeway, ~s any vehicles or persons near the reservoir 'lre in the danger zone of the water fl.ow. X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS 1. CHP - Through communications or CLEMAR 736-3366 2. Department of Water and Power 3. Bill Clark-Reservoir Foreman (24 hr) 481-5217 Home: (818) 367-2002 Busine 1 481-7754 .,; ·XL EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS (Continued) 4. Dept. of Street Maintenan c e 485-5679, 5699 (PM's 485-7100) 5. Southern California Gas Company _ _ _ .689-2104 (24hrs) (1-800) 325-4070 6. Los Angeles Fire Department 384-3131 or thru the link 7. L.A. City Public Utilities (monitor) 485-3110 8 . LASO General Information 974-4211 9. Red Cross - Metropolitan (24hrs) 739-5200 10. Coroner (if needed) 226-8011 11. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 485-5500 12. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (24hrs) 668-4910 (stop or redirect train traffic, if needed) 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (should the situation become critical) 14. Bureau of Street Maintenance (600 barricades) 15. Rapid Transit District (Dispatching supervisor) 16. Los Angeles Unified Schoo) District 17. Hollenbeck Division EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRST AID S:t]PPLIES 688-5522 485-5699, 5679 972-3426 625-6631 485-2942 In the event ~ater and first Aid supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally maintain~ Ample amounts for emergency situations. If Red Cross' supplies is limited, then use the below locations as secondary resources. A. First Aid supplies 1. Various Fire stations. Contact Fire Department OCD for supply locations. · B. Pharmacies 485-6185 1. Gateway Circle 2625 N. Ei9Ueroa St. 223-3228 2. Lucky Pharmacy 133 West ·Avenue 54 222-0121 (For additional locatjons, see Unusual Occurrence Plans, Section IX) - EMERGENCY WATER AND MEDICAL SUPPLY (Continued) C. Water Supplies 1. Sparkletts Water Co. 2. Indian Head Water Co. 3. Hinckley/Schmitt Water Co. 4500 York Blvd 259-2222 226 S. Ave 54 _ _ -256-2265 4414 York Blvd. 255-0106 Detective Headquarters Division (extension 5-5326) maintains two books, 24A and 24B. These books contain approximately 600 pages of current outside resources for emergency supplies (i.e., heavy moving equipment, medical supplies, tents, etc) . XI I. CC>f!lMERCIAL RAP IO AND TELEVl~ION __ STATION~ The following radio and television stations may be called to broadcast an evacuation order or the termination of an evacuation. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVISION STATIONS A. Television Phone Channel 2, KCBS (213) 460-3550 Channel 4, KNBC (818) 954-0138 Channel 5, KTLA (213) 460-5501 Channel 7, KABC (213) 557-7777 Channel 9, KCAL ( 213) . 467-6158 Channel 11, KTTV (213) 462-7111 Channel 13, KCOP (213) 850-2222 B. Radio Phone Station KMPC (213) 460-5628 Station KNX (213) 460-3343 Station KABC (213) 840-4900 Station KDAY (213) 664-7717 Station KRTH/AM (213) 781-1930 Station KFI (213) 251-3124 Station KFWB (213) 462-6870 Station KGIL (213) 895-2000 Station KLOS (213) 840-4800 XIII. TERMINATION OF THE EVACUATION The evacuation will be terminated when one of the following conditions has been met. A. The reservoir has been secured by voiding it Qf water or declared safe. B. The water level within the inundated area has subsided to a level safe enough to allow re-entry by residents and there is no further need for interior security. The evacuees will be notified of the evacuation cancellation by both radio and television, as well as notification at the Mass Care Center (evacuation centers). ELYSIAN DAM r: t · • '.·· · . : . J,, •. ·• · • I I 1 SOLANO RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Overview II. Inundation (Water Flow) III. Watch Commander's Responsibilities IV. Command Post Locations V. Evacuation Sequence - By Priority VI. Evacuation Centers VII. Evacuee Transportation VIII. Perimeter IX. Traffic Diversion X. Emergency Phone Numbers XI. Emergency Water and First Aid Supplies XII. Commercial Radio and Television XIII. Termination of the Evacuation XIV. Addenda (Maps) I. OVERVIEW The Solano Reservoir is located 1.5 miles northeast of Los ·Angeles City Hall on top a knoll between Dodger Stadium and the Pasadena Freeway. It has a high water elevation of 619 feet above sea level and has a spillway at 61~ feet above sea level. The spillway is located near the northwest corner of the reservoir. The outlet pipe joins a - 12-inch drain on Jarvis street. No surface ·drainage can reach this reservoir because of its position on the Knoll. The reservoir has a water capacity of 17.79 acre-feet (5,769,380 gallons), and an area of 43,412 square feet. The shape of this reservoir is similar to a bath tub s being formed by excavation in sandstone foundation. The excavated material was used to form a curve around the top and being supported by a concrete retaining wall of variabl~ height. A wooden roof was constructed over the reservoir, using a 12-inch riveted steel pipes filled with concrete to support the roof girders. The reservoir is not guarded. A galvanized fence with barbed wire has been installed around it. Solano Reservoir is maintained by various Department of Water and Power employees. The current reservoir foreman is Mr. Bill Clark, who resides at 13447 Berg Street, Sylmar (residence phone: (818) 367-2002, business: 481-7754). II. INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) The Department of Water and Power currently does not have an Inundation Chart for the reservoir. It is unknown which direction the water would flow if a massive rupture occurred. There would have to be a massive movement of natural ground and landfill on the knoll before a rupture would occur. Based on observation of the reservoir and topography of the land, the following inundation could occur: * * South or east side ruptur~~ - the water flow would follow the Pasadena Freeway southbound, onto the northern sections of Hill ~t . - and Br6adway, in Central Division. North side ruptured - the water flow would follow Academy Road eastbound to the Pasadena Freeway. To the south there are residences in the low areas below the northeast section of the reservoir. West side ruptured - the water would probably flow into Dodger Stadium parking lot and dissipate. ---------------------- ------ III. WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSI~ILITIES .,; If a major earthgua·ke occurs , have an air unit inspect the reservoir. If an air unit is unavailable, the inspection may be conducted by a patrol tmit, if practical. Should the reservoir sustain a massive rupture, - the Watch Commander shall make thP. following notifications: 1 . Communications Division and request 485-3223 a tactical alert - minimum 26 officers. 2 . CHP - Through Communicatinns or CLEMAR 736-3366 485-3294 3 . Watch Commander of CentrHl Area 4. Los Angeles Fire -:.partme nt- 384-3131 or thru the link 5'. Northeast Area and Patrol Commanding Officers When practicable, and time permitting, the Watch Commander should make the following notifications: .6. Southern Calif Gas Company (24 hrs) (1-800) 325-4070 or 689 - -2104 7 . Department of Water and Power 8 . L.A . City Public Utilitie~ (monitor) 9. LASO General Information 481 - 5217 485-3110 974-4211 10 . Coroner (if needed) 226-8011 11. Red Cross - Metropolitan (24 hrs) 739-5200 12. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 485-5500 13. Southern Pacif.ic Rail r oad Police (24hrs) 668 ··4910 (stop or redirect tra j_n 1 -n ~ffic, if needed) 14. Army Corps ~ of Engineers ( should the 688 - 5522 situation become critical) 15. Department of Street Maintenance 485-5679, 5699 (PM"s 485-7100) IV. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS 1. L.A. Police Academy 1800 Academy Drive 485-3151 (after 1600) 485-3154 Note: SEE SECTION XIII. KEY Tn<:AT.IONS. FOR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST SITES. v. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS (Continued) Above the command post location is a water tank containing 500,000 gallons of water. If the tank has been damaged then a secondary command post shall be activated. To locate a secondary location, see major list of maior schools and play grounds in Nnrtheast. EVACUATION SEQUENCE - BY PRI9Rl'!X There is no information on this reservoir's inundation. Evacuation sequence will be based on observation from an air unit and/or responding unit(s). The main concern is for residences in "bucket" terrain located around Academy Road, Solano Road, Amador Street, · and Jarvis Street. Personn~l needed to handle the event will be based on observations by air and/or patrol units. Methods of communication for evaluation, and directions to evacuation centers, would inr.lude one of the following; A. Use of LAPD air units wjth public system. B. Door to door contact by informed officers. C. Use of patrol .units utilizing public address system. D. Radio broadcasts advising of the disaster and steps to be taken. VI. EVACUATION CENTERS Elysian Heights Elementary School 1567. RRxter Street 665-6315 NOTE: The above facility is the closest "safe" location that can be used without. knowing which direction the inundation would take. The American Red Cross shalJ hP notified. They can establish a Mass Care Cente1· ~1- the above location. Note: The Red Cross recommend~ that immediately following a disaster, an outdoor (park, playground, etc.) area be used as an evacuation center. Locations, · such as schools and auditoriums. are generally used for _ extended evacuation cAr~. VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION When the need arises for evacuee transportation, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los · Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directed by the concerned Watch Commander or Field Commander, RTD buses can be obtained by contacting the RTD dispatcher supervisor. Phone number, 972-3426. ~--~---- ------_:_ ____ - VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION (Continued) Buses designed especially to accommodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD dispatching supervisor. "Accessible Buses" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wheel chair lifts, ramps-,-· and wide doors. To obtain the use of LAUSD buses notify the LAUSD security Watch Commander. Phone number, 625-6631. If the Emergency Operations Center (extension 5-4011) is activated, the request for buses should be coordinated through them. VIII. PERIMETER The perimeter will vary depending on the extent of the inundation. Responding units or the Watch Commander should, with the assistance of an air unit, complete a situation estimate. The information received will be a guideline in establishing a p~rimeter. IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish immediate traffic diversions. Egress and ingress routes should also be taken into consideration when establishing traffic diversion. X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS 1. CHP - Through Communicat:i0ns or CLEMER 736-3366 2. Central Area Watch CommandP.r 485-3294 3. Department of Water and Pnwe.r {24hrs) 481-5217 4. Bill Clark - Reservoir Foreman Home: (818) 367-2002 Business: 481-7754 5. Department of Street Maint-Pnance 485-5679, 5699 (PM's 485-7100) 6. Southern _ Calif Gas Company (24hrs) (1-800) 325-4070 or 689-2104 7. Los Angeles Fire Department 384-3131 or thru the link 8. L.A. City Public Utilitie~ {monitor) 485-3110 9. LASO General Information 974-4211 10. Red Cross - Metropolitan (24hrs) 739-5200 · EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS (Continued) 11. Coroner (if needed) 12. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 13. Sout})ern Pacific Railroad Police (stop or redirect train traffic, if .; 14. Army Corps. of Engineers (should the situation become critical) 15. Bureau of Street Mainten~nc~ (600 barricades) 16. Rapid Transit District (dispatching supervisor) 17. Los Angeles Unified School District 226-8011 485-5500 (24hra)-668-4910 needed). 688-5522 485-5699, 5679 972-3426 625-6631 XI. EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRST A~D SµFPLIES In the event water and first aid supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally maintains ample amounts for emergency situations. If Red Cross' supplies are limited, then use the below locations as second~ry resources. A. First Aid Supplies 1. Various Fire stations. Contact Fire Department OCD for supply locations. B. Pharmacies 485-6185 · l. Brogan's Drugs 2144 Colorado Blvd. 255-3784 2. Cain's Pharmacy 5700 York Blvd. 254-6839 3. Eagle Rock Pharmacy 2160 Colorado Bvd. 254-6111 4. Von's Pharmacy 7311 N. Figueroa St. 254-7231 5. Sav-0n Drugs 2240 Fairpark Ave. 254-6821 (For additional locatinns, see Unusual Occurrence Plans, Section tX} C. Water Supplies 1. Sparkletts Water Co. 2. Indian Head Water Co. 3. Hinckley/Schmitt Water Co. 4500 York Blvd 226 s. Ave S4 4414 York Blvd. 259-2222 256-2265 255-0106 Detective Headquarters Division (extension 5-5326) maintains two books, 24A and 24B. These book contain approximately 600 pages of current .outeide re ources for emer9ency eupplies (i.e., ·heAvy moving equipment, medical supplies, tent, etc). XII. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVI_ ~ION STATIONS The following radio and television stations may be called to broadcast an evacuation order or the termination of an evacuation. - .-,· A. Television Phone .. Channel 2, KCBS (213) 460-3550 Channel 4, I<NBC (818) 954-0138 Channel 5, KTLA (213) 460-5501 Channel 7, l<ABC (213) 557-7777 Channel 9, KCAL (213) 467-6158 Channel 11, KTTV (213) 462-7111 Channel 13, KCOP (213) 850-2222 B. Radio Phone Station l<MPC (213) 460-5628 Station l<NX (213) 460-3343 Station I<ABC (213) 840-4900 Station I<DAY (213) 664-7717 Station KRTH/AM (213) 781-1930 Station KFI (213) 251-3124 Station KFWB (213) 462-6870 Station KGIL (213) 895-2000 Station KLOS (213) 840-4800 XIII. TERMINATION OF TBE EVACUATIO~ The evacuation will be termin~ted when one of the following conditions has been met. A. The reservoir has been secured by voiding it of water or declared safe. B. The water level within the inundated area has subsided to a level safe enough to allow re-entry by residents and there is no further need for interior security . The evacuees will be notified of the evacuation cancellation by both radio and television, as well as notification at the Mass r.~re Center (evacuation centers). ---~--------~-- - ~ ---~-------- -------------------- ROWENA RES~RYOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS ·- I. Overview .II. Inundation (Water Flow) III. Watch Commander's Responsibil i ties IV. Command Post Locations V. Evacuation Sequence - By Prio r ity VI. Evacuation Centers VII. Evacuee Transportation VIII. Perimeter IX. Traffic Diversion X. Emergency Phone Numbers XI. Emergency Water and First Aid Supplies XII. Commercial Radio and Television XIII. Termination of the Evacuation XIV. Addenda (Maps) I. OVERVIEW The Rowena Reservoir (built in 1911) is located at the northwest corner of Rowena Avenue and Hyperion Avenue. The best approach to the reservoir (in the event of a rupture) is via Los Feliz Boulevard, south on Griffith Park Boulevard, and east on Rowenn Avenue to the reservoir. If there is no rupture, it can be approached via Glendale .. Boulevard, west on Waverly Driv@ and south on Maxwell Street. The reservoir has a high water elevation of 454 feet above sea level and covers a surface area of approximately 5.7 acre. Its maximum capacity js 95.7 acre-feet (31,186,000 gallons) of water and is made up of earth fill with a concrete inner face. The reservoir is approximately 100 feet thick along the top of ~pproximately 200 feet thick at grade level. There is no reservoir keeper that resides at the reservoir. It is maintained by various Department of Water and Power employees. The current reservoir foreman is Mr. Bill Clark who resides at 13447 Berg Street, Sylmar (residence phone: (818) .367-2002, business: 48] -7754). II. INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) In the event of a massive rupture of this reservoir, the water would flow southbound on ·Hyperion Avenue to Myra Avenue. It would then flow under Sunset Boulevard at Myra Avenue and southbound approximately the path of Virgil Street. The inundation would pass under the Hollywood Freeway at Virgil Avenue. The water would then flow southbound on a course between Virgil Avenue and Vermont Avenue, crossing Vermont at 5th Street. The flow will terminate in the area bounded by Wilshire Boulevard, Normandie Avenue, 4th Stree-t :md Vermont Avenue. ( see addenda - Inundation Map). III. · WATCH COMMANDER'S RES~ON~J _ BTI,ITI_ t~ If a major earthquake occun:.. hcwe an air unit inspect the reservoir. If an air unit j~ unavailable, the inspection may be conducted by a patrol 11nit, if practical. Should the reservoir sustain ::l massive rupture, the water flow would have a major effect in Northeast and Rampart Areas. Both Areas should combine their emergency plans into a joint effort. The Watch Commander ehall make the following notifications: 1. Communications Division and request 485-3223 a tactical alert - minimum 170 officers. . 2. Rampart Area Watch Commanner 485-4062 WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSIB_ ILIT!ES (Continued) 3. CHP - Through Communicatinns or CLEMARS 736-3366 4. Los Angeles Fire Department 384-3131 or thru.,the link 5. Northeast Area and Patrol Commanding Officers When practicable, and time permitting, the Watch Commander should make the following notifications: 6. Department of Water and P0wer 7. Southern Calif Gas Company (24 hrs) 8. L.A. City Public UtilitiP~ (monitor) 9. LASO General Information 481-5217 1-800-325-4070 or 689-2104 485-3110 974-4211 10. Red Cross - Metropolitan (24 hrs) 739-5200 11. Coroner (if needed) 226-8011 12. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 485-5500 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (should the 688-5522 situation become critical) 14. Department of Street Maintenance 485-5679, 5699 (PM's 485-7100) IV. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS The below command posts are in Northeast Area. Anytime during the course of this emergency operation, Northeast and Rampart Areas may establish a mutual command post. 1 . John Marshall High School 391° Tracy 660-1440 Even though this site is two blocks from the reservoir, it's located at a higher elevation and away from the initial water flow. If Marshall High cannot be used, then use the secondary command po~t. 2. Franklin Elem. 1910 N. Commonwealth 663-0320 SEE ICEY LOCATIONS, SECTION XTTJ. FOR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST SITES. V. EVACUATION SEQUENCY - BY PRIORITY ' Initiate evacuation of the innndated area in sequence using the grid maps as a guideline . The main concern is for residences and businesses in "bucket" type terrain. EVACUATION SEQUENCY - BY PRIORITY (Continued) - A. ~J: -~- ~--~ - two, two-office, 11ni ts B. '1re~--~ - three, two-off i r.p1 · units C . Area C - three, two-offj r. ~ r s units Methods of communication fo1 · f:lvaluation and direction to the evacuation centers woulci include one or combination of the following: A. Use of LAPD Air Uni ts wj 1 -1, public address system B. Door to door contact by informed officers C. Use of patio! units utiJi~ing public address D. Radio broadcasts advisin g nf the disaster and steps to be taken. VI. EVACUATION CENTERS 1. •Franklin Avenue Elementary School 2. Micheltorena Elementary School 1910 Commonwealth 663-0320 1Sl1 Micheltorena 661-2125 If the inundation follows the rlirection indicated, the southwest section of Northeast Area would be divided into two sections. It is suggested that a secondary evacuation center be considered to expeditp evacuation procedures . The American Red Cross shalJ b~ notified. They will establish a Mass Care Center ~ 1 - the above loc~tion( s). Note: The Red Cross recommends that immediately following a disaster, an outdoo,.- (park, playground, etc.) area be used as an evacuation center. Locations, such as achoola and auditoriums, ate generally used for extended evacuation cAre. VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION When the need arises for evacuee transportation, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School Diatrict (L.AUSD) buaes ahould be considered. When directed by the concerned Watch Commander or Field Commander, RTD buses can be obtained by contacting the . RTD dispatching Buperviaor. Phone number, (213) 972-3426. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION (Contjnued) Buses designed especially to accommodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD dispatching supervisor. "Accessable Buses" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wheP 1 chair lifts, ramps.,. and wide doors. - To obtain the use of LAUSD buses, notify the LAUSD security Watch Commander, phone numbe1· : (213) 625-6631. If the Emergency Operations Center (extension 5-4011) is activated, then request for hu~es should be coordinated through them. · VIII. PERIMETER Determine and establish a perimeter for the affected area. The perimeter will vary depending on the extent of the inundation. The water flow crosses streets that have numerous curves and turns, thus making it difficult to define perimeter boundaries. Anticipating the worst, the perimeter boundaries could be established in conjunction wjth traffic diversion (section VI II) . By maintaining current status on the affected area, the perimeter can be escalated/de - escalated as needed. IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish traffic diversion ~t listed locations. Have the California Highway Patrol reJiP.ve LAPD officers as soon as possible. Traffic diversion~ can be modified as needed, keeping in mind egress and ingress routes. If possible, the diversion of traffic should be a joint effort between Northeast and Rampart Areas. 'I'he following off-ramps shot11 r1 he closed: 1. Northbound Hollywood Freeway at Rampart 2. Southbound Hollywood Freeway at Rampart 3. Southbound Hollywood Freeway at Silverlake Blvd. 4. Northbound Hollywood FreewAy at Silverlake Blvd. 5. Southbound Hollywood Freeway at Vermont Ave. The following streets should h~ closed: STREETS DIV. 1. Hyperion St. at Glendale Blvd. West Side NE 2. Waverly Drive at Glendale Blvd. West Side NE 3. Rowena Ave. at Glendale Blvd. West Side NE _f .; TRAFFIC DIVERSION (Continued) STREETS 4 . 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 ~ 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Lakewood Ave . at Rowena Ave . Silverlake Blvd. at Edgewater Terr. Armstrong Ave. at Silverlake Blvd. Van Pelt Place at Silverlake Blvd. Swan Place at Silverlake Blvd. Effie St. at Silverlake Blvd. Berkeley Ave. at Silverlake Blvd. Scott Place at Silverlake Blvd. Parkman St. at Silverlake Blvd. Parkman St. at Silverlake Bl vd . Sunset Blvd. at Benton Way Reno St. at Silverlake Blvd. Vendome St. at Silverlake Blvd Dillon St. at Silverlake Blvd. Bellevue St. at Silverlake Blvd. London St. at Silverlake Blvd. Silverlake Blvd. at the Hwd Freeway 21. Shatto Place at Wilshire Blvd. 22. ,vendome St. at London St . 23. Vermont Ave. at Wilshire Rlvd. 24. Benton Way at Bellevue St. 25. London St. at.Rampart Blvd . 26. Temple St. at Rampart Blvd. 27. Council St. at Rampart Blvd. 28. Beverly Blvd. at Rampart Blvd. 29. Third St. at Rampart Blvd. 30. Second St. at Rampart Blvo . 31. Sixth St. at Rampart Blvd. 32. Lafayette Park Pl. t Wilshire Blvd. 33. Commonwealth Ave. at Wilshire Blvd. 34. Virgil Ave. at Wilshire Blvd. 35. Westmoreland St. at Wilshire Blvd. 36. Shatto Place at Wilshire Blvd. 37. Vermont Ave. at Wilshire Blvd. 38. New Hampshire Ave. at Wilshire Blvd. 39 . Berendo Ave. at Wilshire Rlvd. 40 . Catalina St. at Wilshir~ Blvd. 41. Wilshire Blvd. at Catal:i n~ St. 42. Eight St. at Catalina St . 43. Ninth St. at Catalina St . 44. Kenmore St. at San Marino St. 45. Fedora St. at San Marino St. 46. Mariposa St. at San Marino St. 47. Normandie St. at San Marino St. 48. Wilshire at Kingsley 49. Ardmore at Sixth St. SO. Sixth St. at Normandie Ave. 51. Fifth St. at Normandie Ave. South Side West Side West Side West Side West Side · West Side West Side West Side West Side North Side West Side North Side North Side North Side West Side West Side Northbound on-ramp North Side South Side North Side South Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side North Side North Side North Side North Side North Side North Side North Side North Side North Side North Side West Side West Side North Side North Side North Side North Side East Side South Side East Side East Side DIV. NE NE NE NE NE . NE NE NE RAMP " RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP . RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP TRAFFIC DIVERSION (Continued) STREETS 52. Fourth St. at Normandine A ve. 53. Third St. at Normandie Ave . 54. Second St. at Normandie AvP . 55. First St. at Normandie Ave. .. 56. Council St. at Normandie Ave. 57. Mariposa Ave. at Beverly Blvd. 58. Alexandria Ave. at Beverly Blvd. 59. Edgemont St. at Beverly Blvd. 60. Kenmore Ave. ·at Beverly Blvd. 61. Catalina St. at Beverly Bl vd. 62. Berendo St. at Beverly Blvd : 63. New Hampshire St. at Beverly Blvd. 64. Vermont Ave. at Beverly Blvd. 65. Beverly Blvd. at Vermont AvP. . 66. Oakwood Ave. at Vermont AvP . 67. Clinton St. at Vermont Av0 . 68. Melrose Ave. at Vermont Ave . 69. Marathon St. at Vermont Ave. 70. Monroe St. at Vermont Ave . 71. Normal Ave. at Vermont AvP. . 72. Burns Ave. at Vermont Ave. 73. Lockwood Ave. at Vermont Ave. 74. Willowbrook St. at Vermont 75. Madison Ave. at Santa Monica Blvd . 76. Santa Monica Blvd. at Virgil Ave. 77. Virgil Ave. at Santa Monir.a Blvd. 78. Lexington Ave. at Virgil. 79. Fountain Ave. at Virgil 80. Sunset Blvd. at Virgil 81. Hollywood Blvd. at Virgil Ave. 82. Clayton Ave. at Hillhurst Ave. 83. Camero Ave. at Hillhurst Ave. 84. Prospect Ave. at Hillhur~t Ave. 85. Kingwell Ave. at Hillhurst Ave. 86. Melbourne Ave. at HillhttrAt Ave. 87. Russell Ave. at Hi llhurs1 !we. 88. Franklin Ave. at HillhurRi Ave. 89 . Clarissa Ave. at HillhttrRt Ave. 90. Finley Ave. at Hillhurst T\ v P: . 91. Price St. at Hillhurst AvP. 92. Ambrose Ave. at Hillhurst Ave. 93. Avacado Ave. at Hillhurst Ave. 94. Commonwealth Ave. at Los Feliz Blvd. 95. Rowena Ave. at Los Feliz Blvd. 96. Lowry Road at Los Feliz Blvd. 97. Griffith Pk Blvd. at Los FP.liz Blvd. East Side East Side. East Side East Side East Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side South Side East Side South Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Siqe East Side East Side East Side South Side South Side South Side South Side DIV. RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP NE RAMP NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE ,~~---------------------------------- X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS 1. CHP - Through C::ommunicati r111s or CLEMAR 736-3366 ·2. Department of Water and Fnwer (24hrs) 481-5217 3. Bill Clark - Reservoir Fnn=>man 4. Water and Power Engineer Home: 1-8iB~367-2002 Business: 481-7754 481-4900 (Qualified to assess the r:nndition) 5. Southern Calif Gas Compr1n v (24hrs) 1-800-325-4070 or 689 - 2104 6. Los Angeles Fire DepartmPni 384-3131 or thru the link 7. L.A. City Public UtilitiP s (monitor) 485-3110 8. LASO General Information 974-4211 9. Red Cross - Metropolitan (24hrs) 739-5200 10. Coroner (if needed) 11. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 22.9-8011 485-5500 12. Southern Pacific Railroad . Police (24hrs) 668-4910 stop or -redirect train traffic, if needed). 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (Rhould· the situation become criticnl) 14. Bureau of Street Mainte11rrncP. (600 barricades) 15. Rapid Transit District (Dispatching Supervisor) 16. Los Angeles Unified Schnn: nistrict XI. EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRST __ AID SUPfL~ES 688-5522 485-5699, 5679 972-3426 625-6631 In the event water and first ;=tid supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally maintain~ ~mple amounts for emergency situations. If Red Cross# supplies is limited, then use the below locations as secondary resom·r:~R. A. FIRST AID SUPPLIES l. Various Fire stations. Contact Fire Department OCD for supply locations. 485-6185 EMERGENCY WATER AND MEDICAL SUPPLIES (Continued) B. C. PHARMACIES 1. Glenhurst Pharmacy 3224 Glendale Blvd. 665-5221 2. Sun Pharmacy 1803 Hillhurst _ _ _ 662-1124 3. Thrifty Drugs 1533 North Vermont ~64-9854 (For additional locntinn!=;, see Unusual Occurrence Plans - Section IX). WATER SUPPLIES 1. Sparkletts Water Company 2. Indian Head Water Company 3. Hinckley/Schmitt Water Company 4c;oo York Blvd. 259-2222 ?.?.G South Ave. 54 256-2265 4414 York Blvd. 255-0106 Detective Headquarters Division (extension 5-3261) maintain· s two books, ~4A and 24B. These books contain approximately 600 pages of current outside resources for emergency supplies. (i.e. - heavy moving equipment, medj~nl supplies, tents, etc). XII. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVISION The following radio and television stations may be called to broadcast an evacuation order or the termination of an evacuation. A. Television Phone Channel 2, KCBS (213) . 460-3550 Channel 4, KNBC (818) 954-0138 Channel 5, KTLA (213) 460-5501 Channel 7, KABC (213) 557-7777 Channel 9,. KCAL (213) 467-6158 Channel 11, KTTV (213) 462-7111 Channel 13, KCOP (213) 850-2222 B. Radio Phone Station KMPC (213) 460-5628 Station J<NX (213) 460-3343 Station KABC (213) 840-4900 Station KDAY (213) 664-7717 Station KRTH/AM (213) 781-1930 Station KFI (213) 251-3124 Station KFWB (213) 462-6870 Station KGIL (213) 895-2000 Station KLOS (213) 840-4800 XIII. TERMINATION OF THE EVACUATION .: The evacuation will be termi1rnt.ed when one of the following conditions has been met. A. The reservoir has been sPr.nred by voiding it _ of water or declared safe. B. The water level within th~ inundated area has subsided to a level safe enough to allow re-entry by residents and there is no further need for interior security. The evacuees will be notified of the evacuation cancellation by both radio and television, as well as notification at the Mass C~re Center (evacuation centers). · . RLLUVt4(.. . ,AJ ~ , ._.. ~ - f/~Tl41A.ST ... ' ~~ t J ' , \t). I , . . 3l" t " 8 ROWENA DAM ~'-"o 1:==~::===;;::~~~~==:::~==::~~~ ,~~aw----'-• .'1 ; I . I . L·: . · l. 1 SILY:¥,R LAKE RESERVOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS _ _ I. Overview II. Inundation (Water Flow) .;. III. Watch Commander's Responsibilities IV. Command Post Locations v. Evacuation Sequence - By Priority VI. Evacuation Centers VII. Evacuee Transpor~ation VIII. Perimeter IX. Traffic Diversion X. Emergency Phone Numbers XI. Emergency Water and First Aid Supplies XII. Commercial Radio and Television XIII. Termination of the Evacuation XIV. Addenda (Maps) ., I. OVERVIEW The Silverlake Reservoir is located approximately one mile north of Sunset Boulevard on Silverlake Boulevard. It has a high water elevation of 454 feet above sea level and situated in a valley with the Dam on the south end. Its maximum capacity at the high water level is 2,440 acre-feet (795,000, 740 gallons). If the water were in a square container, 1 1/4 of a mi le on e rich side, it would be 61 · feet deep. The reservoir presently has no guards. However, there is a resident Dam keeper, Mr. Terrance Jarvis, phone, (213) 664-1493. This reservoir is maintained by various Dep~rtment of Water and Power employees. It is estimated thirty hours would be needed to drain and pump the reservoir to half capacity. The reservoir is constructed of compacted earth fill with a concrete inner face. The bottom is not covered and consists of local soil. The reservoir was totally rebuilt in 1976 thus increasing the magnitude of an earthquakP required to cause a major breach. II. INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) In the event of a ·massive rupture to the reservoir, the water would flow southbound, approximating the course of Silverlake Boulevard, until it reached Beverly Boulevard. At Beverly Boulevard the water will flow in a southwest direction from Silverlake Boulevard and Beverly Boulevard to Wilshire Boulevard, then towRrds Normandie Avenue where it would exit Rampart Avenue . A major rupture would cause severe to total destruction of all property on both sides of Silverlake Boulevard. From the reservoir to Sunset Boulevard, the center of the flow will be approximately 30 feet deep at that point and will pass over and under the Sunse~ bridge. The water will reach Sunset Boulevard in appl·oximately seven minutes. From Sunset Boulevard the flow will continue southbound on both sides of Silverlake Blvd . to the Hollywood Freeway. The time factor from breach t.n the freeway is approximately 14 minutes. The bridge over Silverlake Boulevard will be under water at some points dm·i ng the inundation ( see Addenda - Map A). III. WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSI~_ ILITIES If a major earthquake occurs, have an air unit inspect the reservoir. If an air unit is unavailable, the inspection may be made by a patrol unit~ if practical. WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBILITIE~ (Continued) Should the reservoir sustain~ massive rupture. the inundation would have a major affect in Northeast Area and Rampart Area. Both divisions should combine their emergency plans into a joint effort. The Watch Commander shall make the following notjfications; 1. Communications Division and request a tactical alert - minimum of SO officers. 485-3223 2. Rampart Area Watch Commander 485-4062 3. CHP - Through Communicat j ons or CLEMAR 736-3366 4. Los Angeles Fire Departmen t 384-3131 or thru the link 5. Northeast Area and Patrol Commanding Officers 6. Southern California G~s Company (24hrs) 1-800-325-4070 or 689-2104 7. Department of Water and Power 8. Los City Public Utilitie~ (monitor) 9. Red Cross - Metropolitan 10. Coroner (if needed) 11. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (should the situation become critical. ) 14. Department of Street Maintenance IV. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS 481-5217 485-3110 (24hrs) 739-5200 226-8011 . 485-5500 688-5522 485-5679. 5699 PM's 485-7100 The below command post is in Nnrtheast Area. Anytime during the course of emergen~y operations, Northeast and Rampart Areas may establish rl mutual command post. 1. John Marshall High School 3939 Tracy 660-1440 SEE 1CEY LOCATIONS. SECTION XJTT, FOR SECONDARY OR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST SITES. .,; V. EVACUATION SEQUENCE - BY PRIORITY . . - Area A - Bounded by Silverlake Reservoir on the north, Sunset Boulevard on the south, Westerly Terrace on the west and Occi dental Boulevard on the east - four, two-officer unj t. s . ~re_j!_~ - Bounded on the , _ north by Sunset Boulevard, Hollywood Freeway -on the south, Vendome-Dillon Micheltorena on the west, and Parkman Street on the east - four, tw0 --officer units. Area_~ - Bounded by Hollywoorl Freeway on the north, Third Street on the south , .Juanita and Bimini Place on the west, and Virg i l ~venue on the east - four, two-officer units. Are~D - Bounded by Third Street on the north, Normandie on the west, Wilshire Boulevard on the south and Virgil on the east · six, two-officer units. Methods of communication for evacuation and direction to the evacuation centers, woulrl include one of the following: A. Use of LAPD air units w:ith public address system. B. Use of patrol .units utili~ing public address system. C. Radio broadcasts advising of the disaster and steps to be taken. VI. EVACUATION CENTERS 1. King Junior High School 4201 Fount.~; n Avenue 2. Logan Street 1400 LemoynP Street Elementary School 664-1176 258-9951 ·The American Red Cross shall - hr-- notified . They can establish a Mass Care Cente, ~f the above location(s). NOTE: The Red Cross recommend~ that immediately . followi g a disaster, an outdoor (park, playground etc.) area be used first as an evacuation center. Locations, such as schools and auditoriums, are generally used for extended evacuation care. VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION When the need arises for evacuee transportation, the use of Southern California Rapid -Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) bueea ehould be considered. When directed by the concerned Watch Commander or Field Commander, RTD buses can be obtained by contacting the RTD dispatchi.ng ~upervisor. Phone number, (213) 972-3426 _ . EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION (Continued) Buses designed especially to nccommodate di sabled per.sons are available u~on request through the RTD dispatching supervisor. "Accessable Buses" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as whe~l chair lifts, ramps, .. and wide doors. -- To obtain the use of LAUSD buse::; notify the LAUSD Security Watch Commander . . Phone number. ( 213) 625-6631. If the Emergency Operations Center (extension 5-4011) is activated, then request for h11ses should be coordinated through them. VIII. PERIMETER Determine and establish a perimeter for the affected area. The perimeter will vary depending on the extent of the inundation. If possible, the perimeter should be a joint effort between Northeast and R~mpart Areas. The following off-ramps should he closed: 1. Northbound Hollywood Freeway at Rampart Street 2 . Southbound Hollywood Freeway at Rampart Street 3 . Northbound Hollywood Freeway at Silverlake Boulevard 4. Southbound Hollywood Freeway at Silverlake Boulevard The following streets should be closed: STREETS 1. Baxter St. at Glendale Blvo. 2. Fargo St. at Glendale Blvd. 3. Waterloo St. at Glendale Blvd. 4. Berkeley Ave. at Glendale Alvd. 5. Scott Ave. at Alvarado St . 6. Montana St. at Alvarado St . 7. Reservoir St. at Alvarado St . 8. Sunset Blvd. at Al var ado St· . 9. Marathon St. at Alvarado ·st· . 10. Kent St. at Alvardo St. 11. Temple St. at Rampart St. 12. Council St. ~t Rampart St. 13. Beverly Blvd. at Rampart ~t. 14. Third St. at Rampart St. 15. Sixth St. at Rampart St. 16. Lafayette Pk Pl. at Wilshire Blvd. 17. Commonwealth Ave. at Wilshire Blvd. 18. Virgil Ave. at Wilshire Blvd. 19. Westmoreland St. at Wi·lshire Blvd. 20. Shatto Place at Wilshire Blvd. 21. Vermont Blvd. at Wilshire Blvd. 22. New Hampshire Ave. at Wil r:;hi re· Blvd. ---~---- --------~-- West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side North Side North Slde · North Side North Side North Side North Side DIV. NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP PERIMETER (Continued) 23. Berendo Ave. at Wilshire Blvd. 24. Catalina St. at Wilshir~ Rlvd. 25. 8th St. at Catalina St. 26. 9th St. at Catalina St. 27. Kenmore St. at San Marinn St. 28. Fedora St. at San Marino St. 29. Mariposa St. at San Ma r .:. no St. 30. Normandie St. at San Marin0 St. 31. Wilshire at Kingsley 32. Ardmore at 6th St. 33. 6th St. at Normandie Ave . 34. 5th St. at Normandie Ave 35. 4th St. at Normandie Ave . 36. 3rd St. at Normandie Ave . 37. 2nd St. at Normandie Ave . 38. 1st St. at Normandie Ave . 39 . . Council St. at Normandie Ave. 40. Mariposa Ave. at Beverly Blvd. 41. Alexandria Ave. at Beverly Blvd. 42. Edgemont St. at Beverly Blvd. 43. Kenmore Ave·. at Beverly Blvd. 44. Catalina St. at Beverly Blvd. 45. Berendo St. at Beverly BJvd. 46. New Hampshire St. at Beverly Blvd. 47. Vermont Ave. at Beverly Blvd. 48. Beverly Blvd. at Vermont Ave. 49. Oakwood Ave. at Vermont Ave . 50. Clinton St. at Vermont Ave. 51. Melrose Ave. at Vermont Ave. 52. Marathon St. at Vermont Av~. 53. Monroe St. at Vermont Ave. 54. Normal Ave. at Vermont Av~ . 55. Burns Ave. at Vermont AvP. 56. Lockwood Ave. at Vermont Ave. 57. Willowbrook St. at Vermont· Ave. 58. Madison Ave. at Santa Monic:n Blvd. 59. Virgil Ave. at Santa Monit:'7~ Blvd. 60. Hoover Ave. at Santa Monir.~ Blvd. 61. Santa Monica Blvd. at My, ·:i !we . 62. Effie St. at Myra Ave. 63. Manzanita St. at Founta:iP l\ve. 64~ Sanborn Ave. at Fountain T\ve. 65. Hyperion Ave. at Fountai1, Ave. 66. Fountain Ave. at Hyperion Ave. 67. Lyric Ave. at Hyperion Ave. 68. Scotland St. at Hyperion AvP.. 69. Tracy St. at Hyperion Ave. 70. Griffith Park Blvd. at Hyperion Ave. 71. West Silverlake Dr. at Rowena Ave. 72. Lakewood Ave. at Rowena Ave. 73. Silverlake Blvd. at GlendAle Blvd. 74. Dean St. at Glendale Blvd. 75. Earl St. at Glendale Blvd. 76. Apex Ave. at Glendale Bl wl. North Side North Side West Side West Side North Side North Side North Side North Side East Side South Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side South Side South Side South Side East Side East Side East Side East Side East Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP AAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP RAMP NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish traffic diversion al below listed locations. Have the California Highway P~trol relieve LAPD officers as soon as possible. Traffic djversions can be modified as needed, keeping in mind egress and ingress routes. The below diversion routes are nPr.Pssary in order to expedite traffic away from the arena. 1. Westbound traffic on Sunset Boulevard, divert northbound to Alvarado Stn~et - two officers. 2. Eastbound traffic on Sunset Boulevard, divert northbound to Fountain Av~nue - two officers. 3. Westbound traffic on the Hollywood Freeway at the Harbor Freeway and Pasaden~ Freeway interchange, divert either northbound on the PAsadena Freeway or southbound on the Harbor Freeway - four officers. 4. Eastbound traffic on the Hollywood Freeway at Vermont Avenue, divert either northbound on Vermont Avenue or westbound on the Hollywood Freeway by the Vermont Avenue on-ramp - four offir.ers. X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS 1. CHP ~ Through CommunicatinnR or CLEMAR 736-3366 2. Department of Water and Power (24hrs) 481-5217 · 3. 4. Bi 11 Clark - Reservoir FrwP.man Home: 818-367-2002 Business: 213-481-7754 481-4900 Water and Power Engineer (Qualified to assess the r.nndition) 5. Southern California Gas r~mpany (24hrs) 689-2104 or 1-800-325-4070 6 . Los Angeles Fire Depart'"""' 384-3131 or thru the link 7. L·.A. City Public Utlli ti,...,.. (monitor) 485-3110 8. LASO General Information 974-4211 9. Red Cross - Metropolitan (24hrs) 739-5200 10. Coroner (if needed) 11. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 226-8011 485-5500 12. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (24hre) 668-4910 ( stop or redirect train t .,·Affic. if needed) EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS (Continued} 13. Army Corps. of Engineers (f-;hould the situation become criticaJ) 668-5522 14. Bureau of Street Mainten~n c: ~ (600 Barricades) 485-5699, 5679 15. Rapid Transit District (dispatching supervisor) 16. Los Angeles Unified School District XI. EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRST AID SUPPLIES . - - - 972-3426 625-6631 In the event water and first ~id supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally ma~ntains ~mple amounts for emergency situations. If Red Cross· supplies are limited, then use the below locations as _ secondary resottrr:es. A. FIRST AID SUPPLIES 1. Various Fire stations. Contact 485-6185 Fire Department OCD f01 · supply locations. B. PHARMACIES 1. Glenhurst Pharmacy 2. Sun Pharmacy 3. Thrifty Drugs C. WATER SUPPLIES 3224 Glendal~ Blvd. 1803 Hillhurst 1S33 North Vermont 1. Sparkletts Water Co. 4500 York Blvd. 2. Indian Head Water c~ . ?.26 South Ave. 54 3. Hinckley/Schmitt 4414 York Blvd. Water Co. 665-5221 · 662-1124 664-9854 259-2222 256-2265 255-0106 Detective Headquarters Division (extension 5-3261) maintains two books, 24A anc;:l 2_ 48-. These books contain approximately 600 pages of cun:ent -outside resou~ces for emergency supplies (i.e., he~vv moving equipment, medical supplies, tents, etc). XII. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVISION _ $1.~'J'_IONS The following radio and television stations may be called to broadcast an evacuation orriP.r or the termination of an evacuation. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEV.I~ION S_1~TIONS (Continued} A. Television Phone Channel 2, KCBS (213) 460-3550- Channel 4, KNBC (818) 954-0138 Channel 5, KTLA (213) 460-5501 Channel 7, KABC (213) 557-7777 ... Channel 9, KCAL (213) 467-6158 Channel 11, KTTV (213) 462-7111 Channel 13, KCOP (213) 850-2222 B. Radio Phone Station KMPC (213) 460-5628 Station KNX (213) 460-3343 Station . KABC (213) 840-4900 Station KDAY (213) 664-7717 Station KRTH/AM (213) 781-1930 Station KFI (213) 251-3124 Station KFWB (213) 462-6870 Station KGIL (213) 895-2000 Station KLOS (213) 840-4800 XIII. TERMINATION OF THE EVACUATIQ~ The evacuation will be terminated when one of the following conditions has been met. A. The reservoir has been secured by voiding it of water · or declared safe. B. The water level within th~ inundated area has subsided to a level safe enough to allow re-entry by residents and there i_ s no further need for interior security. The evacuees will be notified of the evacuation cancellation by both radio and television, as well as notification at the MasR r.~re Center (evacuation centers). l EV1jcu11rr Rlt~ # Cl -- -· - - -- - - -- . . -T ~ ---- - - - ---- - - - -------:-:----- ----------- SIL VER LAKE DAM 4 SIL VER LAKE DAM •. .., SILVER LAKE DAM - B. DAMS OUTSI.PE OF NORTHEAST ~ BUT HAVING AN EFFECT Q~ THE AREA DEVIL GATE'S RESEBYOIR TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Overview I I. Inundation (Water Flow_) I I I. IV. V. VI. VII. VlII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Watch Commanders Resp onsibilities Command Post Locations Evacuation Sequence - Ry Priority Evacuation Centers Evacuee Transportation Perimeter Traffic Diversion Emergency Phone Numbers Emergency Water and Fir!=.t. Aid Supplies Commercial Radio and Television Commercial Radio and TP.levision Addenda I. .. II. III. OVERVIEW The Devil's Gate Reservoir is located in Pasadena near the Jet Propulsion Laborotory. It is a 117 foot high concrete gravity reservoir. The base is 430-feet .wide and eighty feet thick. Its maximum capacity is 1,515 acr•~feet of water (494,950,000 gallons}. The reservoir was constructed between 1919-1928 and was designed to absorb an earthquake of 8.6 . This emergency plan shall remain in effect until further notice. However, at the present time (4-2-90), no water is being stored in the reservoir. The reservoir apparently does not meet earthquake safety standards, and will not contain water in the foreseeable future. However, in the event the reservoir is recertified, these plans will be valid. INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) In case of rupture, the water would flow into the Arroyo, the Pasadena Municipal golf course, the Rose Bowl area, ·and into the lower Arroyo Seco Park area before entering Northeast Area near Gold Place and San Pascual Avenue. If a rupture occures, it would take approximately 17 minutes for the first water to reach Northeast Area. Any strong currents of water would have dissipated in the Pasadena Area prior to reaching Northeast Area. The following areas of Northeast would most likely be flooded; York Boulevard boarded by Avenue 66 on the northwest, Arroyo Drive on the southeast, and possibly parts of the Pasadena Freeway between Bridewell Avenue and the Los Angeles River. High grounds surrounds the Arroyo· wash from Birdwell to the Los Angeles River. Consequently, the water should remain within the Arroyo area until it discharges into the Los Angeles River. Possible flooding could occur in the Hollenbeck Area near Griffen, south of Avenue 43, encompassing Pasadena Avenue to the Los Angeles River (see Addenda - Maps A and B). WATCB COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES If a major earthquake occurs, determine the status of the reservoir's condition through the Pasadena Police Department (142 Arroyo Parkway, 818-405-4500). When telephonic communication is impossible, a vi ual inspection may be completed by an air unit and/or patrol unit. The reservoir's structure can be obaerved from I-210 Freeway and Windsor Street off-ramp, next to Pasadena Police Department's Air Support Divi ion. WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBH.ITIES (Continued) Should the reservoir sustain R massive rupture, the Watch Commander shall make the following notifications: 1. 2. 3. 4. Communications Division and request a tactical alert - minimum 16 officers. CHP - Through Communic~tions, or CLEMAR Department of Water anrl Power Department of Street Mnintenance 485-3223 736-3366 481-5217 485-5679,5699 PM'S 485-7100 Time and conditions permitt.inrJ. the following notifications should be made; 5. Southern California Ga~ Company (24hrs) 1-800-325-4070 or 689-2104 6. 7. 8. 9. Los Angeles Fire Depar~ment Los Angeles City Publir 1.Ttilities (monitor) LASO General Information Red Cross - Metropoli t,n, (24hrs) 384-3131 485-3110 974-4211 739-5200 10. Cor~ner (if needed) 226-8011 11. Telephone Company - Chi ~f Operator 485-.5500 12. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (stop or redirect train traffir., if needed (24hrs) 668-4910 13. Army Corp of Engineers (should the situation become ri-i ti cal) 14. Watch commander of affect~d neighboring division(s) and/or police departm~nt~ . 15. Northeast Area and pat1nl captains. IV. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS l. Franklin High School A'-0 North Avenue 54 254-7104 SEE DY LOCATIONS, SECTION XlTJ. FOR SECONDARY OR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST SITES. ( v. - EVACUATION SEQUENCE - BY - ~RIORI'JX Evacuation should ·be concentn~ted in the immediate area located north of Marmion Way between Avenue 66 on the northwest and Bridewell Strppf· on the southeast. This area encompasses a KEY FACILITY. National Reserve Armory. located at 111 BridPWP]l Street. Methods of communication fo1 P.Vacuation and direction to evacuation centers would inc: 111de one or combination of the following: A. Use of LAPD air units with public address system. B. Door to door contact by jnformed officers. C. Use of patrol units utili7.ing public address system. D. Radio broadcasts advi~inq of the disaster and steps to be taken. VI. EVACUATION CENTERS 1. Eagle Rock High 17r;() Yosemite Ori ve 254-6891 . 2. Florence Nightengale Junior High School 3~11 North Figueroa St. 221-4148 The American Red Cross shal.1 be notified. They can establish a mass -care cente1 ~t above locations. Note: The Red Cross recommends that immediately following a disaster, an outdoor (park. playground, etc.) area be used fir$t as an evacuation center. Locations, such as schools and auditoriums, are generally used for extende_q evacuation care. I . VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATIO~ When the need arises for evncnee transportation, the use of Southern California Rapirl Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School Di st, -; ct ( LAUSD) buses should be considered. When direct by 1 ·he concerned Watch .Commander or Field Commander, RTD buses can be obtained by contacting the RTD dispatchP1 ~upervisor. · Phone number, (213) 972-3426. Buses designed especially tn ~ccommodate disabled persons are available upon request t.hrough the RTD dispatching supervisor. "Accessable btu=~t?~" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wlv~P l chairs 1 i fts, ramps, and wide doors. To obtain the use of LAUSD h11ses notify the LAUSD security Watch Commander phone: (211) A?.5-6631. If the Emergency Operations r.enter (extension 5-4011) is activated, then requests fn, hnses should be coordinated through them. VIII. PERIMETER Det~rmine and establish a pe~imeter for the affected area. The perimeter will vary depending on the extent of the inundation. Anticipating thP worst, the perimeter boundaries should be: A. Avenue 66 on the west ~nrl north, to the Pasadena city limit. B. Marmion Way, between AvP,me 64 and Los Angeles River (The area east of this location within the water flow is responsibility of Hn11Qnbeck Area.) By maintaining current stat11~ nn the affected area, the perimeter can be escalated/~~ ~scalated as needed. IY.. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish traffic diversio1, ~,. below listed locations. Have the California Highway P~trol, Pasadena Police Department, South Pasadena Fnlice Department and Hollenbeck Division personnel respond. Traffic diversion can be modified as needed. k~Pping in mind egress and ingress routes. 1. California Highway Pat~nl will divert traffic from the Pasadena Freeway at Orange Grove on-off ramp in Pasadena and south to thP Los Angeles River. All on-off ramps _ betweeu the.se points should be. blocked to prevent vehir.les access to the Pasadena Freeway due to the po,;~ih:ility of flooding. IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION (Contim1P<l) I 2. Divert traffic on Marminn Way between Avenue 64 and the bridge from South rrl~;:\dena. L EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS .. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CHP - Through Communjrrltinn or CLEMAR Pasadena Police Departm~nt· 736-3366 818-405-4501 818-799-1121 485-2942 6. 7. South Pasadena Police n~p~rtment Hollenbeck Division Department of Water ~nr1 row~r Southern California Gr1:- r~ ompany Los Angeles Fire DepArtm~nt (24hrs) 481-5217 or thru the link (24hrs) 689-2104 or 1-800-325-4070 384-3131 8. Los Angeles City Publir TTtilities . (monitor) 485-3110 9. LASO General Informatjn,, 974-4211 10. Red Cross - Metropolit.nn 11 . . Coroner (if needed) (24hrs) 739-5200 226-8011 12. Telephone Company - Chi~f Operator 485-5500 13. Southern Pacific Railrn~rl Police (24hrs) 668-4910 (Stop or redirect trai.n t-xaffic, if needed) 14. Army Corps. of Enginee1n {should the 668-5522 situation become cri tj r;i 1 ) ~ · 15. Bureau of Street Maint.--1,;ince (600 Barricades) 16. Rapid Transit District (Dispatching Superviso1 l 17. Los Angeles Unified Schnnl District 18. National Reserve Armorv 485-5699,5679 972-3426 625-6631 254-5767 XI. EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRST AID SW,~_ LIES In the event water and firsi ~id supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally maintain~ ample amounts for emergency situations. If Red Cross' supplies are limited, then use below locations as secondary resoun-:es. A. FIRST AID SUPPLIES 1. Various fire stati0ns. Contact Fire Department 0CD f01 ~ttpply locations. B. PHARMACIES 485-6185 1. Brogan's Drugs 2144 Colorado Boulevard 255-3784 2. Cain's Pharmacy 57nn York Boulevard 254-6839 3. Eagle Rock Pharmacy 2160 Colorado Boulevard 254-6111 4. Von's Pharmacy 7311 North Figueroa St. 254-7231 5. Sav-On Drugs 27.40 Fairpark Avenue 254-6821 (For additional locatin11s. see unusual occurrence plans - Section IX) C. WATER SUPPLIES 1. Sparkletts Water Company 4SOO York Boulevard 2. Indian Head Water Company 2?.n South Avenue 54 3. Hinckley/Schmitt Water Co. 4414 York Boulevard 259-2222 226-2265 244-0106 Detective Headquarters Divi~jon (extension 5-3261) maintains two books, 24A ~nd 2~~- These books contain approximately 600 pages of r,1rrent outside resources for emergency supplies (i.e. , hP:wy moving equipment, medical supplies, tents, etc.) XII. - XIII. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVI~ION STATIONS The following radio and television stations may be called to broadcast an evacuation order or the termination of an evacuation. A. Television PHONE Channel 2, KCBS (213) 460-3550 Channel 4, l<NBC (818) 954-0138 Channel 5, KTLA (213) 460-5501 Channel 7, KABC (213) 557-7777 Channel 9, KCAL (213 ) 467-6158 Channel 11, KTTV (213) 462-7111 Channel 13, KCOP (213) 850-2222 B. Radio PHONE Station KMPC (213) 460-5628 Station l<NX (213) 460-3343 Station KABC (213) 840-4900 Station KDAY (213) 664-7717 Station KRTH/AM (213) 781-1930 Station KFI (213) 251-3124 Station KFWB (213) 462-6870 Station KGIL (213) 895-2000 Station KLOS (213) 840-4800 TERMINATION OF THE EVACUATION The evacuation will be terminated when one of the following conditions has been met. A. The reservoir has· been secured by voiding it of water or declared safe. B. The water level within the inundated area has subsided to a level safe enough to allow re-entry by residents and there is no further need for int~rior security. The evacuees will be notified of the evacuation cancellation by both radio and television, as well as notification ~t the Mass Care Center (evacuation centers). ll ... . ' • . ,. --""""------------------------ TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Overview ii. Inundation (Water Flow) III. Watch Commander's Responsibjlities IV. Command Post Locations V. Evacuation Sequence - By Pri. 01 · ; ty VI. Evacuation Centers VII. Evacuee Transportation VIII. Perimeter IX. Traffic Diversion X. Emergency Phone Numbers XI. Emergency Water and First Aid Supplies XII. Commercial Radio and Televi~inn XIII. ·Termination of the Evacuation XIV . . Addenda (Maps) • I. OVERVIEW The Sepulveda Dam is located 0n the Los Angeles River, just northwest of the junction of the Ventura Freeway and the San Diego Freeway. It is owned and operated by the Los Angeles District, Army Corps of Engineers. and was constructed for the primary purpose of providing flood control. The Dam normally operates as a "Dry" Dam. During • flood periods, it is operated in coordination with other projects protecting the uppe1 T.os Angeles River. The Dam·s high water elevatin11 is 725 feet above sea level · and has a maximum flood control pool capacity of 22,493 acre-feet. Its make up consists of an unzoned. rolled earth embankment approximately 15, 440 feet long. having maximum height of 57 feet above .the stream bed. Operation of the Dam during flood events depends on inflow of water. If weather forecast is not avnilable or if inflow of water is sufficient to cause overflow at the spillway, then all inflow into the Dam is passerl through as rapidly as possible. There are Dam-tending personn~l. and special Dam inspection engineers, who are also trajnt:\rl in emergency opera~ions. II~ INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) In the event of a massive rupture, which is highly unlikely to happen, the first 3.8 milP.s flood zone lies on both sides of the Ventura Freeway. In the upper half of this reach, the primary flow is on the north side of the Ventura Freeway. As the flood progress downstream (via the Los Angeles River) the entirP flow crosses from the north to the south side of the Venttn-a Freeway. The main flow then continues downstream along the Los Angeles River. In the overflow area. upstream from the Hollywood Freeway. the aver•ge depths range from 10 to 19 feet and velocities are from 5 to 12 feet per second. From the Hollywood Freeway to The Glendale Freeway. the ~verage depth ranges from 3 to 7 feet and velocities from 5 t.~ 30 feet per second. The high speed of the water resul t·r-: from the flow being contained in the Los Angeles River bed. (Overview and divisional sections of InundAt·i"n - Maps "A" thru "G" in addenda). I 11 • WATCH COMMANDER' S RESPONS I BI I~ IT I~~ Should the Sepulveda Dam be full. and sustain• a massive rupture, Northeast Area has Approximately one hour and fifty minutes from the time or the rupture until the flood reaches divisional boundarie~ . -~---- - - WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONS~B1 J ,ITIE~ (Continued) If a major earthquake occurs. the Watch Commander shall make contact with Van Nuys Wc1tch Commander (extension 3-8383) to determine the extr:>11t of damage to Sepulveda Dam. If the Dam is full or partially full and su~tains a massive rupture, the Watch Commander shnll make the following notifications: 1. Communication Division and request a tactical alert - minimum Rn officers. 2. CHP - Through Communiccltinns or CLEMAR 3. Los Angeles Fire Departmr:>n t 4. Glendale P.O. - Watch CommRnder 5. Burbank P.D. - Watch Commr'lnder 6. Army Corps. of Engineers (!=-hould the situation become criticnl) 485-3223 485-4062 384-3131 or thru the link (818) 956-4840 (818) 953-8731 688-5522 7. Northeast Area and Patr0l rommanding Officers When practical, and time permitting, the Watch Commander should make the following notifications: 8. Department of Water and Fnwer· 9. Southern Cal~f_ Gas Comp;:my 10. Coroner (if needed) 11. Red Cross-Metropolitan 12. Department of Street Mr1ini~nance 481-5217 (24hrs) 1-800-325-4070 or 689-2104 226-8011 (24hrs) 739-5200 485-5679, 5699 PM's 485-7100 13. Telephone Company - ChiPf ')perAtor 485-5500 485-3110 974-4211 14. Los Angeles City Public tlt·ilities (monitor) 15. LASO General Information IV. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS 1. Irving Junior High School 3010 E~t~ra Street 256-2123 SEE ICEY LOCATIONS • . SECTION XII- I• FOR SECONDARY OR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST STTF.S. I V. EVACUATION SEQUENCY - BY _ !'RIORITY The estimated time ·of the in11ndntion to Northeast Area is one hour and fifty minutes. The inundation will follow the direction of the Los Angeles River bed.· The average depth of the water over the bariks wil.l vary between six to nine feet, over the following fotu · sections. It is lluijgested that officers involved in the evacuation be given a copy of the sections ( see addenda - T\ l ' P: rt A, B, C and D) . Area A - Area B .- Area C - Area D - The main concern in this area would be the Equestrian Center where over 1,000 horses are housed. There is a 24- hour security located on the pn~m i ~e - two, two-officer uni ts. The primary problem jn this area will be making people in Gri ffi tl, Prtrk aware of the evacuation and the numerous h01·se stables in the southern section of the arP:n ·· four, two-officer units. Los Angeles Police Mounted Unit (3934 Rigali Street, phone: 485 - 5909) is located in the northern section of this area. There are horses and personnel on the premise, 24 hours. They have their own evAr.11ation plans. The majority of the area contains residence except ' for a small concentration of businesses on Los Feliz Boulevard, Glendale Boulevard and Fletcher Drive - five, two-officer units. The area contains l·esidences, businesses along Riverside Drive and San Fernando Road, a large railroad yard between San Fernando Road and the Los Angeles River bed. The yard always has tank cars with cornbustihl~ material - three, two-officer unit~ . Methods of communication fo1 ,..,vacuation and directions to the evacuation center would i n,- 1 udP. one or combination of the following: A. Use of LAPD air units with public address system. B. Door to door contact by informed officers. C. Use of patrol units utili7ing public address system. D. Radio broadcasts advisi.nq nf the disaster and steps to be taken. , VI. EVACUATION CENTERS 1. Irving Junior · High School 2. Allesandro Elem. 30]0 F~tara Avenue 256-2123 221] Pi·:e-rside Drive _ - .666-7162 If the inundation follows th0 direction indicated, Northeast Area would be dividPd into two sections. It is suggested that a second evn~uation center be considered on the opposite side of watp, flow from the primary evacuation center. The American Red Cross shall hP notified. They can establish a Mass Care Center :-ii · the above locations(s). Neta: The Red Cross recommends that:. immediately following a disaster, an outdoo1 (park, playground etc.) area be used first as an evacuation center. Locations, such as schools and auditoriums, are generally utilized for extend_ ed ~vacua ti on care. VII. EVACUEE .TRANSPORTATION When the need arises for evacnee transportation, the use of Southern California Rapid TranRit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School Distrir.t (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directed by the concerned Watch Commander or Field Commander, RTD buse$ can be obtained by contacting the RTD dispatcher superviso1. phone number: (213) 972-3426. Buses designed especially to ~r.commodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD dispatching supervisor. ''Accessable Buses" as they En-P. termed by RTD, include features such as wheel chai1 lifts, ramps, and wide doors. To obtain the use of LAUSD hn~P~ notify the LAUSD security Watch Commander. Phone numhP,. (213) 625-6631. If the Emergency Operationi=; c•nnt-.er (extension 5-4011) is activated, then requests fo1 1,11ne!; should be coordinated through them. VIII. PER1ME1:ER Determine and establish a perimeter for the affected area. The perimeter will vary depending on the extent of the inundation. Defining the perjmeter boundaries will be difficult. The inundation follows the Loa Angeles River Bed and the topography of thP Area. Anticipating the ·worst, the perimeter boundaries could be made in conju~ction wi~h trAffi~ diversion (Section VIII). By maintaining updated statu~ nn the affected area, the perimeter can be escalated/d~ ~scalated as needed. IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish traffic diversion ~ l below listed locations . Have the California Highway Patrol releive LAPD officers as soon as possible. Traffic djversion can be modified, as needed, keeping in mind egreRR and ingress rout~s~ The below diversion locations arP necessary in order to expedite traffic away from thP. flow area and maintain control of the perimeter. Some of the traffic diversion locations are in Burbank Poljr~ Department's and Glendale Police Department's jurisdict i on. A joint effort with these departments would acc~lnl·~te traffic diversion. Los Angeles River Overpasse ~ 1. Riverside Drive . * Divert southbound traff i r on Figueroa Street at Cypress Avenue *Turnaround traffic at Figueroa Street and San Fernando Road - eastsirl,.. 2. Glendale Freeway * Dive rt southbound tr a ff i r· at San Fernando Ro ad off-ramp * Close northbound Glend ;-)l r- Freeway on-ramp at Glendale Boulevard. 3. Fletcher Drive * Divert southbound traffic at Perlita Avenue * Divert southbound traffic at San Fernando Road * Divert northbound traffic at intersection of Glendale Boulevard and Rowena Avenue 4. Glendale Boulevard *Turnaround southbound traffic at Edenhurst Street * Divert northbound traffi r: at the intersections of Glendale BoulevardjWavr>1 ·l y Drive and Hyperion Avenue/Ettrick Street. 5. Los Feliz Boulevard *Turnaround southbound t1i1ffic at Boyce Avenue *Turnaround northbounrl 1,-~ffic at Lambeth Street 6 . Colorado Boulevard * Divert westbound traffi 1 · ;\t Kenilworth Avenue (Glendale Police DepartmPnt) 7. Ventura Freeway * Divert westbound traffir. at San Fernando Road off-ramp (California Highway Patrol) and westbound on-ramp at San Fernandn Road (Glendale Police Department) · * Divert eastbound traffic At Catalina Street off-ramp (California Highway PAt.,·nl) . TRAFFIC DIVERSION (Continued) 8. Golden State Freeway * Divert southbound traffi c at Western Avenue (California Highway Patrol) * Divert northbound traff i c at the northbound _. ·Pasadena Freeway interrh~nge (California Highway Patrol) ~ * Close on and off-ramps ~t Colorado Boulevard (Glendale Police Department) * Close Zoo Drive north anrl southbound on-ramps * Close Stadium Way southhn,md on-ramp The following Streets should h " r. l osed: JURISDICTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. Dr. Forest Lawn Dr. and Barham Blvd. 1200 thru 2900 Blks of Rjverside Riverside Dr. at Victory Rlvd. Garden St. at Avis St. South South Flower St. Victory Blvd bet. Paula s1- . and Air Way Ave. at Flower St. Kellogg Ave. west of San Fernando San Fernando road between Kellogg Ave. and Ventura Freeway Side· Side Goodwin Ave. at Brunswick St. Sequoia St. at Brunswick St . Baywood St. at Brunswick ·st . Bemis St. at Brunswick St. Chevy Chase Dr. at Brunswjr.k St. Perlita Ave. at Verdant St . Los Feliz at Perlita Ave . Dover St. at Brunswick Ave . Appleton St. at Brunswick 'Ave. Perlita Ave. at Rigali Avneue Perlita Ava. at Veselich Ave. Glendale Blvd·. at Edenh\1,-~1 Ave. Larga Ave. at Tyburn St . Larga Ave. at Garcia St . Atwater Ave. at Silverlah,·· Rlvd. Atwater Ave. at Minneapoli ~ St. Perlita Ave. at Minneap0li~ St. Perlita Ave. at Fletche1· f\,,.~ . San Fernando Rd. at Fletch~r San Fernando Rd. at Delay n1·. Edward Ave. at W. Ave. 30 Hallett Ave. at W. Ave. 30 Eagle Rock Blvd. at CyprP.ic;~ 'Ave. (two ntersections) Cypress Ave. at Cazador St. Cypress Ave. at Di vision ~ t · . Cypress Ave. at Macon St. Cypress Ave. at SilverlAk~ st . . North Side Rd. East Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West/South South Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side South Side South Side South/East South Side South/East East Side West Side South Side East Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side Burbank Burbank Burbank Burbank Glendale Glendale Glendale Glendale NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NEe NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE .;. TRAFFIC DIVERSION (Continued) 36. Cypress Ave. at Fredrick ~ i South Side NE 37. Cypress Ave .. at Future S1 . South Side NE 38. Cypress Ave. at Elm St. South Side NE 39. Cypress Ave. at Ashbury St . South Side NE 40. Cypress Ave. at Chaucer s1 South Side NE 41. Cypress Ave. at Arvia St . South Side NE 42. Cypress Ave. at Granda s1 South Side NE 43. Cypress Ave. at Alile St . South Side NE 44. Cypress Ave. at Roseview St . South Side NE 45. Cypress Ave. at LoosemorP St. South Side NE 46. Cypress Ave. at Maceo St. South Side NE 47 . ypress Ave. at Thorpe S1 . South Side NE 48 . ypress Ave. at Carleton !\• 1 p. South Side NE 49. Cypress Ave. at Merced St . South Side NE SO. Cypress Ave. at Pepper Si . South Side NE 51. West Ave. 28 at Idell St . South Side NE 52. West Ave. 28 at Jeffries St . South Side NE 53. West Ave. 28 at Huron St . South Side NE 54. Ave. 26 at Figueroa St. South/East NE 55. Figueroa St. at San Fern~ndo Rd. South/West NE 56. Riverside Dr. at Oros St . East Side NE 57. Riverside Dr. at Gail St. West Side NE 58. Riverside Dr. at Stadium Way East Sid~ NE (Stop traffic eastbound ,..,n Riverside Dr. prior to the under pass. Allow traffic to continue on to Stadium Way) 59. Riverside Dr. at Newell St . North Side NE 60. Riverside Dr. at Allesandro St. South Side NE (Allow southbound traffic to continue. Turn northbound traffic RJ~ ound) 61. Fletcher Dr. at SilverlakP Blvd. North Side NE 62. Los Feliz Blvd. at Lambeth St. North Side NE NOTE: It could be possible t·q 11se barricades at some of the above intersections . X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS l . CHP - Through Communic At in n (. -; or CLEMAR 736-3366 2. Burbank Police Departmen1 (818) 953-8731 3. Glendale Police Departmen1 (818) 956-4840 4. Department of Water and rower (24hre) 481-5217 NOTE: DWP is not respon~ihle for this reeervoir. 5. Army Corps. of Engineer~ 6. Van Nuys Watch Commande1~ 668-5522 (818) 989-8383 or extension 3-8383 _J .; XI. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS (Continued) 7. Southern California Gas rnmpany (24hrs) 689-2104 or 1-800-325-4070 8. Los Angeles Fire DepartmPnt _ .4'384-3131 or thru the link 9. Los Angeles City Public TTtilities (monitor) 485-3110 10. LASO General Information 974-4211 11. -Red Cross-Metropolitan (24hrs) 739-5200 12. Coroner (if needed) 226-8011 13. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 485-5500 14. Southern Pacific Railroad T'olice (24hrs) 668-4910 NOTE: This agency will lv=- an important asset during this evacuation due to t-h~ railroad yard's location. 15. Bureau of Street Mainten:::1nr.~ (600 barricades) 485-5699, 5679 16. Los Angeles Unified Schonl District 17. Rapid Transit District (dispatching supervisor) EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRST AID SUPfLI]:S 625-6631 972-3426 In the event water and first ~id supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally maintains amplP amounts for emergency situations. · If the Red Cross· supplies AP".> ·1 imi ted, then use the below locations as secondary resou1Ta~. A. FIRST AID SUPPLIES 1. Various Fire station~ . Contact 485-6185 Fire Department OCD fn1 ~upply locations. B. PHARMACIES 1. owl Drugs 5634 N. Figueroa St. 254-2851 2. Sun Pharmacy 1803 Hillhurst 662-1124 3. Thrifty Drugs 153~ North Vermont 664-9854 C. WATER SUPPLIES 1. Sparkletts Water 4500 York. Boulevard 259-2222 Company 2. Indian Head 22£, South Avenue 54 256-2265 Water Company 3. Hinckley/Schmitt 4414 York Boulevard 255-0106 Water Company Detective Headquarters Divisjon (extension 5-3261) maintains two books, 24A and .24B. These books contain approximately 600 pages of current outside resources for emergency supplies (i.e., heavy moving equipmen1· . medical supplies, tents, etc) . ..J[II. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEV~$ION The following radio and televinion stations may be called to ~ broadcast an evacuation orde1 · or the termination of an evacuation. A. Television Channel 2, Channel 4, Channel 5, Channel 7, Channel 9, Channel 11, Channel 13, B. Radio Station Station Station Station Station Station Station Station Station KCBS KNBC KTLA KABC KCAL KTTV KCOP KMPC KNX KABC KDAY KRTH/AM KFI KFWB KGIL KLOS XIII. TERMINATION OF THE EVACUAT~ON ·!.. ·'# .. ,!.. (213) (818) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) Phone 460-3550 954-0138 460-5501 557-7777 467-6158 462-7111 850-2222 Phone 460-5628 460-3343 840-4900 664-7717 781-1930 251-3124 462-6870 895-2000 840-4800 The evacuation will be term:in~ted when one of the following conditions has been met. · - - ~- ~ ~ . ... :.. ... -- - . A. The reservoir has been !-=;~r.11red by void·ing it of ·water or declared safe. B . The water level within thr-- inundated area has subsided to a level safe enough to allow re-entry by residents and there is no further need for interior security. The evacuees will be ·notified of the evacuation cancellation by both radio and televi~ion, as well as notification at the Mass Care Center. I • • • • c=: I m - I eeeee. ..... .............. ........... , ............ •Tl: TN I ...... , .. . ...... ... . .. .. , .... . ........ , .. ....... SEI EM IN I ·· --- --- - - --.-: - ~ .. - ~ /I · I HO/.. LY'NOOl' I r, tt11~ . PAsK . ..,_ ~"' z c !RAltl IV .ST • - + - - ---- - --; C. DEPARTMENT OF WAu;~ AND POWER' S DAM AND ~~ERVOIR EMERGENCY NOTt_ FIG'1TION LIST I. "I. III. IV. V. vr. VII. VIII. IX. x. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. HANSEN DAM TABLE OF CONTENTS Overview Inundation (Water Flow) Watch Commanders Responsihilities Command Post Locations Evacuation Seguency - By F1 ·i ori ty Evacuation Centers Evacuee Transportation Perimeter Traffic Diversion Emergency Phone Numbers Emergency Water and First Aid Supplies Commercial Radio and Televi~ion Termination of the Evacua~ion Addenda (Maps) • I. OVERVIEW • Hansen Dam is located on the northern edge of the San Fernando Valley on Tujunga Wash, just below the confluence of Big and Little Tujunga Creeks, and is about 4 miles west of the Sunland. It is owned and operated by the. LQs Angeles Army Corps of Engineers, and was constructed for the primary purpose of providing flood control. The dam normally operates as a "Dry" di=lm . The Dam's high water elevation is 1,081 feet above sea level and has a maximum flood control capacity of 51,360 acre-feet. The Dam is a compacted earth fill structure. It is approximately 10,475 feet long at the crest with a maximum height above stream bed of 97 feet. The Dam operates with all gates open J foot. During periods of inflow, gates are progressly opened at 1-hour intervals as needed to maintain outflow equril to inflow until gates are fully open. There are Dam-tending personnel and special Dam inspection engineers, who are also trained in emergency operations. II. INUNDATION (WATER FLOW) In the event of a massive rupture, which is highly unlikely, the down stream area that would be inundated includes Tujunga Creek, which flows in a southeasterly direction from the Dam to the Los Angeles River bed. Water flow should be contained in the Los Angeles River bed, a short distance east of the Golden State and Ventura Freeways. The main flow would follow the travel of the Los Angeles River bed through Northeast Division with an average over the bank depth of 3 to 14 feet. (overview and divisional eections of Inundation-maps "A" thru "G'' in addenda). III. WA'l'CB COMMANDERS RESPONSIBI~_JTIES Should Hansen Dam sustain a massive rupture, Northeast Division has approximately eight hours and forty-five minutes from the time of the n1pture until the flood reaches the Division boundaries, providing the Dam·s flood control pool is at it•· maximum capacjty. If a major earthquake occur• the watch commander should make contact with Foothill Divi ion Watch Commander as soon as poaailbe (x-38861) and determine the extent of damage to Hansen Dam. Should the dam uetain a massive rupture, the watch commander hall make the following notification: 1. Communications Division And request a tactical alert - minimum 80 officers. 485-3223 2. CHP - Through Communications o- r CLEMAR 485-4062 III. WATCH COMMANDERS RESPONSIBI~ITIES (Continued) 3. Los Angeles Fire Departmen1· 384-3131 or thru the link 4. Glendale Police Department Watch Commander - < 010 > 9.56-4840 5. Burbank Police Departmen1 WRtch Commander (818) 953-8731 6. Army Crops. of ·Engineers (should the situation become critical) 688-5522 7. Northeast Area and Patrol Commanding Officers When practical, and time permjtting, the watch commander should make the following notifications: 8. Department of Water and Fower 481-5217 9. Southern California Gas r.~mpany (24hrs)(l-800)325-4070 10. Coroner (if needed) 11. Red Cross-Metropolitan 226-8011 · ( 24hrs) 739-5200 12. Department of Street Maint~nance 485-5679,5699 PM's 485-7100 or 689-2104 13. Telephone Company - Chief Operator 485-5500 14. Los Angeles City Public lJ~ilities (monitor) 485-3110 15. LASO General Information 974-4211 IV. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS l . Irving Junior High School 1010 Estara Street 256-2123 Note: All necessary faci Ii ties ~vailable at this lo.cation (i.e. • te lephon"' :- . restrooms, area for the command po t.) SEE KEY LOCATIONS. SECTION XJ11. FOR SECONDARY OR ALTERNATE COMMAND POST SITES. V. EVACUATION SEQUENCE - BY PRIORITY The estimated time ~f the wate1 flow (based on a massive rupture) to Northeast Di visio11 i s eight hours and forty-five minutes and will follow the dj 1 ·ection of the Los Angeles River bed. The average depth of the water over the bank will vary between three to fourteen feet. The evacuation sequence is the same as in th<"' Sepulveda Dam plan and is ~ broken down into 4 sections. Tt is suggested that officers involved in the evacuation be 0i v~n a copy of the sections (see addenda-AREA A,B,C and D) . Area A - The main concern jn this area would be the Equestrian center, wh~re over one thousand horses are housed. ther~ i~ 24 hour security located on the premise - Two. ?. nfficer units. Area B - The primary problem in this area will be making people in Griffith Pr1rk aware of the evacuation and the numerous hon~P. stables in the southern section of the areA Four, 2 officer units. Area C - Los Angeles Police Moimted Unit ( 3934 Rigali Street, 485-5909) j~ located in the northern section of this are~ . There are horses and personnel on the prPmise, 24 hours. They have their own evacuation plans. The majority of the area contains residence except for a small concentration of businesses on Los Feliz Boulevard, Glendale Boulevard, and Fletcher · Drive - Five, 2 offi~P.r units. Area D - The area contains: R~Ridences, business along Riverside Drive and San Fernando Road; a large railroad yard between San Fernando Road and the Los Angeles River Berl. The yard always has tank cars with combustihlr- material - Three, 2 officer units. Methods of communication for " '":\r.uation and direction to the evacuation center would incl n,1"" nne or combination of the tollowing: A. Uee of LAPD Air Units wjth public address system. B. oo·or to Door contact by j nformed officers C. Use of patrol units utili~ing public addre s system. D. Radio broadcast advising,< disaster and tep• to be taken. VI. EVACUATION CENTERS 1. 2. Irving Junior High Schoo] Allesandro Elementary Schnnl 3010 Estara Avenue 256-2123 2211 Riverside Drive 666-7162 If the inundation follows the direction indicat•d~ Northeast Division would be divided into tw~ sections. It is suggested that a temporary second evacuntion center be considered on the , opposite side of the inundation from the primary center ' s location. The American Red Cross shall he notified. They can establish a Mass Care Center at the above locations(s). · Note: The Red Cross recommends that immediately following a disaster, an outdoo1· (park, playground, etc.) area be used first as an ev~cuation center. Locations, such as schools and auditoriums, are generally used for extended evacuation r.nre. VII. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION When the need arises for evacuee transportation, the use of · Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School Distrjr.t (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directed by the concerned watch commander or field commander, RTD buse~ can be obtained by. contacting . the RTD dispatcher supervisol·. Phone number, (213) 972-3426. Buses designed especially to accommodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD dispatching supervisor. "Accessible buses" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wheel chairs lifts, 1·Amps, and wide doors. To obtain the use of LAUSD buses notify the LAUSD security watch commander. Phone numbP.1·. ( 213) 625-6631. If the Emergency Operations Center (x-54011) is activated, then requ·ests for buses shou 1 rJ he coordinated through them. VIII. PERIMETER Determine and establish a pei·. imP.ter for the affected area. The perimeter will vary depending r.m the extent of the inundation. Defining the perimeter boundaries will be difficult because the inundation follows the Los Angeles River bed and the topography of the area. Anticipating the worst, the perimeter boundarl•• could be made in conjunction with traffic diversion (section VIII). By maintaining updated status on the affected area the perimeter can be eacala~ed/de-escalated a needed. Supply each officer, involved on the perimeter, with copies of the inundation ( ee Addenda - Maps D, E, F, and G). IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION Establish traffic diversion nl the below listed locations. Have the California Highway Patrol relieve LAPD officers as soon as possible. Traffic diversio11 ~An be modified•• needed, keeping in mind egress and ingress rot1tes. The below div~rsion locations are necessary in 01 ·~~r to expedite traffic away from the inundation area and maintai11 ~ontrol of the perimeter. Some of the traffic diversion locatjon~ are in the cities of Burbank and Glendale. A joint effort with t:hese departments ·would accelerate traffic diversion . A. Los Angeles River Overpn~:.P.:. 1. Riverside Drive * Divers southbound trAffi ,. on Figueroa Street at Cypress Avenue . *Turnaround traffic r1t Figueroa St. and San Fernando Rd Eas·tside 2. Glendale Freeway * Divert southbound t:raffic at San Fernando Road off-ramp * Close northbound r.lPndale Freeway on-ramp at Glendale Boulevard 3. Fletcher Drive * Divert southbound t ·.raffic at Perlita Avenue * Divert ,southbound traffic at San Fernando Road * Divert northbound traffic at intersection of Glendale Boulevard and Rowen~ Avenue 4. Glendale Boulevard * Turn around southhO\md traffic at Edenhurst Street *. Divert northbound trRffic at the intersections .of Glendale Boulevard/Wr1verly Drive and Hyperion Avenue/Ettrick Str~~t. S. Los Feliz Boulevard •Turnaround southbound traffic at Boyce Avenue • Turn around northhrmnd traffic at Lambeth Street 6. Colorado Boulevard • Divert westbound 1 ·1 ·nffic at Kenilworth ·Avenue (Glendale Polic~ n~p1111·tment) 7. Ventura Freeway * Divert westbound t1·11ffic at San Fernando Road off-ramp (California Highway Patrol) and we tbound on-ramp at Sar Fernando Road(GlendAle Police Department) • Divert eastbound t.,·11ffic at Catalina Street off-ramp California Hi9hw11y Pfttrol) . IX. TRAFFIC DIVERSION (Continued) 8. Golden State Freeway * Divert southboun~ 1 1 ·affic at Western Avenue (California Highway Patrol) * Divert northbound t 1 ·affic at the northbound Pasadena Freeway interchange (California Highway Patrol) * Close on and off-n~mps at Colorado Boulevard (Glendale Police Departm~nt) · * Close Zoo Ori ve n01 ·th and southbound on-ramps * close Stadium Way ~nnthbound on-ramp The following streets should hf" closed: 1. Forest Lawn Dr. and Barb nm Blvd . 2. San Fernando Rd. between T : P l l ogg Ave. 3 . Doran St. San Fernando Rd . 4. Goodwin Ave. at Brunswicl~ St. 5 . Sequoia St. at Brunswick St . 6. Boywood St. at Brunswick s1 . . 7. Bemis St. at Brunswick S1. 8. Chevy Chase Dr. at Brunswirk St 9. Perlita Ave. at Verdant st 10. Los Feliz at Perlita Ave . 11. Dover St. at Brunswick Av~ . 12. Appleton St. Brunswick AvP . 13. Perlita Ave. at Rigali Ave . 14. Perlita Ave. at Veselich Ave . 15. Glendale Blvd. at Edenhur!=:t. Ave. 16. Larga Ave. at Tyburn St. 17. Larga Ave. at Garcia St. 18. Atwater Ave. at Silverlak~ Blvd. 19. Atwater Ave. at Minneapo]js St. 20. Perlita Ave. at Minneapolis St. 21. Perlita Ave. at Fletcher AvP-. 22. San Fernando Rd. at Flet~he·r 23. San Fernando Rd. at Delay n,· . 24. Edward Ave. at W. Ave. 30 25. Hallett Ave. at W. Ave. 1n 26. Eagle Rock Blvd. at Cyp1·r--- ~ ·· fwe . intersections 27. Cypress Ave. at Cazado1 st 28. Cypress Ave. at Divisio11 ~, 29. Cypress Ave. at Macon St 30. Cypress Ave. at Silver St. 31. Cyprees Ave. at Fredrick ~t-. 32. Cypress Ave. at Future ~1 33. Cypreea Ave. at Elm St. 34. Cypress Ave. at Ashbury ::;t- 35. Cypreee Ave. at Chaucer ~t. 36. Cypreee Ave. at Arvia St. 37. Cypress Ave. at Granda St . 38. Cyprees Ave. at Alice St. 39. Cypress Ave. at Roseview ~t . , Ventura Fwy East Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side/Sou~h Side South Side West Side West Side West Side West Side West Side South Side South Side South Side/East Side South Side South Side/East Side East Side West Side South Side East Side South Side South Side Two South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side South Side 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. so. 51. 52. 53 . Cypress Ave. at Loosemo rr- S t . . Cypress Ave. at Maceo St . Cypress Ave. at Thorpe St Cypress Ave . at Carleton l'w e. Cypress Ave. at Merced St . Cypress Ave. at Pepper s1 . W. Ave. 28 at Idell St. W. Ave. 28 at Jeffries S t W. Ave. 28 at Huron St. Ave. 26 at Figu a St . Figueroa St. at San Fern~,,,;0 Rd . Riverside Dr. at Oros St . Riverside Dr. at Gail St . Riverside Dr. at Stadium Way South Side South Side South Side South Side South S'ide South-,Side South Side South Side South Side South Side/East Side South Side/West Side East Side West Side East Side 54. 55. Stop traffic eastbound on Riverside Dr. pass. Allow traffic to c0ntinue on the Riverside Dr. at Newell S t . prior to the under Stadium Way. North Side 56. 57. Riverside Dr. at Al lesanch·n St. Allow southbound traffic 1 · n continue. around. Fletcher Dr. at Silver Lnke Blvd. Los Feliz Blvd. at LambP-th ~t. X. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS South Side Turn northbound traffic North Side North Side 1. CHP - Through Communicati0n~ or CLEMAR 736-3366 2. Burbank Police Departmen1 3. Glendale Police Department 4. Department of Water and rnwer Note: The DWP is not reRpnnRible for this reservoir. 5. Army Corps. of-Engineer~ 6. Van Nuys Watch Commande1· 7. Southern California Ga~ r·nmnr\ny 8. Los Angeles Fire Departm""' (818) 953-8731 (818) 856-4840.· (24hrs) 481-5217 668-5522 (818) 989-8383 or x-38383 (24hrs) 689-2104 or 1-800-325-4070 384-3131 or thru the link 9. Loa Angeles City Public m -; lities (monitor) 485-3110 974-4211 (24hr) 739-5200 10. LASO General ·Information 11. Red Cross-Metropolitan 12. Coroner (if needed) 226-8011 x. XI. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS (Con1 . i m1ed) 13. Telephone Company - ChiPf nperator 485-5500 14. Southern Pacific Railroad Police (24hra) 668-4910 Note: This agency will bP ,9n important asset during this P.Vncuation due to the railroad ya nJ · ~ location. 15. Bureau of Street Mainten~tw~ (600 barricades) 85-5699,5679 16. Los Angeles Unified Schon! nistrict 17. Rapid Transit District (dispatching supervisor) EMERGENCY WATER AND FIRST _ AID SUPPJ,I_ ~§ 625-6631 972-3426 In the event water and first ;:'\id supplies are needed, the Red Cross generally maintain~ ,9mple amounts for emergency situations. If Red Cross· supplies are limited, then use below locations as secondary resmn ·r•p~. A. FIRST AID SUPPLIES: 1. Various fire stations . Contact Fire Department OCD for ~upply locations. . B. PHARMACIES l. 2. 3. OWl Drugs Sun Pharmacy Thrifty Drugs C. WATER SUPPLIES 5634 North Figueroa St. 1803 Hillhurst 15~~ North Vermont 485-6185 · 254-2851 662-1124 664-9854 1. 2. 3. Sparkletts Water Comp~ny 4500 York Blvd. Indian Head Water Cnmp;:my 226 South Avenue 54 Hinckley/Schmitt w~1~ 1 Co 4414 York Blvd. 259-2222 256-2265 255-0106 Detective Headquarters Divi~inn (x-53261) maintains two books, 24A and 24B. These books contAin approximately 600 pages of current outside resources fo, emergency eupplies (i.e, heavy moving equipme~t, medical .-upp. 1 ies, tent, etc.). "'{I I. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND TELEVISIO~ STATJ_ON_§ The following radio and television stations may be called to broadcast an evacuation order o~ ~he termination of an evacuation. A. Television- Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel B. Radio St~tion Station Station Station Station Station Station Station Station 2, 4, - ' 7, 9, 11, 13, KCBS l<NBC KTLA KABC KCAL KTTV KCOP KMPC l<NX KABC KDAY KRTH/AM KFI KFWB KGIL KLOS ( 213 .) (818) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) (213) PHONE 460-3550 954-0138 460-5501 557-7777 467-6158 462-7111 850-2222 PHONE 460-5628 460-3343 840-4900 664-7717 781-1930 251-3124 462-6870 895-2000 840-4800 XIII. TERMINATION OF TSE EVACUATION The evacuation will be terminated when one of the following conditions has been met. A. The reservoir has been secured by voiding it of water or declared safe. B. The water level within the inundated area has subsided to a level safe enough to allow re-entry by residents and there is no further need for Interior security. The evacuees will be notified of the evacuation cancellation by both radio and television, as well as notifir.~tion at the Mass Care Center (evacuation centers). lfAlCM 10 ~LAT( NO . l ~II/' .. B .. ,. ....... ·- - --··- · - . ua,r.H ,n ~, atr Nt>. !I ,J:,,--· ,. · : '--- rte,!':" 1· atdP' . :...~ .... &1CM 10 PL&1l NO. S . . . . .. ~ -- -~ •.. -·- : ·. ·• -- -·· .. ; ·--- -· ----....... ·•I!-·-~~~--~~ ....... .....,_.. . . . . . . . .,• • .,ir;. • • -~ •, • • • • • • • -~ ------; ••• ~ • • . • • • •• .• • •. ·•·· ..• ;~. ~ .,, . • ~··,· ,"t, .1 -~~ ·.-:. •• , •• ·•• ·. 'I·.· ~.... • . /\ : __ • _: : ,:. ,:~ :.:: --~ ti•::. ~,;:~- : --•~·;. \. · :: ~ - : :>--~ : _-_ ... < •• •• . • • • ~ #••,. '-·' ,. ·'"· --,•& , . ! . • - •. • .. . - .- '! , ... :-· .. ~-- '! ~ .... . ,.,.. • .• - . . • . •..•• ·• ..! ••. • ! ~ • ' . : ... : ~~·1. .. � \I . ~.'. •• .. ~ • • .. . .. • '-. • I • • • •• ,. • . -. "' ' •• .. · .. .-4:f· . ' . • . ' ·o ~31 ~ ... .. .. & u • .. c.. "' ., i ~ - DAM 8 RESERVOIR EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION LIST CITY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF WATER 8 POWER AUGUSTl988 WATER SYSTEM DIVISION HEADS: - Dam and Reservoir Emergencies Persons to be Notified In case of any sudden or unprecedented flood, unusuaJ or alarming circumstance or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir, including a significant change in seepage, abrupt change of water level in an observation well, or any unusual cracks, slumps, or wet spots in the dam or abutments, the employee discovering the problem shall notify his supervisor as outlined on the attached sheets. Where the problem or occurrence is of such seriousness as to warrant notification of the Engineer in Charge of the Aqueduct Division or the Engineer in Charge of the Water Operating Division, it is essential that one of the members- of the Water Engineering Design Divis ion also be alerted. In the event of a major e~ergency, the Engineer in Charge will be responsible for contacting the Assistant General Manager - Water; the State Department of Water Resources, Division of Safety of Dams; and County Sheriff. If the dam or reservoir is located within the City of Los Angeles, the Engineer in. Charge shal 1 notify the Chief of Police. In all cases, where the person called cannot be contacted, the next name in order shall be notified. The first person contacted in each group shall be responsible for notifying all others in that group who may be needed in connection with the problem. In all cases, if none of the persons in a group can be reached immediately, the Department Telephone Operator, (213) 481-4211, shall be contacted and instructed to complete the call to one of the group. Attachments cc: Distribution List DUANE L. GEORGESON Assistant General Manager - Water Ref. DWR Letters J. J. Doody to DWP 10/26/81 and 7/15/82 Reservoir Data IN-CITY RESERVOIRS The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurence affecting a darn or reservoir shall immediately notify the Water Utility Operator Supervisor or District Reservoir Fo.reman. These first level supervisors are listed _ below. If unable to contact the first level supervisor, the employee should illJllediately notify the second level supervisor. First Level Notification Central District A. Simon Harbor District R. J. Luce · Western District C. Nishiyama 2333 Ripple Street (818). 361-2885 Los Angeles (213) 481-4923 950 W. First St. San Pedro (213) 831-8807 Ext. 246 *(DWP) 2-251-2246 5898 Venice Blvd. Los Angeles (213) 481-6980 (213) 994-2051 ( 81 8 ) ·2 4 2 - 4 0 7 9 East Valley and West Valley Districts J. Fitch 18718 Rayen Street (805) 523-7674 North ridge (818) 701-2661 (DWP) 2-273-2661 Upon investigation by the Wat~r Utility Operator Supervisor or the District Reservoir Foreman, he shall alert the following supervisors listed under second level notification: Second Level Notification Central District J. D. Powers D. E. Horton Room 1449 (818) 281-2249 General Office Bldg. (213) 481-6232 Room 1449 (805) 484-4698 General Office Bldg. (213) 481-6233 *(DWP) - Departm~nt of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. -2- Harbor District C. Lee Western District P. D. Doherty 950 W. First St. San Pedro (213) 831-8807 Ext. 249 DWP 2-251-2249 5898 Venice Blvd. Los Angeles (213) 481-69 70 ·(714) 676-8505 (213) 821-0202 East Valley and West Valley J. D. Powers Room 1449 (818) 281-2249 General Office Bldg. ( 2 1 3 ) · 4 8 1 - 6 2 3 2 D. E. Horton Room 1449 (805) 484-4698 General Office Bldg. (213) 481-6233 After the investigation of the problem by the second level supervisor, and if the · situation warrants, he shall notify one of the following in the order indicated: Third Level Notification W. L. Kingston Room 1449 (714) 861-5464 General Office Bldg. (213) 481-5464 W. J. Burns Room 1420 (818) 335-6516 General Office Bldg. (213) 481-6242 R. W. Carr Room 1420 (818) 968-8948 General Office Bldg. (213) 481-6241 l.. . McReynolds Room 1420 (81'3) 957 - 08?.6 General Office Bldg. c 213) 4 s 1- 6 2 4 o · Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification of one of the above engineers, it is essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be alerted. In such instance, the engineer notified shall con~act one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division. · (DWP) - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Offic~ Building telephones only. -3- WATER ENGINEERING DESIGN DIVISION .; s. H. Mayeda Room 1314 6565 Vista Street General Office Bldg. San Gabriel 91775 (213) 481-6130 (818) 287-0190 M. M. Sakado Room 1314 630 Marek Drive General Office Bldg. Montebello 90640 (213) 481-6134 (213) 728-9704 S. Matsuda Room 1314 5 Via Seville General Office Bldg. Rolling Hills Estates 90274 (213) 481-6132 (213) 541-019.8 W.W. Hoye Room 1336 136 s. Plymouth Blvd. General Office Bldg. Los Angeles 90004 (213) 481-6150 (213) 935-1523 H. R. Venegas Room 1336 900 Hibiscus St. General Office Bldg. Montebello, CA 90640 (213) 481-6147 (213) 724-9560 WATER SYSTEM EXECUTIVE OFFICE R. A. McCoy Room 1455 1020 Via Nuevo General Office Bldg. Riverside 92507 (213) 481-6181 (714) 788-0120 J. F. Wickser Room 1455 4548 El Reposo Drive General Office Bldg. Los Angeles 90065 (213) 481-6175 (213) 257-3623 D. L. Georgeson Room 1455 2312 Moreno Drive General Office Bldg. Los Angeles 90039 (213) 481-6171 (2~3) 665-1375 -4- AQUEDUCT RESERVOIRS - NORTHERN DISTRICT The employee di ~covering any unusual or alarming occur rence affecting· a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify the Construction and Maintenance Supervisor. Construction and Maintenance Supervisors are as follows: Bishop-Mono District J. Bright Bishop Yard (619) 872-2091 (CTC)** 2-265-2231 (DWP)* Lone Pin~ and Independence Districts R. Stockman Independence Yard (619) 878-2076 (CTC) 2-272-2227 (DWP) (619) 873-8027 (619) 878-2337 If appraisal of the problem by the Construction and Maintenance Supervisor . warrants, he shall immediately alert the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent and the Engineering Services personnel: J. Snead F. Finkbeiner R. G. Wilson Bishop Admin. Office (619) 872-1104 (CTC) 2 - 2 6 S - 2 2 2 6 · (DWP) Bishop Admin. Office (619) 872-1104 (CTC) 2-265-2256 (DWP) Bishop Admin. Office (619) 872-1104 (CTC) 2-265-2225 (DWP) (619) 873-4966 (619) 873 · -4302 (619) 873-4738 ••(CTC) - Continental Telephone Company of California *(DWP) - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only . -s- If appraisal of. the situation by the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent warrants, he shall immmediately notify one of the following in the order indicated: D. D. Buchholz .. D. C. Williams Bishop Admin. Office (619) 872-1104 (CTC)** 2-265-2223 (DWP)* Room 1466 General Office Bldg. (213) 481-6191 (619) 873 - .., 847 (714) 995-7129 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification of one of the above engineers, it is essential that he Water Engineering Design Division be alerted. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members · of the Water Engineer1ng Design Division as listed on page 4. •• (CTC) - Continental Telephone Company of California . * (DWP) -- Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building Telephones only. -6- - ------------------------------ AQUEDUCT RESERVOIRS - SOUTHERN DISTRICT The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occur rence affecting a darn or reservoir shall immediately notify the Co~struction and Maintenance Superintendent. T • .J. Sterling Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. (805) 824-4695 *(DWP) 2-269-2200 (805) 822-7493 or, if Mr. Sterling cannot be reached immediately, contact the Construction and Maintenance Supervisor. J. Herbaugh Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. (805) 824-4695 (DWP) 2 - 269-2201 (805) 822-5010 If appraisal of the situation by the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent or Supervisor warrants, he shall immediately notify one of the following in the order indicated: M. M. Kodama D. D. Buchholz D . C. Williams Room 1466 General Office Bldg. (213) 481-6180 Bishop Admin. Office (619) 872-1104 (CTC)** 2-265-2223 (DWP)* Room ·1466 General Office Bldg . (213) 481-6191 (818) 336-9429 (619) 873-8847 Cl 14 ) 9 9 S - 7 12 9 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification of one of the above engineers, it is essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be alerted. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division as listed on page 4. •(DWP) - Department of Water and Power telephone syste, from General Office Building telephones only. -7- STATE DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES DIVISI.ON OF SAFETY OF DAMS Upon notification of major emergency, one of t~e members of- the Water Engineering Design Division will be res~6iisible for contacting the Assistant General Manager - Water and one of the folJowing personne 1 of the State Department of Water Re sources, Division of Safety of Dams, in the _ order indicated: During Working Hours V. H. Persson, Chief Elks Building 921 - 11th Street Sacramento 95814 (916) 445-7606 After Working Hours and on Weekends and Holidays For City and South Aqueduct R. Sanchez· Field Engineer (916)323-~115 1041 La Salle Drive Sacramento 95864 (916) 489-1660 For Owens Valley and Mono Basin S. Verigin 1440 Gary Way Carmichael, CA 95608 (916) 483-6615 Field Engineer (916) 323-1116 If the appropriate Field Engineer cannot be reached, contact in the following order: R. F. Delparte Regional Engineer (916) 32 2·-6 206 D. H. Babbitt Chief Field Engineer (916) 445-9517 California State Police -8- 6310 Cassady Way ·carmichael 95608 (916) 944-1541 3860 West Landpark Drive Sacramento 95822 (916) 442-0990 Sacramento (916) 445-1150 In all cases, where the person called cannot be contacted, the next name .in order shall .be notified. The first person contacted in each group shall be responsible for notifying all others in that group who may be needed in connection with the problem. In all cases, if none of the persons in a group can be reached immediately, the Department Telephone - ..{)perator, (213) 481-4211, shall be contacted and the operator shall continue to try to complete the call to any one of the group. -9- COUNTY SHERIFF Los Angeles County. Inyo County . . Mono County. S. Block L.A. County Sheriff Department _ - -•. 211 West Temple St., Rm. 266 Los Angeles 90012 (213) 974-4101 D. Dorsey P.O. Box S Independence 93526 (619) 878-2441 Mammoth Lake No. M. Streineck, Ji. P.O. Box 616 Bridgeport 93517 (619) 932-7549 (619) 934-6058 Ventura County City of Los Angeles • City of Bishop . . . . . 24 Hours : J. Gillespie 800 So. Victoria Avenue Ventura 93009 (805) 654-2381 (805) 654-2314 CHIEF OF POLICE • D. F. Gates, Chief Parker Center - 150 No. Los Angeles St. Los Angeles 90012 (213) 485-3202 G. A. Morrison, Commander Operations Hdqtr. Bureau · (213) 485-3211 (Normal Hours) . (213) 485-3261 (After 1700 hours, Weekends, ~olidays) Commanding Officer, Emergency Operations Center (213) 617-0019 (213) 485-5191 . . . . . . . F. G. Coburn, Chief 207 West Line Bishop 93S14 (619) 873-5866 -10- ~I City of Los Angeles ... Los Angeles County FIRE DEPARTMENT 24 Hours: 24 Hours: D. 0. Manning Chief Engineer ~np General Manager 200 No. Main St., Room 1020 Los Angeles 90012 (213) 485-6003 Operation Control Dispatch Center (213) 485-6009 or 485-6180 R. Monarrez Emergency Services Coordinator 1320 No. Eastern Avenue Los Angeles 90063 (213) 267-2451 (213) 267-2455 OFFICE OF EMERGENCY SERVICES Ventura County . . . . . , . . . . . . . Ms. Karen Guidi 24 Hours: State of California . . . . . . . . . 24 Hours: -11- Emergency Services Coordinator Ventura County Office of Emergency Services 800 So. Victoria Avenue Ventura 93009 (805) 654-2551 (805) 658-7643 Mr. J. Alexander State Office of Emergency Services 107 South Broadway - Room 19 ·Los Angeles, California 90012 . (213) 620-5607 State O.E.S. Warning Center (916) 427-4341 1- DAM AND RESERVOIR EMERGENCIES DISTRIBUTION LIST General Manager's Office ..... . Public Affairs Division Power System Executive Office Water System Executive Office . . . . . . Aqueduct Division . . . . . . . . . . . . - P.H. Lane D. W. Waters Receptionist L.B. Dennis C. O. Hinderer Receptionist N. E. Nichols K. S. Miyoshi E. A. Cotton D. L. Georgeson R. A. McCoy J. F. Wickser S. A. Clark C. V. Solorza . Receptionist D. C. Williams D. D. Buchholz M. M. Kodama R. G. Wilson J.M. Snead T. J. Sterling Receptionist ( 2) (2) (1) (1) ( 1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (3) (2) (2) ( 2) - (2) (1) (2)' ( 2) (3) ( 2) (8) (4) (3) Water Operating Division • • • • . . • • • L. McReynolds (2) R. W. Carr (2) W. J. Burns (2) W. L. Kingston (2) J. D. Powers (2) . D. E. Horton (30) L.B. Withers (2) D. Kocher (1) D. Algorri (8) G. Candelaria (8) P. Bustamante (8) C. E. Lee (8) P. D. Doherty (17) Central Water Trouble Board (5) W. Valley Water Trouble Board (5) -12- I. Dam and Re servoir Emergencies Distribut i List (Continued) W~ter Engineering Design Division Power Operating and Maintenance . ~ .... Power Design and Construction . . . . . . . Emergency Operation Center State Department of Water Resources State Office of Emergency Services •.•. (213) 620-5607 Los Angeles Police Department (213) 485-4011 Ventura County Emergency Services Center Sheriff Department ~ . . (805) 654-2314 4 ~ • • Emergency Services Coordinator (80S) 654-25S1 . . . . . . (805) 654-2381 -13- W. W. Hoye - H. R. Venegas S. Matsuda S. H. Mayeda M. M. Sakado C. A. Rogacs L. D. Robbs M. L. Martinez A. s. Buchanan R. D. Moore G. E. Haynie T. R. Irwin V. H. Persson D. H. Babbitt R. Delparte S. Verigin R. Sanchez J · . Alexander D. F. Gates Jorge Ramos J. Gillespie K. Guidi ( 2) . (2) (2) (12) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (14) (2) (6) (4) (2) (2) (2) (2) ( 2)' (5) (1) (2) (2) (2) Distribution List (cont'd) Los Angeles County Sheriff . . .. . . . . s. Block (1) Inyo County Sheriff . . . . . . . . . D. Dorsey (1) - _ _ ., Mono County Sheriff . . . . . M. Streineck, Jr. (1) City of Bishop Police . . . . . . . . . . F. G. Coburn (1) Los Angeles City Fire Department . . . . . . . D. o. Manning (1) Los Angeles County Fire Department . • R. Monarrez (1) - 14 - ,.- IX NORTHEAST AREA COMMAND POST ~ATIONS NORTHEAST ~-~ COMMAND POST LOCATIONS 1. Northeast Division 485-2563 (Primary Command Post) 3353 San Fernando Road 2. K-mart Department Store (Secondary Command Post) San Fernando Road 3. ·folice Academy 485-3151 1880 N. Academy Drive 4. Dodger Stadium 224-1351 1000 Elysian Park 5 . Naval and Marine Reserve Armory 627-2891 1700 Stadium Way 6. Occidental College 259-2500 1600 Campus Road 7. Pater Noster High School 254-2576 2911 San Fernando Road 8. Griffith Park Ranger Station 665-5188 4370 Crystal Springs Dr. 9. L.A. City Zoo 666-4659 5333 Zoo Drive 10. Eagle Rock Recreation Center 257-6948 1100 Eagle Vista Dr. 11. Eagle Rock Shopping Plaza 256-2147 2700 Colorado Blvd. · 12. Franklin High School 254-7104 820 N. Avenue 54 13. Glassell Recreation Center 3580 Verdugo Road 14. Cypress Recreation Park 221-7821 2630 Pepper Avenue 15. Washington Irving Junior High School 256-2123, 3010 Estara Avenue 16. King Thomas Starr Junior High School 664-1176, 4201 Fountain Avenue 17. Eagle Rock High School 254-6891 1750 Yoeemite Dr. 18. Marshall High School 660-1440 3737 Tracy St. THOMAS GUIDE COORDINATES 35 D-1 35 D-1 35 D-5 35 D-6 35 D-6 26 A-6 35 D-2 24 E-4 24 E-2 26 C-4 25 F-4 36 B-2 as E-1 _ 35 F-4 35 E-1 35 A-3 26 B-5 35 A-2 -. ., . • SITE~----- COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED"---- 1. AREA------------ I 2. NAME~---------------------------- 3. ADDRESS--------------------------- - ... ,.· NAME AND PHONE OF CONTACT (DAY)----------------- .. (EVENING)-------------------- 5. 'l'HOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE----------- 6. REPORTING DISTRICT------------ 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (GENERAL)-----(PACIFIC)-- . B. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE----- VEHICLES PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE,--------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 10. OTHER ARE~.!"lt----------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 11. APPROXIMATELY HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMOD~TE------- 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S)------------------ 13. SECURITY PROBLEM?----------------------- 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY O!'!'-RAMP·--------- '· STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE-------LIGHTED?------- 16. OPEN AREA SIZE LIGHTED?----l'ENCED?------ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S)--------------------- 18. SECURITY PROBLEM?---------------------- 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE-------------- 1 . - , 20. POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS----220 VOLTS---- IIRSONNEL AREAS .., • - 21; BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) ' COVERED LIGHTED? FENCED? OPEN LIGHTED? FENCED? 22. FEEDING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) COVERED LIGHTED? FENCED? OPEN LIGHTED? FENCED? 23. KITCHEN FACILITIE SIZE 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? (NUMBER or PATIENTS) 25. TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) (DESCRIBE) 26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)-----(D~SCRIBE)------ POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. l'IRE------------------ · · -·------------ 28. l'LOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INUNDATION MAPS)-------- 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD SPOTS?)--------------- 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION-------__,; ____________ _ 31. CHEMICAL STORACE------------------------ 32. SEISMIC RISK------------------------- , . • 2 ----------- - ------- - -- - -- ------ ·- -- ------ - - --·--·- - - - -· - 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES- ·---~~---------------- 34. • ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEM~-----=--------------- - ... .. 35; IIEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER:-------------------- 36. 'O'l'HER.----------------------------- 37. COMMENTS----------------~----------- 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE. DIAGRAM ATTACHED. ' · . .• .· 3 ., SITE•------ COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED------ 1. AREA------------- ' 2. NAME,------------------------------ 3. ADDRESS---------------------------- , .• NAME AND PHONE OF CONTACT (DAY)----------------- 4 . (EVENING)------------------ 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE--------- &. REPORTING DISTRICT------------ 7. TELEPHONE COMP ANY SERVICING SI TE ( GENERAI, )-----(PACIFIC)---- 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE----- VEHICLES PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE--------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 10. OTP.ER AREAS----------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 11.. APPROXIMATELY HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMOD~TE-------- 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S)------------------ 13. SECURITY PROBLEM?------------------------ 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP--------- '· . STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE.-------LIGHTED?------- 16. OPEN AREA SIZE---------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S)--------------------- 18. SECURITY PROBLEM?----------------------- 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE--------------- 1 . - , 20. POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS----220 VOLTS~---- PERSONNEL AREAS 21·. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSQNNEL)----- COVERED-------LIGHTED?----FENCED?---- OPEt-... t -----LIGHTED?----FENCED?---- 22. FEEDING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)---------- COVERED----LIGHTED?----FENCED?--- OPEt~1-----LIGHTED?----FENCED?----- 23. KITCHEN FACILITIE~--------------SIZE------ 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES?----- (NUMBER OF PATIENTS)------- 25. TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)-----(DESCRIBE)------ 26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)-----(DESCRIBE)------ POTENTIAL PROBLEMS . 27. FIRE-----------------'-·------------ 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INUNDATION MAPS)-------- 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD SPOTS?)--------------- 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION--------------------- 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE~--------------..;.... ______ _ 32. SEISMIC RISK------------------------- , 2 .. . . . .. 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES----------------------- 34. r - ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS--------=-------------- 35;-- HEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER.----------------~------- 36 . .. OTHER------------------------------ • 37. COMMENTS- ·--------------------------- 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM -AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE. DIAGRAM ATTACHED. . ... ... • . • 3 ,. -----'------~- - - ----~ - ,r NORTHEAST AREA UNUSUAL OC.s=tJRRENCE PLANS TABLE OF _ CONTE_!IT~ \ ( ( X. XI. VOLUME III WATCH COMMANDER'S GUIDE FOR CONTROL or_!>ISASTERS AND OTHER pmRGENCIES Emergency Operations Guide Responders Guide Checklists 1. Field Command Post/Field Jail Unit (Form 14.15) 2. Barricaded Suspect/Terrorist Activity (Form 14.16) 3. Officer-Involved-Shooting/Bomb Emergencies (Form 14.17) 4 . First Responder - Disasters/Emergencies (Form 14.18) 5. Emergency Operations Guide SPECIAL AREA PLANS AND SINGLE U~_ E PLAN~ A. Fire Emergency Plans 1. Mount Washington Area 2. Elysian Park Area 3. Griffith Park Area B. Disturbance at Dodger Stadium C. Emergency Procedures at the Ln~ Angeles Zoo (Advisory Only) XII. VITAL POINT SURVEY XIII. KEY LOCATIONS A. Overview B. Command Post Locations C. Staging Areas D. Evacuation Centers E. Schools and Playgrounds F. Fire Stations G. Emergency Phone Numbers and Out ~irlP. Police Agencies H. Military Installations I. Fire Arms/Explosives J. Fire Arm Dealers K. Hospitals - Area and Contract L. Convalescent Hospitals M. Pharmacies. Medical and First Aid Supplies r ( VOLUME III NORTHEAST AREA UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PLANS TABLE OF CONTENTS XIII. KEY LOCATIONS (Continued) N. Call Boxes (Gamewells) o. Primary Access Routes - Overpasses and Bridges - Traffic Arteries P. Theaters Q. Dams/Reservoirs R. Water Tanks s. Power Installations/High Voltage Lines T. Private Utilities and Telephone Installations u. Natural Gas Feeders v. Petroleum Pipe Line(s) w. Buses and Trucks X. Heavy Equipment Y. Aerial Photographs, Northeast Area Vital Points and Key Locations XIV. NORTHEAST FACILITY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PLAN INDEX A. Facility Emergency Evacuation Plan B. Hazardous Materials Inventory r ( X WATCH COMMANDERS GUIDE FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND J>THER EMERGENCIES * I N C L U D I N G * EMERGENCY OPERATIONS GUIDE AND FIRST RESPONERS CHECK LISTS WATCH COMMANDER'S GUIDE FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES How to Use This Guide: Turn to the section that details response to the particular emergency at hand. You will eventually be directed to the General Procedures section· , which contains procedures applicable to any Unusual Occurrence as well as specific instructions for turning the police station over to an Acting Watch Commander. Take this set - of dividers to the scene. Ensure Area standing plans have been reviewed for the specific emergency. This material may be used for roll call or other training purposes. At the end of most sections there are references to supplementary material on the subject. TABLE OF CONTENTS Subject Section 1 Table of Contents. Air Crash .•••• • • • 2 Fires and Explosions •••••• 3 Hazardous Materials Incidents. 4 Earthquake • • • • · • • • • • • • 5 Flood ••••.•••••••• 6 Unlawful Assembly/Riot ••••• 7 Terrorism ••••••••••. 8 Coastal Inundation •• Tactical Organization. Squad Formation~ •• Perimeter Control. . . . . . . .9 • .10 .11 .12 • .13 Los Angeles Police Department Tactical Planning Section (November 1989) Subject . . . . . ------- General Procedures •• Evacuation. Specialized Resources. FCP/EOC . ....... . Tac Alert/Mobilization. Section • . 14 . 15 . 16 . .17 .. 18 19 • • 20 • 21 . . . . . . . . ------- . . . . • 22 ------- . . . . . . . . . • 23 ------- . . . . • • 24 ------- . . • • • • 25 ------- . . . • • • • 26 ------- --------'------------------ ----- - ., 1 ~IR CRASHES SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The LAFD Incident Commander has full power and authority regarding rescue and fire fighting. The 2 Coroner is responsible for recovery and identification of the dead. The Federal Aviation Administration and the National Transportation Safety Board have primary investigative responsibility. The Police Department mission is to support the Incident Commander .by providing : * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank. * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. * Perimeter and traffic control. * Crash site security. * Evacuation, if necessary. Also, Detective Headquarters Division (DHD) would activate the Casualty Information Center (CIC), if needed. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained and communicated to Communications Division: * Location of accident. * Size of the involved area. * Type(s) of structure(s) involved. * Number of injuries and deaths, if known. * Military or civilian aircraft. * Type of aircraft (passenger, cargo, helicopter ••• ). * Class of aircraft (single engine, multi, jet •.•• ). * Additional assistance needed (police, fire, medical, military, etc.), and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of personnel, not units.) * Best available ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles •• Note: If the accident occurred within LAX boundaries, contact the airport Chief Special Officer (via LAX Substation at 485-5299) and determine if additional police assistance is required. If it is, continue with the below procedures. * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain liaison to keep the FCP informed of directives and- intelligence from the Incident Commander. Establish and maintain communications with the liaison officer. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider and assign someone to be Acting Watch Commander. *Gothe scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post (see FCP section of this guide). For major air crashes, consider requesting activation of the EOC and other resources listed ~n the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES divider. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 3 J Air Crashes (Continued) -3- If victims or aircraft parts are missing: * Survivors may have parachuted. * Survivors may have left prior to officer arrival. · ·* Deceased or injured victims may be displaced by impact. Conduct a thorough, wide search. - Body parts located away from the scene should be covered and guarded until removed by Medical Examiner-Coroner personnel. Remote aircraft parts should be left in place and guarded. Military aircraft--special considerations. Beware of ejection seats, bombs, ammunition, solid and liquid propellants, and other hazards. Preserve the scene until military authorities arrive. Except for essential emergency personnel, deny access to all and refer inquiries to military authority. Photographing of crash site. For civil aircraft, request a T-unit with a camera to photograph the scene from several angles, including the air (if practical). Do not photograph military crash sites. Do not admit the press within the perimeter unless accompanied by military authority. Subsequent situation estimates to DHD: * Aircraft identification numbers. * OWner of involved aircraft * Name and address of pilot(s). * Property damage. * Location of known survivors. * Brief ~ircumstances of the crash. * If military, are weapons involved? * If civil, was U.S. mail aboard? * If appropriate, see the EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, FCP/EOC, and/or SPECIALIZED RESOURCES dividers. Also see section D/139 of the Tactical Manual (Aircraft Accidents). Revised August 1989 Page 3 of 3 r t FIRES AND EXPLOSIONS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The LAFD Incident Commander has overall control responsibility. The Police Department mission is to support the Incident Commander by providing: * A situation estimate. 3 * A liaison officer of supervisory rank. * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress ·routes. * Evacuation, if necessary. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained by field units . and has been communicated to Communications Division: * Location of the emergency * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Apparent direction of the fire. * Type of area (business, residential, hillside, etc.). * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units. * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain liaison to keep the FCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from the incident Commander. Establish and maintain communications with the liaison officer. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider. *Goto the scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post (see FCP/EOC divider). * Advise responding personnel of the appropriate officer-safety considerations. For brush fire survival information, see the Checklist Situations Estimate notebook divider (LAPD Form 14.18). If high-rise buildings are involved, beware of danger of falling glass. * Dispatch personnel to maintain: * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Perimeter control to keep unauthorized vehicles and pedestrians out of the area in accord with direction from the LAFD Incident Commander. NOTE: In a fire emergency, the LAFD Incident Commander has responsibility to determine if - an area will be closed, what the boundaries of the closed area will be, and what entry criteria will be used. Persons allowed into closed areas might include residents with identification, public utility employees, persons with press passes, and owners/managers/employees of business within the closed area. Generally there is no legal authority to keep out members of the press who have valid passes. Additionally, LAFD issues Fire Line Passes to selected persons. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENTS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The LAFD Incident Commander has authority for controlling the incident and it's effects including evacuation within the ·contaminated area. The Police Department's mission is to support the LAFD Incident Commander by providing: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes outside the contaminated area (cold zone). * Evacuation of endangered people located outside the contaminated area (hot or warm zones). Under no circumstances should police personnel enter the contaminated area. Avoid contact with contaminated personnel who must be isolated in the warm zone pending de-contamination. (See "Contaminated Personnel" section in this divider.) AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Obtain the current Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook. * Ensure that a situation Estimate has been broadcast to Communications Division. The estimate should address the following: * Location of the incident. * Type of premises and/or vehicle involved. * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Property and/or vehicle owner's name. * Number of additional personnel required. - * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Weather conditions including wind direction~ * Staging area location. * Placard information (i.e., warning signs and identification numbers from the involved container, if safely available). * Name of material involved, if known. * Contact the Department's Hazardous Materials Unit (54011 during normal business hours or DHD at all other times). * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to keep the FCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from LAFD. NOTE: When the LAFD Incident Commander's location is within the contaminated area liaison should be established by having a fire fighter obtain a police ROVER and taking it to one of the LAFD Incident Commander's aides. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider, and assign someone to be acting Watch Commander. *Gothe the scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post upwind of the incident. If possible, the FCP should also be on higher ground. The Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook contains safe distance information. If the incident involved an unknown substance, the FCP must establish at least 2,000 feet away (approximately three city blocks). (See the FCP divider). Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 , EARTHQUAKE SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: Police responsibilities will vary depending on the amount of damage caused. The Fire Department, other City departments, and the public utilities will be heavily involved in handling the disaster. After a minor quake, not all of the below listed police responsibilities will apply; however, after a major quake, most or all of them will apply. The most urgent police responsibilitie~ immediately after an earthquake are: * Accounting for Area/division personnel. * Re-establishing communications, if disrupted. * Within one-half hour, providing the Emergency Operations Center with a damage assessment of key installations as well as a general damage assessment of the Area. * Implementing the Area Earthquake Response Plan. * Opening major ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Facilitating evacuation of displaced persons. AREA WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Conduct a roll call to account for all on-duty Area/division personnel. * Start a log. Assign sufficient staff to maintain the log and to monitor available communications, including a commercial radio station (e.g., KFWB). * Contrary to other emergencies, after an earthquake watch commanders should consider remaining at their stations to facilitate the damage assessment process until the extent of damage and casualties is known and has been communicated to the Emergency Operations Center, ext. 55191, or Network Communication System (NECS) mnemonic ECCP or Communication Processing System (CPS) mnemonic RLA.LBC. * Telephonically survey or dispatch personnel to ssess and report damage of key installations in each Basic Car a. ea. Refer to the Area Earthquake Response Plan. * Instruct Area personnel to report damage to the station (via telephone or gamewell if possible), not to Comrt)unications Division. (Communications will give similar instructions in all-units broadcast.) * Attempt to establish communications with: * Communications Division, or * Emergency Operations Center, or * Your Bureau office, or * A nearby Area, or * Any other organizational element which may be able to facilitate communications. IF NORMAL COMMUNICATIONS ARE DISRUPTED * Attempt to communicate with your Area/division units on a car-to-car basis. (Note: Tactical and ROVER radios will operate only for limited distances on a car-to-car basis if radio repeater stations are destroyed.) Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 FLOODS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Los Angeles County flood Control District declares Phase I, II and III storm warnings. Tactical Planning Section (or, when closed, Detective Headquarters Division) prepares Phase I, II and III teletypes for transmission to all Areas. The Fire Department determines the need for general evacuation of an area. (However, police officers at the scene may order an evacuation under emergency conditions.) The Police Department mission during flood emergencies is to support the LAFD Incident Commander by providing: * A situation estimate. - * A liaison officer of supervisory rank * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. * Perimeter and traffic control. * Evacuation, if necessary. Definitions: * Phase I - indicates that the overall condition of the area is basically safe for the public to conduct its business as normal with only minor, localized disruption and only minor, localized damage anticipated. * Phase II indicates that the overall condition of the area is basically safe for the public to conduct its business with numerous localized disruptions and significant local damage anticipated. * Phase III - indicates that the overall condition of the area is extremely hazardous with significant disruption to the public in conducting its normal business and many major problems. Area Watch Commander/Field Commander Responsibilities: • ·upon learning of Phase I, II or III warnings, watch commanders of oncoming watches should notify their personnel to have appropriate rain gear on hand, and to be prepared to spend a prolonged time in the rain. * Instruct field personnel to report to the Area watch commander any significant damage they observe during their tour of duty. The Area watch commander telephonically notified the Administrative Information Unit, DHD, of all reported storm damage. When major damage has occurred: * Ensure that a situation estimate has been obtained by field units and has been communicated to DHD and Communications Division: * Location of severe flooding or mudslides. * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Type of area (business, residential, hillside, etc.). * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers, not units.) * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 UNLAWFUL ASSEMBLY/RIOT SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Police Department is the primary control authority during an unlawful assembly or riot situation. Assistance may be obtained from other City departments, and from law enforcement mutual aid and military assistance agreements as necessary.· (Note: This guide deals with spontaneous occurrences, not planned events where police control forces and command structure are already in place. However, the strategies discussed in this guide are applicable to a planned event which degenerates into an unlawful assembly or a riot.) . - The primary responsibility of the Watch Commander/Field Cormnander during the initial stages of an unlawful assembly or riot is the rapid assembly of sufficient forces to immediately confront the participants. In the case of an unlawful assembly, a dispersal order 7 must be issued. If the dispersal order is ignored, or in case of riot, law violators must be guickly overwhelmed and arrested. Initial responding officer must provide the following: * A situation estimate. * A temporary Field Command post and Staging Area for responding personnel. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained by field units and has been communicated to Communications Division, including the following information: * Location of the emergency * Number of participants. * Activities of the participants (e.g. looting, burning, blocking traffic, etc.). * Direction of movement of the participants. * Ingress/egress route(s) for emergency vehicles. * Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units.) * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider. *Goto the scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post. (See the FCP/EOC divider.) Command Strategy: It is likely that the involved Area watch commander will be the field commander for only a short period of time before being relieved by command personnel. However, these strategies apply regardless of the rank of who is in command, and they should be implemented as soon as possible after the situation become unlawful. * React guickly with strength to overwhelm. * Form responding personnel into squads and platoons. * use the mission concept, i.e. assign a squad leader or platoon leader a mission, and let that leader develop the plan, respond to the scene, accomplish the mission, and/or report back to you with a situation update and/or request for additional control Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 TERRORISM SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Police Department may be primarily or secondarily responsible for handling a terrorism situation depending upon jurisdictional criteria. During the early stages of a terrorist incident, responding officers should handle the initial containment and life threatening aspects of the · situation. Jurisdictional questions may arise when incidents involve consulates, foreign dignitaries, airports, courtrooms, county or federal property within the City limits, and others. Officers should handle the situation until otherwise directed by a Department command or staff - officer. Many terrorist incidents take the form of barricaded suspect situations with hostages, and they should be handled as such. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained and communicated to Communications Division. The Situation Estimate should include available information from this list: * Location of the emergency. * Nature of the threat, including weapons and casualties. * Identity of the terrorist(s) and of the target(s). * Nature of the terrorist demands. * Safe ingress route(s) for responding officers. * Danger areas ("kill zones") to avoid. * Boundaries of areas to be evacuated. * Additional Department resources required. * Immediately notify: * SWAT 485-4091 (or use radio call sign 114 on any tack frequency) * DHD 485-3261 or 485-2504 * Counter-Terrorist Task force (contact Uniformed Services Group at 485-3211, or DHD after business hours) • . * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider. *Goto the scene and take command. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post and Staging Area (see the FCP/EOC divider). * Members of the Counter-Terrorist Task Force are available for advice and consultation as individuals or as a group. They are not available to assume command of the scene. The task force consists of commanding officers of the following Department entities: Uniformed Services Group (Chairman) Detective Services Group Metropolitan Division Air Support Division Tactical Planning Section Detective Support Division Robbery-Homicide Division Detective Headquarters Division Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 8 COASTAL INUNDATION (TSUNAMI) SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Police Department and the Fire Department have concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation within the City. The Police Department's mission is to provide: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank (if the Fire Department or another agency is involved). * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egre~s routes, evacuation routes and evacuation bus ingress. * Establishment and maintenance of the perimeter around the Closed Area (limited access or no access). * Door-to-door communications and the use of Emergency Broadcast System to communicate to persons within the involved area, warning them to leave, and directing them to the "initial evacuation center." * Interior patrol of the evacuated area, if appropriate, in regard to the time span of the expected inundation. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * * Ensure that a situation estimate has been communications Division: * * * * * * * Location of the emergency. Size of the involved area (actual and pote tial). Area to be evacuated. Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles, evacuation buses, and evacuation routes. Location of initial evacuation center and designation of unit(s) assigned to log evacuees' arrival. Additional Department personnel required, and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units.) Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Ensure that a liaison officer supervisory rank has been assigned to the Fire Department Incident command Post or to the command post of any other involved agency. NOTIFICATION: "WATCH" OR "WARNING" STATUS. After receiving notification of a seismic wave (tsunami) through channels originating from the National Warning System (NAWAS), particular attention should be paid to whether the notification is of a "watch" or "warning." The issuance of a "warning" is based upon the magnitude of the earthquake. as well as the distance between the affected coastal area and the epicenter. A "warned" area includes those areas that are within 3 hours of water wave travel time from the epicenter. The appropriate remaining areas, outside the warned area, are placed in a "watch" status. Upon confirmation from tide gauge data that a tsunam. i has been generated, the previously designated watch status areas are upgraded to a warning status. If an area has received a warning and subsequent tide data show no tsunami activity, the warning and watch are cancelled. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 3 9 Coastal Inundation (Continued) * Divide the involved area into sectors. Assign squads to evacuate specific sectors, beginning at the location of anticipated initial inundation. * Use door knocks, vehicle P.A., helicopter P.A., as appropriate. * Make a record of each contact or no-answer. Ask neighbors about any deaf or infirm persons who may not have responded to a door knock. * Direct evacuees to an initial evacuation center outside the involved area; also direct them to sign in with the- officers stationed at the initial evacuation center. * Take appropriate action to close the area: * No-Access: (Warning status) prohibits unauthorized persons from entering the closed area. * Limited-Access: (Watch status) allows persons into the closed area according to criteria established by the Field Commander or the Fire Department Incident Commander. Consider: * Residents with valid identification. * Public Utility employees. * Persons with valid press passes. * Persons with valid press passes. * owners, managers, employees of business within the -involved area. Revised August 1989 Page 3 of 3 , __ _ C "' TACTICAL ORGANIZATION For efficiency, the organization is developed utilizing the military concept of lll'lits, squads, ·platoons, and canpanies. When operating at such a capacity it is irr1;,erative that officers act as a tean, not as individuals. Many control ~asures require deployment of only a few lll'lits, or at roost a platoon. Although canpany size formations may be necessary in situations involving a heavily concentrated rrob. The use of light striking forces may be required when sporadic activity recurs. Consideration should also be given to tactical support elements such as Metropolitan Division (Special Weapons and Tactics Tean.5) and Air Support Division. CONSIDERATIONS FOR TACTIAL ORGANIZATIONS * Necessity * Efficiency * Flexibility * Coordination TACTICAL ORGANIZATION- UNIT A Unit is the minimlln control force (one or roore officers usually supervised by a sergeant) detailed a mission during a 00. Unit missions may include: * Foot Patrols * Perimeters and Intersection Control * Unmarked or Black and White Police Vehicle * Scouts for surveillance and intelligence gathering * Arrest formations TACTICAL ORGANIZATION- $COAD A squad usually consists of nine officers and a sergeant, but may be reinforced beyond that nunber. At the ccmnand of its leader, a squad ordinarily rooves about in colunn formation providing a display of strength and unity of effort. Squad missions may be as follows: * Dispersing small groups * lemoving occupants £ran buildings * Elements of reinforced formations * Elements of arrest formations TACTICAL ORGANIZATION- PLA~ A platoon is ordinarily carmanded by a lieutenant and consists of two or roore squads. Platoon missions may be as follows: • CrO'Nd control at major disturbances or large assemblies * Arrest formations Revised November 1986 Page 1 of 3 - ; ENTRY TEAMS • Make initial entry into suspect ( s) location. In conjunction with the search and/or approach team, seek out the suspect in order to effect the arrest. * Assist approach and entry teans in locating suspect(s) and, if necessary, assist in arrest of suspect(s) Wl'E: -Ordinarily, SWAT is assigned the task of approach, entry, and search. However, when SWAT is not required or not available, the task may be assigned to elements of the tactical organization. Revised November 1986 Page 3 of 3 1( SQJAD FOR-1ATIONS The keys to effe~ive formation are: * Discipline - self-con'U"ol under the :or.na~i.on leaders guidance * ~sponse - acting wit!l initiative * Int.egri~y - The quality of remaining undivided * Pnldence - CauT.ion as to danger or risk - The for.nation leader is an officer who assures . or is assigned t.,e task of initiating and leading.~ fonnation int.~ accanplishnent. of a :ni.ssion. The f ormaL.ion leader receives instructions frc:rn the Field Carmander. It is inperatilie that formation leaders roonitor cannunication frecuencies to ensure that all cannand infonnation is received. · VERBAL CCM-WIDS Preparatory * Ski..~h Line * For.n a (righT-/l~ft) Diagonal • For.n a Wedge * At a drag st.ep * Double time * Squad * For.n an !. * I'.e ndo C .:=cle BASIC FORMATIONS Execution Move Move t-t:we Marc.-i ! March! Halt Move Move The six basic fo:cnations are designated as follows: * Colum * Ski.D'nish * Inverted ·t• * Wedge * Dia(JXW. * I'endo Circle ~inforced fODnations are established when additional personnel are needed to support an original force and enhance the tactical organizations superiority as follows: * Inc:ease strength * Greater fire support * Increase ncbility and cover through increased use of vehicles * Vehicles are not left unattemed • More efficient logistics • Greater carmunic:aticns capability Note: The crossbow technique has been developed fran a canbination of the ski.tmi.sh line and the colum formation and is utilized to divide a crowd, arrest an individual, or rescue an individual. The first squad forms into a skir.nish li"le and t.~ second squad forms into a colum of two's behind the skirmish line. At the cxmnand of the squad leader, the second squad goes through the skirmish line and penetrates the crowd, for:ning an arresL. circle around a previously identified person to be arrested or rescued. Revised January 1987 Page 1 of 3 1 _J • ASSIMII.: LfFT DIA;OUL or 0 ® FOIJIATIOI LEADEI 0wisrur HAND-ARM SIGNALS ~==::~ SIRJII SH UIE 0000000 0 .® 0 CROSSBOW FOP.MATTnP! .* jL < 0() .) ( ()0 ) 0000 00 00 0000 Page 3 of 3 PERIMETER CONTROL Perimeter control is accompl"ished through the application of several tactical methods. · These methods are referred to as Cordoning and Sectoring. The type and size of a perimeter is determined ·by the nature and the extent of the emergency as well as the environment in which operations are to be conducted. Natural terrain features, structures, traffic ways and flood control channels are used to aid in establishing the perimeter and conserving the number of personnel require~ to staff it. CORDONING A cordon is a line identified by terrain features and staffed by per sonnel to accomplish a specified mission (i.e., restrict access, con tain a problem, etc.). Cordons are used to surround a defined area. The decisions of when and where to cordon are dependent on the nature and extent of the problem, physical barriers, available personnel, and appropriate access routes. SECTORING Sectoring is a means of dividing an involved area into manageable segments. The objective is to assign personnel to specifically ident-· ified operational areas. Sector units are assigned quadrants and are identified by a unique numbering system. The first number designated the involved Area and is followed by the letter •o•. The number im mediately following •o• designates the sector: a second number desig nates the zone. NOTE: Straight line deployment can be used as a blocking force per pendicular to routes of access to involved or closed areas. This type of control relies on natural or man made barriers to reinforce and augment deployed resources. This method of control is particularly effective in separating disorderly groups or others from destination or objectives. Revised November 1986 Page_ l of 2. 12 r,ENERAL PROCEDURES This set of guides was created to be a ready reference for the Area Watch Commander/Field Commander during Unusual Occurrences. There are dividers for various types of uo•s · and for general subjects such as Evacuation, Tactical Alert/Mobilization, Specialized Resources, and Field Command Post/Emergency Control Center, any or all of which may apply to a given uo. Sections A/205.·03-05 of the Tactical Manual identify general procedures to be followed by Area watch commanders during a disaster or other emergency. 204.03 AREA WATCH COMMANDER--INVOLVED AREA. Upon learning of an Unusual Occurrence, or an emergency having the potential of becoming an Unusual Occurrence, the watch commander of the involved Area shall designate a supervisor or senior officer as acting watch commander and shall immediately go the scene, assume command, and establish a Field Command Post; if appropriate, the watch commander should implement Area standing plans (see ••• A/201.01). Note: A watch commander of lower rank than an existing Field Commander shall assume command only by mutual agreement. In any case, the watch commander shall remain at the scene to assist. During the early stages of an Unusual Occurrence (prior to activation of the Emergency Control Center), it is essential that communications between the Field Command Post and the concerned Area station remain open. A watch commander assuming field command shall establish an open telephone line (when possible) or use a tactical frequency to accomplish these communications links. During an actual or potential Serious or Major uo, the watch commander who has assumed field command can expect to be relieved of that responsibility upon arrival of the concerned commanding officer (see ••• A/204.01). 1 204.04 ACTING WATCH COMMANDER--INVOLVED AREA. When designated acting watch commander during a UO or an incident having the potential of becoming a UO, the supervisor or senior officer so designated shall: * Remain at the station. * Assign personnel to monitor the appropriate radio frequencies and teletype machines. * Consider assigning a typist to record radio conversations and notification information. * Maintain a chronological log of Area activity, including: * Location and nature of the emergency, i.e., situation estimate (see • • • D/303.01. * Area personnel reassignments. * Anticipated personnel needs (if known). * Tactical frequency used. * Existence of, or anticipated need for a Tactical Alert or Mobilization. * Decisions to hold over on-duty watches (see ••• B/101.06). * Intelligence reports. * Use of specialized Department elements and/or equipment. * Implementation of Area standing plans, e.g., Earthquake Plan, Facility Security and Defense Plan. Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 EVACUATION Caution! HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENTS: The following evacuation procedures are unique to hazardous materials incidents: * * The inner perimeter surrounds the contaminated area . . No police or civilian personnel may enter the inner perimeter, which should be considered a closed area. Evacuation of the population inside the perimeter may be accomplished by the following means: * Fire fighters with protective equipment; * Police bullhorns, P.A. Systems or sound trucks used from outside the contaminated area. * Police helicopter P.A. system from outside the contaminated area. * The emergency Broadcast System (through DHD). From the inner perimeter outward to the outer perimeter, police personnel may accomplish a precautionary evac~ation. The outer perimeter is the area which may become endangered if the incident is not quickly controlled or if the wind shifts direction. SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The Police Department and the Fire Department have concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation within the City. As a practical matter, decisions whether to evacuate should be made by the agency with primary control responsibility in the situation at hand. However, either agency may make the decision to evacuate in an emergency situation. Regardless of which agency makes the decision, the Police Department's mission is to provide: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank (if the Fire Department or another agency is involved). * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes, evacuation routes, and evacuation bus ingress. * Establishment and maintenance of the perimeter around the Closed Area (limited access or no access). * Door-to-door communication to persons within the involved area, 1t warning them to leave, and directing them to the "initial evacuation center." * Interior patrol of the evacuated area, if appropriate. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been communicated to Communications Division: * Location of the emergency. * Size of the involved area (actual and potential). * Area to be evacuated. * Ingres/egress routes for emergency vehicles, evacuation buses and evacuation routes. * Location of initial evacuation center and designation of unit(s) assigned to log evacuees' arrival. * Additional Department personnel required, and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units.) * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. · Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 3 Evacuation (Continued) Note: Generally there is no authority to prohibit news people with proper identification from entering a closed area. They should be warned of the danger and allowed to proceed. (See Haz-mat Section for further.) * Assign units to patrol the interior of the involved area, if appropriate. EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION For residents not having the means available to transport themselves and their families to an evacuation center, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directed by the concerned watch commander or field commander, RTD buses should be obtained by contacting the RTD Dispatching Supervisor at (213) 972-3426. To obtain the use of LAUSD buses, notify the LAUSD Security Watch Commander at (213) 625-6631. NOTE: Requests for buses should be coordinated through the EOC if it is activated. Once contacted, be prepared to provi e the following information or ~istance: * Approximate number of people to be evacuated. * Pick-up point. * Drop-off point at appropriate shelter or evacuation center. * Ingress/egress routes. * Any problems that may be encountered. * Compliance with request for a poiice escort, if required. If needed, the Department has a number of police buses available. Requests to use Department buses.should be directed to the Administrative 1€ Information Unit, De~ective Headquarters Division. Debris and other obstructions may impede the movement of vehicles in the evacuated area. Such conditions my require that evacuees board buses on the periphery of the area. Consequently, officers giving evacuation warnings should be kept informed of the locations where evacuees may assemble to obtain transportation. Note: In the event of a contamination emergency (hazardous materials incident), see the warnings at the top of this page. Revised August 1989 Page 3 of 3 \. SPECIALIZED RESOURCES Airport Detail * Liaison with FAA and airlines companies. Air Support Divis'ion * Aerial photography, public address * Closed-circuit TV (video-taping) * Discreet surveillance * Night viewing devices Communications Division * Tactical Alerts; assigning additional sworn and civilian personnel * Liaison; Public Utilities and Transportation (Telephone and radio equipment installation) Investigative Analysis Section* * Confidential sources of investigative information Detective Headquarters Division * Departmental notifications * Liaison; City departments, legal, & military * Light I (field illumination vehicle) * Sound I (Public address system) * Miscellaneous equipment (bolt cutters, construction equipment, etc.) Detective Support Division. * Liaison; federal law enforcement * Criminal Conspiracy Section * Investigation of all bombings, attempted bombings, bomb threats and extortions involving explosive devices or any type of nuclear material. * Special investigation Section Metropolitan Division * SWAT * Search dogs * Crisis Negotiation Teams * Mounted Unit Revised August 1989 -------- 485-5299 485-2600 485-3223 485-2676 485-3261 485-4335 485-2962 485-2521 485-4091 Page 1 of 2 17 FIELD COMMAND POST (FCP) DO's and DON'Ts: FCP AND EOC DO select an adequate number of competent staff members. DO delegate missions to your staff, and remain available to make the decisions. DO maintain communications with your Area Acting Watch Commander, DHD and Communications Division. D6 plan ahead of a developing emergency. DON'T get tied down to a particular mission or paper-flow function. DON'T leave the FCP unless you appoint an Acting Field Commander who will have full authority to make decisions in your absence. In addition to the checklist below, see also Tactical Manual sections A/318-A/343 for more detailed information on FCP or organization and responsibilities. CAUTION!!!: In case of a contamination emergency (hazardous materials spill) of an unknown substance, the FCP should be established at least 2,000 feet (three city blocks) from the scene. UPON ARRIVAL AT THE FCP: The watch commander should take command and consider the following: * Are sufficient control forces at or enroute to the scene? * Is the FCP adequately staffed, and are FCP personnel properly performing their functions? * Radio Operator/Journal Clerk (chronological log). * Personnel Officer (UO time cards). * Operations Officer (contingency planning). * Staging and Logistics Officer (if needed). * Intelligence Officer (if needed). Note: FCP staffing may be expanded or consolidated as appropriate. Minimum staffing should include the Field Commander, the Personnel Officer, and the Radio Operator/Journal Clerk. * Is there an open line to the station (i.e. the Acting Watch Commander)? Has the Acting Watch Commander completed appropriate notifications and other duties? Is there a need to request holding over of off-going watches? * Are ingress/egress routes open? Is the perimeter adequately staffed to keep out unauthorized persons? Revised August 1989 Page 1 of 2 1( . • ' lilPP. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 101. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN- TACTICAL ALERT . 101.01 TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is the preliminary stage of the Department Mobiliz• tion Plan for Unusual Occurrences. It provides for the controlled redistribution of orKiutv personnel to achiew the manpower level necessary for control of a major police incident. 10.1.02 PURPOSE OF A TACTICAL ALERT. A T ~ti cal Alert is initiated to achieve the following objectiws: • Alert personnel of al I or selected Areas to the possi bility of personnel redistribution, and announce the existence of a major police incident. • Provide a manpower reserve which can be used by concerned Area(s) in the control of the incident. • Control the depletion of field forces and discourage uncontrolled voluntary response to the scene of a major poJice incident. 101.03 INITIATING A TACTICAL ALERT. When there is a need for I Tactical Alert, it should be initiated as soon as possible to restrict voluntary responses and avoid depletion of personnel from the involved Area and surrounding Areas. • A Field Commander at the scene of a police 1'1Cident may declare a Tactical Alert for the concerned Area when, in his judgement, that action is necessary to ensure the availability of sufficient personnel to con trol the incident. The Field Commander shall immedi ately cause the Communications Division watch com mander to be notified of the declaration. • The Communications Division Watch Commander may declare a Tactical Alert, or expand an existing Tactical Alert, for all or selected Areas, when the redistribution of Department personnel is necessary to meet the immediate or anticipated needs of• a Field Commander. 101.04 TACTICAL ALERT BROADCAST. When a Tactical Alert has been declared, the Communi cations Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Tactical Alert to be broadcast Department wide by radio and teletype. 101.05 EFFECTS OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When an Area or division is placed on a Tactical Alert, 1he following provisions mall take effect: • All field units in the alerted Areas shall continue patrolling their assigned districts unless reassigned by Communications Division. • Unless otherwise directed, officers working in the Areas included in a Tactical Alert shall confine their activities to poli~ worlc of ,,,.jor lmportanc& • Station supervisors and field supervisors shall ensure that all on-duty personnel are aware of the Tactical Alert. • Officers in alerted Areas who are off the air handling calls or making reports shall, whenever possible, be required to resume field patrol and await further instructions by radio or other communication. • Communications Division shall scr•n all incoming calls and, whenever possible, direct citizens to the concerned police station for making complaints or reports. • Station supervisors shall assign personnel to monitor · radio frequencies and teletype machines. • Station super\'isc,rs shall maintain an accounting of on-duty personnel on the Unusual Occurrence Per sonnel Status Report, Form 14.03, in accordance with instructions contained on the form. • Investigative personnel. assigned to Areas or divisions included in the Tactical Alert, shall continue to per form their regular duties; however, they shall contact their division of assignment at least one. MCh hour. - Notl: Twelve-hour watches mav be established by the Department Commander; nl.. wever, commanding officers of Areas specifically included in a Tactical Alert may establish twelve-hour watches for their Area when their judgment indicates that this will best serve their manpower needs. The Department Commander and the concerned bureau commanding officer shall be notified when this prerogative is exercised. 101.0o HOLDING OVEltWATCHES DUIUNG A . TACTICAL ALERT. When a Tactical Alert is initiated, on-duty watct. 'Shall be held over as follows: • AU station supervisors and traffic division watch commanders (regardless of whether their Area is on Tactical Alert) shall t.~d over otf13oing watches until a teletype is received fsom Communications Division granting authority to release watches. • All station supervisors .,d traffic division watch com manders shall hold over off-going watches when it rusonably appears that their Area may be placed on alert, even though no Tactical Alert has yet been cjadared. • . • All station supervisors and traffic division watch co,n manders desiring to release off-taing watches shall request approval through the Communications Divi c;1 on Watch Commender. If the ECC is activated, the request shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. • The Communication, Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for releasing off-going watches and sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. If the ECC is activated, these duties shall be assumrd by the ECC Personnel Officer. In either case, the r-ff icer releasing off-going watches shall notify the Department Commander of his actions. • A Tactical Alert cancellation teletype from Communi cations Division or the ECC shall be considered author ity to release off-going watches. • ·Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 101.07 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE MANPOWER. The Field Commander shall be responsible for deter mining the number of officers needed at the scene of an Unusual Occurrence. The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for determinif!g how the manpower will be obtained and for dispatching the manpower requested by the Field Commander. When the ECC is activated, the ECC Personnel Officer shall assume the responsibility for fulfilling the Field Com mander's requests for personnel. 101.08 INITIAL REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL MAN- POWER. The manpcwer needs of the UO should be the Field Commander's first consideration. To ensure that the manpower needs are met, the Field Commander shall: • Determine whether the manpower at the scene will be sufficient to meet immediate and future needs .. • When additional assistance is needed, select a Staging Area and request the desired num~r of perionn•I. Nota: The Field Commander should, when sel~ting a Staging Area, give consideration to security_. _d!stance from the disturbance. communicati':)ns capab1ht1es, toilets electrical hook-ups. shelter. ingress and egress routes' and a helicopter landing site. Person~! requests should be directed to Communications Division by radio. When the ECC is activated, personnel r~quests should be submitted to the ECC Personnel Off 1cer ~Y telephone or teletype. If these facilities are not avail able the requests may be made by radio. • Oeciare a Tactical Alert when it appears th_at _the magnitude of the incident has reached. or as likely to reach, 1 scale requiring redeployment of Department oersonnel to t9!t1blish and maintain control. ' \ 102. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN MOBILIZATION 102.01 MOBILIZATION. A Mobilization is the principal personnel deployment plan for UO control. In addition to tht! implerr:1entation of a Tactical Alert. the Mobiliia1ion requires : • The immP.diatP extension of the work day to twelve hour watchf~. • Th,~ temporary def P.r ment of days off. • Ttw rcc:r1lli11q of off -duty officers. 102.02 PURPOSE OF A MOBILIZATION. A Mobiliza - tion is ar.tivatP.d. to provide the necessary man power when . • A llO i~ <1f s11ff iciMt maqnitude to require major dt!Vit111011 irnni normal polic:e operating procedures ,111d 11P11•s'.,i tttt • ·s .J 'lf!11t!r;1I modification of Department • 1rqa11i1a1 ion and _ ,.ommand; or • I h, ~ for ces asscmlJled IJy a Tat:tical Alert are insufHcient 1,, ,n~ct tllf' ta, 11cal situJtion. Note: A Mobili1atio11 shall be in"itiated without delay if. at tht• hf>4inning of a UO. it is obvious that the on d111y fn" l'!- will hf' in~uf ficiP.nt to meet the immediate rttit!1b ol llw r it!ld Commander. 102.03 MOBI LIZA Tl ON OF THE DEPARTMENT. A Mouili,ation is initiated by the Department C, ,11uw111'1P.r ~rut mc1y involve the entire Department or ~It>, Wd Art~ a-: ,111<1 rlivi~ions. ~02.04 MOBILIZATION BROADCAST. When a Mobili- zation is initiated. the Communications Division W.nr:t1 Commander shall cause a notice of the Mobilization to :~ broadcast by radio and teletype. If the ECC is activated the ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for causing the Mobilization notification to be broadcast. The Mobilization notification shall be made as follows: • The broadcast shall specify the watch (" A" or "B") and Areas or divisions mobilized. · • The number of Areas or divisions included will depend upon the anticipated personnel needs of the Field Commander. • The radio broadcasts shall be repeated every 15 minutes for two hours following the original Mobilization broad cast. • If additional Areas or divisions are Mobilized. that information shall be added to the original broadcast or promulgated in a supplementary Mobilization broadcast. • Following the broadcast, the Communications Division Watch .Commander shall dispatch sufficient units to meet the manpower needs of the Field Commander. 102.05 EFFECT OF A MOBILIZATION. When an Area or division is mobilized, the concerned commanding officer shall activate the Area or Division Mobilization Plan. which shalt include· • lmplt!rnentation ot twelve-hour watches. • Deferment of days off. • Consolidation of fixed post positions. • Alerting off-duty personnel. • Arranging an inventory of personnel and eQuipment remaininp in the Area or division. • Preparing for the fulfillment C\f ECC reQuests · ,_ ,r Pt-rsPnnrl ~nc1 eQuipment. • Aestri.-tin~ th,:a activities of units remaining in the Area or di·.-i-;inn t,, polic• work of major importanc•. 102.08 HOLDING OVER WATCHES ~~Rl~G ~ MOBILIZATIOH. When a Mobil1zat1on Is announced, on-duty watches shall be h~ld over as toll 1 Jws : • All Area and traffic division commanding officer~ shall hold over off.going watches. Off-going watches may be released only with the approval of the Department Commander. • Station supervisors or watch commanders desiring to release off-going watches shall reQuest approval througtJ the ECC Personnel Officer. • The ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for securing the Department Commande1 ·s ~ppr oval for releasing off-going wat<.:hes and for sending a teletype notice author4zing their release. _ • A Mobilization cancellation teletype ~hall be rnns1dered authority to release off-going watches. • Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force w,11 he relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 102.07 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is initiated. personnel in mobilized Areas or divisions shttll be activated as follows : • Station supervisors on duty in mobilized Areas or divisions shall cause notifications to be made to off. duty officers assigned to their respective ArP.as or divisions. . • When the offices of a mobilized Area or division arP closed, off-duty personnel shall be notified as sµec:ifi•~ in the Area or Division Unusual Occurrence Plttn. • In a Ma1or Unusual Occurrence. the Department Commander may use the services of coopcrttting commercial radio and television stations to notify off-duty officers of the Mobilization. • When off-duty personnel are alerted. they shall he instructed to report to their Area or c1ivision of as:,iqn ment. Officers assigned to the Field Tas~ Foret! ~httll continue reporting on-dutV at their Area or division of assignment throughout the duration of the i"' 1dcnt unless otherwise directed by their Field Task F•m:f? supervisor. • When practicable, commanding officer, who arc requested to commit personnel to the F iel'1 l a~t Force shall send officers assigned tc, an on-, orninq watch rather than officP.rs who hc1ve t>eeri h~ld ow.r . • 102.\i~ MOBILIZATION WATCH ASSIGNMENTS. J\rea and other Office of Operations division commanding officers shall establish and maintain a Mobilization watch assignment roster and ensure that personnel of their commands are informed of individual assignments. All officers shall be included except those on vacation, military leave. extended leave due to illness or those otherwise not available· during the deployment' period. Assignments shall be struc· turerl so that 45 fHN· ~nt of the uniformed officers comprise the "A" watch and 55 /HfCMt comprise the "B" watch. Note: The Department Commander is not precluded from reassigning personnel commensurate with the needs of an emergency. • Dav watch officers should be assigned to the "A" watch and night watch officers to the "B" watch. Morning watch officers · should be assigned to either the "A" or '"B" watch to compiy with the 45-55 percent ratio requirement. • Investigative personnel shall be assigned i11 a manner that allows for the augmentation of uniformed per sonnel, if necP.SSarv. and also to allow investigators to perform special functions related to UOs. e.g., Field Jail Unit. • The number of officers assigned~o the Minim1Jm Operating Force and the Available Reserve for each t\\1:!lve-hour watch shall be computed and the Avail able Reserve reported as provided in 8/102. 14. 1! 102. 1S SELECTION OF PERSONNEL The person~! as.c:igned to UO control should be highly quahfaed in po1ice 5,ervice. Selection of Task Force personnel should be predicated upon the following qualities: • Experience and job knowledge. • Exemplary work habits. • Physical stamina. • Emotional stability. • Fortitude. These characteristics are of increased importance when selecting supervisors. They should have all the qualities necessary for police officers and also those attributes ~ich contribute to effective leadership. 102.16 FORMATION OF SQUADS IN A MOBILIZA· . TION. In the application of Department tactics for Unusual Occurrences, certain situations will necessi tate the use of sQuads. In a Mobilization, when the Field Commander indicates that squads will be used, the follow ing procedures shall apply: • When off-duty ~rsonnel are activated, concerned station supervisors or watch commanders shall arrange officers and supervisors into squads as they arrive for roll call. • The squads formed in the Area or division of assign ment shall be dispatched to the Assembly Area or other designated location as a unit. • Squad assignments shall, when practicable, continue unchanged throughout the duration of the Mobiliza tion. 102.17 LOCATION OF OFF-DUTY OFFICERS IN A MOBILIZATION. Off~uty personnel from mobilized Areas or divisions shall inform their station supervisor or watch commander of the telephone number or location where they can be contacted when they are going to be away from their homes for more than one hour. 102.18 CANCELLATION OF A MOBILIZATION. Approval for the cancellation of a Mobilization shall be obtained from the Department Commander. When a Mobilization has been cancelled, the ECC Per sonnel Officer shall cause the broadcast of the cancella tion by radio and teletype as follows: • The broadcast shall include the location of the occur rence and shall be directed to all in'IOlved Areas. • The radio broadcast shall be periodically repeated during the first two hours following the original cancellation broadcast. · • The teletype shal I include instructions for resuming_ normal activities. 102.19 NOTIFYING OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL OF A MOBILIZATION CANCELLATION. Upon receiving notification of a Mobilization cancellation. commanding officers of mobilized Are~ or divisions shall ensure that their concerned off-duty personnel, includin, those loaned or temporarily assigned to their command, are immediately notified of the cancellation. In the event mobilized personnel need to be billeted in Department-selected facil;ties. the ECC Personnel Officer shall notify them when ·1,e Mobilization is cancelled. EMERGENCY OPE~_%IONS G U I D E PROLOGUE In the oast, the Department Tactical Manual has not been readily available to key Department personnel involved in disaster opera tfons. Therefore, valuable information was not widely known by personnel who often needed this information the most. To correct this deficiency, the "Emeroency Ooerations f;uide - Disasters" was developed by Tactical Planning Section. Althouah not desioned to replace the Tactical Manual as a reference, in this condensed form it does contain essential information considered to he valuahle to those involved in field operations. All sworn personnel and selected civilian personnel, e.q., Police Service Representatives, Traffic Officers, etc., should hecome familiar with the Emerqency Operations Guide contents and keep it available for quick reference whenever necessary. The section "Disasters and 'lther Emeroencies 11 deserves your special attention. I have asked the Personnel Department to use the Guide rather than the Tactical Manual as a source of questions for future .promotional examinations. If you have any questions, recommendations, or suqoestions, contact Ta~l PhnnfoQ Section at extension 41)11. ~1(#/ DARYL F. GATES Chief of Police TARLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1 DECLARATION OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY ................••••••.•........ 2 .EMERGENCY OPERATIONS BOARD ........................... .............. 2 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION ................•••............ 3 GENERAL •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3 ACTIVATION ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3 POLICE DIVISION •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3 OTHER CITY DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES ..................... 4-5 COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY .......................................... 6 DEPARTMENT COMM AND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION (ECC) .................... 7 FIELD TASK FORCE-FIELD COMMAND ............................. 8 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION ................................ 10 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER .......•............•........... 11 CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER .............•.................. 11 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND EMERGENCIES GENERAL •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 12 PLANNING RESPONSIBILITIES ...............•.................. 12 PLANS •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 12 TRAINING RESPONSIRILITIES .•.....•......•..•..•............. 13 AREA COMMANDER-RESPONSIBILITIES ........•........•.......... 14 AREA WATCH COMMANDER-RESPONSIBILITIF.S ....•....•.•.•........ 14 ACTING WATCH COMMANDER-RESPONSIBILITIES ........•........... 15 WATCH COMMANDERS OF NON-INVOLVED AREAS-RESPONSIBILITIES .... 15 AREA DETECTIVE DIVISION ...•.....•...•...••...•..•.......... 16 SPECIALIZED DIVISIONS-RESPONSIBILITIES ..•........•......... 16-20 TACTICAL ALERT DEFINITION, PURPOSE, BROADCAST, EFFECTS •....•....••........ 21 HOLDING OVER WATCHES, REQUEST FOR MANPOWER ..•••••••........ 22 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE •.•••••••••••••••••..•.•••••.••..... 23 AVAILABLE RESERVE •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 23 CANCELLATION ..••.•.•••....•.••..••.••••.•••••••.•.•........ 24 MOBILIZATION DEFINITION, PURPOSE ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ~ ••••. • 24 BROADCAST, EFFECTS, HOLDING OVER WATCHES ................... 25 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL •••.•••••••.•.•.....•..•........ 25 WATCH ASSIGNMENTS .......................................... 26 A AND B WATCH-HOURS .••.•••••••••••••••••••••..••••••••..... 26 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••....• 27 AVAILABLE RESERVE ••••••••••••••••••••••.••••••••••••••..... 27 REPORTING AVAILABLE RESERVE EACH DEPLOYMENT PERI00 ••••••... 27 FORMATION OF SQUADS •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••..... 28 CANCELLATION •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.... 28 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNE~ ACCOUNTING ••••••••••••••••••.•..•.. 29 G E N E RA L • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • · • • • • • • • 2 9 UO TIME CARDS •....••••••••••••.••••••.••.•••••••••••....... 29 END OF WATCH PROCEDURES •••••.•.•••••••••••••••••••.......•. 30 --------- _ -I_ CONTAMINATION EMERG~NCIES . GENERAL ••••.•..•....•......••••..••••.•••.••••.••.... 48 SITUATION ESTIMATE .............•......••••••••....... 48 PLACARDS AND SHIPPING INFORMATION ....•..••••••••..... 49-50 HAZARDOUS ~ATERIAL GUIDEBOOK ..•..•.••..••• ;.;~ ..••... 51-56 LIAISON ...............................•.•••.•........ 52 PERIMETER AND TRAFFIC CONTROL, EVACUATION ..•.•....... 52 • SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND SAFETY FACTORS ............ 53 CONTAINMENT .•......•...•••.••••••••••••..••.....•.••. 56 CONTAMINATION AND CASUALTIES •....•..........•........ 57 RECOVERY OPERATIONS ......•.....•.....•••..•...•...... 58 COMMUNITY RELATIONS .....•......•..•••.•...•.•.•...... 58 , INTRODUCTION Historically, the City's efforts to control disasters and other emergencies have involved the Police and Fire Departments as primary control forces , with other City departments providing support with varying degrees of involvement. As a result, some occurrences have severely tasked the Police and Fire Departments' resources · · and the City's ability to rapidly and fully recover from the effects of a wide-spread disaster. - .,· A large population, high-density housing, and other factors found in today's urban environment contribute (o the severity of disasters when they occur. The result is increased demand upon the City's emergency services. Although emergencies will vary in magnitude, large-scale occurrences require involvement of all City depart ments and their resources to overcome the effects of the emergency. To coordinate the City's response, the Emergency Operations Organization has been formed. It is a special purpose organization which is comprised of representatives from each department and is divided into divisions with special responsibilities for planning and emergency response. The Department is the Emergency Operations Organization's Police Division. To meet Police Division respon sibilities, the Department has developed plans enabling it to activate all or part of the Department's Unusual Occurrence Control Task Force. Such plans are designed to give direction to Department personnel and serve as guidelines in achieving control of disasters and other emergencies and to restore order as efficiently and rapidly as possible. The need to create a public awareness of police responsibility to protect lives and property, maintain order, and preserve the peace is especially accented by emergencies such as fires, earthquakes, and explosions. However, it should be understood that one of the most important functions of the Department during disasters is to assist and expedite emergency operations of other agencies having primary rnponsibility to overcome the cause or effect of the occurrence. Often, other agencies cannot operate effectively until Department personnel have successfully performed certain initial control measures, such as: • • • Establishing Perimeter Control. Establishing Field Communications . Maintaining Ingress/Egress Routes . During emergencies, such as civil disturbances or riots, where the Dtlpartm11nt ha, tht1 primary control f'tlspon libility, Department resources shall be immediately applied to the extent necessary to effectively control the incidents. The assistance of other agencies, when needed, shall be requested without delay and their operations shall be coordinated with those of this Department through the process of liaison. Since no two emergencies will be the same in nature, scope, or magnitude, it is necessary for the Department's plans to be basic, flexible, and subject to modification as the need arises. Because these occurrences are infrequent, training programs must be continuous. Success is primarily dependent on a highly specialized and well-trained cadre or staff which assists the Department Commander, Field Commanders, and officers-in-charge of various elements of the Unusual Occurrence Control Task Force. Every office, bureau, Area, and division of the Department has some responsibility related to the control of disasters or other emergencies. Accordingly, each commanding officer has a responsibility to ensure the efficient activation, maintenance, and conclusion of those duties related to his command. Part A of the Tactical Manual describes local erne,,.,-,ciel and the Emergency Operations Organization; sets forth command responsibility, and Department responsibility for the control of disasters and other emergencies; and defines the responsibilities, organization and functions of the Unusual Occurrence Control Task Force. 1 ( A/000 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OT,-.ER EMERGENCIES 001. LOCAL EMERGENCY-GENERAL. The direc- tion and control of local emergency preparations has been centralized to enable the City to effectively coop erate with local, state and federal agencies. Additionally, this coordination of resources has been accomplished to cope with and guard against conditions which may result in extreme peril to life and property and make available the City resources as the needs of the citizens may demand during a local Mnergency. Moreover, it enhances efforts to assist local emergency response organizations and author-· ities of the state and federal governments in the accomplish ment of emergency services so that maximum protection of life and PJOperty will be provided to the community. 002. DECLARATION OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY. The mayor, as Director of the Emergency Opera tions Organization (EOO), is empowered to declare the existence of a local emergency or disaster when conditions· exist which are, or are likely to become beyond the control of the normal services of City government, or at any time a disaster or State of Emergency is declared by the President of the United States or by the Governor of California. The oeciarat1or, uf a iocal emergency by the Mayor will be in writing and will take effect immediately upon issuance. The Mayor will cause widespread publicity and notice to be given of such declaration throughout the City. Example: DECLARATION OF LOCAL EMERGENCY By virtue of the authority vested in me as Mayor of the City of Los Angeles, pursuant to the provisions of Ordi nance No. 153,772 as amended, I hereby find that : The City of Los Angeles is experiencing an emergency in the area of ___ . and by reason of its magnitude is or is likely to become beyond the control of the normal services, personnel, equipment and facilities of the regularly constituted branches and departments of the City government and said emergency threatens to cause extraordinary loss of I ife and property. NOW THEREFORE, I hereby declare the existence of a Local Emergency and direct the Emergency Operations Organization (EOO) be immediately activated to take such steps that are necessary for the protection of life and and property in the affected area. I FURTHER DIRECT that the Declaration of Local Emergency shall take effect immediately and that wide spread publicity and notice shall be given said declaration through the most feasible and adequate means of dissem inating such notice throughout the City. Dated at Los Angeles, California Mayor Whenever the Mayor declares a local IH1Hlffllll1CY, the City Administrative Officer will prepare, with the City Attorney's assistance, a resolution ratifying the existence of a local tlfTHlrgency and state the conditions for continu ing the state of local tNneffllll1CY. The resolution will be submitted by the Mayor to the City Clerk for presentation to the City Council. The City Council will approve or disapprove the resolution within seven days from the date of the original declaration and every 14 days there after. 002.10 POWERS OF MAYOR DURING A LOCAL EMERGENCY. During a local emergency the Mayor is the Director of the Emergency Operations ' Organization. All powers and duties conferred upon the Emergency Operations Board, or any officer or chief of a division, shall be exercised subject to the approval of !he Director. The Director is ~uthorized to promulgate, issue and enforce rules, regulations, orders and directives which the Director considers necessary for the protection of life and property. The ~,-,egulations, orders and directives will take effect immediately upon issuance, and copies of such documents will be filed in the City Clerk's office. The Director may obtain vital supplies and other materiel for the protection of life and property and if immediately required, may commandeer property 'tor public use; may require emergency service of any City employee, or any citizen; and may requisition necessary personnel or materiel of any City agency. 002.20 LOCAL EMERGENCY-DEACTIVATION. . The Director will keep the City Council fully advised as to the status of the emergency. The City .Council will declare and publicize the termination of such local emergency at the earliest possible date that conditions allow. Upon the City Council's announce ment of the termination of the local emergency, such rules, regulations, orders, or directives will terminate and have no further force nor effect. · 003. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS BOARD. The Emergency Operations Board (EOB) manages the affairs of the City's Emergency Operations Organiza tion and issues instructions to the chiefs of the Emergency Operations Organization divisions. The Emergency Opera tions - Board has the power to make and enforce necessary regulations to govern the Emergency Operations Organiza tion during periods of planning and during emergencies. The Emergency Operations Board may also appoint com mittees for the administration of its affairs. The Emergency Operations Board consists of the follow ing members: * Chief of Police, who is permanent chairperson. * Chief Engineer and General Manager, Fire Department. * City Administrative Officer. * Commissioner, Department of Public Works. * General Manager and Chief Engineer, Department of Water and Power. * General Manager, Department of Personnel. * Superintendent of Building and General Manager, Department of Building and Safety. • General Manager, Department of General Services. • General Manager, Department of Transportation. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Emergencf Operations Organization Control o Disasters and Other Emergencies July, 1982 2 ., A/004. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 004. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION. The Emergency Operations Organization·(_EOO) is a special purpose organization established ~o co_ordinate and direct the City's resources toward controlling disasters and other emergencies. The EOO divisions constitute those resources believed necessary to successfully overcome the conditions of a local emergency. The Emergency Opera tions Organization is comprised of the following divisions: • Police Division. • Fire Suppression and Rescue Division. • Transportation Division. • Public Works Divisicn. • · Utilities Divisic.,n. * General Services Division. * Building ana Safety Division. • Personnel and Recruitment Division. • Public Welfare and Shelter Division. • Harbor Division. • Airports Division. * Animal Regulation Division. The Emergency Operations Organization resources_ also include the officer-in-charge, other personnel,. services, and materiel held or used, and all other services, equip ment and facilities which may be loaned, donated, con tributed to the City, or commandeered for use~ by_ the Director of the Emergency Operations Organization. 004.10 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION- ACTIVATION. Upon receipt of an official warn ing of an impending or threatened emergency, or upon the declaration of a local tHntJrgency, the Emergency Opera tions Organization will be immediately activated and Emer gency Operations Organization personnel will be called into active service. 004.20 DIRECTOR-POWERS AND DUTIES OF~ _The Mayor, as Director of the Emergency Operat1o_ns Organization, with the advi~ of the Emergen~y Operations Board exercises full authority over the operations of the various Emergency Operations O_rgaryization divisions. "!he Director is responsible for coordination be~een the ch1e_fs of the various divisions and resolving questions of authority and responsibility which may arise. T~e Director. may organize additional Emergency Operations Organization division as necessary and assign duties. 004.30 DEPUTY DIRECTOR-POWERS AND DUTIES. The Chief of Police (chairperson of the Emer gency Operations Board) is the Deputy Director of the Emergency Operations Organization. The Deputy Director acts on behalf of the Director on all EOO related matters delegated to him, liaises with outside agencies for coope~a tion and mutual aid during local 11m11rr,t1nci•, and coordi nates the activities of the Emergency Operations Organiza tion divisions. 004.40 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZA- TION COORDINATOR. Subject to the rules, regulations and instructions of the Emergency Operations Board, the City Administrative Officer is designated as the Emergency Operations Organization Coordinator and is responsible for : * * * * * * * Coordinating the powers and responsibilities of the Emergency Operations Board and Organization. Liaising with other governmental agencies, City departments, and such private agencies as may be necessary. Preparing and processing emergency operations pro gram papers and applications for federal and state funds. Notifying the Emergency Operations Board in writing prior to the beginning of each fiscal year of the recommended budgetary items relating to emergency services of each City department having control of an Emergency Operations Organization division and which items are included in the City Administrative Officer's annual budgetary recom mendati ons to the Mayor. Assigning personnel from the City Administrative Office to perform staff duties for the Emergency Operations Board as may be required by the Board. Coordinating and providing fo· r the dissemination of public information relating to emergency operations activities as required. Exercising such further powers and duties as may be conferred upon the City Administrative Officer by the Emergency Operations Board. 004.50 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZA- TION-STRUCTURE. The Emergency Opera tions Organization is divided into 12 divisions, each under the direction of a chief. Each chief is assisted by a chief deputy and a second deputy, who succeed the chief in his absence or inability to act. Each chief formulates and maintains operational plans for the division. Each division is organized into such sections as are necessary for proper functioning. Division chiefs have responsibility for all personnel in their divisions. During a local 11mergency division chiefs will immediately activate their divisions and carry out orders and directions from the Director. The functions and duties of the Emer gency Operations Organization are distributed among the 12 divisions and the City Administrative Officer. 004.&1 POLICE DIVISION. The Police Division is sub- ject to the control of the Pol ice Department. The Chief of Police is chief of this division. During a local .,,,.,.,,,,,cy the chief has the authority to direct Police Division personnel to enforce all laws, preserve life and property, and maintain order. July, 1982 Emergency Operations Organization- Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 3 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES A/004.57 004.52 FIRE SUPPRESSION AND RESCUE DIVISION. The Fire Suppression and Rescue Division is sub ject to the control of the Fire Department. The Chief Engineer and General Manager of the Fire Department is ;hief of this division. During a local emergency the s;hief has the authority to direct Fire Suppression and Rescue Division personnel in controlling all explosives and hazard ous materials, petroleum and chemical pipeline accidents, demolition of buildings, fire suppression and rescue opera-. tions and ,::adiological defense. 004.53 TRANSPORTATION DIVISION. The Trans- portation Division is subject to the control of the Department of Transportation. The General Manager of the Department of Transportation is chief of this division. The chief develops plans for the main tenance of traffic control devices, emergency travel routes to be used during emergencies, barricade place ment as necessary or as directed by the chiefs of Police and Fire Suppression and Rescue Divisions, direction and control of traffic, and coordination with all other agencies supplying common carrier services. 004.54 PUBLIC WORKS DIVISION. The Public Works Division is subject to the control of the Depart ment of Public Works. The division chief is selected from among the Board of Public Works membership. The chief develops plans for, has charge of, and arranges for street repair and maintenance, street lighting, sewers, storm drains, channels, bridges, waste and debris removal, placement of barricades, and engineering investigations requested by any of the Emergency Operations Organiza tion divisions. When requested by the Fire Suppression and Rescue Division, the chief has functional supervision of personnel performing rescue work. 004.55 UTILITIES DIVISION. The Utilities Division is subject to the control of the Department of Water and Power. The General Manager and Chief EngiReer of the Department of Water and Power is chief of this division. The chief develops plans and arranges for cooperation with other municipally and privately owned public utilities, excluding privately owned communications systems. 004.56 GENERAL SERVICES DIVISION. The Ge. neral Services Division is subject to the control of the Department of General Services. The General Manager of the Department of General services is chief of this division. The chief develops plans for the activities of the division and for the following sections: • • • Supplies Section. This section is under the direction of the Purchasing Agent. The Purchasing Agent procures and is the custodlan ~1 :re. ... 1-1~ial equip ment and property which may be obtained from any source for the use of the Emergency Operations Organization, and assembles information concerning available equipment and operators normally under the control of outside agencies. Communications Section. This section is under the direction of the division chief or designee. The chief, or designee develops plans for and provides, restores, and maintains emergency communications services for City Council controlled departments and offices, and liaises with other City departments providing their own communications services to the City and its citizens. During a local emergency the section head has the responsibility to direct City and volunteer communications personnel to perform section duties. Maintenance Section. This section is under the direction of the division chief or designee. The chief or designee develops plans for the mainte nance of all City owned equipment and facilities, has charge of, develops plans for, and arranges for the safety of occupants of City controlled build ings, and liaises with other publicly and privately owned agencies which supply such services. The section head also develops and maintains an inven tory of City transportation vehicles available from the division for the movement of heavy equipment. 004.57 BUILDING AND SAFETY DIVISION. The Building and Safety Division is subject to the control of the Department of Building and Safety. The Superintendent of Building and Safety is chief of this division. The chief has the duty to determine potential hazards to persons and property, issue abatement notices, investigate and determine damages to buildings and structures, give advice regarding the condition of build ings and sites and the use of applicable safety measures, and supervise volunteer structural engineering personnel who are registered volunteer disaster service workers (they may serve as deputy building inspectors). The chief develops and recommends to the City Council legislation relative to structural damages and necessary modifications of current structural standards. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Emergency Operations Organization Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies July, 1982 - A/004.58 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 004.58 PERSONNEL AND RECRUITMENT DIVISION. The Personnel and Recruitment Division is sub ject to the control of the Personnel Department. The General Manager of the Personnel Department is chief of this division. The chief maintains records of all Emergency Operations Organization personnel and liaises with govern mental and private agencies providing or administering medical services during a local emergency. This division is the recruiting center for the Emergency Operations Organization, and establishes a plan for using qualified City personnel by any of the Emergency Opera tions Organization divisions during a local •mergency . The other Emergency Operations Organization division chiefs wfll render services requested by the chief of this division in the recruitment of personnel. The chief, with assistance from the Emergency Operations Office, will develop a program for the use of volunteers during a local t1mtlfgency. The program will contain procedures for: * * * • • Recruiting volunteer forces through the media. Registering volunteers as disaster service workers in the state workers' compensation program. Dispatching volunteers to command posts or other locations. Liaising with the City Council for dispatching volun teer to assist with recovery operations on private property. Developing any other procedures necessary to imple ment Chapter 3 of the Los Angeles Administrative Code, LOCAL EMERGENCIES. 004.59 PUBLIC WELFARE AND SHELTER"DIVISION. The Public Welfare and Shelter Division is subject to the control of the Department of Recreation and Parks. The General Manager of the Department of Recreation and Parks is chief of this division. The chief arranges for housing and shelter facilities for persons rendered home less as a resu It of a local •mergency, and conducts the City's fallout shelter management program. The chief arranges for the services of the American National Red Cross, the Los Angeles Unified School District, and other governmental agencies as needed, to furnish food, cloth ing, shelter, registration, information service, and rehabili tation to individuals affected by a local tJmflrgency. November, 1982 Emergency Operations Organization Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies 5 004.60 HARBOR DIVISION. The Harbor Division is subject to the control of the Harbor Department. The General Manager of the Harbor Department, or if so designated by the General Manager, the Port Warden, is chief of this division. The chief is responstble for port security and prepares operational plans for the control , anchorage, and movements of ships to avert collisions and hazards during a local .,,,.rgency. The chief is empowered to evacuate any vessel that is a peril to the port, and when practicable, move mobile equipment at the waterfront and jeopardized vessels, or those which may impede rescue or salvage operations or accelerate a local emergency. The chief coordinates emergency activities with concerned federal agencies and with the other Emergency Operations Organization divisions. 004.61 AIRPORTS DIVISION. The Airports Division is subject to the control of Department of Airports. The General Manager of the Department of Airports, or if so designated by the General Manager, the Airport Manager, is the chief of this division. The chief is responsible for airport security and prepares operational plans for con trolling ground operations and management of aircraft and other hazards during a local emergency. The chief coor dinates emergency activities with airport tenants, the Federal Aviation Administration, other concerned federal agencies, and other Emergency Operations Organization divisions. 004.62 ANIMAL REGULATION DIVISION. The Animal Regulation Division is subject to the con trol of Department of Animal Regulation. The Generat ~anager of the Department of Animal Regulation is chief of this division. The chief arranges for the care and con trol of animals during emergencies, including rescuing, sheltering, controlling, and providing emergency veterinary services. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department A/100. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY 101. DEPARTMENT COMMAND. During an l)nusual Occurrence when the Chief of Police or the person acting in his stead (Acting Chief of Police or Duty.Deputy Chief) is unavailable, the Watch Commander, Detective Headquarters Division, shall assume interim command of the Department until he is able to notify one of the DepartrD_ent staff officers accord ing to the succession of command, and is thereby rel ieved of that responsibil ity. 102. DEPARTMENT COMMANDER 102.01 DEPARTMENT COMMANDER RESPONSI· BILITIES. The Chief of Police has the ultimate responsibility for the control of an Unusual Occurrence. The Chief may, however, designate another staff ofticer to act as tm: Depdrtmt::nt Commander for the durc1t101 1 ot the Unusual Occurrence. This allows the Chief of Police to continue in his normal function. The Department Commander's headquarters shall be in the Emergency Operations Center when the Emergency Control Center is activated. The Department Commander shall maintain communications with the Emergency Control Center when not in the Emergency Operations Center facility. Unless otherwise directed by the Chief of Police, the Department Commander shall make his own provisions for relief. 102.02 DEPARTMENT COMMANDER-SUCCES- SION OF COMMAND. In the absence of the Chief of Pol ice and/or the Duty Deputy Chief to act, the assumption of Department Command shall be: * Director, Off ice of Operations. * Director, Office o¾ Special Services. * Director, Office of Administrative Services. * Commanding Officer, Operations-Headquarters Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Operations-Central Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Operations-South Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Operations-West Bureau. • Command;.-,g Officer, Operations-Vall_ey Burea~. . * Commanding Officer, Bureau of Special lnvest1gat1on. * Commanding Officer, Planning and Fiscal Bureau. * Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training Bureau. • Commanding Officer, Technical Services Bureau. * Commanders, by seniority in rank. « Captains, by ~niority in rank. Any of the above offi~rs may have the responsibility fo ;- the pe~forrnanc, ~ of more than one function. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 6 102.03 MODIFICATION OF DEPARTMENT ORGANI- ZATION. The Department Commander is re. sponsible for issuing orders to redistribute or mobilize personnel during an Unusual Occurrence. Personnel red istribution and mobilization is dependent upon the magn itude of the UO as follows : * Mi~or. The Department orga~at10,1 and the organi zational structure of the Area in which the UO is occurring shall remain unchanged. The Area of occurrence shall be responsible for policing the event. • Serious. A large distribution of personnel may be necessary, therefore, the Department organizat ion may be modified temporarily. • Major. A Mobilization of extensive portions of the Department is necessary to control the UO. The Department organization shall be modified as required to accomplish t he mission . Mob il ization is initiated only with the approval of the Department Commander or a Chief Officer acting in his stead. 103. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE CONTROL TASK FORCE 103.01 RESPONSIBILITY FOR TASK FORCE STAFF- ING. When a position within the UO Control . Task Force is not staffed, it shall be the responsibility of the Field Commander and the Commanding Officers of the Emergency Control Center, the Intelligence Control Center, and the Casualty Information Center to staff the positions within their commands as needed. Examples: * A UO may not require the manning of the Pres~ Relations Section of the ECC, and the Commanding Officer, Emergency Control Center Division: may direct other personnel to perform the functions of that section. * A Logistics Officer may not be necessary in a parti cular Command Post and the Field Commander may direct other personnel to perform the functions of that position. * During a Minor UO, a sergeant may be the Field Commander. He might need only two officers to ~rform all of the applicable functions of a Field Command Post. * During a Major UO, a bureau commanding ?fficer may be the Field Commander. He may assign captains or lieutenants as Operations, Personnel, Intelligence, and Logistics Officers. Command Responsibility June, 1982 - -~- ·------------------------ - - ---------- A/104. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY 104. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER (ECC) DIVISION 104.01 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION. The Emergency Control Center Division is a temporary division that may be activated to staff the ECC dur'ing a Serious UO or when a Serious UO appears imminent. The ECC Division shall be activated during a Major Unusual Occurrence. The Emergency Control Center Division, when activated, provides staff assistance to the Department Commander. 104.02 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -ACTIVATION. The ECC Division may be activated as a temporary division by the Department Commander or the Director, Office of Admin istrat ive Services, or t ,-,eir designated representat ives. 104.03 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -STAFF RESPONSIBILITY. The Commanding Officer, Planning and Fiscal Bureau, shall exercise staff responsibility for the operation of the Emergency Control Center Division. He may designate a commander, or a captain assigned to Planning and Fiscal Bureau , to represent him in this position. 104.04 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY. The Com manding Officer, Planning and Research Division, or his designated representative. shall be the Commanding Officer of the Emergency Control Center Division. He shall be responsible for assigning and training personnel to staff each position within the ECC Division. The assigning of personnel to the ECC Division shall include additional personnel to act as alternates for each position on each of the two twelve-hour watches. When the ECC Division is activated and the Commanding Officer, Planning and Research Division, or his representa tive, is not immediately available, the Officer-in-Charge, Headquarters Section, Detective Headquarters Division, shall staff and command the ECC until relieved by the E:CC Divisiun Colf,nianding Officer or his designated representative. November, 1981 Command Responsibility 7 104.05 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of com mand for the Emergency Control Center Division, when activated, shall be : * Department Commander. * Commanding Officer, Emergency Control Center Division. ·••. * Personnel assigned to the Emergency Control Center Division. 104.06 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -FUNCTIONAL SUPERVISION. In their specialty, the regular supervisors of personnel assigned to the Emergency Control Center Division shall exercise functional, but not line , supervision over su ch personnel. 104.07 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -STAFFING. The following organizational units shall provide regularly assigned personnP,I to com prise the Emergency Control Center Division. * Planning and Research Division. * Automated Information Division. * Personnel Division. * Supply Division. * Commission Investigation Division. The Commanding Officer, Emergency Control Center Division, may procure personnel to staff the ECC from any Office, bureau, Area, or division within the Depart ment if it becomes necessary during a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence. 104.08 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISION -DEACTIVATION. The Commanding Officer. Emergency Control Center Division, shall deactivate the Emergency Control Center Division when so instructed by the Department Commander. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY A/106.03 105. FIELD TASK FORCE 105.01 FIELD TASK FORCE COMMANDER. The commanding officer of the operations bureau in which a UO occurs shall be the Field Task Force Com mander unless another staff officer is appointed by the Department Commander. If the UO encompasses more than one operations bureau, the Director, Office of Oper ations, shall designate which bureau commanding officer shall be the Field Task Force Commander. When two or more UO's occur simultaneously at separ ate locations, or one UO in which there are two or more separate and distinct tactical areas of activity, the Field Task Force Commander shall be responsible for directing the activities of the concerned Field Commanders. He may assign any officer from the Field Task Force to the position of Field Commander. The Field Task Force Commander may assume opera- tional command of any or all involved areas, in which case h.e then 3ssumes the title of Field Commander. When the Field Task Force Commander assumes the operational command as Field Commander, he shall notify the Department Commander and all concerned Field Commanders. In such case, the Department Com mander may appoint another Field Task Force Commander. 105.02 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEPARTMENT FIELD OPERATIONS. The Field Task Force Commander shall be responsible for : * Evaluating the Field Task Force needs, and coordinating the distribution of resources to the involved areas. * Advising the Department Commander as to Jhe utiliza tion of available personnel and as to the reassignment of personnel and equipment. 105.03 FIELD TASK FORCE-CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of command for the Field Task Force shall be: * Department Commander. * Field Task Force Commander. * Field Commander. * Personnel assigned or present at the scene. 8 106. FIELD COMMAND 106.01 FIELD COMMAND AUTHORITY AND RES- PONSIBILITY. The Field Commander , regard less of rank, shall have complete authority and responsi bility for conducting the Field Task Force operations within his tactical area. · 106.02 FIELD COMMANDER-SUCCESSION OF COMMAND. The order of succession is the normal order of precedence in which off ice rs assume field command. The normal order of succession at a UO shall be : * The commanding officer of the Area in which the major portion of the UO is occurring. * The commanding officer of the operations division in which the major portion of the UO ex ists. * The commanding officer of the support division of the Area in which the major portion of the UO ex ists. • The senior police officer at the scen_e. The normal order of succession to field command may be altered by: * Appointment of any officer to field command by the Field Task Force Commander. * A Field Commander ordering any officer of lesser rank to assume field command. * The assumption of command by an officer not in the normal succession of command, but of a higher rank than the existing Field Commander. * Relief of the Field Commander based on his physical or mental inability to perform his duties. 106.03 RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSUME FIELD COM- MAND. When a Serious or Major U .0. appears imminent, the commanding officer of the operations division of occurrence, or in his absence the senior officer of the operations division of occurrence, shall assume field command until relieved of such responsibili ties by a superior officer, or by the appropriate officer of an ensuing watch. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Command Responsibility April, 1976 - - • A/106.04 COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY 106.04 APPEARANCE OR PRESENCE OF A. SENIOR OFFICER. The mere presence of a senior officer at the scene of a UO shall not indicate his assump ti on of command. The senior officer shall remain in an advi sory capacity unless he specifically assumes command . Note: -In such an advisory capacity, senior officers shal I not issue orders or direct th_ e activities of personnel. 106.05 -ASSUMPTION OF COMMAND. An officer of superior rank may assume field command from an existing Field Commander at any time during a UO. The officer then acting as Field Commander must be specifically informed that he has been relieved of com mand. 106.06 ASSUMPTION OF COMMAND BY OFFICER OF EQUAL OR JUNIOR RANK. An officer assigned to a team district in which the major portion of a UO has occurred or exists may relieve a Field Com mander of equal rank who is not assigned to the team district of occurrence. A commanding officer may assume field command in his geographic region of responsibility from a Field Commander of equal rank. Any officer may relieve a Field Commander of equal or higher rank when that Field Commander is physically or mentally unable to perform his duties. In all cases the relieving officer must identify himself and inform the existing Field Commander of his intent. 106.07 UNITY OF COMMAND. All orders or commands within a tactical area of responsibility concern ing that event shall originate from the Field Commander or an officer acting under his authority. 106.08 COUNTERMANDING OF ORDERS. A Field Commander's orders or requests may be counter manded only after the countermanding officer has speci fically relieved the Field Commander of his command unless the situation requires the change of instructions and time will not allow such assumption. In such cases, the countermanding officer shall , as soon as possible, inform the officer issuing the or er that it has been countermanded and the reason for that action . 9 April, 1976 Command Responsibility 106.09 FIELD COMMAND PRIORITY. A Field Com- mander shall have access to the full resou rces of the Department and shall requisition from the ECC , when activated, Department personnel and equipment necessary to contain the occurrence and prevent inju ry , loss of I ife, destruction or loss of property , or the threat of any of these. ••· 107. FIELD COMMAND POST (FCP) DIVISION 107.01 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION. The Field Command Post Division is a temporary division activated to provide trained cadre person nel to staff the FCP during a Serious or Major UO , or when a Serious or Major UO appears imminent. 107.02 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-ACTI- VATION. The FCP Division may be activated as a temporary division by the Chief of Pol ice, the Director, Office of Operations, or their designated repres entative, or the Commanding Officer of Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. As required by existing needs for activation, all or selected positions or units of the FCP Division may be activated . With the concurrence of the Commanding Officer, FCP Division , the Field Commander shall determ ine the extent of FCP activation . Note: The FCP Division Commanding Officer shall be the first to be notified for purposes of activati on. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY A/107.07 107.03 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION- COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY. The Command ing Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group . sh al I be the Commanding Officer of the Field Command Post Division. He shall be responsible for the selection and training of personnel assigned to the Field Command Post Division Cadre. He shall ensure that a sufficient number of cadre personnel are available to immediately respond to activation orders and staff the FCP positions. The assignment of personnel to the FCP Division shall include additional personnel to act as alternates for each position on·each of the two twelve-hour watches. 107.04 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of command for the Field Command Post Division, when activated, shall be : * Department Commander. * Commanding Officer, Field Command Post Division. * Personnel assianerl to the Fielrl Command Post Division. 107.05 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-FUNC- TIONAL SUPERVISION. In their specialty the regular supervisors of personnel assigned to the Field Command Post Division shall exercise functional, but not line, supervision over such personnel. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 10 107.06 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-STAFF- ING. The following organizational units shall provide regularly assigned personnel to comprise the Field Command Post Division: * Office of Administrati ve Services. * Operations-Central Bureau. * Operations-South Bureau. * Operations-West Bureau. * Operations-Valley Bureau. * Operations-Headquarters Bureau. * Communications Division. * Technical Services Bureau. * Scientific Investigation Division. * Supply Division. * Jai I Division. * Property Division. * Motor Transport Division. * Training Division. * Records and Identification Divisi on. * Organized Crime Intelligence Division. * Public Disorder Intelligence Division . * Administrative Vice Division. Note: The Commanding Officer, Field Command Post Division, may procure personnel from any Office, bureau. Area, or division within the Department as necessary . during a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence. 107.07 FIELD COMMAND POST DIVISION-DEACTI- VATION. The Commanding Officer, Field Command Post Division, or the Field Commander shall deactivate the Field Command Post Division when so instructed by the Department Commander. Command Responsibility October, 1977 ... • A/108. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY 108. INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER (ICC) 108.01 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER- ACTIVATION. The Commanding Officer, Public .Qisorder Intelligence Division (POI D), may acti vate the ICC upon notification of .an incident which has the potential of becoming a Serious or Major UO. This activation may precede the activation of the ECC or the FCP. The POI D Commanding Officer shall activate the ICC when: • Notified of a Major UO. • Directed to do so by the Department Commander. 108.02 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER- STAFFING. Upon activation, the ICC shall be staffed with POI D personnel. When required, Office of Special Services personnel may be requested. 108.03 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL CENTER-COM- MAND RESPONSIBILITY. The CommarnJing Officer, PDID shall be responsible for: • Staffing the ICC. • Directing information gathering. • Disseminating intelligence to the Department Com mander and other concerned commanding officers. 108.04 INTELLIGENCE CONTROL.CENTER-CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of command of the ICC, when activated, shall be: • Department Commander. • Director, Office of Special Services. • Commanding Officer, Public Disorder Intelligence Division. • Personnel assigned to the ICC. 108. CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER (CIC) 109.01 CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-ACTI- VATION. Upon becoming aware of an Unusual Occurrence which is likely to involve injuries or deaths, or upon direction from the Department Commander, the Commanding Officer of Detective Headquarters Division shall direct the activation of the CIC and appoint an officer-In-charge. Note: During non-business hours the Officer-in-Charge of Detective Headquarters Division shall, in addition to his regular duties, act as the Officer-in-Charge of the CIC and cause its activation. He shall continue in that capacity until relieved by an officer appointed by the Commanding Officer of Detective Headquarters Division. June, 1981 Command Responsibility 11 109.02 CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-STAFF- ING. Personnel to staff the CIC shall ordinarily be drawn from Detective Headquarters Division, supple mented by personnel assigned to Bunco-Forgery Division. Additional personnel, when required, may be procured from any headquarters detective divisiiin. Note: Homicide Investigation Teams, not a part of the CIC, shall be appointed by the Commanding Officer, Robbery-Homicide Division, to investigate deaths result ing from actions of Department personnel or other deaths resulting from the Unusual Occurrence. 109.03 CASUAL TY INFORMATION CENTER- COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY. The Com manding Officer, Detective Headquarters Division, shall be responsible for the staffing of the Casualty Information Center to gather, record, and disseminate information concerning the deaths, injuries, and missing or lost persons resulting from the UO. 109.04 CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER-CHAIN OF COMMAND. The chain of command of the Casualty Information Center, when activated, shall be: • Department Commander. . • Commanding Officer, Detective Headquarters Division. • Officer-in-Charge, Casualty Information Center. • Personl')el assigned to the Casualty Information Center. 110. COMMUNICATION OF TACTICAL INFORMA TION 110.01 COMMUNICATION OF TACTICAL INFORMA- TION. Effective command and coordination is dependent upon prompt, accurate, and complete informa tion. All personnel shall have the responsibility to com municate pertinent intelligence upward to the next higher level of authority. This information shall be entered into a written record. • All UO Control Task Force messages effecting or reporting a change in the tactical situation or the Department participation in a UO shall be recorded on an Unusual Occurrence Message, Form 14.20. • Each section and unit within the UO Control Task Force shall maintain a work sheet chronicling its participation in the Unusual Occurrence. • Each Field Command Post and the ECC shall maintain a journal. The journal shall be a summarized chronicle of all significant information relative to the UO. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department - ~ , , A/200. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 201. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES-GENERAL. During a disaster or other emergency, the objective of the Department's command strategy is to restore order and restore conditions to normal as rapidly and efficiently as possible. Emergency control efforts are enhanced when the Department responds rapidly with sufficient resources and aids the emergency operations of other organizations which heve the primary responsibility to combat or alleviate the effects of an occurrence. Usually, these agencies and organizations cannot operate effectively until the Department has performed some initial emergency control measures. Which organization has primary control re,ponlibi/ity is determined by the type of emergency, e.g., brushfires are the Fire Department's responsibility, unlawful demonstrations and riots are the Police Department's responsibility. Notwithstanding the Depart ment's support role during some disasters and other emergencies where primary control responsibilities lie with other agencies, the Department has a continuing responsi bility to: • • • • Plan for foreseeable emergencies . Train personnel in emergency control functions and tactics. Exercise, test, and evaluate emergency control procedures. Respond rapidly with sufficient personnel and logistical resources necessary to fulfill police responsibilities when a disaster or other emergency occurs. 201.01 PLANNING RESPONSIBILITIES. It is essential that the Department prepare plans for controlling emergencies. Such plans should be comprehensive, taking into account foreseeable emergencies, and should state procedures to counter expected problems. Proper and thorough planning provides a strong but flexible framework to facilitate management of emergencies (see ••• D/003). Such plans shall include applicable procedures for the following: • • • • • • • Notifying concerned command and staff officers and other necessary Department elements and personnel during emergencies (see ... 8/100) and allocating personnel as required to the following : • • • • • Field Task Force • Field Command Post • Emergency Control Center. Intelligence Control Center • Casualty Information Center. Selecting Field Command Post and Staging Area sites (see ••• D/003.04). Accounting for personnel (see ... B/200) . Assigning personnel to squads or details (see ••• 8/102.16). Obtaining necessary supplies and equipment • Releasing prisoners, when applicable, as provided in Penal Code 853.6 . Submitting an Unusual Occurrence Atter-Action Report (see ... B/900). Required Standing Plans. Stand ing plans enhance the Department's response to control I ing emergencies. These plans are adjunct to and include procedures established in other chapters of this manual. The following standing plans are required for the Department elements and commands indicated : • * All Commanding Officers: • Mobilization Plan (see •.. 8/100). • Protection of Department Facil ities Plans (see ... • • B/600). Note: l·f more than one Department element is located in the same faci I ity, see ... B/603.02. Civil Defense Warning Plan (see ... 8/400) . Air Pollution Emergency Plan (when required, see ..• B/803). Area Commanding Officers: * Area Earthquake Response Plan (see ... D/317.06). Note: Other standing plans may be developed for fore seeable emergencies, e.g., landslides, brushfires, and air crashes. These plans will usually reflect particular problem locations where emergencies have occurred or the potential for an emergency exists. Review and Filing of Plans. All standing plans, and all emergency control lesson plans intended for training at Department schools, shall be submitted for review and approval to the concerned bureau commanding officer. When approved, copies of such plans shall be forwarded to the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group and to Tactical Planning Section for special filing. Commanding officers shall review and update all standing plans, at least annually, to provide alternatives for changing conditions and notification revisions. Mobilization plans shall be reviewed and updated each deployment period; however, only that part of the plan which describes call-up and mobilization procedures needs to be forwarded annually to the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group and Tactical Planning Section. Single-UN Plans. Single-use plans are plans developed for a specific or special event and shall contain procedures and operational concepts found in the Department and Tactical Manuals. Single-use plans shall be submitted to the concerned bureau commanding officer for review and approval of equipment and personnel, including, as appropriate, the Field Commander and members of the Field Command Post Cadre. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies July, 1982 12 .. A/201.02 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 201.02 TRAINING RESPONSIBILITIES. Training is an essential part of emergency preparedness; therefore, the Department continuously trains its personnel in emergency control functions and tactics. Such training provides a wide base of personnel resources on which to draw for emergency deployment to a major incident. To ensure continuity and quality of training the following Department elements have - specific training responsibi I ities: • • • • • • • • • ,_.,,..,., and Training Bureau shall coordinate a continuous training program in emergency control procedures. Training Division shall prepare and conduct programs for training Department personnel in emergency control procedures. Tactical Planning Section shall evaluate lesson plans intended for use at Department schools and shal I coordinate training for the Field Command Post Division Cadre. Metropolitan Division shall maintain a program of continuous training in emergency control tactics for Metropolitan Division personnel. Detective Hudquarten Division shall maintain a program of continuous training for the Casualty Information Center Cadre. Planning and Research Division shall maintain a program of continuous training for the Emergency Control ·Center Division Cadre. Records and Identification Division shall train clerical personnel in Unusual Occurrence-related DR number issuance procedures. Scientific Investigation Division shall provide quarterly team training for Special Narration and Photography (SNAP) T earn personnel. Public Dilorder Intelligence Division shall maintain a program of continuous training for the Intelligence Control Center Cadre. Nota: Commanding officers are encouraged to incorporate emergency control procedures and tactics into ongoing roll call and training-day programs. Personnel should be aware that they may be selected without notice to staff virtually any position in the Unusual Occurrence Control Task Force. July, 1982 D~rtment Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies 13 201.03 EXERCISING, TESTING, AND EVALUATING RESPONSIBILITIES. To maintain a state of emergency preparedness for all personnel and equipment and to validate plans and training programs, the Depart- ' ment conducts announced and unannounced exercises tests, and evaluations of emergency control plans, ' procedures, and tactics. The following Department elements have specific responsi-btl ities to exercise, test, and evaluate plans and training programs: • • Office of Operations shall evaluate the Department's emergency control tactics and procedures. Tactical Planning Section shal I: • Evaluate Department standing plans for emergency control. • Evaluate lesson plans intended for emergency control training at Department schools. • Evaluate Command Post exercises. • Conduct announced and unannounced exercises and tests of Department plans for emergency control as directed by the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. Note: Commanding officers are encouraQed to conduct exercises and tests of required standing plans. 201.04 RESPONSE TO DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES. When a disaster or other emergency occurs, the effectiveness of the Department's emergency preparedness planning and training will be thoroughly tested. The Department must respond rapidly with sufficient personnel and logistical resources to control the situation. Concurrently, the D~partment's ability to respond to high priority calls for service must be maintained. The controlled redistribution of on-duty personnel may be effected by declaration of a Tactical Alert (see ... B/101 ). If on-duty forces are insufficient to control the situation, a Mobilization may be declared (see ... B/102). Tactic.al Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES A/204.03 204. AREA RESPONSIBILITIES. 204.01 AREA COMMANDING OFFICER-INVOLVED AREA. The commanding officer of an Area experiencing an Unusual Occurrence has t_ he ult_ im~te responsibility for emergency control operations within the boundaries of that Area. During an escalating emergency which has the potential of becoming a S.rious or Major Unusual Occurrence the Area commanding officer shall go to the scene (or tb the Field Command Post, if estab lished) and assume command. If the Unusual qccur!ence involves two or more Areas, the person assuming field command shall be determined by mutual agreement of the concerned commanding officers or as directed by the bureau commanding officer. During an Unusua_ l Occur rence involving more than one bureau, assumption of command shall be determined by the concerned bureau commanding officers. Normally, field command will be assumed by the commanding officer from the Area/ bureau most affected by the emergency. Note: If the Field Command Post Division is activated and cadre personnel have staffed the Field Command Post the concerned Area commandinq officer mav be relieved of this responsibility by a Field Commander designated by the Department Commander. Additionally, Area commanding offic~rs are responsible for the maintenance and implementation of Area emer gency procedures as required, e.g., the Area Mobilization Plan and the controlled issuance of Area equipment and supplies. Watch commanders are key pers<;>nnel i,:t con trolling emergencies; therefore, commanding officers shall ensure that Area standing plans are available to watch commanders at all times. · Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Depanment 204.03 AREA WATCH COMMANDER-INVOLVED AREA. Upon learning of an Unusual Occur rence, or an emergency having the potential of becoming an Unusual Occurrence, the watch commander of the involved Area shall desianate a supervisor or senior officer as acting watch commander and shall immediately go to the scene, assume command, and establish a Field Com mand 1-'ost; it appropriate,~ ~Jch commander should implement Area standing plans (see ... A/201 .01 ),. Note: A watch commander of lower rank than an exist ing Field Commander shall assume command only by mutual agreement. In any case, the watch commander shall remain at the scene to assist. Every half hour, the Field Commander shall apprise the Watch Commander, Communication Division, of the necessity for extending on-duty watch hours. During the early stages of an Unusual Occurrence (pr_ ior to activation of the Emergency Control Center), 1t Is essential that communications between the Field Com mand Post and the concerned Area station remain open to facilitate the immediate dispatching of personnel and equipment and to communicate a situation estimate and subsequent periodic intelligence reports to the Area's acting watch commander. Therefore, a . watch commander assuming field command shall establish an open telephone line (when possib_ le) or utilize a tactical frequency to accomplish these operations. During an actual or potential Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence the watch commander who has assumed field comm~nd can be expected to be relieved of that responsibility upon arrival of the concerned command ing officer (see ••• A/204.01). Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies July, 1982 A/204.04 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 204.04 ACTING WATCH COMMANDER-INVOLVED AREA. When designated acting watch com mander during an Unusual Occurrence or an incident having the potential of becoming an Unusual Occur,ence, the supervisor or senior officer so designated shall : • • • • • • Remain at the station. Assign personnel to monitor the appropriate radio frequencies and teletype machines. Maintain a chronological log of Area activity. Recorded information shall include: • Location and nature of the emergency, i.e., situation estimate (see .•. D/303.01 ). • Area personnel reassignments . • Anticipated personnel needs (if known). • Tactical frequency utilized . • Existence of, or anticipated need for, a Tactical Alert or Mobilization. • necisions to hold over on-duty watches (see ... B/101.05). • Intelligence reports . • Use of specialized Department elements and/or equipment. • Implementation of Area standing plans, i.e., Earthquake Response Plan, Facility Security and Defense Plan . Cause notifications to be made to the following : • • • • • Communications Division Watch Commander . Detective Headquarters Division, Administra tive Information Unit. Area field services division commanding· officer. Area commanding officer (for a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence, or when otherwise directed). Operations bureau commanding officer (for a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence, or when otherwise directed) . Maintain communications with the watch com mander to coordinate decisions to hold over on duty personnel (see ••• B/101.05) • Obtain necessary resources in support of the Field Commander until Field Command Post and Emer gency Control Center systems are implemented and functioning. July, 1982 Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergenci• 15 204.05 WATCH COMMANDERS-NONINVOLVED AREAS. During an Unusual Occ. urrence, watch commanders of Areasnot olaced on Tactical Alert or Areas which are not mobilized shall hold over on-duty personnel until release authority is received by teletype from Communications Division (see ••. B/101.05) • Note: Field Commanders will make assessments of personnel needs each half-hour to ensure an adequate control force is committed to ·the·emergency and then communicate anticipate personnel requirements to Communications Division. The Watch Commander, Communications Division, will determine the need to hold over on-duty personnel in noninvolved Areas and will teletype release authority to Area watch com manders according to the deployment assessment. Additionally, watch commanders shall: • • Assign personnel to monitor the appropriate radio frequencies and teletype machines. Maintain a continuous accounting of equipment and on-duty personnel during a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence and provide these resources to a Field Commander when requested . Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES A/205.03 204.06 AREA DETECTIVE DIVISIONS. Commanding officer(s) shall ensure that detective personnel ·, their command: Investigate UC-related crimes, injuries, and deaths: • Apprehend and interrogate offenders (when applicable) . • Approve UC-related bookings. • Coordinate the prosecution of UC-related felony and misdemeanor arrestees. • Assumeresponsibility for the handling of radio calls and staffing police stations in order to release uniformed officers, as directed by the Area commanding officer. • Provide personnel to staff and supervise station defense positions as specified in other sections of this manual. • Allocate personnel to the Field Jail Unit and Field Command Post Division when needed. 204.07 TRAFFIC DIVISIONS. Traffic divisions shall : • Maintain a continuous accounting of equipment and on-duty personnel during a Serious or Major Unusual Occurrence. • Prov1oe personnel to assist in UO control when re quested. • Notify the Field Commander when UC-related traffic accidents are investigated. During a major police incident or. an Unusual Occurrence, perimeter traffic control, if necessary, should be estab lished by utilizing available Al and TE officers acting under the direction of an officer-in-charge of perimeter control. When perimeter traffic control involves traffic directing only, and there is no anticipated need for the use of sworn personnel, the Field Commander may direct a civilian traffic officer (TO) supervisor and civil- 3n traffic officers to assist or relieve sworn personnel. Note: Caution must be exercised to ensure that civilian TOs are not unnecessarily exposed to dangers inherent in unruJy crowd control situations. Moreover, TOs shall not enforce the provisions of Penal Code 409.5(c). Whe~ assigned to assume responsibility for perimeter traffic control, the TO supervisor shall: • With the concurrence of the Field Commander develop alternate perimeter traffic control plan's as necessary to control traffic in the event of escalation or de-escalation of the incident. • Deploy available civilian TOs to perimeter traffic control points. • Ensure that TOs are not assigned to duties other than UC-related traffic control. 205. HEADQUARTERS UNIFORMED SERVICES GROUP 205.01 METROPOLITAN DIVISION. Metropolitan Division shall : • Maintain a program for continuous training of Metro pol itan Division personnel in emergency control tactics. • Plan for the immediate deployment of division person nel during disasters and ottier emergencies. • Be responsible for the administration and operations functions of Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) elements. • Be responsible for the administration and operations functions of Crisis Negotiation Teams (CNT) . 205.03 AIR SUPPORT DIVISION. When needed during an Unusual Occurrence, Air Support Division shall provide: • Aerial observation. • Information gathering. • Assistance to the FCP Closed Circuit Television Unit. Additionally, Air Support Division shall maintain a contingency plan for the City-wide assessment of damage following an earthquake emergency. Included in this plan shall be provisions for the utilization of Air Support Division aircraft and personnel. Air Support Division shall review this plan every two years to ensure that key facilities and critical locations are identified and in agreement with Area emergency plans. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department · Department Responslblllty for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies June, 1982 16 • A/2f15.C15 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES 205.ps TACTICAL PLANNING SECTION. Tactical • • • • • • • • • • • Planning Section shall : Develop and maintain the Tactical Manual. · Evaluate procedures, tactics, and techniques to be employed during disasters and other emergencies. Observe and evaluate Department activities in the control of Serious or Major Unusual Occurrences. Develop methods for the collection and evaluation of information (for intelligence purposes) related to the · control of emergencies. Evaluate tactical equipment to be used in the contfOI of disasters and other emergencies. Develop procedures to facilitate liaison with th.:c State Office of Emergency Services for law enforcement mutual aid. Coordinate the preparation of a written history of a UO when directed by the Director, Office of Operations. Maintain Area radiological monitoring kits . Coordinate "Red Flag Alert" notifications with the Fire Department. Provide special iz~ assistance to Field Commanders. Develop and evaluate Department plans for contamination emergencies and provide specialized assistance to Field Commanders at these emergencies. Conduct announced and unannounced exercises and tests of Department plans for emergency control as directed by the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. Mobile Command Post Fleet. • • • • Develop and maintain the Department's Mobile Command Post Fleet and deploy the Fleet vehicles as required. , Exception: Mobile II (Logistics Trailer) is maintained and deployed bv Suoolv Division, Mobile 111 (Communications Trailer) is jointly maintained and deployed by Van Nuys Area and Tactical Planning Section, Mobile IV (Field Transportation Trailer) is maintained and deployed by Motor Transport Division, Light I is jointly deployed by Detective Headquarters Division and Tactical Planning Section, and Light 11 and Sound 11 are maintained and deployed by Van N uys Area. Prepare Field Command Post Division and Department Mobile Command Post Fleet budget requests. Note: Budget requests for Mobile 11 are prepared by Supply Division, and those for Mobile IV are prepared by Motor Transport Division. Provide Department Mobile Command Post Fleet vehicles to bureau and Area commanding officers upon the direction of the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. Maintain the driving proficiency of section personnel, for the operation of the Mobile Command Post Fleet vehicles. Staff Aliistance. Provide staff assistance to the following: • • • • • • • Counter- Terrorist Task Force. Emergency Operations Board • Labor Advisory Committee • County Emergency Preparedness Commission • County Red Cross Disaster Committee . Emergency Operations Committee • Inter-bureau Command Post exercises, field exercises, and certain related exercises conducted by public and private agencies. Staff Evaluation: Evaluate the following, related to emergency control : * All lesson plans intended for emergency control training at Department organized schools. * All Area, bureau, and Department standing plans. • After-Action Reports, UQ Histories, Special Events Critiques, Journals, and other reports related to Unusual Occurrences for consider ation in future planning and training. Reimbunemant Statistics. Provide Department UO time card accounting and recordation for state and federal reimbursement Training. Train Department personnel by using the following : • Field Command Post exercises. * Field Command Post Cadre schools. * Emergency control classes at roll calls, training days, and in-service training. Field Command Post Division. • Initiate a call-up of the Field Command Post Division Cadre for response to the Field Command Post upon the division's activation. Note: Detective Headquarters Division, or the ECC when activated, makes the appro priate notifications when Tactical Planning Section personnel are not on duty. • Monitor the operations of the Field Command Post Division whert it has been activated. • Coordinate the preparation of budget requests for the Field Command Post Division. Field Command P01t Division Cadre Rosters. Provide current rosters of the Field Command Post Division Cadre to Detective Headquarters Division each deployment period. Special Fil•. Maintain files of the following: • • • • • Perso_ nnel trained in the use of radiological monitoring equipment. Field Command Post Division Cadre personnel. Personnel deployed to police a disaster or other emergency. Used Temporary Emergency Passes ( to be retained one year). Standing plans for controlling emergencies . • Mobilization Plans. • Protection of Department Facilities Plans. • Air Pollution Emergency Plans. • Area Earthquake Response Plans. • Area Civil Defense Warning Plans. • Area Dam Inundation Plans. Liailon. Liaise with the Los Angeles Fire Department concerning Department responses to emergencies involving hazardous materials . June, 1982 Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 17 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES. A/2.07.03 206. HEADQUARTERS DETECTIVE SERVICES GROUP 207. OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 207.01 TECHNICAL SERVICES BUREAU. Technical 206.01 DETECTIVE HEADQUARTERS DIVISION Detective Headquarters Division shall : Services Bureau shall : - • Activate and staff the Casualty Information Center (CIC) during an emergency which is likely to involve numerous injuries or deaths. • Activate the Emergency Control Center (ECC) during a Major Unusual Occurrence or when directed by the Department Commander and cause the ECC to be staffed with available Department personnel until re· lievec!by ECC Division cadre. Nota: The ECC Division is a temporary division that is activated to staff the ECC. See . . . A/104. • Notify the ECC Division Commanding Officer and cadre for the purpose of staffing the EC~ when Plan ning and Research Division personnel are not available. • Notify the Field Command Post Division cadre for the purpose of staffing the FCP when Tactical Planning Section p~rsonnel are not available. • Notify Special Narration and Photography (SNAP) Ttam p~rsonnel for purposes of activating the FCP Photographic Unit or a SNAP Team when requested by a Field Commander and Scientific Investigation Division personnel are not immediately available. • Notify Motor Transport Division Watch Commander of the pending deployment of caged security buses, determine the number available and their location. • Notify Jail Division Watch Commander of the number of bus drivers needed, the location of available buses, destination and anticipated use. • Maintain files of the number of personnel assigned to the Available Reserve on predesignated 12-hour watches. These files shall reflect current division, Area. bureau, and Department totals which are submitted by all divisions each month as specified in Chapter 8/100 of the Tactical Manual. Nota: When the ECC Division is activated, these files shall be delivered to the ECC Personnel Officer. • Maintain liaison with the courts, the City Attorney. and the District Attorney to facilitate cooperation between the judiciary and the Department during emergencies. • Retain special files (books 24A and 248) indicating tha locet1on of equfpment and telephone numbers of other departments, agencies, or individuals which might be called upon for personnel and equipment. Nota: When the ECC Division is activated, these files shall be delivered to the ECC Logistics Officer .. • Apprise the Chief ~f Police, when notified by ~he Communications Division Watch Commander, of a Serious or Major UO. If the Chief of Police is unavailable, notification shall be made to the Out',· Deputy Chief. If a Duty Deputy Chief has not been designated, notification shall be made in accordance with the provisions of A/102.02 of the Tactical Manual. 208.02 JUVENILE DIVISION. Juvenile Division shall maintain liaison with the Los Angeles County Probation Department, California Youth Authority, and the Juvenile Court to insure timely notice of any unusual number of persons to be processed by those agencies and alert Department personnel to problems experienced by those agencies. • Provide auxiliary services to the UO Control Task Force. • Provide personnel to staff the FCP and ECC. 207.02 SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATION DIVISION. Scientific Investigation Division is responsible for quarterly team training and the coordination of Special Narration and Photography (SNAP) Team person nel. Additionally, Scientific Investigation Division shall : • Assign personnel to SNAP Teams and maintain team rosters. • Provide Detective Headquarters Division with a team roster to be used for call-up of SNAP Teams during non-business hours. • Provide personnel, equipment, and technical support to the Field Command Post Photographic Unit when requested by a Field Commander. • Maintain a special file of photographic and sound recordings taken during emergencies according to the Department's existing document retention program. 207.03 MOTOR TRANSPORT. DIVISION. Motor Trans port Division shal I: • Ready the vehicle fleet for immediate and extended service. • Activate the Vehicle Mobilization Plan as directed by the Department Commander. • Establish and staff the Field Transportation Unit and other temporary repair and service points, as required by the Field Commander. • Allocate buses for emergency transportation to the Field Command Post, Field Transportation Unit in response to emergency requests. • Allocate caged security buses to the Field Jail Unit, Detention and Transportation Detail, in response to emergency requests placed through Detective Head quarters Division. • Maintain the Field Transportation Van (Mobile IV) in a condition of readiness and deploy it as directed by the Department Commander or the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. • Provide vehicular maintenance for the emergency fleet. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department . Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies June, 1982 18 - A/21)7.04 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES . 207.04 PROPERTY DIVISION. Property Division shall: • Maintain an inventory of emergency equipment kept by Property Division. • Ready emergency equipment and supplies under its jurisdiction, and recall equipment loaned to other DePartment elements, as necessary. . • PrOYide personnel to · staff the Field Jail Unit Evidence Detail, and the Field Command Post Field Stores Unit Property Detai I. • Provide personnel to staff the Evidence Detail, Field Jail Unft, when it is activated. 207 .06 SUPPLY DIVISION. Supply Division shall : • Allocate personnel to the Logistics Section of the Emergency Control Center. • Arrange for the provision and delivery of supplies, food,and equipment to the Field Task Force. • Maintain the emergency equipment manuals (Books 24A anci 248) which are filed at Detective Head quarters Division. • Provide personnel to operate the Logistics Vehicle (Mobile 11), staff the Field Stores Unit, Field Com mand Post, and transport other related materials and equipment as needed. 207.06 JAIL DIVISION. Jail Division shall : • Maintain liaison with the courts to facilitate the efficient processing of prisoners subsequent to mass arrest situations. · • Provide class 11 licensed drivers to operate caged security buses in response to emergency requests. • Maintain a list of assigned on-duty personnel who are licensed to operate buses in response to emer gency requests. 207.07 RECORDS AND IDENTIFICATION DIVI• SION. Records and Identification Division shall: • Compile and maintain custody of Department records relating to Unusual Occurrences. • Train clerical personnel in UC-related DR number issuance procedures. • Issue UC-related booking numbers. • Provide sworn personnel to the Field Command Post as r~uired by the Field Commander. 208. PERSONNEL AND TRAINING BUREAU 208.01 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING BUREAU. Personnel and Training Bureau shall : • Coordinate a continuous training program relating to UO control. • Maintain staff responsibility foraccounting for Depart ment Personnel resources during a UO. • Provide personnel to staff the Emergency Control Center. 208.02 PERSONNEL DIVISION. Personnel Division shall provide personnel to staff the Emergency Control Center. 208.03 TRAINING DIVISION. Training Division shall : • Prepare and conduct programs for the training of Department personnel in UO control. • Coordinate the UO-related activities of officers as signed or loaned to Training Division. • Provide personnel to staff the Field Command Post. September, 1982 Department Responslblllty for Control of Dilllten and Other Emergencies TICtlcal Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 19 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES. A/210.07 209. PLANNING AND FISCAL BUREAU '!09.01 PLANNING AND RESEARCH DIVISION. Planning and Research Division shall : • Plan and develop ECC systems and procedures. • Provide current rosters of the ECC Division cadre to Headquarters Section, Detective Headquarters Division each deployment period. • Coordinate training activities of the ECC Division cadre. • Direct the preparation of the ECC After-Action Report for submission to the Chief of Police and the Command ing Off'.icer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. • Prepare badget requests for ECC resources. • Provide personnel to staff the Emergency Control Center. • Maintain liaison with the City's Civil Defense Coordi- • nator regarding control and operation of the ECC. • Maintain liaison with the Emergency Operations Board and Emergency Operations Committee. 209.02 AUTOMATED INFORMATION DIVISION. Automated Information Division shall allocate personnel to the Emergency Control Center Division. 209.03 MUNICATIONS DIVISION. Communi- cations Division shall : • Monitor and record UO-related activity on all radio frequencies. • Compile a log of significant UO-related information and prepare a map of the involved area. • When the ECC Division is activated, submit recor dations to the ECC Division Commanding Officer and brief the division staff regarding the deploy ment of Department personnel. • Dispatch necessary logistics (personnel and materiel) to the involved area or the Field Command Post (FCP) as required by circumstances, or as requested by the Field Commander. • Assess Department deployment needs against UO related personnel requirements and, when necessary, declare a Tactical Alert. No1a: When Department personnel requirements indicate the need and the Field Commander has not declared a Tactical Alert, the Communications Divi sion Watch Commander may initiate a Tactical Alert. • Respond to Tactical Alert requests and declarations and Sig-Alerts submitted for action to the Communi cations Division Watch Commander. ~•: ,When the Department manpower requirements indicate the need and the Field Commander has not declared a Tactical Alert, the Communications Divi sion Watch Commander may initiate a Tactical Alert. While the Emergency Control Center is in operation, the ECC Commanding Officer shall approve all Sig Alert broadcasts concerning the UO. • Notify the Department Commander of all requests for Tactical Alerts. • Notify the Records and Identification Division Watch Commander of the initiation and cancel lation of a Tactical Alert. • Limit non-UO-related calls for services in the in volved area to police worlc of major Importance. • Screen citizen calls for service to ensure the avail ability of field units to handle emergency calls and respond to the FCP when needed. • Allocate personnel to the FCP. • Notify the Chief of Police in the event of a Serious or Major UO. If that office is closed, notifications shall be made to the Detective Headquarters Division Watch Commander. 210. OFFICE OF SPECIAL_ Si;h" !~~~ 210,01 OFFICE OF SPECIAL SERVICES. The Office of Special Services shall exercise staff direction and coordination over UO operations of Internal A ff airs Division, Public Disorder Intelligence Division and Organ ized Crime Intelligence Division. 210.02 INTERNAL AFFAIRS DIVISION. Internal Affairs Division shall : * Investigate UO-related personnel complaints in accord ance with procedures set forth in The Department Manual. • Prepare a final report of all UO-related personnel com plaints for submission to the Chief of Police. * Allocate personnel to staff the ICC when approved by the Director, Office of Special Services. 210.03 PUBLIC DISORDER INTELLIGENCE DIVISION (PDID). The POI D Commanding Officer may activate the Intelligence Control Center (ICC) upon notification of an incident having the po- - tential of becoming a Serious or Major UO. POI D Iha/I: • Activate the ICC during a Major UO . • Deploy field intelligence units when directed. • Forward significant intelligence to the Department Commander, FCP, ECC, and ICC. • Allocate personnel to the FCP. * Allocate personnel to staff the l<;C. 210.04 ORGANIZED CRIME INTELLIGENCE DI VISION (OCID). Organized Crime I ntelli rnce Division shall: Allocate personnel to staff the Intelligence Control Center (ICC). • Allocate personnel to the Field Command Post Di vision. 210.06 NARCOTICS DIVISION. Narcotics Division . shall provide personnel to supplement the staf- fing of the ICC when approved by the Director, Office of Special Services. 210.08 ADMINISTRATIVE VICE DIVISION. Administrative Vice Division shall provide personnel to supplement the staffing of the ICC, when approved by the Director, Office of Special Services. 210.07 LABOR RELATIONS DIVISION. Labor Relations Division shall: • Coordinate assignment of Labor Relations Division personnel when• Tactical Alert is declared as a re sult of a labor dispute. • Forward significant information to the ECC and the FCP in the event of a labor related Unusual Occurrence. • Allocate personnel to staff the ICC when approved by the Director, Office of Special Services. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Department Responsibility for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies June, 1982 20 - • 8/100. 101. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN TACTICAL ALERT 101.01 TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is the preliminary stage of the Department Mobiliza tion Plan for Unusual Occurrences. It provides for the controlled redistribution of on-duty personnel to achieve the -manpower level necessary for control of a major police incident. 101.02 PURPOSE OF A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is initiated to achieve the following objectives: • Alert personnel of al I or selected Areas to the possi bility of personnel redistribution, and announce the existence of a major police incident. • Provide a manpower reserve which can be used by concerned Area(s) in the control of the incident. • Control the depletion of field forces and discourage uncontrolled voluntary response to the scene of a maJor police incident. 101.03 INITIATING A TACTICAL ALERT. When there is a need for a Tactical Alert, it should be initiated as soon as possible to restrict voluntary responses and avoid depletion of personnel from the involved Area and surrounding Areas. • A Field Commander at the scene of a police incident may declare a Tactical Alert for the concerned Area when, in his judgement, that action is necessary to ensure the availability of sufficient personnel to con trol the incident. The Field Commander shall immedi ately cause the Communications Division watch com mander to be notified of the declaration. • The Communications Division Watch Commander may declare a Tactical Alert, or expand an existing Tactical Alert, for all or selected Areas, when the redistribution of Department personnel is necessary to meet the immediate or anticipated needs of a Field Commander. 101.04 TACTICAL ALERT BROADCAST. When a Tactical Alert has been declared, the Communi cations Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Tactical Alert to be broadcast Department wide by radio and teletype. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 21 101.05 EFFECTS OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When an Area or division is placed on a Tactical Alert the following provisions shall take effect : ' • All field units in the alerted Areas shall continue patrolling their assigned districts unless reassigned by Communications Division. • Unless otherwise directed, officers working in the Areas included in a Tactical Alert shall confine their activities to police work of major importance. • Station supervisors and field supervisors shall ensure that all on-duty personnel are aware of the Tactical Alert. • Officers in alerted Areas who are off the air handli ng calls or making reports shall, whenever possible, be required to resume field patrol and await further instructions by radio or other communication. • Communications Division shall screen all incoming calls and, whenever possible, direct citizens to the concerned police station for making complaints or reports. • Station supervisors shall assign personnel to monitor radio frequencies and teletype machines. • Station supervisors shall maintain an accounting of on-duty personnel on the Unusual Occurrence Per sonnel Status Report, Form 14.03, in accordance with instructions contained on the form. • Investigative personnel, assigned to Areas or divisions included in the Tactical Alert, shall continue to per form their regular duties; however, they shall contact their division of assignment at least once each hour. Note: Twelve-hour watches may be established by the Department Commander; however, commanding officers of Areas specifically included in a Tactical Alert may establish twelve-hour watches for their Area when their judgment indicates that this will best serve their manpower needs. The Department Commander and the concerned bureau commanding officer shall be notified when th is prerogative is exercised. Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 B/101.06 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 11.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHES DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. When a Tactical Alert is , initiated, on-duty watches shall be held over as follows : • All station supervisors and traffic division watch commanders (regardless of whether their Area is on Tactical Alert) shall hold over off-going watches until a teletype is received from Communications Division granting authority to release watches. • All station supervisors and traffic division watch com manders shall hold over off-going watches when it reasonabl~appears that their Area may be placed on alert, even though no Tactical Alert has yet been declared. • All station supervisors and traffic division watch com manders desiring to release off-going watches sh al I request approval through the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC is activated, the request shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. • The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for releasing off-going watches and sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. If the ECC is activated, these duties shall be assumed by the ECC Personnel Officer. In either case, the officer releasing off-going watches shall notify the Department Commander of his actions. • A Tactical Alert cancellation teletype from Communi cations Division or the ECC shall be considered author ity to release off-going watches. • Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 101.07 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE MANPOWER. The Field Commander shall be responsible for. deter- . nining the number of officers needed at the scene of an Unusual Occurrence. The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for determining how the manpower will be obtained and for dispatching the manpower requested by the Field Commander. When the ECC is activated, the ECC Personnel Officer shall assume the responsibility for fulfilling the Field Com mander's requests for personnel. 22 101.08 INITIAL REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL MAN- POWER. The manpower needs of the UO should be the Field Commander's first consideration. To ensure that the manpower needs are met, the Field Commander shall : • Determine whether the manpower at the scene will be sufficient to meet immediate anu fu~•...; ;·c needs. • When additional assistance is neeaed, select a Staging Area and request the desired number of personnel. Note: The Field Commander should, when selecting a Staging Area, give consideration to security, distance from the disturbance, communications capabilities, toilets, electrical hook-ups, shelter, ingress and egress routes and a helicopter landing site. Personnel requests should be directed to Communications Division by radio. When the ECC is activated, personnel requests should be submitted to the ECC Personnel Officer by telephone or teletype. If these facilities are not avail able, the requests may be made by radio. • Declare a Tactical Alert when it appears that the magnitude of the incident has reached. or is likely to reach, a scale requiring redeployment of Department personnel to establish and maintain control. 101.09 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is activated to provide a manpower reserve that can be utilized to control a major police incident. This is accomplished by a controlled redistribution of personnel from other Areas and divisions to the Area of occurrence. To . effect a controlled redistribution of personnel, Areas placed on a Tactical Alert must alter their deployment so they can continue to provide essential police service to their Area while reducing their manpower. To accom plish this, on-duty personnel in Areas and divisions placed on a Tactical Alert shall be divided into a Minimum Oper ating Force and an Available Reserve. March, 1976 Personnel Moblfization Plan Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department • PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/101.12 101.10 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Minimum Operating Force during a Tactical Alert is the minimum personnel force needed by any Area or division to continue essential police functions. Areaanddivision commanding officers shall determine the Minimum Operation Force as follows: • Operations and Support Divisions. The Minimum · Operating Force for these divisions during a Tactical Alert shall consist of the following : • Approximately 50% of the watch's uniformed pitrol officers. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Tactical Alert does not include Accident Investigation and Traffic Enforcement personnel. • The station supervisor. • Approximately 50% of the watch's supervisors, not including fixed post positions. • All of the watch's plainclothes and station fixed post positions. • Traffic DM1ions. The Minimum Operating Force for traffic divisions shall consist of essential station per sonnel only. • Are Vice Unit. The Minimum Operating Force for Area vice units shall consist of all assigned vice per sonnel. • All Other Divisions. The commanding officers of all other divisions shall determine the division's Minimum Operating Force by using guidelines established by their respective bureau commanding officers. The Minimum Operating Force of each division shall repres ent the minimum strength needed to continue essential police functions during a Tactical Alert. Note: Minimum Operating Force during a Mobilization differs from the Minimum Operating Force during a Tactical Alert. See Section A/102.11, Tactical Manual. If field forces in the Area of occurrence or adjoining Areas are depleted as a result of voluntary response to the scene of the UO, those voluntary units not actively involved shall be recalled from the Task Force, if possible, and made available for radio calls in their Area of assign ment. If these units are not immediately available for recall, units from other Areas and divisions shall be used to temporarily supplement the field forces in the depleted Area. 23 101.11 ADDITIONAL MANPOWER RESOURCES- TACTICAL ALERT. In addition to uniformed personnel, the following manpower resources are also available during a Tactical Alert: • Investigative personnel may be utilized to supplement or replace uniformed officers within the concerned Area. • At the discretion of the Department Commander, divisions other than operations or support divisions may be placed on Tactical Alert and their personnel used to assist in the contror of the UO. • The following manpower is available with the approval of the Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training Bureau : • Officers attending recruit classes, to perform non hazardous duties. • Officers attending in-service training may be returned to their respective Areas. • With approval of the Department Commander, civilian volunteers and police reserves may be assigned to the Field Task Force. Note: Requests for civilian volunteers or police reserves shall be directed to the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC has been activated, the requests shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. • When on-duty forces assembled during a Tactical Alert are insufficient to meet the needs of the tactical situa tion, the Department Commander shall initiate a Mobili zation. 101.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE• -TACTICAL ALERT. The Available Reserve is the status of officers who can be released from regular duties in their Area or division of assignment and assigned to the UO Control Task Force when needed. The Available Reserve shall consist of all officers and supervisors of an Area or division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force or the UO Control Task Force. Those officers constituting the Available Reserve will_ ordinarily continue their routine duties until activated. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 8/101.13 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 11.13 CONTROLLED REASSIGNMENT OF FIE.L~ FORCES. During a Tactical Alert the following provisions shall apply when assigning units to the UO Control Task Force: • An Area or division activated by a Tactical Alert may be required to commit its entire Available Reserve to the UO Control Task Force. • Activated Areas and divisions shall not be required to commit their Minimum Operating Force without the approval of the Department Commander. Note: In the event that sufficient manpower is not available for assignment to the Field Task Force, and the Department Commander determines that the .. implementation of twelve-hour 'h'.atches and a Mo_ bil1- zation is not desirable, he may direct that Area vice personnel, or other personnel not included in the Available Reserve, be assigned to the Field Task Force. • Unless the need for assistance at the scene of the UO is critical, no more than 50 percent of the uniformed patrol units that are clear in an Area will be dispatched to the Field Task Force at one time. Note: When there is an appreciable delay in obtaining sufficient units to fulfill the Field Commander's requests for manpower, additional Areas and divisions should be included in the Tactical Alert rather than depleting the Minimum Operating For~e of activated Areas. • 101.14 CANCELLATION OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When the ECC has not been activated, the Field Commander shall be responsible for the cancellation of Tactical Alert and shall notify the Communications Jivision Watch Commander. If the ECC has been acti vated, the ECC Personnel Officer shall have the ~esponsi bility to cancel the Tactical Alert. When a Tactical Alert is cancelled, that person initiating the action s~all cause a notice of cancellation to be broadcast by radio and teletype to all involved Areas and divisions. ;I" Mardl, 1976 Personnel Mobilization Plan 102. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN MOBILIZATION 102.01 MOBILIZATION. A Mobilization is the principal personnel deployment plan for UO control. In addition to the implementation of ••Tactical Alert, the Mobilization requires : • The immediate extension of the work day to twelve hour watches. • The temporary deferment of days off. • The recalling of off-duty officers. 102.02 PURPOSE OF A MOBILIZATION. A Mobil iza tion is activated to provide the necessary man power when: • A UO is of sufficient magnitude ·to require major deviation from normal police operating procedures and necessitates a general modification of Department organization and command; or • The forces assembled by a Tactical Alert are insufficient to meet the tactical situation. Note: A Mobilization shall be initiated without delay if, at the beginning of a UO, it is obvious that the on duty forces will be insufficient to meet the immediate needs of the Field Commander. 102.03 MOBILIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT. A Mobilization is initiated by the Department Commander and may involve the entire Department or selected Areas and divisions. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department , • PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/102.07 102.04 MOBILIZATION BROADCAST. When a Mobili- zation is initiated, the Communications Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Mobilization to be broadcast by radio and teletype. If the ECC is activated the ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for causing the Mobilization notification to be broadcast. The Mobilization notification shall be made as follows : • • The-broadcast shall specify the watch (" A" or "B") end Areas or divisions mobilized. • The number of Areas or divisions included wil I depend upon . the anticipated personnel needs of the Field Commander. • The radio broadcasts shall be repeated every 15 minutes for two hours following the original Mobilization broad cast. • If additional Areas or divisions are Mobilized, that information shall be added to the original broadcast or promulgated in a supplementary Mobilization broadcast. • Following the broadcast, the Communications Division Watch Commander shall dispatch sufficient units to m~t the manpower needs of the Field Commander. 102.05 EFFECT OF A MOBILIZATION. When an Area or division is mobilized, the concerned commanding officer shall activate the Area or Division Mobilization Plan, which shall incl ude: • Implementation of twelve-hour watche_ s. • Deferment of days off. • Consolidation of ·fixed post positions. * Alerting off-duty personnel. • Arranging an inventory of personnel and equipment remaining in the Area or division. • Preparing for the fulfillment of ECC requests for personnel and equipment. • Restricting the activities of units remaining in the Area or division to police work of major importance. 25 102.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHES DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is announced, on-duty watches shall be held over as follows: * All Area and traffic division commanding officers shall hold over off-going watdles. Off-going watches may be released only with the approval of the Department Commander. • Station supervisors or watctr"'t:Ommanders desiring to release off-going watches shall request approval through the ECC Personnel Officer. * The ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for securing the Department Commander's approval for releasing off-going watches and for sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. * A Mobilization cancellation teletype shall be considered authority to release off-going watches. * Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 102.07 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is initiated, personnel in mobilized Areas or divisions shall be activated as follows: • Station supervisors on duty in mobilized Areas or divisions shall cause notifications to be made to off duty officers assigned to their respective Areas or divisions. * When the offices of a mobilized Area or division are closed, off-duty personnel shall be notified as specified in the Area or Division Unusual Occurrence Plan. * In a Major Unusual Occurrence, the Department Commander may use the services of cooperating commercial radio and television stations to notify off-duty officers of the Mobilization. • When off-duty personnel are alerted, they shall be instructed to report to their Area or division of assign ment. Officers assigned to the Field Task Force shall continue reporting on-duty at their Area or division of assignment throughout the duration of the incident unless otherwise directed by their Field Task Force supervisor. • When practicable, commanding officers who are requested to commit personnel to the Field Task Force shall send officers assigned to an on-coming watch rather than officers who have been held over. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police· Department Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 B/102.08 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 102.08 MOBILIZATION WATCH ASSIGNMENTS. Area and other Office of Operations division commanding officers shall establish and maintain a Mobilization watch assignment roster and ensure that personnel of their commands are informed of individual assignments. All officers shal I be included except those on vacation, military leave, extended leave due to illness, or those otherwise not available during the deployment period. Assignments sh al I be structured so that 45 per cent of the uniformed officers comprise the "A" watch and 66 percint comprise the "B" watch. Note: The Department Commander is not precluded from reassigning personnel commensurate with the needs of an emergency. • Day watch officers should be assigned to the "A" watch and night watch officers to the "B" watch. Morning watch officers should be assigned to either the "A" or "B" watch to comply with the 45-55 percent ratio requirement. • Investigative personnel shall be assigned in a manner that allows for the augmentation of uniformed per sonnel, if necessary, and also to allow investigators to perform special functions related to UOs, e.g., Field Jail Unit. • The number of officers assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and the Available Reserve for each twelve-hour watch shall be computed and the Avail able Reserve reported as provided in B/102. 14. 26 July, 1978 Personnel Mobilization Plan 102.09 TWELVE-HOUR WATCHES. Each twelve-hour watch in a Mobilization shall be preceeded by a 3:) minute roll call period. The watch times shall be : • "A" Watch: 0630 - 1900 hours. • "B" Watch: 183:) - 0700 hours. - - -~ The watch times for the FCP Cadre shall be: • 0730 - 2000 hours. • 1930 - 0800 hours. Other watch hours may be established only with the approval of the Department Commander. In unusual situations the Department Commander may authorize watch hours in excess of twelve-hour shifts. 102.10 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A MOBILIZA TION. The "A" and "B" watches of a mobilized Area shall each be divided into a Minimum Operating Force and an Available Reserve. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department . I PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/102.14 102.11 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-MOBILIZA TION. The Minimum Operating Fore~ for an Area during a Mobilization shall consist of the following : • Approximately 50 percent of the uniformed officers and supervisors utilized in the smallest regularly-used car plan of the day and night watches. Minimum day and night watch personnel will be assigned to the ~•A" and "B" Watches respective I y. Nata: The Minimum Operating Force for a Mobi liza tion does not include vice, juvenile, and accident investigation or traffic enforcement personnel. • Those fixed post positions essential to Area operation. When practicable, these fixed post positions will be filled by light-duty officers. Example: A Mobilization occurs on Saturday night and Rampart Area is mobilized. The smallest regularly-used car plan on the night watch in this Area occurs on a Wednesday night. The Minimum Operating Force for Rampart's "B" Watch would then consist of 50 percent of the uniformed patrol officers and uniformed patrol ::>upervi$or s u~~d on a Wednesday night deployment, plLJs those positions essential to Area operations. 102.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-MOBILIZATION. The Available Reserve for an Area shall consist of the Area's on-duty officers except those assigned to the Field Task Force or the Area's Minimum Operating Force for a Mobilization. The Available Reserve includes Area vfce, juvenile, fixed posts, accident investigation and traffic enforcement personnel. If officers are assigned to the Field Task Force from the Available Reserve, the number assigned .will be subtracted from the original Available Reserve to determine. the current Available Reserve. Note: The Available Reserve for a Mobilization, des cribed above, differs from the Available Reserve during a Tactical Alert, which is described elsewhere in this chapter. 27 102.13 OTHER OFFICE OF OPERATIONS DIVISIONS. • Traffic Divisions. The Available Reserve for traffic divisions shall consist of all personnel who have not been assigned to the Field Task Force. • Investigative Divisions. The Available Reserves for investigative divisions, within the Office of Operations, shall consist of those officer~ in the division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and who are available for assignment to the UO Control Task Force. 102.14 REPORTING AVAILABLE RESERVE EACH DEPLOYMENT PERIOD. Office of Operations Area and division commanding officers shall report the number of officers assigned to the Available Reserve during a Mobilization to their bureau command ing officers and to Investigative Headquarters Division prior to the first day of each deployment period, as follows : * The report shall be submitted on an Intra-Departmental Correspondence, Form 15.2. * The report shall include the number of officers, by rank, who will be assigned to the Available Reserve for the coming deployment period. • A separate I isting shal I be made for each twelve-hour watch. • A separate listing shall be made for: patrol, vice, juvenile, and fixed posts; accident investigation; traffic enforcement; and investigative personnel. Example: West Los Angeles Area Twelve-Hour Watch Assignment Available Reserve Deployment Period No. 14 December 1 5, 1978 .,A,, Watch "B" Watch Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Patrol, Vice Juvenile, & Fixed Posts 8 35 10 43 A.I . . 7 9 T.E. 8 10 Invest. 4 2 5 Note: To provide an estimate of the potential strength of the Field Task Force, the Available Reserve, as re ported each deployment period, shall be based on the maxi~um number of available sworn personnel. 2 The ECC Personnel Officer will make a determination regarding the availability of personnel from each Are~ during a Mobilization. At that ~ime, pro~ler:r,s peculiar, to the UO will be considered prior to ass1gn1ng an Areas or division's Available Reserve to the Field Task Fore~. When an Area or division is mobilized, the predetermined Minimum Operating Force shall immediately become effective. Prior to the beginning of each twel~e-h~ur watch, line-ups shall be teletyped to Commun1cat1ons Division as prescribed in the Department Manual (3/224. 10). Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan July, 1978 B/102.15 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 102.15 SELECTION OF PERSONNEL. The personnel assigned to UO control should be highly qualified in police service. Selection of Task Force personnel should be predicated upon the following qualities: * Experience and job knowledge. • Exemplary work habits. • Physical stamina. * Emotional stability. * Fortitude. These characteristics are of increased importance when selecting supervisors. They should have all the qual ities necessary for p-olice officers and also those attributes which contribute to effective leadership. 102.16 FORMATION OF SQUADS IN A MOBILIZA- TION. In the application of Department tactics for Unusual Occurrences, certain situations will necessi tate the use of squads. In a Mobilization, when the Field Comrn~nd':'r indicates that squads will be used, the follow ing procedures shall apply : * When off-duty personnel are activated concerned station supervisors or watch command~rs shall arrange officers and supervisors into squads as they arrive for roll call. • The squads formed in the Area or division of assign ment shall be dispatched to the Assembly Area or other designated location as a unit. ·* Squad assignments shall, when practicable, continue unchanged throughout the duration of the Mobiliza tion. 28 March, 1976 ersonnel Mobilization Plan 102.17 LOCATION OF OFF-DUTY OFFICERS IN A MOBILIZATION. Off-duty personnel from mobilized Areas or divisions shall inform their station supervisor or watch commander of the telephone number or location where they can be contacted when they are going to be away from their homes for more than one hour. _ --~ 102.18 CANCELLATION OF A MOBILIZATION. Approval for the cancellation of a Mobil ization shall be obtained from the Department Commander. . When a M<?bilization has been cancel led, the ECC Per sonnel Officer shall cause the broadcast of the cancella tion by radio and teletype as follows: * The broadcast shall include the location of the occur rence and shall be directed to all involved Areas. * The radio broadcast shall be periodically repeated during the first two hours following the original cancellation broadcast. * The teletype shall include instructions for resuming normal activities. 102.19 NOTIFYING OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL OF A MOBILIZATION CANCELLATION. Upon receiving notification of a Mobilization cancellation commanding officers of mobilized Areas or divisions ~all e~surE: that their concerned off-duty personnel, ,nc/udmg those loaned or temporarily assigned to their command, are immediately notified of the cancellation. In the event mobilized personnel need to be billeted in Department-selected facilities, the ECC Personnel Officer shall notify them when the Mobilization is cancelled. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department .. 8/200. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL ACCOUNTING 201. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL ACCOUNTING. Unusual Occurrence personnel accounting procedures are designed to facilitate the organization and deployment of personnel assigned to the UO Control Task Force during an Unusual Occur rence. Use of the UO Assignment Card, Form 14.12, and the UO Time Card, Form 14.13 (red), or Form 14.1;4_ (blue), ensures proper control and accountabil ity of signed personnel. 202. .,;: PERSONNEL ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES GENERAL. 202.01 COLLECTING UO TIME CARDS AND ASSIGN- MENT TO DUTY. Those officers charged with personnel accounting responsibilities within the Emergency Control Center (ECC), the Intelligence Control Center (ICC) , the Casualty Information Center (CIC), and the Field Command Post (FCP), (See Chapter A/300) , shall : • Collect the UO Time Cards from responding personnel. • Complete the Dateffime Assigned to UO portion of the Time Card. Note: All portions of the UO Time Card below the double black line shall be completed only by officers responsible for the accounting of personnel assigned to the UO Control Task Force. • Assign personnel to positions within the ECC, ICC, CIC and FCP, and to squads within the field force in accordance with preplanned cadre rosters and/or the directions established by appropriate commanding officers or OIC's. When practicable, personnel assigned to the Ready Reserve should be formed into squads to expedite assignment to active duty. Note: Whenever possible, a squad should be com prised of personnel from the same Area or division of assignment. If this is not practical and personnel from different Areas or divisions are assigned to the same squad, that squad should remain intact for that tour of duty. • Check the appropriate assignment box and record the assignment designation on each officer's UO Time Card. 29 B/202.02 202.02 FIELD TASK FORCE ASSIGNMENT RECORDS. In addition to collect ing UO T ime Cards and assigning personnel, the FCP Personnel Pool Officer shall : • Establish a file for each of the following three cate gories : • Ready Reserve. * Assigned. * End of Watch. * Complete a UO Assignment Card, Form 14.12, for each squad or FCP section or unit, e.g., Logistics, Personnel, etc., using information obtained from the UO Time Cards. • Alphabetize the UO Time Cards of each squad or unit by the officers' last names and file the cards with the UO Assignment Card in the Assigned file in order of unit designation. When no assignments are pending, file the UO Time Cards alphabetical ly in the Ready Reserve file by Area or division, or with the UO Assignment Cards if the officers are assigned to a squad held in reserve. • Give the UO Assignment Card soft copy to the squad leader or OIC of the FCP section ind icated on the card. • When Ready Reserve personnel receive assignments: • Check the appropriate assignment box and record the assignment designation on each officer's UO Time Card. * Complete a UO Assignment Card (if not previously done). * File the UO Time Cards and UO Assignment Cards in the Assigned file by squad or unit designation. • When personnel completing an assignment return to the Staging Area and are not EOW, remove the time cards from the Assigned file and place them as a squad in the Ready Reserve f ile, along with the UO Assignment Card. • Ensure that the appropriate UO Assignment Card is modified as personnel are added to, or removed from, assigned squads, squads organized within the Ready Reserve, or FCP units and sections. • Recurrently cause a survey to be made of Ready Reserve personnel to determine the ratio of sergeants to police officers. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Unusual Occurrence Personnel Accounting January, 1976 B/202.03 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE PERSONNEL ACCOUNTING 202.03 ECC, CIC, AND ICC ASSIGNMENT RECORDS. In addition to collecting UO Time Cards ard assigning personnel , the officers responsible for personnel accounting within the ECC, CIC, and ICC shall: • Establish a file for each of the following : • Assigned Personnel. • End of Watch. • Complete a roster of assignments for all personnel within their assigned element. Include in the roster the date; names, personnel serial number, position assigned, iime assigned, and such other information established by regular standard operating procedures within the ECC, ICC, or CIC. • Alphabetize the UO Time Cards by officers' last names and file in the Assigned file, together with the assignment roster. 30 202.04 END OF WATCH-PROCEDURES FOR ALL UO CONTROL TASK FORCE ELEMENTS. When personnel have gone EOW, the officers responsible for personnel accounting shall : • Remove the UO Time Cards of relieved personnel from either the Ready Reserve or the Assigned file. • Record the EOW time in the Date/Time Released UO portion of the UO Time Card. ·· • Complete the Name of Officer Releasing from UO Duty and Serial Number portions of the UO Time Card. * Place the time cards alphabetically in the EOW file by Area or division. (This file shall be retained for refer ence material). • Complete the Officer releasing squad, date and time portion of the UO Assignment Card. * File the UO Assignment Card or assignment roster in the EOW file. • During each tour of duty, ensure that total hours and overtime hours have been computed on the preceding watches' UO Time Cards in the EOW file. • Compute the total hours and overtime hours on the UO Time Cards of the current watch if the Tactical Alert or Mobilization is terminated' during that tour of duty. Note: The time shall be computed to the nearest tenth of an hour increment in decimal form. (Example: One hour and twelve minutes shall be recorded as 1.2 hours.) * If a UO continues for more than two watches, ensure that all EOW UO Time Cards and UO Assignment Cards and rosters are retained in the EOW file for at least 12 hours after EOW. Example: Remove the EOW "A" watch UO Time Cards and UO Assignment Cards from the EOW file when the "A" watch reports for duty the following day. • At the conclusion of the UO, forward completed UO Assignment Cards, assignment rosters, and UO Time Cards to .Tactical Planning Section, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. 203. TACTICAL PLANNING SECTION-RESPON SIBILITIES. Tactical Planning Section shall : • Code UO Time Cards for data processing. • Forward the coded UO Time Cards to Data Service Bureau for machine tabulation. • After receiving the tabulated information from Data Service Bureau, forward the information to Department personnel responsible for writing the history of the Unusual Occurrence. • Maintain a file of UC-related hours worked by Police Department personnel for future reference. • Maintain control of the used UO Assignment Cards and assignment rosters for one year for the purpose of evidence or possible civil action, after which time they may be destroyed. Nor.: UO Time Cards and related matching tabulations (computer printouu) will be available to concerned com manding officers for purposes such as the preparation of reports and verification of timekeeping. Th is information may be requested telephonic:ally from Tactical Planning Section, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. January, 1976 Unusual Occurrence Personnel Accounting Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 8/900. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE (UO) AFTER-ACTION REPORTING PROCEDURES 901. OFFICE AND BUREAU-SPECIAL RESPON- SIBILITY. As directed by the Direct.or, Office of Operations, either the concerned Office or bureal.j shall prepare a report of the UO-related activities of the Areas, divisions, and other units of their command. 102. CRITIQUES. When directed by his commanding officer, each officer of the rank of sergeant or higher who was directly involved in UO-related activities shall prepare a critique and submit it to his commanding officer. Upon being directed by a supervisor, each officer and civilian involved shall prepare a separate critique and submit it to the concerned supervisor. Copies of all critiques shall be forwarded to the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. The critique shall include, but need not be limited to : • An appraisal of procedures used in the officer's or civilian's assignment. • A stat3ment evaluating the effectiveness of the effort while operating within established procedures. • Recommendations for changes in procedures. 903. UO AFTER-ACTION REPORT. This report · shall be prepared subsequent to a UO and shall document the activities of any individual , unit, or agency involved in the control of an Unusual Occurrence. Note: The ttStablishment of a Field Command Post by • Field Commander to deal with a problem is not a UO unltJG there is an associated Tactical Alert or mobilization. For example: barricaded suspects, assisting the Fire Depart ment, missing children, major TA's, explosions, or civil disturbances which may involve a Field Command Post but where there was not a Tactical Alert or Mobilization, are not UO's and do not require a UO After-Action Report. 31 904. OPERATIONS BUREAUS. If more than one operations bureau is involved in the control of a UO, the Director, Office of Operations, shall designate a bureau commanding officer to be responsible for the investigation and after-action reporting of the UO. Note: When other bureaus or divisions provide personnel to perform distinct or specialired functions in the control of a UO. each commanding officer shall direct the appro priate personnel within his command to prepare a UO After-Action Report concerning their activities. A copy of the report(s) shall be sent to the concerned Area commanding officer in addition to the regular distribu tion (8/907). 905. AREAS. The concerned Area commanding officer shall have the responsibility for the coordination, preparation, and distribution of the after action report(s) . Note~ When the UO involves a region affecting two or more Areas, the concerned bureau commanding officer shall designate which Area commanding officer will be responsible for the investigation and report(s) . 906. UO AFTER-ACTION REPORT-FORMAT. The UO After-Action Report shall include the follow ing section headings : • Type of Occurrence. • Field Command Post Information. • Chronological Narration . • Crimes and Arrests. • Deaths and Injuries. • Property Damage. • Personnel . • Logistics. • Critique. 906.01 TYPE OF OCCURRENCE. The UO After-Action Report shall have a section describing the type of Unusual Occurrence. This section shall include, but need not be limited to, the following : • ThtJ type of occurrence; such as a demonstration, fire, or flood. Sponsoring groups or persons involved in the UO should be included, when applicable. • A bri•f background/int.Jligence summary. • The location of the Unusual Occurrence, including the affected Area(s) and perimeter(sl. • The dar.(s), times, and duration of the Unusual Occur rence. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Unusual Occurrence After-Action Reporting Procedures May, 1976 B/906.02 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE (UO) AFTER-ACTION REPORTING PROCEDURES '°6.02 FIELD COMMAND POST INFORMATION. This section shall include the following : • location of the Field Command Post and, when appli- cable, the location of Satellite Command Posts. • The Field Command Post staffing level during the UO. • The mobi'- command post vehicles used during the UO. • The w«ch IChedule during the UO. 906.03 CHRONOLOGICAL NARRATION. The UO After-Action Report shall contain a chronological narration of all significant events related to the Unusual Occurrence. Special emphasis should be placed on police strategy and tactics. 906.04 CRIMES AND ARRESTS. The UO After-Action Report shall contain a section dealing with UO related crimes and arrests. Arrest information shall be reported in the following manner : * Felony arrestees shall be categorized by sex and age (adult/juvenile) and listed alphabetically with the charge and booking number. * Misdemeanor arrestees shall be categorized by sex and age (adult/juvenile) and listed alphabetically with the charge and booking number. 906.05 DEATHS AND INJURIES. This section of the UO After-Action Report shall contain sig'nificant information concerning all UO-related deaths and injuries. Included in this section shall be a statistical summary of the total number of deaths and injuries. The summary should be presented in the following order: * Department Personnel. * Other Agencies. * Civilians. Following the statistical summary, there should be a description of the circumstances surrounding each death or injury. The description hould include the name(s) (listed alphabetically), loc I0n where the death or injury occurred, the cause and type of death or injury, and, when applicable, the Coroner's Case Number. Include the serial number and Area or division of assignment after the individual's name when listing Department personi 1el as casualtiP,s. 32 May, 1976 Unusual Occurrence After-Action Reporting Procedures 906.06 PROPERTY DAMAGE. When applicable, the UO After-Action Reports shall have a section listing all property damage. City property shall be listed separately from all other property damage. A monetary estimate of all damage shall be included. 906.07 PERSONNEL. The UO After-Action Report shall have a section recording the following information: * The number of sworn and civilian Department per sonnel, by rank and regular assignment, who were assigned to the l.)0 Control Task Force. * The deployment of UO-Control Task Force personnel. * The total manhours expended, by rank, for sworn and civilian personnel. Straight time shall be recorded separately from overtime. * Total cost for sworn and civilian personnel , by rank, providing separate cost figures for straight time and overtime. Note: Assistance to determine personnel costs for an Unusual Occurrence may be obtained from the Tactical Planning Section, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group. 906.08 LOGISTICS. The UO After-Action Report shall have a section for the recording of all Derart ment equipment and supplies used during the UO. The costs incurred in the use of Department equipment and the cost of expended logistical items shall be included in this section. 906.09 -CRITIQUE. The UO After-Action Report shall contain a section for evaluation of operations and procedures used during the Unusual Occurrence. This section of the report should include suggestions for modi fying procedures and/or operations and suggestions for training when applicable. This section shall represent a compilation of all critiques related to the UO. 907. UO AFTER-ACTION REPORT-DISTRIBUTION. A ,.opy ut thu rnpu, I :,Ii.all l,c l11tWJrdmJ llJ lhu Oftkv of thtt Chief of Polkc, the Uirt.:clOr, Oftkc of ()peratioos; the commanding uffi,: t:1 u1 the concerned operations burt:au; and the Co1111t1d1HJing Offic~r. Head quarters Uniformed Servict!S G, ouµ. Th~ report will be Uitid for analysis and con:.idtHdtion i11 the d~veloprnent of planning and training for the c:or, trul of tutu re UousucJI Occurrences. The UO After-Action Hepou st .. 111 ~ submitt~ within seven days following the conclusion ot the UO. When the UO continues for mortt than one day, d i,y·nopsis of significant information compilt.tt.J und~r the various s~tion headings of the UO After-Action Report Format, for each day of the UO, shall be detivered to the Office of the Chief of Police; the Director, Office of Operations; the commanding officer of the concw~d operations bureau; and the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group, no later than 0900 hours the following day. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department - -~ 0/300. DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 301. GENERAL. The Department distinguishes between disasters and other emergencies; the difference can be attributed to degree. Although all disasters are emergencies, not al I emergencies are disasters. Disalten are calamities which threaten or effect extraordinary loss of life and/or property. At times the magnitude is such that a Major Unusual Occurrence. exists-and Department personnel are mobilized. Otten, other City departments and outside agencies and organizations are utilized in the control effort. Other ....,gencies involve potential or actual pers-.r),'.".! injury and/or property loss. At times the Depanr:1ent will declare a Tactical Alert and other City departments and outside agencies and organizations are utilized in the control effort. Disasters severely test this Department's ability to protect lives and property, maintain order, and preserve the peace. Few occurrences generate as much pub I ic attention as an incident of disastrous magnitude. Con sequently, it is essential that officers not oniy conduct themselves in a professional manner, but also demonstrate through their actions that degree of expertise which engenders public approval and confidence. At the scene of an emergency a police officer should promptly recognize the gravity of an existing or potential danger. The manner used to request personnel and equipment, organize and deploy responding units, and coordinate police activities with those of other public service entities will assist in the fulfillment of Department responsibilities and needs of the situation if done effectively and knowledgeably. During a disaster or other emergency, the objectives of this Department's command strategy and control tactics are to restore conditions to normal as rapidly and efficiently as possible. The total control effort will be enhanced when the Department expedites the emergency operations of other agencies and organiza tions which have the primary responsibility to combat or alleviate the effects of the occurrence. As a rule, these agencies and organizations cannot operate with maximum effectiveness until the Department has performed some initial control measures. The control tactics employed must take into account priorities, alternatives, and costs. They will depend upon the type and magnitude of the situation, personnel and equipment available, number of persons affected, and the extent of damage. The tactics outlined in this chapter must be vi8'Ned as guidelines. Although somewhat detailed, it is impossible to prescribe for every conceivable action or procedure. To meet unusual situations the use of unconventional methods, tempered by sound judgment and past experience, can be invaluable. Officers must, however, ensure that at all times their actions and conduct are within Department accepted standards (The Depart- ment Manual 1 /200.). · 303. INITIAL RESPONSE. No two disasters or other emergencies will be identical, but there are guidelines appropriate for the range of potential situations. The four primary tasks of the first officers on the scene are: • Observing. • Estimating the situation. * Communicating the situation estimate. * Establishing on-scene com~and. Generally, only if these four tasks have been completely and thoroughly executed should officers become involved in actual control measures, rescue, or other related activities. 303.01 SITUATION ESTIMATE. At the scene of an actual or potential emergency the gathering of information is one of the primary steps toward eventual control. This compilation of facts as perceived by an officer is termed a situation estimate. In most instances there will be limited time for a detailed analysis; however, a perceptive estimate of the situation could be essential to a successful termination of the emergency. Depending upon the type and magnitude of the emergency, immediate control tactics may or may not be effected; nonetheless, the forwarding of a situation estimate to Communications Division, or other appropriate entity, should be foremost in an officer's mind. The situation estimate should include: * Location of the emergency. · • Type of emergency. * Size of the involved area (both actual and potential). * Number of casualties. • Type of structure(s) involved. * Weather conditions. * Assistance required (police, fire, public utility, etc.). Note: Officers investigating an incident that is, or may be, of unusual concern to the Department, or which requires major police action, shall notify the Administrative Information Unit, Detective Headquarters Division. The senior officer at the scene of such an incident shall be responsible for making the notifications as soon as practicable. The first supervisor becoming aware of the incident shall ensure that the notification is made (The Department Manual 4/214.50). Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters &-Other Emergencies September 1979 33 D/303.02 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES l03.02 ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE. When the magnitude of the emergency requires _jditional personnel, a request must be made without delay. They should be instructed to report to a designated staging area and not the scene of the occurrence. Generally, the unit making the request for personnel should remain available to direct units arriving at the staging area. Additionally, a supervisor should be requested. Pending the supervisor's arrival, the senior officer present determines the need for additional assistance frorn the appropriate agency equipped to combat the emergency, e.g., the Fire Department or the Department of Water and Po'Ner. In any request or notification, information regarding closed or hazardous routes, or other pertinent information, should be included. 303.03 FIELD COMMAND POST. When a Field Command Post (FCP) is necessary, the senior officer present selects an appropriate site ~ccordirig ~o perti11ent site selection factors (D/003.04 and Checklist-Field Command Post, LAPD Form 14.15). Weather conditions are of particular importance when selecting an FCP site. When warranted, a weather fore cast should be obtained prior to determining a location, especially when the Department's Mobile Command Fleet is to be deployed. A change in wind direction during a fire, or an increase in precipitation during floods, may endanger the FCP and necessitate its relocation. When another emergency service has the primary control responsibility, consideration should be given to locating the Department FCP in close proximity to the command ost established by that agency. This will assist · aison and promote unity of effort. 303.04 ORGANIZATION LIAISON. Liaisoo must be established with the Emergency Control Center (ECC}, if activated, and with other agencies and organizations participating in the control effort (A/305.01 and A/321.). Each agency is normally · aware of the capabilities, responsibilities, duties. and jurisdictional limitations of other participating entities; however, liaison is essential to prevent duplication of effort, confusion, and unnecessary delay. 305. EVACUATION-GENERAL. Disasters and other emergencies require a prompt commit• ment from all concerned emergency services. When it is determined that an evacuation is required , and this Department is responsible for its issuance, the warning must be timely. Additionally, it must be precise in content and given ia . ., authQritative manner. W'len convey~ th.t warni~. manifon must be paid 10 the fact that while the City's main concern in an emergency is the preservation of life, those displaced from their homes may be experiencing no smal I amount of inconvenience, anxiety, and f•r. Officers, aware of this and professional fn their conduct, will be able to minimize resentment and gain citizen cooperation. 305.01 EVACUATION-LEGAL AUTHORITY. The Los Angeles Police and Fire Departments share concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation within the City. The authority for both agencies to close an area and order an evacuation is found in : Penal Code, Section 409. 5: the Los Angeles City-Charter, Sections 131 and 132; the Los Angeles Municipal Code, Section 57.01 .21; and the Los Angeles Administrative Code, Section 22.224. Notwithstanding the authority vested in both departments by these codes, the practical matter is that emergencies are managed better by the agency charged with the prirpary control rnponsibility. Field Commanders must view the type of emergency as the factor determining which department should order an evacuation. The Fire Departrne'1t Incident Commander (Ge:ieral Provisions - OOG. i mus· be allowed to exercise his professional judy'.Tle!"lt at an emergency that is, in the main, an incident for which the Fire Department has primary control responsibility. At a police emergency, the expertise ,;f the F,eId Commander must be given the sarne ::onsideration. However, when primary control force personnel are unavailable to render a decision regarding evacuation, sufficient legal authority exists for personnel at the scene. whether po1ice or fire, to make the detemiriation. 306.D2 TYPES OF EVACUATION. There are two types of evacuation warnings. Implementation of one or the other is depe, ldent upon the actual or potential danger to the affected population as determined by the officer-in<harge of the primary ct>ntrol force. The two types are: • Voluntary Ewecuation. ·This is a. warning to persons within the dosed area that a 1hr•t to life and property exists. Individuals itiued this type of warning are not required to evacuate. • Mlndatofy Ewacuetion. This is I warning to persons within the closed area thlt 1n imminent threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning muit eYICUlte in accordance with the directives of the officer-i~gc (0/305.04). March 1983 Disasters & 0th• Emergencies Tactical Manual, L01 Angeles Police Department 34 ., - DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/305.04 306.03 EVACUATION PLAN. After the Field Command Post is activated and the need for evacuation becomes apparent, the FCP Planning Unit, under direction of the Operations Officer, should formulate an evacuation plan (A/337.). Urgency, population density, possible evacuation routes, and terrain must be considered when selectfng the means to .effect the warning. In most situations, the evacuation plan will incorporate IICtorif'g (D/005.02). This tactic subdivides the evacuated . araa into sectors, zones, and beats. To effect the ..-:uation warning, officers should be assigned to sub divisions nearest the actual emergency outward until the entire area to be evacuated is covered. 305.04 EVACUATION WARNING. The means used to effect the warning will, of course, depend upon particuJar circumstances. Ideally, there will be enough time for radio and television stations to broadcast the required information. Additionally, with sufficient time available, the warning should be distributed in writing. Such a warning could include pertinent information, such as: • Type of evacuation (mandatory - voluntary). • Best avai1able route(s) out of the area. • Location of evacuation centers, if established. • Anticipated duration of emergency. • Time remaining before the situation becomes critical. However, if the situation is urgent, officers may use the public address systems on their vehicles, or other vehicles so equipped. A house-to-house check of the evacuated area will usually be necessary to make certain that all residents are notified. Officers have fulfilled the Department's responsibility upori notifying persons of the danger. It would be Questionable judgment to force an occupant from his residence when, after being notified, he states that he wishes to remain and protect his property, e.g., brush fire and flood emergencies. Additional verbal persuasion should be employed when a life endangering situation is imminent. If this tactic proves unsua:essful, the officer should obtain the name and address from the person and forward this information to the FCP Operations Officer as soon as ~ble. · ... 11;· ... . Note: There may be an occasion when it will be absolutely necessary to remove an occupant from a closed area. In such instances there is· sufficient legal authority to make a" arrest when a resident does not comply after receiving a mandatory evacuation warning (D/305.01 and E/801 .01 ). Anyone attempting to toc:ate an ir.dividual thought to be inside the evacuated e,ea should be advised to telephone the party and then check the evacuation centers and Red Cross facilities, if established. It they are unable to locate the individual, officers should then check with the FCP to determine if the concerned residence has been notified and, if notified, whether the resident refused to evacuate. If still unable to locate the person, the residence may then be checked by a police unit. This procedure will prevent a potentially dangerous trip into the closed area. Tactical Man~I, Loi Angeles Pol ice Department Disasters & Other Eme1 gee des September, 19 79 35 D/305.05 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENClES 305.05 EVACUATION CENTERS. In each Area Earthquake Response Plan, there should be a Jf locations that could be used for evacuation cen,ers. . , ,1en the need arises for an evacuation center and a school facility is deemed most appropriate, prioritv should be given first to high schools and secondly to junior high schools. Many of these schools have the necessary sanitary facil ities to handle large numbers of people. Additionally, some have cooking facilities that may be utilized to feed evacuees. Other locations that may be utilized for ewc:uation centers include: • National Guard armories. • Large warehouses. • Parks and other large open areas. enerally, press releases and sig-alerts regarding evacuation enter locations should only be made after ample t ime has been allo'M:Ki for personnel to arrive, open, and staff the location. If time does not permit, evacuees should be directed to an "initial evacuation point" and reassigned to a permanent center at a later time. Pol ice personnel ~hou!d immediately be dispatched to this "init ial evacuation point" to register evacuees and remain until Red Cross personnel ~rrive and relieve them. Site selection factors that must be considered prior to determining a location for an evacuation center include the: • Safety of the area. • Urgency of the situation. • Number of persons to be evacuated. • Distance from the evacuated area to the proposed evacuation center. • Availability of transportation. .\nticipated duration of the emergency. Nota: Regardless of the site selected, the Red Cross Iha/I be notified as they are the agency having legal responsibility for the care of displaced persons. 305.06 NOTIFICATION REQUIRED FOR THE USE OF CITY SCHOOLS. To obtain the use of a Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) facility, notify the LAUSD Security Watch Commander (62&6631 or 62&6636) and identify the facility requested. A school security patrol unit will be dispatched with the appropriate keys. This procedure is operative on a 2~hour basis and requires no further LAUSD notification. · 805.07 EVACUEE-TRANSPORTATION. After re ceiving an evacuation warning , some residents may not have the means available to transport themselves ~nd their families to an evacuation center. When the need arises , the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) buses should be considered. If needed , the Depart ment has a.number of police buses available. nequests to utilize Department buses should be d1re~l~~ ' '=' :,c:: tective Headquarters Division , Administratlve fnformation Unit: Debris and other obstructions may impede the movement of vehicles in the evacuated area. Such cond itions may require that evacuees board buses on the periphery of the area. Consequently, officers giving evacuation warnings should be kept informed of the locations where evacuees may assemble to obtain transportation. 305.08 AMERICAN NATIONAL RED CROSS. The American National Red Cross provides relief for persons affected by disaster including food , clothing, and lodging; supplemental medical and nursing assistance; various family services; and rehabilitation. During disa$ters the Red Cross operates independently of, but coordinates with, local government. Recognizing that warning, rescue, and evacuation are governmental responsi bilities, the Red Cross may, within its capabilities, assist in these functions (D/305.05) . Frequently, the Red Cross provides assistance to large numbers of people on a mass care basis; when possible. however, it prefers to deal directly with each family on an individual basis. 305.09 ~AL VATION ARMY. The Salvation Army is one of the principal agencies involved in disaster relief. To better augment this service it has entered into agreements with gowmmental and private agencies so that through cooperation, each may better serve in time of disaster. The Salvation Army can, within the limits of its personnel and fiscal capabilities, provide mobile feeding for disaster victims and emergency workers, emergency housing, medical assistance, referrals to appropriate gowmment and private agencies for special services required by victims, and other services as required. 306.10 ANIMAL CONTROL. The control and welfare of animals may be a concern during an evacuation. A large animal population is found collectively in private residences, animal shelters, riding stables, residential neighborhoods zoned for horses, zoos, and research fac ilities. A disaster or other emergency may result in the release of these animals. Such a situation may endanger the public, interfere with fire or rescue operations, and increase public safety, health, and sanitation problems. Many animals become highly agitated during periods of stress and have to be cared for, confined, or relocated. The Animal Care and Control Division of the Los Angeles Department of Animal Regulation has the primary responsi bility for the control of stray animals during such times. The Humane Society also responds to emergencies. They haw portable corrals and hone trailers as well as a large corps of volunteers that will remOYe and care for endangered animals. · Information regarding sites where animals may be temporarily boarded can be found In the Emergency Equipment Books 24A and 248, normally assigned to Detectiw Headquarters Division. Nota: The Emergency Equipment Books are reassigned to the Emergency Control Center when the ECC is activated. September, 1979 Oltaten & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 36 • DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/306.03 306. ENTRY INTO INVOLVED/CLOSED AREA. Control of the perimeter around an emergency is one of the primary concerns of the Field or Incident Commander. Additionally, the department assuming the role as the primary control force has the responsibility to determine whether public access will be allowed into the endangered area and, if allowed, what the criteria will be for entry. To ensure that decisions and communica tions regarding this matter are fully understood, both dep~_ i:tr:nents should utilize liaison officers. 308.01 TYPES OF ACCESS. The type of access (General Provisions - 006.) will depend upon the COl"lditions as viewed by the Field or Incident Commander. His determination to establish a perimeter must be coupled with a decision regarding public access. The two options available are: • No-Access. Prohibits unauthorized persons from entering the closed area. • Umited·Access. Allows persons into the closed area according to the criteria established by the Field or Incident Commander. When the determination has been made to establish no access, expected Police Department actions would include: • Establishing the perimeter and control points of the closed area. • Enforcing the provisions of Penal Code Section 409.5, and other appropriate laws. • Warning residents and directing evacuees and concerned persons to evacuation centers. • Aiding/rescuing endangered persons. • Patrolling the interior (when possible). When the determination is made to establish limited-access, in addition to the above actions, the Depart'"!lent would: • Issue Temporary Emergency Passes and monitor the number of people allowed into the closed area. 306.02 ENTRY CRITERIA. Entry criteria must be established by the Field or Incident Commander if it is determined that limited access will be allowed through the perimeter. The entry critera defines those persons who will be allowed through the perimeter and whether motor vehicles are to be restricted. As a practical matter, selected persons may be admitted entry, especially those who could reduce the volume of duties assigned to officers and those who could assist in restoring the involved area to normal. These persons may include: • Residents with valid identification. • Public utility employees. • Persons with press passes. • Owners, managers, end employees of businesses located therein. Persons meeting the entry criteria who are without valid ~ passes should be issued a Temporary Emergency , form 14.40 (B/1400. and D/005.05). The issuance of Temporary Emergency Passes at the perimeter should be avoided. It would be advisable to select a location where • certmn amount of congestion would not adversely affect the control effort, e.g., Area stations or fire Department stations. 306.03 FIRE LINE PASSES. The Los Angeles Fire Department, Board of Fire Comm issioners, issues Fire Line Passes to citizens to : • Recognize and identify pass holders as members of the community who have demonstrated an active and constructive interest toward the Fire Department's aims, programs, and operations. • Provide Police and Fire Department personnel at the scene of a Fire Department emergency with a means of identifying pass holdersas members of the community who merit Fire Department recognition and cooperation. • Provide pass holders with a firsthand opportun ity to observe and learn the Fire Department's emergency operations and program. There are presently three categories of passes: • One-year pass (blue). * Four-year pass (blue) . • Lifetime pass (white). FIRE LINE PASS PASS NO. PRESIDENT L I F E T I M E Fire Line Pass holders have been informed of their responsibilities under Los Angeles City Charter sections 131 and 132. They are also aware that possession of a Fire Line Pass does not relieve them from the responsi bility to avoid interference with emergency control operations at the scene of an emergency. Any abuse of Fire line Pass use should be reported directly to the LAFD Community Liaison Officer. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department Disasters & Other Emergencies October, 1979 37 DfJ07. DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES 307. RESCUE. A crucial determinant of how many lives are saved in an emer~ncy is .the speed with which entrapped and/or injured victims are located. rescued, and administered medical treatment. Heavy or special equipment may be required for the rescue of victims trapped in multi-story structures, the removal of debris from ingress and egr-sss routes, and instances of massive structural failure. This major effort requires a coordinated response.from police and fire departments, public works agencies, and commercial equipment operators. The Emergency Equipment Books 24A and 248, normally assigned to Detective Headquarters Division, provide a listing of private companies having access to equipment that may be required during an emergency. Note: The Emergency Equipment Books 24A and 24B are reassigned to the ECC when the ECC is activated. When an emergency results in injuries to large numbers of people, public and private ambulance services may be required. Ambulances must be requested and instructed to respond to the involved area via safe ingress routes. In such instances an aerial survey is the most advantageous manner to assess routes available for emergency transpor tation (D/317.01). Note: An officer shall use whatever means necessary and reasonable to assist persons in immediate danger. Preservation of human life shall remain uppermost in an officer's mind; however, officers should refrain from moving the seriously injured except under extreme conditions. Ideally, this task is accomplished by trained medical personnel. The followinij summarizes the actions required in an effective rescue operation: • Notify necessary emergency services. • Identify and maintain ingress and egress routes ·to and from the involved area. • Search damaged structures. • Assist with rescue of trapped victims. • Request ambulances and medical personnel. • Request equipment for debris removal. • Maintain liaison with the ECC, if activated. 310. PSYCHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL REACTIONS. In a major disaster there may not ~ a Su1ficient number of emergency service personnel to deal with the myriad problems that invariably arise. In such instances it is desirable to gain the voluntary coopera ti_o~ and assista~ of the citizens involved. However, v1ct1ms who have suffered loss or injury may display anger or resentment toward pol ice officers. Others may be incapable of helping themselves, much less their neighbors. An understanding of the psychological and physiological ~tions that disaster victims undergo will be useful to officers. The general categories of individual reactions are outlined ir. the following NCtions. 310.01 NORMAL REACTION. Even under extra- ordinarily trying circumstances, some people are able to remain remarkably calm. A majority, howeYer, show some physical symptoms of stress such as perspiring, trembling, weakness, and nausea. These reactions are usually temporary and most regain their composure soon after the initial impact. 310.02 DEPRESSED OR APATHETIC REACTION. During an emergency some individuals will act numb and confused , appearing puzzled or preoccupied with their experience. When spoken to they may not respond and often seem to be completely devoid of any emotional reaction. Without guidance they are unable to help them ~!v~ ~nd often cannot complete a task requiring 1n1t1at1ve. Less depressed or apathetic individuals may be assisted rather quickly. A short time spent with a small group so effected may motivate them. Officers should communicate encouragement in a positive, firm, and resolute manner. Time limitations will probably prevent much attention being given to any specific individual but, if only a few people begin to function . normally, others may tend to rouse themselves and become more agreeable to self-help suggestions. 310.03 OVERACTIVE REACTIONS. In contrast to the victims described in 310.02, others may react with a flurry of activity that may appear purposeful at first glance, but is soon recognized as unproductive. Overstressed individuals often engage in irrelevant activities or exhibit rigid stereotyped behavior and experience a loss of discriminative skill and mental efficiency. They often talk rapidly , spread rumors, and make suggestions or demands that have little value. An illusory confidence in their abilitie~ causes them to be · relatively intolerant of any ideas but their own. Many criticize what they regard as the stupidity of the authorities and are outspoken against groups or persons they blame for the situation. Such scapegoating is contagious and if allowed to spread could worsen the situation. Every effort should be made to dissuade such persons from voicing destructive opinions. These individuals should be encouraoed to devote their excessive energies to a constructive end, i.e., encouragement should be in I positive, firm, and resolute manner. 310.04 PHYSIOLOGICAL REACTIONS. Some bodily reactions have been previously discussed and are not considered abnormal. More serious and sustained bodily reactions can be disabling and it is important to recognize their significance. Conversion hysteria is a type of physical disability basically different from the disorders mentioned. It should not be confused with the condition of wild excitement usually labeled "hysteria". An individual suffering from conversion hysteria unconsciously converts great anxiety into a strong belief that some part of his body has ceased to function. Though physically unimpaired, he may be unable to see, hear, or even speak. All sensory feeling may disappear from one or more limbs. The development of such symptoms reduces the overwhelming anxiety previously felt. Such casualties should not be interpreted as malingering. They are unaware that no physical basis for their symptoms exists, but are as disabled as though having sustained a physical injury. It should not be difficult to talk calmly with such individuals althou~ it may be impossible to immediately relieYe their discomforts whether manifested by nausea, vomiting, palpitations, rapid tnathing, hysterical blindness, deafness, or paralysis. A sympathetic attitude regarding their disability may help them ragain their composure and ability to function. October, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, 1;.01 Angeles Police Department 38 I DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/312.02 310.05 INDIVIDUAL PANIC. It is well known that a few panic stricken individuals can cause the mass flight of a crowd. The outstanding characteristic of panic is an unreasoned estimation of the situation. Individual panic may be recognized by uncontr.olled weeping or purposeless motor behavior. Situations most conducive to this type of behavior occur when known means of escape are believed to be threatened. Sheer horror may cause a similar reaction. The sight of a close friend or family member suffering injury may bring on wildly disorganized behavior in certain persons, even if they themselves have 1Uffered little or no physical" injury. Panic stricken individuals are explosive in their behavior and it is difficult to get their attention. Their early removal from the scene is imperative as they often provide the ingredient for general panic. The means of accomplishing this depends to a large extent on the facilities available. Firmness (command presence) should be tried first. If this approach fails an officer should obtain necessary assistance to control the individual. As a rule, physical force not only fails to control a panic stricken individual, · but usually increases the anxiety of others who may be on the verge of a similar reaction. Discretion should be exercised or the situation may quickly degenerate. 312. MAJOR MEDICAL EMERGENCIES. A wide ranging disaster may cause numerous injuries and/or fatalities. To reduce loss of life and aggravation of injuries, Department personnel should be cognizant of the emergency medical services and support activities available. 312.01 CASUAL TY INFORMATION CENTER. During an Unusual Occurrence likely to involve numerous injuries or deaths, or at the direction of the Department Commander, the Officer-in-Charge, Headquarters Section, Detective Headquarters Division, shall activate the Casualty Jnformation Center (CIC). The CIC provides a centralized location for the recordation of all LIO-related casualities (A/317). 312.02 MEDICAL ALERT CENTER. The Medical Alert Center (MAC), County Department of Health Services, is located in the County-USC Medical Center and is staffed on a 24-hour basis. Its primary mission is to organize the immediate and appropriate response of medical support resources for emergencies occurring in Los Angeles County. MAC has the capacity to mobilize the resources of the Department of Health Services, the Los Angeles County Medical Association, the Hospital Council of Southern California, and other health/medical oriented organizations. It also provides assistance and guidance for incidents requiring paramedic teams, triage teams, and radiological monitoring teams. The Medical Alert Center maintains information regarding the status and capabilities of triage teams (D/312.04) throughout the county. It dispatches the appropriate team(s) based upon information provided by the request ing individual. A triage team may be provided by any one hospital, or combination of hospitals, as required. Under certain circumstances, such as street closures, MAC may request that the Department assist with the transportation of medical personnel. Field Commanders may require expert medical recommenda tions during a disaster or other emergency. MAC can contact hospitals having specialized services and alert them of the specific need or request. It can also alert the concerned hospital about the pending arrival of a victim requiring specialized medical treatment. The Medical Alert Center confidential telephone number (See Note) is 2214114. When contacting MAC, the following is required: • Name and call-back number. • Nature of emergency. • Medical resources already at the scene. • Estimate of the number of casualties or potential casualties. • Description of injuries. • Location of victims. • Best available ingress and egress routes. • Departmental representative to contact at the scene. No11t: Under no circumstances is the MAC telephone number to be given to the news media or relatives and friends of victims. MAC can provide casualty informa tion to public service agencies but will not deal directly with the public. _ Tactical Manual, Los Angel• Police ~artment Disasters & Other Emergencies September, 1979 39 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/315.04 315.01 SITUATION ESTIMATE. Developing fire emergencies can rapidly expand to major proportions during the time it takes to dispatch a control force. A prompt evaluation of the situation followed by a request for the necessary resources could mean the difference between a fire emergency of short duration and one that continues for a lengthy period. Officers observing what appears to be an uncontrolle'd fire should not assume that the fire department has been notified unless having certain knowledge to the contrary. A situation estimate must be formulated without delay and forwardeQ to Communications Division. It should include: • Location. • Size of the involved area; both actual and potential. • Apparent direction fire is burning. * Type of area involved, i.e. ,business, residential, etc. * Ingress routes for emergency veh icles. • Additional Department personnel required and location where these personnel should assemble (Sta9ina Area). After the original situation estimate is communicated , consideration should be given to establishing an FCP (D/303.03). If an FCP is deemed necessary, its location should be broadcast. The Field Commander should then implement the following: • Liaison with the Fire Department Incident Commander. • Perimeter and traffic control. * Evacuation warning, if required. Note: Perimeter and traffic control and evacuation warning will usually be implemented on the advjce of the LAFD Incident Commander (D/305.) . Additionally, officers shall not attempt to assist firemen in their specific control efforts except when requested, or under compelling circumstances. 315.02 LIAISON. Liaison is one of the keys to an effective and coordinated control effort involving multiple agencies (D/303.04). As in most instances requiring expertise, the knowledge and experience of the primary control force is the pre dominant factor to be considered~ Consequently, a large scale fire emergency requires that the Department establish and maintain close liaison with the LAFD Incident Commander. His recommendations and advice should be adhered to whenever possible. However, under compelling circumstances, officers may make independent judgements and take actions deemed apprrpriate (D/305.). 315.03 PERIMETER ANO TRAFFIC CONTROL. As with other types of emergencies, the perimeters establ ished by the LAFD Incident . Commander or the Department Field Commander at the scene of a fire are not static. Perimeters should be flexible and dependent upon circumstances (D/005.) . In a large scale fire emergency this is even more apparent. Intelligence from the officers maintaining a perimeter will assist the Incident Commander or Field Commander to keep abreast of the direction the emergency is ta ki ng, thus enabl ing them to alter the perimeter when and where needed. One of the Police Department's major responsibilities during a fire emergency is to keep vehicular and pedestrian traffic at an absolute minimum so that fire department personnel and equipment have ready access to the involved area. Ordinarily this requ ires only a few units; however, when a major conflagration occurs, numerous units may be necessary. The use of street barricades and flares can be effective when there are not sufficient personnel to adequately cover the perimeter (D/005.04). 315.04 EVACUATION. A fire in a populated area may require an evacuation of residents with in, or close to, the involved area. In addition to the informa tion previously discussed ( 0/303. and 0/305.), officers issuing an evacuation warning should , if time allows, advise residents to: • Close all doors and windows. • Connect garden hoses and leave them coiled in a conspicious location. · • Place available ladders in front of their houses. • Remove combustible curtains from windows. • Lower and close venetian blinds. * Seal attic and ground vents. * Remove combustibles from around butane tanks. * Place combustible garden furniture and pads inside a structure. * Chop down highly combustible shrubbery and remove the remains away from any structure. • Shut off the electricity. • Remove leaves and debris from roofs and rain gutters. • Park vehicles left in the involved area in a garage, preferably facing outward , and close all windows. • If no garage is available park on front yards or lawns. Do not park on narrow streets. Note: Officers should advise parents to keep their family together when evacuating as this lessens confusion and helps avoid unnecessary delay. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters & Other Emergencies September, 1979 40 • D/315.05 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 315.05 BRUSHFIRES. The Department necessarily takes an interest in all serious fire emergencies. However, it will normally be required to exert a major effort only at the scene of a large-scale brushfire. Over one-fourth of the total area of the City is mountainous terrain covered with an extensive growth of native brush. Reaching a height of twenty-five feet in places, this brush is the most flammable ground cover in the western hemisphere. Prolonged periods of high temperature, winds, and low humidity decrease the moisture content of the brush. This, coupled with a high oil conteat, serves to increase the rate of combustion. Examples of highly combustible native vegetation include: • Greasewood and sage - very fast burning. • Sumac and manzanita - flammable when sufficiently heated. • Buckwheat (or button) bush - highly flammable in autumn. During brushfires, structures are usually ignited in one or more of the following ways: • Flying brands ignite shingle or shake roofs. • Heat or flames become trapped beneath the eaves of roofs. • Burning debris is blown through attic or ground vents. • Windows are broken by exposure to heat or severe drafts: • Doors or windows are left open. • Combustible materials are left near structures. 315.06 BRUSHFIRE SURVIVAL. A person trapped by a fast moving brushfire can seldom run fast enough to escape onrushing flames. Knowledge of the below listed brushfire survival techniques may alleviate injury to individuals working in close proximity to the fire. • Know where the fire is at all times by utilizing personal observation and monitoring radio frequencies. • Keep escape routes in mind and make them known to others. • Park vehicles where they do not obstruct other vehicles. • Keep windows closed and face the vehicle toward an escape route when parked. • Keep clear of all electrical power lines, whether in place or not . . • Wear helmets and goggles in areas of heavy smoke and flying debris. 315.07 SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES - IN VEHICLE. Officers in a vehicle trapped by a brushfire should vacate the area using known escape routes. When driving through heavy smoke, close the windows, turn on the headlights, sound the horn intermittently, and proceed cautiously. If it is necessary to drive the vehicle over a fire hose· , cross the hose at least three feet from the coupling and drive at a slow speed. It is possible to drive the vehicle through a consieerable amount of fire if the driver does not panic. If no path of escape exists and no other means of protection are available, remain inside the vehicle. Do not shut off the engine as the heat created by the fire may adversely affect the starting mechanism" . Usually, a fast moving fire will sweep past and wut not affect the vehicle's occupants. 315.08 SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES - AFOOT. Radiated heat can seriously injure unprotected persons. Officers on foot should use every means available to shield themselves from the intense heat generated by the brushfire. If no shelter is available, move for the flank of the approaching fire. Run only when absolutely necessary and avoid steep, uphill escape routes. Officers should attempt to limit their breating rate in dense smoke and wait for small pockets of fresh air that usually appear at intervals. If, as a last resort, it is necessary to run through flames, carefully choose a path, take a few deep breaths, and quickly move to a burned over area. 315.09 SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES - IN STRUCTURES. If officers are trapped by a brushfire and ;,re able to locate a house or other structure they shoul o inside, close all doors and windows, and locate themselves on a side opposite the approaching fire. They will usually be safe in a well built structure, even though the structure may eventually be destroyed. By the time they are forced to vacate, they can more than likely relocate to a burned over area. September, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manuel, Loi Angeles Pol ice Department q1 '------- ------ - --------------- - , - --- -------------- DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/317.01 317. EARTHQUAKES -GENERAL. Historically, few persons have been killed or injured by earth- 1akes as such although many have lost their lives in the .suiting collapse of buildings, fires, landslides, tsunaTT)ies (seismic sea waves), and dam failures. Earthquakes also create a large number of related hazards. Shock waves or tremors can initiate breaks in el~trical wires, rupture gas mains, destroy tanks holding flammable or toxic substances, crumble roadways and bridges, and render a panic stricken citizenry momentarily incapable of exercising basic self-help measures. Earthquakes cp:ur most frequently where they have been relatively common in the past. Of primary importance is the realization that the City is located in a region that is prone to seismic activity. Functioning as an integral segment of the City's emergency service organization, the Department has a major responsibility to save lives, protect property, and enforce the law during such a crisis. Because an earthquake usually occurs without warning, police, fire, and other public service agencies and organizations . must quickly evaluate the situation, make decisions, and iake dµproµriate oetion. Intelligence from the involved area is required to sort alternatives and establish priorities for control. An appropriate response must be implemented with speed and determination and with a certain flexibility that will enable unforeseen events to be met and dealt with. 317.01 EARTHQUAKE MEASUREMENT. A cursory examination of the methods used to measure earthquakes will be useful for officers to more fully appreciate their destructive force. Magnitude Scale. The magnitude scale, often referred to as the Richter Scale, gives each earthquake a single characteristic number based on measurement. It is not an instrument, but a method dependent upon special charts and tables using indications registered on seismographs. The scale represents intensi.tv and escalates upward in a logarithmic progression. An earthquake of magnitude 2 is ten times larger than magnitude 1; magnitude 3 is 100 times larger than magnitude 1; and magnitude 8 is 10 million times larger than magnitude 1. Intensity Scale. The Modified Mercalli Intensity Scale utilizes Roman numerals instead of the Arabic numerals used with the Richter Scale. It relies on the senses and observable damage utilizing the following criteria: I. Not felt except under especially favorable circumstances . 11 . Felt by few persons. Delicately 5uspended objects may sway. 111. Felt noticeably indoors, especially on upper floors of buildings. Parked automobiles may sway slightly. IV. Felt Indoors by many, outdoors by few. Parked automobiles may sway noticeably. V. Felt by nearly everyone. Windows broken, plaster cracked, unstable objects overturned. Disturbance of trees, poles, and other tall objects sometimes noticed. VI. Felt by all, many frightened and run outdoors. Damage slight. VI I. Most people run outdoors. Damage negligable in buildings of good design and construction; slight to moderate in ordinary structures; consider able in poorly built structures. VI 11. Damage slight in specially designed structures; considerable in ordinary buildings; great in poorly built structures. IX. Damage considerable in specially built structures; many buildings shifted off foundations; ground cracked and underground pipes broken. X. Some well-built wooden structures and most m~onry structures destroyed. Ground badly cracked. Rails bent. Landslides considerable from riverbanks and steep slopes. XI. Few, if any, masonry structures remain standing. Bridges destroyed. Broad fissures in ground. XII. Damage total. Waves seen on ground surface. Lines of sight distorted. Objects thrown upward. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters & Other E merge.11eies September, 1979 lf2 • I - 0/317.02 DISASTERS ANO OTHER EMERGENCIES 317.02 FORESHOCKS AND AFTERSHOCKS. Earth- quakes of major magnitude rarely occur unaccompanied by smaller tremors. Aftershocks commonly follow the primary shock and become generally fewer and less intense as time passes until seismic activity subsides. A smaller aftershock of a major earthquake may still be large enough to cause damage. Often a number of these small shocks will lead up to a larger one, followed by a pause.,N1other large shock, and finally a normally diminishing train of small aftershocks. Some large earth quakes are preceded by smaller foreshocks generated from the same source. There is no way to distinguish foreshocks from smait earthquakes that occur regularly in an active seismic area. Consequently, foreshocks do not always serve as warning of an impending major earthquake. 317.03 SITUATION ESTIMATE. A large eqrthquake has the effect of subdividing a region into areas that are damaged and those that are unaffected. Because of variations in earthquake magnitude .. building and population density, type of construction, land use, and terrain, the degree of damage and possible accompanying hazards may · ,1ary considerably. The immediate and most important action for the Depart ment is to obtain an estimate of the damage, including potential threats such as fire, explosion, landslide, or flood. Once an earthquake of wide-ranging destructive force has occurred, the initial estimate of damage or high risk circumstances will be forwarded by the Emergency Control Center to the Office of Emergency Services (OES). Because many political subdivisions may be affected, OES is better able to assimilate the volume of information available and delineate the extent of the involved area. Accurate situation estimates are a prerequisite for an effective emergency operation. This is even more so in the aftermath of a large earthquake. It is essential that the situation estimates forwarded from the field keep the Field Command Post(s) and the Emergency Control Center abreast of the emergency. Subsequent estimates of the observed distribution of damage, or other hazards, will be used to redefine any approximation and establish priorities regarding the allocation of available personnel and equipment. 317.04 DAMAGE SURVEY. FacilitiAs presenting high- risk or providing an essential public service should be surveyed to determine whether they are able to function or pose a hazard. Area stations should attempt to communicate with key facilities located within the Area and survey them for damage. Mobile field units should check the locations for damage and casualties if the station is unable to establish communications. Every occupied structure is a potentially dangerous location due to the use of natural gas and electricity. The simplest method to eliminate this problem is to secure the source. The Southern California Gas Company has regulator stations where the flow of natural gas to an entire neighbor hood or community can be shut off. The Department of Water and Power, Electricity Section, has the same ability to secure electrical power in an extreme emergency. Requests for these services should be made through the ECC, when activated. Without question, an aerial survey is one of the best methods available for observing the extent of earthquake damage. Air Support Division is assigned the responsibility to survey damage City-wide in the event of an earthquake (A/205.03). Pilots and observers can provide the Field Commander not only with an up-to-date accounting of damage, but also observations of potential problems such as traffic congestion, possible structure collapse, and need for evacuation. Note: Inclement weather or other adverse conditions may preclude an aerial survey. Mobile field units can provide firsthand observations. Prior to dispatch of units, the involved area should be sectored.and units assigned to a specific sector. Once afield, officers should remain aware of ,and communicate to the Field Command Post, potential or actual hazards such as downed electrical lines, broken gas mains, or structures which have collapsed or are on fire. Persons in need of rescue and/or medical assistance may require the expertise of other emergency service personnel. When required, these personnel should be requested and advised of the circumstances and location. The movement of mobile field units may be impeded by traffic congestion or debris. Under such circumstances, officers on foot, provided with portable communications equipment, can survey their assigned areas. The initial survey of the involved area should include the status of facilities essential to the community, including: • Hospitals. • Dams and reservoirs. • Schools. • Fire stations. • Airports. • Radio and television transmi tter towers and relay stations. • Telephone facilities. • Water storage tanks. • High-rise buildings, brick buildings (two or more stories). • Plating works. • Refineries. • Radioactive material storage areas. • Laboratories. • Medical suppliers or drugs, blood, oxygen, surgical supplies, etc. • Electrical relay stations and high-voltage power lines. • Over and under passes (vehicle and pedestrian). • Elevated freeways. • Possible landslide areas. September, 1979 Diusters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department q3 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/317.06 • Railroad yards and track locations. • Zoos. stables. dairys, etc. Note: If an Area includes a dam, reservoir, or other potentially dangerous facility, information concerning possible damage, actual or potential, should be obtained without delay. To obtain required information it may be ~ry to employ ground and/or air units. 317.05 CITIZEN SELF-HELP MEASURES. When it becomes apparent that an evacuation is necessarY, the warning must be given in an expeditious manner. For a variety of reasons. some citizens will choose not to heed the warning. These individuals should not be forcefully removed from their residence unless extenuating circumstances exist (D/305.04) . Those electing to remain should be instructed to initiate self-help measures include : • Attempting to extinguish small fires. < Assisting injured persons. • Opening windows, shutting off main gas valve. vacating the building, and notifying the appropriate authorities when detecting the odor of gas. • Preventing possible explosions by not burning candles, smoking or lighting fires. • Shutting off electricity at the main box if electrical wiring is shorting out. • Conserving all available water. • Not using the telephone, except to report an emergency. • Going to evacuation centers if in need of medical care, food, water, or other assistance. · 317.06 AREA EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLANS. Each Area is required to implement and periodically update Area Earthquake Response Plans. Areas commanding officers should assess the following information and make additions or deletions to their response plans as necessary. The actions listed below are not necessarily arranged in order of priority and are intended as a guide only. • Survey predesignated key· facTlities. • Determine status of all on-duty personnel. • Check facilities known to contain chemicals. flammable substances. explosives, or other materials that may pose a hazard if released. • Determine the operability of telephone, water. gas, electricity, public transportation, and other systems serving residents of the Area. • Activate a multipurpose staging area for responding units. • Request equipment needed for debris clearance and heavy rescue, if needed. • Establish ingress and egress routes into and out of the involved area. * Prepare to issue Temporary Emergency Passes to persons authorized to enter closed areas. • Provide for traffic control and expedite movement of emergency servi'ce vehicles. • Determine capacity and safety of evacuation routes. If primary routes are impassable, select secondary or alternate routes. • Ensure residents receive the evacuation warning and assist with evacuation. • Request news media to broadcast evacuation routes and other pertinent information. * Consider release or relocation of prisoners detained in Area station. • Start log of personnel assignments, requests for assistance, damage and casualty reports. and other essential information. * Advise fire department personnel of trapped victim, and request medical assistance. as needed. * If any facility or area is reported to be untenable because of damage, developing fires, or other hazards, consider evacuation. * If evacuation is required, assist where needed and provide security. • If communications with key facilities. such as fire stations, are not operational. deploy mobile field units to assess the situation and provide alternate communication links. * Dispatch ground and aerial units to survey vulnerable areas for damage, fire, landslide, etc. • Instruct survey units to report to the station or Field Command Post with pertinent intelligence. • If Area includes a dam, or is in the inundation path of a dam, dispatch units to survey these structures for possible damage. Nota: If there Is I poaibillty of dam failure, Immediately notify the Emergency Control Center, If activated, or Detectt- Headquarters Division. Notification will then be rriade to the agency responsible for the dam. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters & Other Emergetdes · "4 September, _1979 L-_____________ ____________ _ • 0/319. DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 319. AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-GENERAL. Regard- less of their nature or location, most aircraft accidents involve both local and federal agencies: Police and fire departments will normally respond. Assistance may also be required from the Department of Public Works, public utility companies, and the Red Cross. Because of the number of agencies involved and the immediacy of the control problem, it is imperative that officers be cognizant of not only the Department's role but the responsibilities of other concerned agencies as well. These include the : -- • National Transportation Safety Board. By law, the National Transportation Safety Board ( NTSB) has the responsibility for investigating civil aircraft accidents. The primary purpose of their investigation is to determine the facts, conditions, circumstances, and probable cause of the accident. • Federal Aviation Administration. The Federal Aviation Administration ( FAA) is concerned with every air- craft accident and investigates to determine if there has bei:-n any violation of federal aviation laws or regulations. • United States Military. The investigation of accidents involving only military aircraft is under the jurisdiction of military authorities. However, they may request that the NTSB or FAA conduct an investigation. • United States Coast Guard. The United States Coast Guard (USCG) has the responsibility for. all search and rescue missions in the territorial waters of the Uf"lited States. • · Los Angeles County Medical Examiner-Coroner. The Los Angeles County Medical Examiner-Coroner directs and coordinates the recovery, collection, identification and processing of the dead and their personal effects. • Los Angeles City Fire Department. The ranking Los Angeles Fire Department ( LAFD) officer at the scene of all aircraft accidents occurring within the City has full power and authority regarding rescue and fire fighting. Additionally, he is responsible for directing the acitivites of other agencies involved in the immediate control operation. His authority does not include crowd control, traffic diversion or security { LAMC Sec. 57.01 .20). 319.01 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-LOCATION. All aircraft accidents will involve civilian or military aircraft and occur in one of the following locations: • On land outside airport boundaries. Note: Aircraft accidents occuring on inland waters shall be considered as having occurred on land. • On land within airport boundaries. • In or over the ocean. The duties and responsibilities of Department personnel will vary relative to ownership of the aircraft involved and the location where the accident occurs. September, 1979 Disasters & . Other Emergencies 45 319.02 SITUATION ESTIMATE. The first police unit at the scene of an aircraft accident occurring on land outside of airport boundaries shal I immediately notify Communications Division. The notification should include : • Location of accident. * Number· of injuries or deaths~f known. * Military or civilian aircraft. * Type of aircraft (passenger, cargo, hel icopter, etc.). * Class of aircraft (single engine, multi-engine, jet, prop.). * Additional assistance required (police, fire, medical , military, etc.) . * Best avai I able ingress and egress routes for emergency vehicles. Subsequent situation reports should include: * Aircraft identification numbers. * Owner of involved aircraft. • Name and address of pilot(s). • Property damage. • Location of known survivors. • Brief resume of circumstances surrounding incident. * If military aircraft, was it carrying weapons. • If civilian aircraft, was U.S. mail aboard. Note: When the acddent has occurred within airport . boundaries, the initial responding officers shall contact the airport Chief Special Officer and determine if additional _ police assistance is required. Emergency rescue action should be initiated as soon as possible. Since fire, explosion, and other hazards are inherent to most aircraft accidents, injured persons should be promptly removed from the wreckage. As soon as fire department personnel and equipment arrive at the scene, the role of the Department will become supportive in nature, and may include: • Perimeter control and evacuation . • Providing a corridor for emergency vehicles. • Traffic and crowd control. • Security of the crash site. • Identification of witnesses. • Requesting activation of the CIC if victims are being transported to various hospitals. •- Requesting a traffic supervisor to direct the Depart ment's investigation and report of the incident. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/319.06 '19.03 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-PERIMETER CONTROL AND EVACUATION. Con-· trolling access to the scene of an emergency is essential . With an aircraft accident, this is even more imQerative. A perimeter must be immediately established. The scene must be preserved intact to facilitate the detailed and exhaus~ive investigations required. A perimeter mlJSt be established at a reasonable and safe distance from the accident site (D/005.). Ordinarily, the perimeter should be of sufficient size to encompass all debris. Its size will be determined by the LAFD Incident Commander. If evacuation is necessary, the Field Commander should normally seek the advice of the LAFD Incident Commander (See D/305. for evacuation particulars) . Should the need arise, air traffic over the scene can be restricted by invoking Part 91.91, Federa! Aviation Regulations (E/801 .03). Local airport control tower personnel should be kept apprised of the situation and informed of any necessary restrictive measures. 319.04 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-TRAFFIC CONTROL. Aircraft accidents by their ver· 1 nature can not only be disastrous, but spectacularly so. For the most part, the City's major airports are located adjacent to densely populated neighborhoods and heavily travelled freeways. An aircraft accident on or near the premises of these airports will usually disrupt the normal vehicular traffic flow. On the scene reports by the news media will attract widespread attention. Therefore, liaison with the California Highway Patrol (CHP) is essential and consideration 1f a Sig-Alert advisable. Immediate measures must 0e undertaken to ensure emergency vehicles responding to the crash site have well defined and maintained ingress and egress routes which will enable them to reach and exit the scene without unnecessary delay. 319.05 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-CRASH SITE SECURITY. Pieces of wreckage may be widely scattered. The debris should be disturbed only to assist victims. Papers, certificates, and debris may be found away from the crash site and returned to the scene by citizens. As the exact location of each and every piece of debris could be vital.Jo an investigation, these items should be taken into custody, the location where they were found identified and, if possible, the material delivered to an aircraft accident investigator. The exact location from which each body or injured person is removed shall be positively marked and preserved for the accident investigators. Officers at the scene shall cause removal of the aircraft only if the accident has occurred on a trafficway. If the aircraft is to be removed, the Department of Publ ic Works shall be notified. The NTSB and FAA request that local authorities, arriving at the scene of civil aircraft accidents, take photographs of the wreckage as soon as possible. Officers having access to a camera should comply with such a request. The scene should be photographed from various angles to provide complete coverage. An aircraft accident attracts news media reporters and photographers. Normally, newsmen with Department issued press passes are entitled access to the scene of a civil aircraft accident. However, they should not be allowed to hamper or interfere with the control operation or subsequent investigation. Media represen tatives shall not be allowed to disturb any part of the wreckage or any physical evidence at the scene. Consider ation should be given to providing special access routes for media representatives to approach and photograph the scene. 319.06 IDENTIFICATION OF WITNESSES. Wit- nesses are extremely important in determining the cause of an aircraft accident. Their observations may determine the success of an investigation. Officers shall attempt to locate and record the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of witnesses for later interview by investigators. Officers observing an aircraft accident, or obtaining statements from witnesses, should utilize the following format to assist further inquiry: • Name, address, and telephone number. • Time of accident. • Location of witness at time of observation. • Weather conditions at time of accident. • Aircraft direction in flight. • Aircraft on fire in flight. • Explosion prior to crash. • Impact angle of aircraft and position of survivors relative to impact. • Did objects fall from aircraft? • Anything removed from accident scene. By whom. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department Disasters · & Other Emergendes September, 1979 - - D/319.07 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 319.07 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-OVERWATER INCIDENTS. An emergency "Blue" tele phone system is established for operational use at the Los Angeles International Airport ( LAX) for use in the event of an aircraft accident that might involve water rescue. It is an emergency communications and information system tying together key agencies that are responsible for, or should be aware of, an aircraft emergency in this area. The system is used only for Alert I and Alert 11 conditions. • Alert. I. A potential unsafe aircraft condition exists which_requires that concerned emergency personnel and equipment standby. • Alert II. An aircraft accident has occurred and an immediate response and dispatch of concerned emergency personnel and equipment is required. The "Blue' telephone system provides simultaneous communications between two locations in the LAX tower (the Instrument Flight Rules Room and the Visual Flight Rules Room) and the following agencies: • USCG flight facility located at LAX. • Marina del Rey Harbor Master's Office. • Airport Operations, Department of Airports. • Venice Police Station, Watch Commander's Office. When the LAX tower activates the "Blue" telephone, they will transmit particulars of the emergency, including location. September, 1979 Disasters & Other Emergencies ·. q7 319.08 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS. Officers arriving at a crash scene may be unable to locate any crew members or passengers. Several possibilities exist : • Survivors may have parachuted. • Survivors may· have left the scene prior to officers arrival. * Deceased or injured victims -may be displaced from the aircraft by impact. Officers should be aware that bodies and debris may be some distance from the crash site. A search of the area for surviving or deceased victims should be conducted. Parts of bodies located away from the scene should be covered and guarded until removed by Medical Examiner-Coroner personnel. A military aircraft accident may present hazards and problems not encountered in civil aircraft. Due to the many types of aircraft, it is impractical to detail specific precautions. In general, hazards include ammunition, missiles, bombs, and 1-iquid or solid type rocket propellants. Canopies or hatches may be jettisoned by explosively actuated devices. The pilot ejection mechanism, if not triggered prior to the crash, is a particular hazard to an injured or unconscious pilot and would-be rescuers. Military aircraft accidents may result in classified material or information being exposed. Consequently, only aircraft accident investigators and necessary ·police, fire, rescue and medical personnel shall be permitted access to the scene. All others should be referred to military authorities. Except for removal of the injured, the scene should be preserved intact until the military authorities arrive. T ectical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/321.01 321. CONTAMINATION EMERGENCIES- GENERAL. The increasing use of hazardous materials and the related problems of transportation, storage, mishandling, and disposal increase the incidence of contamination emergencies. The multitude of hazard ous materials mandates that officers use extreme caution when confronted with a possible contamination emergency. Hazardous materials vary widely in form and chemical characteristics. They can be sol id, I iqu id, gas, or com bination of these forms. They can be corrosive, toxic, water or Mr-reactive, flammable, explosive, or radioactive. Some materials can also become hazardous when contami nated or mixed with other substances, e.g., fuel, brake fluid, or oil. A material that is safe in solid form can become hazardous when converted to a I iqu id or gas. At the scene of a contamination emergency, the Fire Department Incident Commander has the authority to direct all operations toward control and to take those precautions necessary to save life,· protect property, and prevent further injury or damage ( Los Angeles Municipal Code, Section 57. 01.20). When Fire Department personnel are not at the scene, officers should be prepared to take those actions neces sary to minimize the consequences of the emergency. Any potential or actual threat will be lessened if officers have a basic understanding of the materials involved, methods for material identification, potential danger, and tactics to employ for controlling such incidents. 321.01 SITUATION ESTIMATE. A developing contami- nation emergency can rapidly expand to major proportions during the time it takes to organize a control force. A prompt evaluation of the situation followed by a request for the necessary resources could mean the differ ence between an emergency of short duration and one that continues for a prolonged period; therefore, a situation estimate must be formulated without delay and transmitted to Communications Division. It should include: • Type of emergency. • Location of Emergency. • Type of structure(s) and/or vehicle(s) involved. • Size of involved area (actual and potential). • Number of additional officers required. • Field Command Post Location. • Staging Area Location. • Access routes for emergency vehicles. • Aairtance required (e.g., ambulance, fire, public utility). Tactical. Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Note: The Fire Department's Mobile Laboratory should be requested immediately to assist personnel in identifica tion, evaluation, and control of the contamination and in determining the severity of the hazard and procedures for disposal of the hazardous material. * Type of specialized equipment and supplies and amount needed. * Weather conditions and related factors. * Number and type of casualties. * Severity of hazard to citizens and emergency personnel. • Traffic and crowd conditions. * Placard and/or shipping papers information. * Material name, if identified. * Property and/or vehicle owner's name, if identified. Amendments to the original situation estimate should be formulated at least once each hour during a continuing emergency and the information transm ined to concerned personnel. After the original situation estimate is communicated, the next consideration is establishing a Field Command Post a safe distance upwind from the scene (see ... D/303.03). When this is accomplished, the Field Command Post location should be broadcast to all -concerned personnel. The Field Commander should then implement the following: * Liaison with the Fire Department Incident Commander. * Perimeter control. * Evacuation warning, if requested by the Fire Depart- ment Incident Commander. * Sig-Alert, if needed. • Notification to Air Support Division. Note: Perimeter traffic control measures and evacuation warning will usually be implemented with the concurrence of the Fire Department Incident Commander (see ... D/305). Officers should not attempt to assist Fire Department per sonnel in their specific control efforts unless requested and then only outside the contaminated area. Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 48 , • D/321.02 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 321.02 PLACARDS AND SHIPPING PAPERS. During a contamination emergency, identification of the material is critical. · Note: Officers shall not enter a contaminated area to attempt such identification where there exists a threat to officers' safety. Identification shOt.:Jld be delayed until other safety personnel, i.e., Fire Department, arrive with protectfve equipment. To •ist .•fety personnel in identifying transported materials, placards are required by law on vehicles trans porting hazardous materials and must be displayed on each side and end of a motor vehicle, rail car or portable tank; however, some materials, such as class "B" poisons under 1000 pounds are exempt from this regulation. There are several types of placards in use; however, the basic color identification codes used in placarding and labeling hazardous materials are uniform : 0f'11191. Explosives and blasting agents. Red. Flammable and combustible materials whether solid, I iqu id or gas. White. Poisons, corrosive materials, and other chemicals which can present a severe health hazard. Blue. Materials which react violently upon contact with water, resulting in a fire or generating intense heat and producing a steam-burn hazard. Yellow. Materials which react violently upon contact with other chemicals. Such materials can produce toxic and/or flammable gases through spontaneous combustion or they can detonate if subjected to severe shoclc: GrNn. Materials which are highly pressurized, and can explode when exposed to intense heat. Multicolored. Denotes that the cargo being shipped is comprised of one or more types of hazardous materials. July, 1982 Dilllterl & Other Emergencies qg In conjunction with the basic color identification codes, placards identify materials by classification, material name, or identification number. The classification placard is an eleven-inch diamond-shaped sign, which identifies materials that have certain common characteristics such as CORROSIVE, FLAMMABLE, OXIDIZER, WATER REACTIVE, SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, EXPLOSIVES, RADIOACTIVE, POISON, and COM PRESSED GAS. Materials identified by name, such as OXYGEN, CHLOR INE, and ORGANIC PEROXIDE also utilize the eleven inch diamond-shaped placard. Examples : Tactical Manuel, LOI Angeles Police Department DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES To facilitate material identification, the Department of Transportation has implemented a system where each hazardous material is assigQed a permanent four-digit identification number. The identification number may be displayed on the eleven-inch diamond-shaped placard or on a six-by-sixteen-inch rectangular orange panel. In any case, the identification number will be displayed on both ends or both sides of the transporting vehicle. The identification number can also be located on shipping papers, " preceded by the letters UN or NA. Examples: ~ D/321.02 _ , This panel must not be confused with the Maryland Petroleum Transporters' orange-colored marker which contains abbreviated words and a four-digit registration number. 'V Shipping papers (way-bills, manifests, bills of lading) are required while the vehicle is in transit, and must be located lying on the passenger's seat, or in a compartment_of the driver's door. A parked vehicle must have the shipping papers lying in plain view on the driver's seat. If a mixed cargo is being transported, hazard ous materials shipping papers must be placed on top of all other shipping papers. On trains, shipping papers must be carried in the caboose with the train conductor. In all cases, shipping papers will contain the identification number of the product being transported. Note: On some shipping papers, an Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) number may be noted in lieu of a UN number. An EPA number is assigned to certain chemicals and pesticides. These numbers appear on shipping papers or on containers, but will not be posted on the exterior of a vehicle. Example: ·------ ~------- _,._ ___ .....,. _______ _ -·----- "·----------·-..... ... __ ....._ .... .._. •• _ ....... _..,...__M,....._ ....... --. ... ___,~..,_ FIOM TO 11outina I veh,ie Ao. Car Initial & No. C. 0. 0. CHARG TO al ,-AID aY CONIIGNII C) IMtr ••t"N ... C•• If ,11,,.,, lf't II N ~ - fllV I ~;;;;;;a;;;;;..+--4.,_ ___________________ ~,«I le u,,_t•) • lall ~ ''Te N ~ .. 1 TC Acetone, 85 000 Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 50 - 0/321.02 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES Once th~ i~ntification number has been located, it can be utilized in conjunction with the United States Department of Transportation's Hazardous Mar.rials-1980 EmMpency Re,pon• Guidebook. The guidebook identifies h'azardous materials by number and/or material name, and provides o~scene safety personnel with initial information regarding: • Healih hazards. • Fire or explosion possibilities. • First aid measures. • Emergency actions, i.e., perimeter size, special equipment, and containment procedures. Emwr,,,ncy R-,pon• Guidebooks are located in Area watch commanders' offices, Area field supervisors' vehicles ..and at Communications Division. Officers may contact any of these sources by radio or telephone for information. Note: Area Commanding Officers shall ensure the avail ability of the Emrgency R-,pon• Guidebooks in these locations, and provide for their maintenance, i.e., updating. Other information sources are the vehicle tractor or trailer numbers, license plates, and carrier names. These can be useful in tracing unknown cargoes. In the case of railroad tanker cars, individual car numbers are found on one side and on both ends. Th is number identifies the tanker car owner. Material identification and tanker car information can be obtained from the train's conductor, or from the train's shipping papers. Officers requesting additional information on a sPecific material can contact the Chemical TraMPortation Emer ltlf'CY Olnter (CHEMTRECJ in Washington D.C. This organization provides immediate advice for those at the scene of a hazardous material contamination emergency, and will contact the shipper of the involved materials for more detailed assistance and appropriate follow-up. CHEMTREC operates 24 hours a day to receive toll-free calls ( 1-800-424-9300). Personnel contacting CHEMTREC should be prepared to relate the following details: • Type of container, e.g., rail tanker car, semi-trailer, or truck van. • Quantity of material. • Name of transporter, shipper, or manufacturer. • Chemical trade name, if identified. • Placard information. • Shipping papers information. • Rail car or truck number. Usually, Fire Department personnel will obtain the neces lllrY Information, but officers should be ready to assume 1his Ullk if Fire Department personnel are delayed. Police and Fire Department personnel are normally well prepared to cope with most hazardous materials spills e.g., f~el oil and gasoline. Too often, however, they · re at a disadvantage when other hazardous materials a : encountered. The need is for accurate and clearly under standable information to help them evaluate the situation so they can act with caution for personal safety, as well as for the protection of other life and property, Officers searching for shipping papers should exercise extreme care when approaching any materials spill; toxic vapors, hazardous I iqu ids, or powders may be present and cou Id pose an extreme danger to health. Exposed personnel experiencing skin irritation, dry or sore throat, dizziness or any skin discoloration should leave the area immediately and seek medical aid as these are the initial symptons of chemical poisoning. When a contamination emergency is confirmed, the affected area should be closed (see .. .409.5 Penal Code), a perimeter established and ingress limited to personnel in self-contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing. July, 1982 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tac\ical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 51 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/321.03 321.03 LIAISON. When multiple agencies are involved in controlling a contamination emergency, liaison efforts become vital for effective and coordinated emer gency control. Normally, each agency is aware of the capa bilities, responsibilities, duties, and jurisdictional limitations of other participating agencies; however, successful liaison will avoid duplication of effort, confusion, and unnecessary delay. A Field Commander should establish liaison with each inyolved agency, e.g., California Highway Patrol, Environmental Protection Agency, United States Coast Guard. Ideally each involved agency will in turn assign liaison personnel to the Police Department Field Com mand Post~however, when the magnitude of an emergency requires the activation of the Emergency Operations Center, fourth sub-level, City Hall East, liaison personnel from outside agencies should be directed to that location. During a contamination emergency, the Police Department Field Commander shall assign a supervisor to liaise with the Fire Department Incident Commander. This action will facilitate the emergency control efforts, of both depart ments and aid in decisions for establishing perimeters and ordering evacuations. Note: If other agencies establish command posts within the inner perimeter of a contaminated area, liaison should be established via radio or telephone in lieu of entering the area (see ••• D/321.04). Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department 321.04 PERIMETER CONTROL, TRAFFIC CONTROL AND EVACUATION. Controlling access to a ' contamination emergency is extremely important due to the potential and actual dangers accompanying an inci dent. Materials spilled in a limited area may pose a con tamination threat many times larger than the size of the original spill because of the spread of tox ic vapors, liquid run-off, or flammable vapors. M:·· 0 rnent through the area may spread the spilled materials and increase contamina tion; therefore, affected areas should be closed to unautho rized and unprotected personnel. Officers attempting to determine the size of a perimeter should consult the United States Department of Trans portation's Hazardous Material-1980 Emergency Response Guidebook for the information regarding health hazards and fire or explosion possibilities of the involv'?d materials. Liaison with the Fire Department Incident Commander can provide added expertise, and that department's recom mendation should be adhered to whenever possible. Officers unable to identify a material should establish an outer traffic perimeter and Field Command Post a suffi cient distance away to avoid contamination from tax ic vapors and/or liquid runoff and initial perimeter consid erations should include: • Quantity of the material spilled • Elevation of the spill. • Population density. • Presence of buildings, which may restrict the flow of toxic vapors. Note: If the emergency involves an unknown substance, and an evacuation is ordered, the outer perimeter and Field Command Post should be a minimum of 2,000 feet ErNay (three city blocks). As with other types of emergencies, the established peri meters are not static, and should be flexible and depen dent upon the circumstances. Weather conditions, such as wind or rain, can spread a hazardous material over a large area and greatly increase the danger posed by the incident Intelligence forwarded by officers on perimeter control will assist the Field and Incident Commanders in determining perimeter adjustments, damage assessments, modification of containment plans, and the possible dura tion of the emergency. Police personnel may establish perimeters to keep vehic ular and pedestrian traffic out of an involved area. In establishing traffic control, main streets (corridors) should be designated and reserved exclusively for ingress and egress of emergency personnel. During a major contamination emergency which involves freeway traffic congestion, liaison with the California Highway Patrol and a Sig-Alert broadcast are other actions to consider. A hazardous materials spill in a populated area may require an evacuation of residents within, or close to, the involved area. If evacuation is necessary, the Police and Fire Departments share concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies (see ••• D/305). Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 52 • D/321.061 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 321.06 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS-sPECIAL CONSID- ERATIONS AND SAFETY FACTORS. Every contamination emergency is potentially dangerous to life and property, depending on the type of materials i,nvolved, method of containment, weather conditions, type of acci dent, and methods used for control. Some materials which are not usually considered hazard ous, may become so when mixed with other chemicals or transported in a different form. Metals such as copper and tungsten are difficult to ignite when shipped as a solid block; however, when reduced. to sheets or shavings, they bum readily. Other metals, like potassium or sodium, no matter what their form (massive or finely divided), will produce a violent reaction when in contact with water. Officers approaching an accident scene involving hazard ous materials should be alert to the presence of leaking water, gasoline, or brake fluid; if these substances come in contact with certain spilled hazardous materials, a fire or explosion 9ould occur. Some materials, classified as 1/JOntaneously combustible ,a/ids, e.g., red or white phosphorus, will when in a solid state and exposed to air, ignite at 86 degrees Fahrenheit; when finely divided, they can ignite at room temperature (72 degrees Farhenheit). Extreme care must be exercised at a phosphorus spill, as contact causes severe flesh burns and inhalation of phosphorus particles can be fatal. Material containment during shipping is another concern. Several types of materials, including compressed gases, are shipped as liquids in large horizontal containers. The containers present a safe shipping method until involved in an accident, particularly where fire is present These materials will change from liquid to gas when tempera tures increase, thus increasing internal pressures and event ually rupturing the container. As the liquid converts to gas, it is vented out of the container through frangible discs designed to break at a pressure below the bursting point of the container. In some cases, the heat and pres sure build faster than can be vented and an explosion occurs. This is known as a Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explo,ton (BLEVEJ. Liquid petroleum gas (LPG) tanker trucks have frequently been involved in accidents with an attendant fire. When confronted with a potential BLEVE, officers should immediately evacuate the area tor at least 2000 feet in all directions. Do not wait for Fire Department personnel. Communications Division should be advised so that arriving personnel can be warned of the danger. Emergency personnel should not approach a fire-exposed tanker truck from either end; it should be approached from its side. Usually, when these containers explode one end will give, and the tank will rocket off its supports landing as far as one-half mile ,may. Spills involving a ruptured LPG container, where there is leakage but not fire, are potentially more hazardous than a container on fire becuase the danger is less apparent and people may congregate nearby. Escaping vapors are toxic easily ignited, and can explode. Most gases are heavier ' than air and flow along the ground, traveling as much as 300 feet from the source. This expanding perimeter increases the potential for an explosion or firE;_i due to the higher probability of an ignition source. r-lammable gases can be i ited by any ejectrjcal switch, e.g., tele phone, traffic 1 gnal, emergency flashing lights, or by any open flame. Note: Flares should not be utilized at a contamination emergency. Accident scenes can be protected with barri cades and cones which can be requested through Comm unications Division. Most chemical fires can be contained with the use of water; however, some chemicals can react violently, causing a larger fire and/or releasing toxic gases in dangerous quantities. Officers arriving first at an accident scene and confronted with a chemical fire should be aware of the chemical's properties, and the fire extinguishing method to be used. Such information is useful in determining the perimeter size and the tactics to be employed. If the chemicals are not identified and the hazards are unknown, personnel should•immediately leave the involved area, and react as though the chemicals are toxic and/or likely to ignite .or . explode. When an accident involving an enclosed semi-trailer or truck van carrying hazardous materials occurs, do not open the trailer or van to inspect the extent of damage. Chem icals may have sPilled from their containers, releasing toxic vapors, powders or liquids into the vehicle's interior. Most trailers or vans are not well-insulated and inside tempera tures can exceed 130 degrees Fahrenheit. The combination of heat and confining space can cause the materials to react, forming a deadly atmosphere. Opening the vehicle doors can vent the toxic vapors directly onto the accident scene, affecting all those present. July, 1982 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 53 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/321.05b The following are examples from the United States . Department of Transportation's 1978 Emergency Action Guide for Selected Hazardous Materials, which recommends evacuation areas and distances for protecting the public from dangerous concentra tions of toxic vapors and explosions. The distances and evacuation areas vary for each material. Hydrocarbon Fuels (Flammable Liquid) In Case of Exploalon, the Minimum Safe Distance from Flying Fragments la 2,000 Feet In All Directions. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department - D Police Department Field Command Post Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 ---- --- ---- - - - -----:---------- 0/321.05 c DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES Chlorine i (Nonflammable Gas, Poisonous) ·· Immediate Danger Area Evacuation Table - Based on Prevailing Wind of 6-12 mph. Approximate D lsta"ce to Evacuate For Maximum Safety, Size of Spill From Immediate Downwind Evacuation Danger Area Area Should Be 200 square feet 160 yards (192 paces) 1 mile long, 1 /2 mile wide 400 square feet 240 yards (288 paces) 1 1 /2 miles long, 1 mile wide 600 square feet 300 yards (360 paces) 1 1/2 miles long, 1 mile wide 800 square feet 340 yards (408 paces) 2 miles long, 1 1/2 miles wide · ~n the event of an explosion, the minimum safe distance from flying fragments is 2,000 feet in all directions. July. 1982 Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual. Los Angeles Police Department 55 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/321.06 Personnel approaching contamination emergency scenes should be aware of a few precautions that may prevent i II ness or death : • Stay upwind from the accident scene. • Do not touch any suspected material unless wearing proper protective clothing. Police uniforms are not sufficient protection against most hazardous materials. • Traffic accident investigation should not commence until all the spilled material is cleaned up and the area is decontaminated. • Department issued gas masks do not filter out toxic vapors. Only self-contained breathing apparatus is acceptable in a contaminated atmosphere. * Do not move, open, or touch any container. Treat all hazardous materials as if they were toxic, or could .explode. • Do not eat, drink, or smoke atthe scene of a contamina t:ion e.mer~"t:'Y. • Exposed personnel must be decontaminated immedi ately (see ... D/321.07). Note: Police Department personnel shall not enter any • conti\minated area to effect an evacuation; however, they may evacuate any areas in danger of becoming contami nated. Fire Department personnel, in protective clothing and breathing apparatus, will evacuate contaminated areas. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 321.06 CONTAINMENT. A primary consideration at a contamination emergency is material containment; therefore, emergency personnel should make every effort to abate the emergency through proper containment techniques. Hazardous materials that are confined to the immediate area of the spill reduce the probability of major environmental contamination, and harmful personnel exposure. Most hazardous liquids are contained with the use of sand or sand bags, which are available from the Pub I ic Works Department, Bureau of Street Maintenance. The sand can be utilized to build dams or dikes around the liquid. If Fire Department personnel apply water to a spill, the sand dikes will prevent the chemical mixture from entering storm drains and SfN/er systems. Often, containment techniques must be formulated for each contamination emergency, for example, liquid materials that cannot be contained with sand dikes may require the Bureau of Street Maintenance dig a trench or sump to confine the liquid. The trench can be lined with plastic, preventing material seepage into the soil. Hazardous materials that enter some storm drains or sewer systems can be contained by requesting the Public Works Department, Bureau of Sanitation, shut down affected pumping stations thereby containing the materials until the arrival of disposal technicians. If the material enters a City sewer system, the Bureau of Sanitation should be notified so sewerage plants can prepare for the influx of hazardous materials into their containment tanks. Failure to notify the Bureau of Sanitation could result in the closure of a sewerage plant for decontamination. Materials leaking from the lower sections of portable tanks, drums, or vessels, that are otherwise airtight, will often contain themselves if left undisturbed. When fluid levels drop in the container, a partial vacuum is formed at the top, slowing or stopping the leak. Dry material spills can be contained and protected from wind, sun, and moisture, by covering the material with dark-colored plastic, which is available from the Bureau of Street Maintenance. Although material containment is the Fire Department's responsibility, officers seeking containment information may contact CHEMTREC ( 1-800-424-93:>0) and request advice (see ••• D/321.02). CHEMTREC can provide proper containment techniques, contamination considerations, and the products' physical and chemical properties. The Fire Department has the authority to contact private companies for cleanup assistance. Disasters & Other Emergencies July, 1982 56 • D/321.07 DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES 321.07 CONTAMINATION AND CASUAL TIES. The wide variety of hazardous materials, their different forms and potential for harm, requires that officers take a conservative approach when formulating plans to control a contamination emergency. Some materials are ·particu £arly dangerous in that they can permeate and permanently contaminate much of what they contact. The result is, that such contamination can have short term and/or long term effects. Particular caution should be exercised when exotic or pestic1dal chemicals are identified. Some are so toxic that inhalation of a small amount of dust or fumes, or the absorption of only a few drops through the skin can cause illness, 105} of consciousness or death. Officers arriving at the scene of an apparent contamination emergency should be acutely aware of any unusual odor or vapor in the air. These conditions can indicate chemical contamination. Officers should leave the immediate area, establish a perimeter and close the area (409.5 Penal Code) allowing only personnel in protective equipment to enter. Persons attempting to rescue injured or immobilized per sons in a possible contaminated area must exercise cau tion. When officer safety is in question, officers should await the arrival of trained personnel in protective cloth ing and wearing breathing apparatus. Casualties of chemical contamination should be relocated upwind and segregated from emergency personnel and equipment to minimize further contamination and con tamination to others. They should remove all contami nated clothing and shoes, immediately wash with any avail able uncontaminated water source, put on clean clothing or wrap themselves in blankets, and await medical treat ment Contaminated clothing must be collected, sealed in plastic containers, marked "contaminated", and held for decontamination or disposal. Note: Water used to irrigate contaminated or chemically burned skin will pick up contaminants and must be con trolled by plastic sheets or sand dikes. Officers contact ing contaminated casualties, clothing, or other objects must consider themselves contaminated and should seek medical attention after going through the decontamina tion process. Paramedics summoned to the contamination emergency must be informed of the type of materials involved. Hos pital personnel should be alerted to allow preparation of special receiving rooms to avoid contamination of emer gency facilities. This procedure protects hospital person nel and in-hospital patients from contamination trans mitted by vapor droplets, powder residue, or fumes that can be present on casualties skin, hair or clothing. July, 1982 Disasters & Other Emergencies 57 Vehicles driven into a contaminated area should be inspected and, if necessary, decontaminated prior to returning to a patrol function. Contaminants accumulat ing on hot engine parts, catalytic, converters, or exhaust systems can vaporize, allowing toxic fumes to be circulated into vehicle interiors. Further, officers walking in a con tamin~ted area, or in an area weshed down by Fire Depart ment personnel, can pick up contaminants on their shoes or clothing, carry them back to their vehicles and onto the floormats, where the contamitlants. can later become toxic when activated by heat or moisture. Note: Certain chemicals and most pesticides are readily absorbed by organic materials (e.g., cloth and leather) and can be activated by moisture; therefore, officers wearing contaminated clothing and/or equipment can receive additional harmful exposure at a later date. When City-owned safety and personal equipment is damaged by contamination and unable to be safely decon taminated, officers shall request replacement of the equip ment by following the procedures listed in the Department Manual (see ••• Section 3/376). Contaminated clothing shall be placed in a sealed plastic container and marked "con taminated" prior to transporting to a Department facility. During response to a contamination emergency, officers may become contaminated through absorption, inhala tion, or ingestion of a hazardous material. In some inci dents initial symptoms or chemical contamination are apparent, e.g., dizziness, skin irritation, shortness of breath; however, with some materials, delayed symptoms or secondary effects on health (pulmonary edema, chem ical hepatitis, or cancer) may require years to materialize. Therefore, when officers become contaminated, as deter mined by the presence of symptoms, or when the Los Angeles Fire Department Incident Commander indicates that possible contamination has occurred, they shall receive an immediate medical examination. In every case where medical treatment is given, or in which the officer may be required to be off duty, an Employee's Report of Occupational Injury or Illness, Form General 166, shall be completed (see .•• Department Manual 3fl20.10). Additionally, exposed officers shall complete an Employee's Report, Form 15.7, describing their participation in the emergency, and submit it to their supervisor or watch commander for review (see ... Depart ment Manual 4/212.49). Upon approval, the Form 15.7 shall be transmitted to Medical Liaison Section, Personnel Division for inclusion in the officer's medical package. Note: In any incident where more than one officer is exposed to a hazardous material, one Employee's Report, Form 15. 7, listing the name and serial number of each exposed officer, shall be forwarded by the concerned Area commanding officer. For reporting purposes, the commanding officer of the Area of occurrence shaJI forward a copy of the Employee's Report, Form 16.7, After-Action Report, or any related report on the incident (excluding Form General 166) to the Commanding Officer, Uniformed Services Group. During a contamination emergeoc:y, the County Poison Information Center can be contacted (213484-5151) and personnel will receive information on material toxicity, health haz•ds, medical treatment, and decontamination procedures. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/325.04 325. RECOVERY OPERATIONS-GENERAL The City's recovery from the effects of a civil disturb 'rice, disaster, or other emergency, is not automatic. The storation of order occurs only after control is establjshed, lne severity of the emergency diminishes, and recovery operation, begin. During major emergencies, large areas of the City may be affected; therefore, it is likely that a number of City depart ments will.be temporarily involved in different phases of operations including recovery operations. The City depart ment having primary control responsibility must ensure that its emergency operations plan contains measures which .ad dress recove,v operations. These measures should be em ployed as early as possible during the emergency. The Police Department has the duty to protect lives and property throughout the City. When an emergency occurs, the Department responds by sending personnel and equip ment to the involved area to control the situation. The number of personnel and amount of equipment is depen dent upon the severity of the incident. As control is established in the involved area, the Department's Field Task Force may be reduced; however, there remains an obligation to assist and support other City departments and agencies working in the area in whatever law enforcement role necessary. Once order has been established, attention should be directed toward restoring public services. The . faster public services are restored, the sooner the community will return to normal. 325.01 FIELD TASK FORCE WITHDRAWAL Most major emergencies require immediate response by the Department with a tas/c force of wfficient nr.ngth to gain control. As the magnitude of an emergency lessens, the strategy is to t1mploy economy of force by reducing ~e number of personnel and amount of equipment in the ivolved area. See ... D/001.01. Deployment reduction should coincide with the removal of temporary regulations (see .. . D/802.02) and the restoration of public services. Care should be exercised in the withdrawal of field task force personnel to ensure involved areas are protected. Some emergencies present special problems because of a greater potential for looting; therefore, interior patrols should be maintained even after citizens are allowed limited access into closed areas. If withdrawal is premature, the emergency may be aggravated. Where law enforcement mutual aid has been employed, the order of field task force withdrawal should be federal, state, regional, operational area, and local (see •.. BflOO). The withdrawal of these forces should be phased to: * ·Relieve those forces which are the greatest distance frqm their jurisdiction. * Relieve those forces which have been deployed the great-: est length of time. • Ensure that the assignments of remaining mutual aid forces are evenly divided. · * Ensure a Ready Reserve in the Personnel Pool of suffi cient strength (approximately thirty percent of field task force personnel) for immediate response to an escalating problem. When a control force is withdrawn from the emergency, in volved personnel should be directed to an assembly area and debriefed. Debriefing will serve to: • Obtain intelligence for operations planning. • Critique tactics employed for emergency control. Encourage the reporting of incidents not previously known or included in situation reports. • Ensure that all participating agencies have an opportunity to contribute to after-action reporting. Note: Members of the Emergency Operations Organi zation and any other public or private agency contri buting personnel, equipment or materiel should have their comments included in the after-action report or UO-H istory (see ... B/900). 325.02 TEMPORARY REGULATIONS. Just as tem- porary regulations must be formally proclaimed they must also be formally rescinded . . Although some ' regulations may be completely rescinded, others may be reduced gradually to facilitate continued control of the emergency. See ... E/802.02. Since the Chief of Police must evaluate ·requests for temporary regulations promul gated by this Department, he must also evaluate requests for their removal; therefore, when the Field Commander determines a temporary regulation is no longer necessary, he shall submit a request for cancellation to the Chief of Police and ensure that, if approved, a stop enforcement is announced to concerned task force personnel. The can cef lation of a temporary regulation is contingent upon approval of the Mayor; therefore, before such action is taken, the Chief of Police will submit his recommendation for rescinding the regulation to the Mayor. The Mayor or his representative will publicly announce the ca· ncel lation. 325.03 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIEL RECOVERY. The Department has many functions to perform during emergencies in addition to providing police services to unaffected areas of the City. The result is widespread use of equipment and materiels which must be recovered upon termination of the emergency. Efforts must be made to account for lost or abandoned equipment, and recovery attempted. Supplies, such as unused flares, should be re turned to their source. Additionally, provisions must be made for service, repair or replacement of damaged equip ment and restocking of expended supplies. 325.04 POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS. After the initial stages of an emergency, those persons affected by its occurrence may, through shock, frustration, or anxiety, become angry with authority. Government may be blamed for seemingly inappropriate actions during the emergency or even for failing to prevent the incident. Usually, the most visible authority is the police. To alleviate unreasonable criticism, the Department must be prepared to meet each accusation with a timely and reasoned response. The Community Relations Section, Office of the Chief of Police, assists Areas experiencing community relations problems during emergencies; however, a widespread emer gency, such as an earthquake, would severely task section members responding to each Area's request for assistance. In cases where assistance may be delayed, officers must be prepared to contront and resolve police community problems (see . . . Department Manual 1 /237). It is essential that each officer realize that public ~rvice includes having a helpful and understanding attitude toward those suffering adverse effects of an emergency. Increased community relations programs and public announcements lessen adverse public reaction (see .. • D/310). Appeals to reason by being open with the known facts of the emergency and police emer gency operations engenders public support and reduces criticism. Disasters & Other Emergencies Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department June, 1981 58 - • F I R S T R E S P O N D E R C B E C K L I S T S CHECKLIST-FIELD COMMAND POST & FIELD JAIL UNIT LAPD 14.15.0 (10-79) This checklist assists field supervisors in establishing a Field Command Post (FCP). The following guidelines may be modified to fit individual situations." FCP SITE SELECTION FACTORS: � Strategically located to incident � Accessible to responding personnel � Defensible against snipers, mobs, fire bombs, etc. � Sufficient space for responding personnel & equipment � Restroom � Communications capabilities (telephones, radios, etc.) � Electricity � Water � Helicopter landing zones � Structures for personnel briefing, protection against weather � Storage facilities � Area for Mobile Command Fleet POTENTIAL COMMAND POST SITES: � Predesignated FCP location � School � Park � Parking lot � Water & Power facility � Street, ( closed w / o seriously affecting traffic) FIELD JAIL UNIT SITE SELECTION FACTORS: � Accessibility to the involved area. � Proximity to the Field Command Post � Anticipated duration of the incident � Anticipated number of arrestees � Security measures required � Sufficient space for processing, detention, and supplies � Provisions for lighting, restrooms, telephones, electricity, water, and shelter POTENTIAL FIELD JAIL UNIT SITES: � Schools/ gymnasiums � Auditoriums/theaters � National Guard armories � Warehouses � Convention Center � Sports Arena/Coliseum ESTABLISH A COMMAND POST: � Notify Communications Division, Area Watch Commander (WC), & responding units of FCP location � Select an Executive Officer to appoint FCP staff, as needed: � Radio Operator/ Journal Clerk to record radio transmissions & maintain UO summary & chronological activity log � Collect/retain pertinent UO data for After-Action Report � Personnel Officer to receive, account for, & assign officers � Designate personnel pool location � Utilize UO Time Cards � Appoint & maintain FCP security (if there is no Staging & Logistics Officer) � Staging & Logistics Officer to receive & issue vehicles & other equipment & provide FCP security � Intelligence Officer to gather, record & evaluate UC-related information � Operations Officer to formulate control plans � Request sufficient personnel (by no. of officers, not by no. of units) � Direct responding units to report to FCP (not to scene) via appropriate routes � Request Tactical Alert, if need is apparent or anticipated � Designate staging area for personnel & equipment pending assignment � Establish & maintain open phone line to Area station O Notify Communications WC & responding units of the tactical frequency to be used � Isolate working areas with ropes & stanchions � Place signs designating FCP sections or components � Utilize FCP staff armbands � Brief personnel & assign radio designations prior to deploying � Request specialized units: e.g., SWAT, SID, RHO, TE � Set up map board with necessary maps; define & sector involved Area � Connect microphone at rear of station wagon � Establish/ maintain liaison with other concerned agencies ' O Expand FCP as necessary; i.e., Field Jail Unit, Field Medical Unit � Have FCP site cleaned up after incident L CHECKLIST-WATCH COMMANDER UO PROCEDURES This checklist guides supervisory and station personnel in making necessary notifications during an Unusual Occurrence (UO). The number of notifications and action taken are dependent upon the scope of the specific problem. Upon being notified of a civil disturbance, disaster, or other emergency that has been declared a UO or is a potential UO, the Watch Commander shall assume responsibility for direction of police operations in the involved Area. (Tactical Manual A/204.03). INITIAL RESPONSIBILITIES: � Perform Required Notifications � Notify Communications Division of: � Location & nature of incident � Anticipated personnel needs, if known � Tactical frequency to be utilized � Request Tactical Alert, if necessary � Hold over watches, if necessary � Field Services Division Commanding Officer (CO) � Area CO � Operations Bureau CO � Detective Division CO � DHD, Administrative Information Unit � Direct a supervisor with Divisional command post veh to report to UO location ASSIGN PERSONNEL TO PERFORM UO STATION DUTIES: � Monitor radio & teletype � Maintain UO log & summary of area activity � Personnel reassignments � Logistics information � Intelligence summary � Departmental & other notifications � Designate Sergeant or Senior Officer as Acting Watch Commander REQUEST NECESSARY SPECIALIZED UNITS AND/OR EQUIPMENT: � Spec. equipment (shovels, sandbags, etc.) � SWAT � SID: Photo Lab, SNAP-Teams, Latent Prints, etc. � RHD � Air Support � Ambulance � Fi re Department INITIATE UO PLANS: � Area UO plans � Facility security � Facility defense � Facility evacuation INFORM OTHER CONCERNED AGENCIES: � Adjacent police jurisdictions � Public agenctes � Volunteer agencies (Red Cross, Salvation Army, etc.) RESPOND TO SCENE/ASSUME COMMAND: � Accompanied by officers to act as aides CHECKLIST - TERRORIST ACTIVITY Terrorism is criminal activity, usually violent, intended to intimidate for political reasons, or it is other activity that focuses attention upon a particular grievance or demand by creating fear and anxiety. Some factors that may alert officers to the possibility of terrorist activities are : * Political ideology, group identification slogans or papers * Specialized or military type armament * Positive identification of terrorist groups or members * Specific grievances or demands relating to a terrorist group or philosophy THIS CHECKLIST PROVIDES A DIRECTORY OF RESOURCES FOR PERSONNEL CONFRONTED WITH TERRORIST ACTIVITY NOTIFICATIONS: D Watch Commander D Area Commanding Officer D DHD, Administrative Desk 0 PDID 485-3261 485-4391 RESOURCES AVAILABLE TO THE FIELD COMMANDER Air Support Division 0 Aerial photography, public address 0 CCTV {Video taping) 0 Discreet surveillance 0 Night viewing devices Communications Division 485-2600 485-3223 0 Liaison; Public Utilities & Transportation (Telephone & radio equipment installation) . Valley Communications Section (Dept. use only) 782-2454 Investigative Analysis Section* 485-2676 0 Building occupants (limited) 0 Ex-con psychiatric information D Immigration information D Parole & probation information D Prison record information Detective Headquarters Division 0 Departmental notifications O Liaison; City Departments, legal, & military D Trained negotiators 0 Light 1 (Field illumination vehicle) 485-3261 O Miscellaneous equipment {bolt cutters, construction equipment, etc.) *Contact DHD Administrative Desk during . non-office hours. Detective Support Division* O Liaison; Federal law enforcement 0 Criminal Conspiracy Section 0 Background information on terrorists 0 Special Investigation Section {Surveillance) Metropolitan Division 0 SWAT O Crisis Negotiation Team Organized Crime Intelligence Division* 0 Airport Detail; Liaison with FAA & airline companies Scientific Investigation Division* 0 Firearms-explosives unit {and dogs) 0 Special Narration & Photo (SNAP Teams) Tactical Planning Section* O Mobile Command Post Fleet equipment (Mobile I, I 1, V, VI I, Sound I, & Mobile canteen). 0 Building blueprints D Field Command Post Division Cadre call-up Van Nuys Area 0 Light 11, Sound 11, & Mobile 111 Department of Public Works 0 Street barricades &signs Department of Water and Power 0 Street light extinguishing { Elect ric Trouble Board) 485-4335 485-2962 485- 2521 485-4091 485-5201 485-5298 485-6501 485-2541 485-4011 181-383 or 787-6250 485-5661 (24 hours) 481-6720 (24 hours) CHECKLIST - BARRICADED SUSPECT LAPO 14.16.0 (5 / 81) The officer-in-charge at the scene of a barricaded suspect or sniper incident is primarily responsible for minimizing injuries, strategically deploying personnel, and gathering intelligence. A tactical plan to initiate a holding action pending the arrival of SWAT must be formulated. The tactical plan should emphasize the 'Time, Talk and Tear gas' concept in containing the barricaded suspect. The following guidelines will assist field supervisors in neutralizing the suspect until his arrest can be safely effected. IMMEDIATE CON SIDE RATIONS: O Take charge as Field Commander and appoint necessary staff 0 Confine the suspect(s) to his present location by using positions with maximum cover for officers D Determine crime(s) involved 0 E stab Ii sh a command post stroteg ic to incident 0 Contact Communications Divis ion and request that the following be notified: D DHD, Administrative Desk 0 Area/ division commanding officer(s) D Watch Commander � Alert or request SWAT / Crisis Negotiation T eom, if necessary O Request necessary number of personnel for control purposes O Select tactical frequency to be utilized; advise Communications & responding units D Determine areas vulnerable to suspect' s field of fire O Determine number, type, and range of suspect's weapons 0 Cordon area & isolate from pedestrian & vehicular traffic 0 Evacuate injured D Evacuate adjacent bui !dings or rooms, if necessary 0 Provide officers, including those stationed on perimeter, with suspect(s) description O Designate an acting Press Relations Officer & request Department Press Relations Representative TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS: 0 Determine probable location of suspect within the structure 0 Request ambulance & Fire Department Un-its to stand by 0 Determine access routes & advise concerned units Maintain control of responding forces & ensure that: 0 All personnel report to FCP prior to deploying 0 All personnel are adequately briefed regarding tactical problem, assignment &unit designation 0 Assigned personnel have communications capability 0 Weapons fire control is maintained 0 Establish alternate routes for citizen traffic D Es tab lis h telephonic c--ommun ications with suspect. Every effort must be expended to obto in the voluntary surrender of the suspect O Request air support, if necessary D Determine identity and objective of suspect( s) 0 If suspect' s identity can be ascertained, check record through R&I & I nte 11 igence resources 0 Detain oil persons who can supply pertinent information D Request Tactical Alert, if necessary 0 Order sound, I ight, and photo equipment ( SNAP Teams) to scene, if necessary IF SWAT IS DELAYED AND VERBAL EFFORTS TO PERSUADE THE SUSPECT TO SURRENDER HAVE FAILED: 0 Ascertain floor plan of t he structure O Formulate plan for use of gas, if necessary 0 Consider wind direction & fire hazard if gas is employed O Evacuate adjacent build ings or rooms, if necessary O Communicate pion to all deployed off icers prior to implementation · 0 Ensure use of protective equipment (gos masks, flak vest, etc.) 0 Exhaust al I verbal efforts prior to escalating the opp I icot ion of force 0 Formulate pion for approaching & entering premises if QOS hos foiled to cause suspect to surrender O Initial entry team should consist of three officers 0 Provide entry team with appropriate equipment: gas, projectile & grenade, pry bars, battering ram, etc. O Maintain communication w ith entry team 0 Consider use of diversionary tactics to distract suspect's attention from entry team O After entry, the team must secure each room of premises prior to proceeding further 0 Secure scene & preserve evidence for investigators CHECKLIST - BOMB EMERGENCIES This checklist is intended to assist the field supervisor in the initial stages of a bomb emergency. These guidelines are flexible and can be modified to deal with specific field situations. INVESTIGATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES: 0 CCS - City-wide res pons ibi I ity_ of al I bombings, attempted bombings and bomb threats.* - � RHO-City-wide responsibility for all bomb threat extortions of banks, bank employees, bank messengers, federally insured credit unions, savings & loans, food stamp dispensaries and armored cars where there is no device.* D Area Investigators - Bomb threat extortions when the location is not the responsibility of RHD ond there is no device. 0 Preliminary investigation of bomb threats against schools IMMEDIATE CONSIDERATIONS: 0 Time call received 0 Type of device 0 Time of detonation NOTIFICATIONS: 0 IHD-X3261 0 CCS/ ISD- X2962* 0 SID- X6501 0 RHD-X2511* O Area Station OIC O Areo Investigators - E3omb threat against school � 0 Notify school Labor Relations- If bomb threat or bombing is the result of a labor dispute.* INVESTIGATION: The necessity for a thorough investigation of the bomb threat location is imperative for the personal safety of officers and the pub I ic. 0 Contact P / R only SEARCH: � � � � � Systematic search with person familiar with location No radio transmissions Do not touch, move or attempt to disarm any suspected item. Isolate the item Remove Department personnel at least ten minutes prior to scheduled time of detonation EVACUATION: - � Decision to evacuate should be made by the person in charge of location 0 Use evacuation plan which minir:iizes confusion Subsequent measures to be considered when an explosive device has been detonated. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS: D E stab Ii sh command post 0 Seal off location until SID determines if a secondary device exists D Evacuate immediately NOTE: 409 .5 PC - Power for peace officer to close areas during emergency 0 Ambulance 0 Fire Dept. - advise of evidence destruction D Have gas and electric power turned off . 0 Request additional personnel 0 Es tab Ii sh traffic control 0 Available hospitals NOTE: All press releases are mode by investigators or press relations. SPECIALIZED UNITS AND EQUIPMENT: � SID 0 Light truck- any night time detonation* � Air Support � Metro 0 Sound truck* D Barricades 0 Command post fleet* ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES: 0 Fire Department-Investigation of fire bombings D T / A involving vehicles transporting explosives 0 SID 0 Fire-Deportment 0 Firearms and Explosives Unit, SID shall direct all searches of aircraft or facilities at LAX. ENFORCEMENT SECTIONS: Divis ion 11, Chapter 7 of H&S Code provides the most comprehensive sections relatin.g to the i I legal use and possession of explosives. , * Contact Administrative Desk , IHD, dur ing non-business hours. CHECKLIST - OFFICER INVOLVED SHOOTINGS LAPD 14.17 .0 (2-77) This checklist is intended to provide basic reminders to a s·upervi sor at the scene of an officer-involved shooting. OFFICER OR OTHERS INJURED lmmed iate considerations: 0 Secure scene D Request ambulance 0 Crime broadcast 0 Request additional personnel D Locate & identify witnesses D Transport involved officers to station O Have appropriate notifications made Notifications: 0 Area Station OIC 0 Area Commanding Officer 0 RHO 0 Area Investigators OIHD 0 Coroner • Notified by RHO Establish CP if necess~r:_ 0 Appoint CP staff as required 0 Record action taken 0 Brief personnel 0 Establish perimeter security O Press relations NOTE: Only information authorized by RHO shall be re leased. Specialized units and equipment: 0 Air Support D Metro D SWAT 0 IHD-FCP Fleet 0 SID- Notified by RHO D Barricades 0 Light Truck DISCHARGE OF FIREARM - NO INJURY 0 Incident occurred while on duty 0 Incident occurred within County while officer off duty Conduct complete investigation of the c ircumstonces of the shooting incident; obtain the following information for the purpose of preparing a detailed chronological narrative. NOTE: See Manual Section 3/ 796.47 for complet ion t ime requirements and distribution of completed reports. Chronoloi:ical narrative: 0 Date & time ca 11 received 0 Names, Serial No. & rank of officers involved 0 Current assignment & detail O Uniform or plainclothes 0 Types of vehicles 0 Description of scene including background Weapons: 0 Ofer' s - Ser. No., make, model, caliber, Double action 0 Susp's - Ser. No., make, model, caliber, Double action Type of ammunition/holster: D Ofcr's - type, mfg, No. rounds fired, type holster 0 Susp's • type, mfg, No. rounds fired, type holster 0 E3ook cartridges, coses and/ or expended slugs Personnel at scene : 0 Identify a 11 po Ii ce personne I at scene 0 Name, rank, Serial No., current assignment 0 l'bme of first superv isor at scene 0 Other related persons, i.e. ambulance Suspects: 0 Include all known information: D Description D Prior record � Parole, probation info Vehicles and evidence: O Vehicle(s) description 0 Disposition-Impound, hold, etc. 0 Evidence booked Witnesses: D Location & observations Communications: 0 Teletypes 0 Communications ' tickets I Diagram scene: 0 Position of officer, suspect, witness & path of bullet D Supplement with photos if necessary CHECKLIST-Fl AST-RESPONDER-DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: The Department's role at the scene of disasters and other emergencies is to support the Los Angeles Fire Department Incident Commander by providing the following: � A liaison officer of supervisory rank D Control of emergency vehicle access routes � Perimeter traffic control � Evacuation, if necessary Note: Police officers may close an area and order an evacuation under emergency conditions (409.5 PC). Contamination Emergencies Officers approaching contamination emergency scenes should be aware of several precautions that can decrease the possibility of illness, injury, or death. D Stay upwind of the contaminated area D Do not use Department gas masks as they are ineffective against toxic vapors D Do not drive through the contaminated area D Do not eat, drink, or smoke near the scene D Do not touch any material or container involved in the incident D Do not use flares (request barricades) � Keep contaminated persons isolated from others D Maintain a safe distance (at least 2,000') from the incident scene (refer to Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook). Barricaded Suspect And Terrorist Activity Refer to Checklist, Form 14.16 Earthquakes The damage from a large earthquake is likely to effect a considerable area of the City; therefore, special efforts must be made to provide for an effective emergency operation. Officers shall immediately make individual situation estimates and damage assessments according to Basic Car assignment. This information should be forwarded to the Area watch commander by telephone or delivered to the station. The police radio should be reserved for emergency messages. Brushfire Survival A person trapped by a fast-moving brushfire can seldom run fast enough to escape onrushing flames. Knowledge of brushfire survival techniques may alleviate injury to officers working in close prox imity to the fire. � Know where the fire is at all times by utilizing personal observation and monitoring radio frequencies D Keep escape routes in mind and make them known to others � Park vehicles where they will not oostruct others � Gose windows and park the vehicle directed toward an escape route � Keep clear of all electrical power lines D Wear helmet and goggles in areas of heavy smoke and flying debris Officer Involved Shootings And Bomb Emergencies Refer to Checklist, Form 14.17 CHECKLIST-FIRST RESPONDER-DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES LAPD 14.18.0 (6-82) This checklist is used by field officers who are first responders to the scene of a disaster or other emergency. It assists officers in establishing on-scene command, formulating a situation estimate, alerting others to the conditions of the emergency, and obtaining the personnel and equipment necessary to control the incident. Additionally, the checklist provides officers with a list of special considerations to be used as guidelines during several specific types of emergencies. The guidelines are flexible and subject to modification as necessary to control the situation. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITIES: First responders have a responsibi I ity to establish on-scene command, for mu late and broadcast a situation estimate, set up a Field Command Post, request necessary personnel and equipment, and provide a Staging Area for responding personnel. To accomplish this, the senior officer shall assume command responsibility (i.e., act as the Field Commander), appoint others to staff the Field Command Post, assign missions, gather intel Ii gence and delegate other tasks as necessary to establish control until relieved by an officer of higher rank. SITUATION ESTIMATE: A situation estimate is that information developed by the first officer at the scene of an emergency and is basic intelligence transmitted to Communications Division and then supplementally conveyed to other concerned Department elements. The initial situation estimate should include: D Type of emergency D Location of emergency D Type of structure(s) and/or vehicle(s) involved � Size of the involved area (actual and potential) D Number of additional officers required D Field Command Post location � Staging Area location D Access routes for emergency vehicles D Assistance required (e.g., ambulance fire, public utility) D Number and type of casualties The following additional information should also be included in the situation estimate for the specific type of emergency I isted. Contamination Emergencies D Type of specialized equipment needed D Wind conditions, including direction D Severity of hazard to citizens and emergency personnel D Traffic and crowd control D Placard and/or shipping papers information D Material name, if identified D Property and/or vehicle owner's name, if identified Brushfires D Apparent direction fire is burning D Wind conditions, including direction D Hazard potential for structures Aircraft Accidents D Type of aircraft (e.g., multi-engine jet-DC10, helicoper-Jet Ranger, or single-engine four-place Cessna) D Military or civilian aircraft Subsequent situation estimates should be communi cated by telephone and include: � Aircraft identification numbers D Owner of involved aircraft D Name and address of pilot(s) D Location of known survivors � Resume of circumstances surrounding incident D If military, was it carrying weapons? D If commercial, was U.S. mail aboard? CHECKLIST -Fl AST-RESPONDER-DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: The Department's role at the scene of disasters and other emergencies is to support the Los Angeles Fire Department Incident Commander by providing the following: � · A liaison officer of supervisory rank � Control of emergency vehicle access routes � Perimeter traffic control � Evacuation, if necessary Note: Police officers may close an area and order an evacuation under emergency conditions (409.5 PC). Contamination Emergencies Officers approaching contamination emergency scenes should be aware of several precautions that can decrease the possibility of illness, injury, or death. D Stay upwind of the contaminated area D Do not use Department gas masks as they are ineffective against toxic vapors D Do not drive through the contaminated area D Do not eat, drink, or smoke near the scene � Do not touch any material or container involved in the incident D Do not use flares (request barricades) D Keep contaminated persons isolated from others D Maintain a safe distance (at least 2,000') from the incident scene (refer to Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook). Barricaded Suspect And Terrorist Activity Refer to Check I ist, Form 14.16 Earthquakes The damage from a large earthquake is I ikely to effect a considerable area of the City; therefore, special efforts must be made to provide for an effective emergency operation. Officers shall immediately make individual situation estimates and damage assessments according to Basic Car assignment. This information should be forwarded to the Area watch commander y telephone or delivered to the station. The police radio should be reserved for emergency messages. Brushfire Survival A person trapped by a fast-moving brushfire can seldom run fast enough to escape onrushing flames. Knowledge of brushfire survival techniques may alleviate injury to officers working. in close prox imity to the fire. D Know where the fire is at all times by utilizing personal observation and monitoring radio frequencies D Keep escape routes in mind and make them known to others � Park vehicles where they will not obstruct others D Oose windows and park the vehicle directed toward an escape route D Keep clear of all electrical power lines D Wear helmet and goggles in areas of heavy smoke and flying debris Officer Involved Shootings And Bomb Emergencies Refer to Check I ist, Form 14. 17 CHECKLIST-FIRST RESPONDER-Dl~ASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES LAPD 14.18.0 (6-82) This checklist is used by field officers who are first responders to the scene of a disaster or other emergency. It assists officers in establishing on-scene command, formulating a situation estimate, alerting others to the conditions of the emergency, and obtaining the personnel and equipment necessary to control the incident. Additionally, the checklist provides officers with a list of special considerations to be used as guidelines during several specific types of emergencies. The guidelines are flexible and subject to modification as necessary to control the situation. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITIES: First responders have a responsibility to establish on-scene command, for mu late and broadcast a situation estimate, set up a Field Command Post, request necessary personnel and equipment, and provide a Staging Area for responding personnel. To accomplish this, the senior officer shall assume command responsibility (i.e., act as the Field Commander}, appoint others to staff the Field Command Post, assign missions, gather intelli gence and delegate other tasks as necessary to establish control u nti I relieved by an officer of higher rank. SITUATION ESTIMATE: A situation estimate is that information developed by the first officer at the scene of an emergency and is basic intelligence transmitted to Communications Division and then supplemental ly conveyed to other concerned Department elements. The initial situation estimate should include: D Type of emergency D Location of emergency D Type of structure(s} and/or vehicle(s) involved D Size of the involved area (actual and potential} D Number of additional officers required D Field Command Post location D Staging Area location � Access routes for emergency vehicles D Assistance required (e.g., ambulance fire, public utility) D Number and type of casualties The following additional information should also be included in the situation estimate for the specific type of emergency I isted. Contamination Emergencies D Type of specialized equipment needed � Wind conditions, including direction � Severity of hazard to citizens and emergency personnel � Traffic and crowd control � Placard and/or shipping papers information � Material name, if identified D Property and/or vehicle owner's name, if identified Brushfires D Apparent direction fire is burning � Wind conditions, including direction D Hazard potential for structures Aircraft Accidents D Type of aircraft (e.g., multi-engine jet-DC10, helicoper-Jet Ranger, or single-engine four-place Cessna) D Military or civilian aircraft Subsequent situation estimates should be communi cated by telephone and include: D Aircraft identification numbers � Owner of involved aircraft D Name and address of pilot(s) D Location of known survivors � Resume of circumstances surrounding incident D If military, was it carrying weapons? D If commercial, was U.S. mail aboard? XI NORTHEAST AREA S P E C I A L A R E A P L A N S A N D SINGLE USE PLANS * FIRE EMERGENCY PLANS * DISTURBANCE AT DODGER STADIUM * EMERGENCY PROCEDURES AT THE LOS ANGELES ZOO (INFORMATION ONLY) NORTHEAST AREA !' I R E E M E R G E N C Y P L A N S *MOUNT WASHINGTON AREA *ELYSIAN PARK AREA *GRIFFITH PARK AREA TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. INFORMATION 2. WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES 3. NOTIFICATIONS 4. INGRESS/EGRESS ROUTES 5. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS 6. EVACUATION CENTERS 7. HOSPITALS 8. AREA FIRE STATION RESPONSIBILITIES ( OVERVIEW Fires in the Mount Washington, Griffith Park and Elysian Park areas are a continuing problem in the Northeast Area. Contingency plans will help expedite our response and aide the field commander in the deployment of resources. The Mount Washi~gton area is hilly, semi-mountainous residential area with narrow winding roads. Many of the canyon areas are inaccessible by vehicle and covered by heavy brush. The population in this area is estimated to be in excess of 9,000 people. The Elysian Park area is approximately 90% park land, with several single family type residences on the periphery of the park. Access to the park is good via paved and dirt roads. The most susceptible structure to fire in Elysian Park is the Police Academy. The Griffith Park area covers approximately 4,000 acres of trees, brush and grass. The park attracts thousands of people on weekends and hundreds on weekdays. The attractions in Griffith Park are spread out over the entire breadth of the park. A major fire could effect all venues at the same time. On a good weather holiday weekend, it is estimated that over 25,000 people could be in the park. The magnitude of a major fire, along with wind and weather conditions, will dictate the Fire Department's plan of action. They may establish multiple and/or mobile command posts. The Police Department's role is to support the Fire Department and establish liaison. The Department's mission will be crowd and traffic control, evacuation assistance, and the protection of life and property. WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Ensure that a situation estimate is given to Communications · Division that includes: A. Location ·- B. Size C. Direction ·D. Type of area (business, residential) E. Ingress/Egress F. Location of Command Post G. Number of people needed 2. Dispatch an Area supervisor to the Incident Commander's Location and establish liaison. 3. Maintain Ingress/Egress routes and perimeter control. 4. If the magnitude of the event so dictates, go to the scene and provide support. 5. Take command of the event if it is a police related incident rather than a "natural" disaster. NOTIFICATIONS The below is a list of possible agencies which may or may not be notified depending on_ the circumstances of the fire. 1. Communications Division 485-3223 2. Northeast Patrol Commanding Officer 485-2571 3. Northeast Area Commanding Officer 485-2549 4. Detective Headquarters Division (large fire) 485-3261 5. American Red Cross 384-5261 6. California Highway Patrol 736-3302 7. Griffith _ park Ranger _Station 665-5188 8. Los Angel•• County Zoo Security 666-4650 9. Animal Regulations 485-5765 10. L.A.F.D. Paramedics 384-3131 11. Loe Angeles School Security 625-6631 INGRESS/EGRESS ROUTES Mount Washington has two main streets and five secondary streets for ingress and egress. Traffic flow and perimeter control can be maintained by blocking all or a combination of these streets (Ref. Thomas Guide Pg 36 or reporting district maps). 1. Mount Washington Drive and Marmion Way 2. San Rafael Avenue and North Avenue so 3. West Avenue 43 and Marmion Way 4. Museum Drive and Marmion Way 5. Glenalbyn Drive and Isabel Street 6. Roseview Avenue and Cypress Avenue 7. Avenue 49 and Cleland Avenue Griffith Park has nine main streets into the park. Traffic flow can be maintained by control of these intersections (Ref . Thomas Guide Pages 24 & 25 or reporting district maps) . 1. Los Feliz Boulevard and Riverside Drive 2. Commonwealth Avenue and Los Feliz Boulevard 3. Vermont Avenue and Los Feliz Boulevard 4. Ferndell Drive and Los Feliz Boulevard 5. Northbound off ramp, Golden State Freeway at Riverside Drive 6. Zoo Drive and Golden State Freeway 7. Zoo Drive and Victory Boulevard 8. Zoo Drive and Griffith Park Drive 9. Zoo Drive and Forest Lawn Drive I : Elysian Park has six main streets into the park and five secondary streets. 1. Scott Avenue and Elysian Park Drive 2. Scott Avenue and Stadium Way 3. Academy Road and Elysian Park Drive 4. Stadium Way and northbound Golden State Freeway 5. Park Row Drive and Casanova Street 6. Solano Avenue and Pasadena Freeway 7. Stadium Way and Pasadena Freeway 8. Chavez Ravine Place and College Street 9. Elysian Park Drive and Sunset Boulevard 10. Elysian Park Drive and Sunset Boulevard 11. Douglas Street and Elysian Park Drive COMMAND POST LOCATIONS 1. Mount Washington Area A. West Avenue 45 and Figueroa Street (Lucky's parking lot) B. San Rafael Avenue and North Avenue 50 C. Glassel! Park Recreation - 3650 Verdugo Road D. Franklin High School 820 North Avenue 54 Phone 254-7104 2. Elysian Park Area A. Los Angeles Police Academy 1880 Academy Drive B. U.S. Naval and Marine Corps Reserve Corp 1700 Stadium Way - 3. Griffith Park Area A. Los Feliz Boulevard and Riverside Drive (parking lot of Recreation Center) B. Zoo parking lot EVACUATION CENTERS 1. Mount Washington A. Franklin High Schoo+ 820 North Avenue 54 254-7104 . . B. Nightingale Junior High School 3311 North Figueroa 221-2128 · 2. Elysian Park A. U.S. Naval and Marine Corps Reserve Corp 1700 Stadium Way 3. Griffith Park Area a. Marshall High School 3103 Griffith Park Boulevard 660-1440 HOSPITALS 1. Mount Washington Area A. Glendale Adventist 1509 Wilson Terrace, Glendale 240-8000 B. Los Angeles County - USC Medical Center 1200 North State Street, Los Angeles 226-2622 2. Elysian Park Area A. Hollywood Presbyterian/Queen of Angels Hospital 1300 North Vermont Avenue, Hollwyood 660-3530 3. Griffith Park Area A. Hollywood Presbyterian Hospital 1300 North Vermont Avenue, Hollywood 660-3530 AREA LAID rIRB STATION RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Mount Washington Area 929 Cypress Avenue, 144 485-6244 2. Elysian Park Area 534 East Edgeware Road, 16 485-6206 3. Griffith Park Area 2838 Rowena Avenue, 156 485-6256 DISTURBANCE AT DODGER STADIUM ( DISTURBANCE AT DODGER STADIUM In the event that Dodger Stadium had to be cleared by members of this Department, the following should be considered: 1. · -Depending on the degree of the disturbance, a command·•post should be established at the Police Academy, south parking lot. Telephone: 485-3151/485-3155 2. Request an air unit to assess the situation. 3. Request personnel as needed (know who and where deployed). a. Have all personnel responding switch to Frequency 4 (clear frequency with Communications Division). 4. Notify: a. Northeast Watch Commander of the situation. b. Northeast Commanding Officer and the Operations Division Commanding Officers. c. Detective Headquarters Division. d. Scientific Investigation Division. e. Depending on the degree of the disturbance - Deputy D.A.'s office. 5. Deploy a scout with a ROVER unit in the tower on the west side of the stadium. 6. Establish liaison with the public address announcer on the press level of stadium - phone 224-1425. 7. Establish liaison with the stadium security (near the press entrance). 8. Request additional "B" wagons from Central Division Watch Commander, or buses from Jail Division. Disturbance at Dodger Stadium (Continued) 9. Declare the situation an unlawful assembly by use of the public address announcer. (See attached sheet for wording). 10. -If the decision is to disperse the crowd, make sure you have enough personnel to handle the situation. If the situation appears to require assistance beyond the capacity of Northeast Area, the field commander may request a tactical alert via Communications Division. 11. Officers should be instructed to utilize their helmets. 12. A helipad is available for the helicopter just northeast of the stadium parking lot. 13. Contact Central Traffic Division for needed personnel. Assign to traffic and crowd control as necessary. 14. Officers reporting to· the command post shall: a. Park their police vehicles and report to the personnel officer. b. Fill out U.O. cards. c. Lock police vehicle. All equipment should be locked in the trunk if the police vehicle is to be retained by the officer(s). d. Squads shall be formed with squad leaders and briefed by appropriate personnel. e. "Queen" number designations shall be assigned to squads. 15. Clean command post site at conclusion. 16. Cancel tactical alert if one was broadcast. 17. Complete after action report. DISPERSAL ORDER "I am (officer's name and rank), a police officer for the City of Los Angeles. I hereby declare this to be an unlawful assembly and, in the name of the people of the State of California, command all those assembled at (give specific location) to immediately disperse. If you do not do so, you will be arrested. Section 409 of the Penal Code prohibits remaining present at an unlawful assembly after being warned. The following routes of dispersal are available (give the most convenient route(s) of dispersal). You have (a reasonable amount of time) minutes to disperse." If a dispersal order is given, the following should be considered: 1. Attempt to have the dispersal order tape recorded as it is given. 2. Have officers (preferably plainclothes) behind the crowd to testify that the order could be easily heard and understood. LOS ANGELES ZOO EMERGENCY PROCEDURES *Fire *Earthquake *Strike / I M P O R T A N T The foregoing emergency procedures for the Los Angeles Zoo are orders and direGtives written by and for Zoo security personnel. They are included in the Northeast Division standing plans for information only. _j LOS ANGELES ZOO EMERGENCY PROCEDURE - FIRE The goal of park security in the event of a fire is to arrange for the extinguishing of fire and to protect. Security has the primary responsibility of notifying the Fire Department and direc~ing it to the location of the fire. PROCEDURE Any City employee, Zoo Association employee, or volunteer who sees a fire will report the fire by the quickest means possible to the security office (extension 224). The security officer who receives the call that there is a fire in or near the zoo should get as much information as possible regarding the fire as to size, location, and name of employee or volunteer reporting fire and if human or animal like is in danger. This information should aid him in deciding if he should call the Fire Department in addition to dispatching our mobile patrol unit to the scene of the fire or waiting for the mobile patrol unit or any security officer responding to the call to determine if the Fire Department is necessary to extinguish the fire and prevent unnecessary loss to structures or vegetation. If zoo forces extinguish a fire, the Fire Department should be informed that there was a ·fire in the zoo and that the fire has been extinguished by zoo forces. The Fire Department will decide if they wish to come out to check the burned area. The security office will inform the following persons as quickly as possible and in the below order: Fire Department (immediately, if zoo force can't extinguish fire) Security supervisor Zoo Director (weekends and holidays, Acting Zoo Director) Public Relations Assistant Zoo Director Chief Animal Keeper Senior Park Foreman Construction Foreman Curators Zoo Veterinarian Greater Loa Angeles Zoo Association The above zoo personnel shall be contacted in the order they are liated if a fire is posted in the zoo or zoo proximity during off hours. Depending upon the nature of the fire, the administrator or security supervisor may decide that some of the above personnel need not be notified. The Zoo Director (or Administrator) bears overall responsibility for a fire situation, but operational direction ahould rest with the ranking security supervisor present. In certain situations, the administrator may decide that some parts of the Emergency Fire procedure area not required. Emergency Procedure - Fire (Continued Due to the immediate danger of a fire to both humans and animals, the following additional persons would be notified when it is thought necessary by the security supervisors. ·· Los Angeles Police Department Park Ranger 625-3311 665-5188 The General Manager, Department of Recreation and Parks, 485-5538, should be notified when it is thought necessary by the administrator. The security office, upon direction from the security supervisor, shall instruct the switchboard operator to sound the alarm on the bell system (5-5-5). The Security Mobile Unit is equipped with Class A, Band C fire · extinguishers which may be used to control or extinguish . small fires. Class A fires (wood, paper, plants, etc.) may be controlled and/or extinguished by water hoses located throughout the zoo. The security officer may summon the help of any employee to help extinguish a fire as long as there is no danger from the fire to him or the employee. The following equipment shall be brought to the fire by the Security Division: Fire Extinguishers (A,B,C) Walkie Talkies Zoo Keys Bull Horns Rope The Chief Security Officer shall be responsible for the maintenance and inspection of this equipment and he or the supervisor in charge should report to the scene of the fire and start deploying security personnel in such a manner that he will have control over pedestrian and vehicular traffic in the fire are. The Chief Security Officer should work with other division head(s) in utilizing their employees for . crowd control if there are not enough security officers on duty. The Chief Security Officer is responsible for stationing a security officer at the bus circle or rear gate to direct the Fire Department to the scene of the fire, making sure that the Fire Department has a clear access to the fire and directing patrons out of the fire area and roping it off. He is also responsible for making arrangements for evacuation of the zoo if that becomes necessary. The decision to evacuate should be the administrator, but due to the nature, size and intensity of some fires it may become ( necessary to evacuate the zoo immediately before avenues or escape are cut off. If a zoo administrator isn't readily available and the fire is of such magnitude that it threatens the public safety, the Chief Security Officer should have the authority to evacuate the zoo. Emergency Procedure - Fire (Continued The front main exit gates should be used to evacuate the zoo whenever possible. If the . fire has cut off the access to the main exit gate to some patrols, the rear gate should be used as an alternate to evacuate zoo patrons . The main function of the Security Division shall be to extinguish the fire or make arrangements for the extinguishing of the fire, crowd control, and internal communication. The Chief Security Officer and/or his assistants shall report to the administrator . Patron shall be ushered away from the fire area. As dictated by the situation, patrols may be confined to a certain area or ushered out of the zoo entirely. Calls coming into the zoo shall be made under the direction of the administrator. The side (electric) gate and/or the rear gate should be manned by a security officer if the fire is during normal working hours. No persons other than department officials on duty, and no vehicles (except emergency vehicles) shall be permitted to enter the zoo unless approved by the administrator. EMERGENCY PROCEDURE - EARTHQUAKE The goal of security during an earthquake is to report all damages to buildings or cages to the appropriate division head and to assist in any rescue efforts when possible. After an earthquake, security shall make a general check of the zoo and report any serious damages to the Zoo Construction Division. Animal Services should be notified if there is a possibility of an animal escaping. If an animal has escaped the escaped animal procedure should be followed. If there is a fire, the emergency fire procedure should be followed. If the earthquake happens during "off hours" the off hours emergency procedure should be followed . The administrator should be advised of any serious condition resulting from earthquake. All information provided to persons outside the zoo ~rganization shall be provided by the administrator, or the Zoo Public Information Director under instruction from the administrator. EMERGENCY PROCEDURE - STRIICE The Goal of security in the event of a strike is to maintain law and -order and to keep the administration appraised of all unusual striking employees activities. Securi~y· officer should be stationed at the side (electric) gate · and at the rear gate and only authorized vehicles or persons should be allowed to enter. Emergency Procedure - Strike (Continued) Regular patrols of the zoo . and zoo parking lots should be make by security and any activities out of the ordinary should be reported to the security supervisor. The· LAPD should be informed of the strike by the Chief Security Officer. Any unlawful activity should be reported to the Police Department. Security officers shall remain neutral as far as who is right or wrong between management and the striking employees. By not taking sides in the labor-management dispute the security officer will be in a better position to keep the peace with the minimum amount of authority or force when tempers are high. All information provided to persons outside the zoo organization shall be provided by the administrator or the Zoo Public Information Director under instruction from the administrator. Only the administrator may authorize other zoo employees to discuss the strike. Security officers shall not answer questions or provide information regarding the details of the strike, but they shall relay inquiries to the administrator or the Zoo Public Information Director. FIRE PROTOCOL FOR CONDORS Condor keepers are responsible for ·the following equipment to be · maintained at the condor facility: If or 2 - Extension poles with attachable capture nets 2 - Capture nets on 5 foot poles 1. - 20 foot extension ladder Plastic air kennels for each bird in the the keeper or observer she should immediately Security Animal Services sees or suspects notify: a fire X 224 X 224 condominiums. in the area, Security will contact: Los Angeles Fire Department Mike Cunningham Research Department: Cathleen Cox and/or Mike Wallace Zoo Veterinarian The Stores Senior Animal Keeper 485-5971 X 295 X 256 X 218 X 210 he The sprinkler system outside the pens, and not inside, should be turned on. One or all of the above people should go to the facility immediately and determine the potential threat to the birds. People in the condor area should be in frequent contact with security, and security will keep constant contact with the Los Angeles Fire Department. If it is determined that evacuation is a possibility, additional hoop nets (and plastic kennels if needed) will be secured from the Health Center and Aviary, and additional personnel from the Aviary and/or Health Center will assist in evacuation. If evacuation is necessary: 1. Transport trucks would be summoned form the Commissary, Health Center and/or Aviary. 2. With a veterinarian present, capture team s should be formed with the following experienced people leading each team: Mike Cunningham Condor Keepers Mike Wallace Bill Foster Fire Protocol for Condors (Continued) 3. Birds should be captured and evacuated according to order of importance determined by Mike Wallace, Mike Cunningham and Bill Foster. 4. Birds will be put in plastic kennels and loaded onto trucks ready for transportation - should it be necessary. Trucks ~ will drive to a safety point designated at the time. 5. Sprinklers in the condor pens should be turned on. XII NORTHEAST AREA V I T A L P O I N T S ( VITAL POINTS INDEX \. Pre-designated Vital Points Locations J. Dams and Reservoirs C. Freeways and overpasses D. Hospitals E. Dam Inundation - Personnel Displacement Estimates A. PRE-DESIGNATED VITAL POINTS * As soon as practicable 'fol lowing a major earthquake, the field commander should initiate an inspection of the following vital locations. These locations should be evaluated and assessed for damage, appropriate notifications made, and findings recorded. 1. Northeast Station (Primary Command Post, Arms Storage). 2. Weatherite Building (S.I.D. Arms Storage and Explosives). 3. Police Academy (Alternate Command Post, Arms Storage). 4. Mounted Unit Facility. 5. Dodger Stadium (Alternate Command Post). 6. Naval and Marine Reserve Armory (Alternate Command Post, Evaluation Center). 7. Silverlake Reservoir (Life Hazard). 8. Rowena Reservoir (Life Hazard). 9. Eagle Rock Reservoir (Life Hazard). 10. Elysian Reservoir (Life Hazard). 11. High-rise Structure~ (Life Hazard). 12. Area Hospitals. 13. Firearms dealers. 14. Bridges along main thoroughfares and primary access points . 15. Utilities. 16. Locations on advice of the field commander. B. DAMS/RESERVOIRS NAME 1. Eagle Rock Reservoir 2. Highland Reservoir 3. Garvanza Reservoir 4. Elysian Park Reservoir S. Solano Reservoir 6. Rowena Reservoir 7. Silverlake Reservoir LOCATION 1301 Blue Hill Drive 414 North Avenue 62 North of Meridian, East of Ave . ·5, at end of Cooper St. West of Pasadena Freeway south of Golden State Freeway PHONE 254-2783 481-4900 481-5549 Northeast side of Dodger Stadium 481-4900 (covered) 3400 Ettrick East Silverlake/Armstrong 481-4900 664-1493 DAMS/RESERVOIRS (Continued) Dam Inundation-Personnel ~isplacement Estimates In es.timating the number of people that may be displaced by the inundation paths of the various Dams/Reservoirs, the total population in•all affected R/D's in the inundation path were added ·for a cumulative total of displaced personnel. In actuality no R/D's were entirely inundated so the actual displacement figures will be aignificantly lower. These figures are included only as a "worst case" estimation. RESERVOIR/DAM Eagle Rock Highland Rowena Garvanza Silverlake Elysian Solano PERSONNEL DISPLACEMENT ESTIMATES 25,321 2,646 11,218 N/A N/A N/A N/A *These reservoir are maintained by DWP. In emergencies, call 481-4900. For further information, contact Reservoir Supervisor 481-4922. C. FREEWAYS AND OVERPASSES Glendale Freeway and 134 Freeway Fletcher Drive Bridge over Los Angeles River York Boulevard and the Pasadena Freeway Glendale - Hyperion Viaduct over Riverside Drive and the Pasadena Freeway Golden State Freeway and the Glendale Freeway D. HOSPITALS Kaiser Hospital Hollywood Presbyterian Hospital Children's Hospital LOCATION 5867 Sunset Boulevard 1300 North Vermont Blvd. 4620 Sunset Boulevard *See KEY LOCATIONS for Citywide contract hospital list. PHONE 667-4941 660-3530 660-2540 XIII NORTHEAST AREA KEY LOCATIONS ·( INDEX A. Overview B. Command Post Locations C. Staging Areas D. Evacuation Centers E. Schools and Playgrounds f. Fire Stations G. Emergency Phone Numbers and Outside Police Agencies H. Military Installations I._ Fire Arms/Explosives J. Fire Arm Dealers K. Hospitals - Area and Contract L. Convalescent Hospitals M. Pharmacies, Medical and First Aid Supplies N. Call Boxes (Gamewells) 0. Primary Access Routes - Overpasses and Bridges - Traffic Arteries P. Theaters Q. Dams/Reservoirs R. Water Tanks S. Power Installations/High Voltage Lines T. Private Utilities and Telephone Installations U. Natural Gas Feeders V. Petroleum Pipe Line(s) W. Buses and Trucks · X. Heavy Equipment Y. Aerial Photographs, Northeast Area Vital Points and Key Locations , KEY LOCATIONS A. OVERVIEW In the event of an emergency or disaster Key Locations, such as hospitals, evacuation centers, water tanks, etc., have been li~ted to aid the Disaster/Emergency O.I.C. in controlling the event. "Key Locations" are generally considered to be a resource for the O.I.C. and not to be confused with "Vital Points," which are locations to be checked immediately following an earthquake. There is some over lapping between these two areas, such as hospitals and utility loc~tions. ~enerally speaking however, Key Locations are not considered to be immediate response locations as are Vital Points (see Vital Points Section). B. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS, NORTHEAST ARE;~ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Northeast Division 485-2563 (Primary Command Post ... 3353 San Fernando Road) Police Academy 485-3151 1880 N. Academy Drive Dodger Stadium 224-1351 1000 Elysian Park Naval and Marine Reserve Armory 627-2891 .......... . 1700 Stadium Way Occidental College 259-2500 ....................... . 1600 Campus Road Pater Noster High School 254-2576 ................. . 2911 San Fernando Road Griffith Park - Ranger Station 665-5188 ............. . 4370 Crystal Springs Drive 8. L.A. City Zoo 666-4650 ............................ . 9. 10. 5333 Zoo Drive Eagle Rock Recreation Center 257-6958 1100 Eagle Vista Drive Eagle Rock Shopping Plaza 256-2147 2700 Colorado Boulevard 11. Franklin High School 254-7104 ..................... . 820 N. Avenue 54 12. Cypress Recreation Park 221-7821 .................. . 13. 14. 15. 2630 Pepper Avenue Washington Irving Junior High School 256-2123, 3010 Eastara Avenue King Thomas Starr Junior High School 664-1176, 4201 Fountain Avenue Eagle Rock High School 254-6891 1750 Yosemite Drive 16. Marshall High School 660-1440 ............•..•.••... 3737 Tracy Street THOMAS GUIDE COORDINATES 35 D-1 35 D-5 35 D-6 35 D-6 26 A-6 35 D-2 24 E-4 24 E-2 26 C-4 25 F-4 36 B-2 35 F-4 35 E-1 35 A-3 26 B-5 35 A-2 --. SITE #a------ COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED---- 1. AREA------------- ' 2. NAME,------------------------------ 3 •. _ADDRES~--------------------------- - -, ,. NAME AND PHONE OF CONTACT (DAY)------------------ (EVENING)--------------------- 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE---------- 6. REPORTING DISTRICT------------ 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (GENERAL)-----(PACIFIC)--- B. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE----- VEHICLES PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE,--------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 10. OTHER AREA~---------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 11. APPROXIMATELY HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMOD~TE-------- 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S)------------------ 13. SECURITY PROBLEM?------------------------ 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP--------- '· . STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE-------LIGHTED?------- 16. OPEN AREA SIZE---------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S)--------------------- 18. SECURITY PROBLEM?----------------------- 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE;-------------- 1 ., - 20. POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS----220 VOLTS---- · - PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)------ COVERED----LIGHTED?----FENCED?--- OPEN LIGHTED?--- FENCED?---- 22. FEEDING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)----------- COVERED------LIGHTED?----FENCED?---- OPEN LIGHTED? FENCED?----- 23. KITCHEN FACILIT1E~---------------SIZE------ 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES?------ (NUMBER OF PATIENTS)------- 25. TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)-----(DESCRIBE)------ 26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)-----(DESCRIBE)------ POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE-----------------'- · _, ------------ 28 , FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INUNDATION MAPS)-------- 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD SPOTS?)---------------- 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATI0 1 N---------------------- 31. CHEMICAL STORACE;------------------------ 32. SEISMIC RISK----~--------------------- , 2 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES----------------------- 34. 1 ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEM;:,-------:-------------- ·35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER.--------------------- 36. ·OTHER----- ------------------------- 37. COMMENTS-----------------~---------- 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM -AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE. DIAGRAM ATTACHED. ' · .... . ·. 3 SITE~#----- COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED~--- 1. AREA------------- I 2. NAME------------------------------ 3. ADDRESs----------------------------- ,. NAME AND PHONE OF CONTACT (DAY)------------------ (EVENING)--------------_,;.,..,--- 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE,---------- 6. REPORTING DISTRICT·------------ 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (GENERAL)-----(PACIFIC)---- 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE,----- VEHICLES PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE,--------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 10. OTHER ARE~.~---------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 11. APPROXIMATELY HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMOD~TE-------- 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S)------------------ 13. SECURITY PROBLEM?------------------------ 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP--------- '· STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE,-------LIGHTED?------- 16. OPEN AREA SIZE,---------LIGHTED?----FENCED?------ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S)-------------------- 18. SECURITY PROBLEM?----------------------- 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE:--------------- 1 ., - ~•.-. I f . 20. POWER SOURCES 110 VOLTS----220 VOLTS---- · - PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)----- COVERED-----LIGHTED?----FENCED?--- OPEN LIGHTED? FENCED?---- 22. FEEDING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL) COVERED LIGHTED? FENCED? OPEN LIGHTED? FENCED? 23. KITCHEN FACILITIE SIZE 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST AID SERVICES? (NUMBER OF PATIENTS) 25. TOILET/SHOWER (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)-----(DESCRIBE)------ 26. SLEEPING AREA (NUMBER OF PERSONNEL)-----(DESCRIBE)------ POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE,----------------- '- · ------------- 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (CHECK AREA INUNDATION MAPS)-------- 29. COMMUNICATIONS (RADIO DEAD SPOTS?)---------------- 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION---------------------- 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE------------------------ 32. SEISMIC RISK-------------------------- ., 2 f ~3. OVERHEAD POWER LINES----------------------- 34. 1 ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS------------------- 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER--------------------- 36. -OTHER------------------------------ 37. COMMENT~---------------------------- 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM -AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE. DIAGRAM ATTACHED. '· 3 , C. STAGING AREAS Staging areas should be determined by the scope of the event and the required personnel and equipment to handle the situation. An appropriate staging area· can be selected from the lists of schools, playgrounds, command posts, and evacuation centers contained in this section. NOTE: It is highly recommended that staging areas and evacuation centers •re not staged at the same location. Experience has shown that debilitating conflicts quickly arise from the co-mingling of Evacuation Centers and Staging Areas. D. EVACUATION CENTERS E. Dodger Stadium Naval and Marine Corps Reserve Armory L.A. Police Academy LOCATION 1000 Elysian Park Avenue 1700 Stadium Way 1880 Academy Drive NOTE: The above are prime evacuation centers. In the event of a major incident additional evacuation centers will be needed. The Red Cross recommended that open parks and/or playgrounds be used as evacuation centers immediately after a disaster. Initially, t~e Red Cross has found it much easier to set up an evacuation center at a park/playground, then transfer evacuees to extended· care evacuation centers, such as Junior and Senior High Schools. The cooperation and assistance of the Red Cross is of vital importance in the smooth operntion of an evacuation center. NORTHEAST AREA SCHOOLS/PLAYGROUNDS BI GB SCBOOI:,~ LOCATION/RD CONTACT PHONE Eagle Rock/1117 Gloria WehRter 254-6891 1750 Yosemite Dr. Franklin/1137 Ed Rosas 254-7104 820 N. Avenue 54 Marshall/1153 Don Hahn 660-1440 3939 Tracy St. Northeast Area Schools/Playgrounds (Continued) JUNIOR HIGH SGI_!OOLS Burbank/1128 6460 N. Figueroa St. Irving/1134 3010 Estara Ave. King/1162 4201 Fountain Ave. Nightingale/1187 3311 N. Figueroa St . LOCATION/R.D. Aldama/1158 632 N . . Avenue SO Allesandro/1156 2210 Riverside Dr. Annandale/1119 6125 Polly Peak Dr. Aragon Avenue/1187 1118 Aragon Ave. Atwater Avenue/1133 3271 Silverlake Blvd. Buchanan Street/1133 5024 Buchanan St. Clifford Street/1175 2150 Duane St. Dahlia Street/1119 5063 Floristan Ave. Delevan Drive/1123 4168 West Avenue 42 ·Eloisa Marquez Will Williams Neil Murphy Dr. David Almada ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS SCHOOL QFFJCIAL Ms. Allyn Shapiro Mr. Lynn Andrews Ms. Barbara Gee Ms. Sandra Wilkins Ms. Ingred Isaksen Mrs. Mary Shambra Ms. Elsa Guarneri Mr. Edward Burton Mrs. Duplessis . 255-0108 256-2123 664-1176 221-2182 PHONE 255-1434 666-7162 254-9168 221-5173 665-5941 255-7118 663-0474 255-1419 255-0571 Elementary Schools (Continued) LOCATION/R.D. Dorris Place/1186 2225 Dorris Pl. Eagle Rock/1115 2057 Fair Park Ave. Elysian Heights/1175 1562 Baxter St . Farmdale 2660 Fithian Ave. Fletcher Drive/1134 3350 Fletcher Dr. Franklin Avenue/1152 1910 Commonwealth Garvanza/1128 317 N. Avenue 62 Glassel! Park/1134 2211 W. Avenue 30 Glenfeliz Blvd. 3955 Glenfeliz Blvd. Ivanhoe/1132 2828 Herkimer St. Lockwood_ . 4345 Lockwood Avenue Logan Street/1184 1711 W. Montana St. Loreto Street/1188 3408 Arroyo Seco Ave. SCHOOL OFFICIAL Mr. Javier Sandoval Ms. Bernice Hallam Mrs. Reagh Ms. Schaffer Mr. Leroy Christansen Dr. Verna Dotreeve Ms. Juliette Thompson Mr. Herbert P. Leon Ms. Rita Caldera Ms. Marthn Powell Mr. Shelly Mr. Geo Duvall Mr. John Shambrau PHONE 222-9185 254-6851 665-6315 222-6659 254-5246 663-0320 254-7328 223-2277 666-1431 664-0051 662-2101 413-6353 222-5176 I , I Elementary Schools (Continued) LOCATION/R.D. Los Feliz/1151 1740 N. New Hampshire Mayberry/1174 24!5 Mayberry St. SCHOOL OFFICIAL Mrs. Castaneda Ms. Andrea Allen Micheltorena/1173 Mr. Eugene Saben 1511 Micheltorena Monte Vista/1137 Mr. Don Brath 5423 Monte Vista St. Mount Washington/1158 Ms. Patricia Cobb 3981 San Rafael Avenue Ramona/1181 Ms. Susan Lio Arcaris 1133 N. Mariposa Ave. Rockdale/1119 Mrs. Mcclaskey 1303 Yosemite Dr. San Pascual Avenue/1129 Mr. Robert Bilovsky 815 San Pascual Ave. Solano Ms. Higa 615 Solano Ave. St. Teresa de Avila Mrs. Fernr\ndez-Caso 2215 Toland Way Toland Way/1125 Mr. Chester Ambrose 4545 Toland Way Yorkdale/1127 Mr. Ray Halverson 5657 Meridian St. ,I PHONE 663-0674 413-3420 661-2125 254-7261 225-8320 663-2158 255-6793 255-8354 223-4291 662-3777 255-3142 255-0587 Alex Pliabios Armenian All Saints (E) Area 7 Alternative Divine Savior Harvest Christian Academy Holy Trinity Mother of Good Council Midway Horne Optimist Horne St. Bernards St. Francis of Assisi St. Ignatius St. Theresa Sycamore Grove Pilar of Fire Cypress Park Recreation Eagle Rock Recreation Glassel! Park Playground Highland Park Playground Yosemite Playground Elysian Valley Chevy Chase Rec. Center NORTHEAST AREA SPECIAL SCHOOLS 1615 N. Alexandria 4805 Pasadena Terrace 624 Cypress 5066 Ellenwood Drive 3734 Boyce 4 22 Ambrose Avenue 4 0 1 North Figueroa 6957 North Figueroa 3254 Verdugo Road 1523 Golden Gate Avenue 6025 Monte Vista Fargo Street 161 S. Avenue 49 PLAYGROUNDS 2630 Pepper Avenue 1100 Eagle Vista Drive 3580 Verdugo Road 6150 Piedmont Avenue 1840 Yosemite Drive 1811 Ripple Street 4155 Chevy Chase Drive - ·-,PHONE 668-2661 254-5141 222-6077 257-0064 663-2064 664-2131 Unknown 256-2219 256-4989 665-3601 255-6456 664-8426 255-6550 225-0989 257-6948 257-1863 256-0621 257-1644 666-5058 485-4867 F. FIRE STATIONS 1 NORTHEAST DIVISION LOCATION PHONE 1. #12 5921 North Figueroa Str·eet 485-6212 2. #35 1601 North Hillhurst 485-6235 3. #42 2021 Colorado Blvd. 485-6242 4.· #44 1410 Cypress 485-6244 5. #50 3036 Fletcher Dr. 485-6250 6. #55. 4455 York Blvd. 485-6255 7. #56 2059 Rowena 485-6256 G. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS AND mr.r.~~DE POLICE AGENCIES Red Cross .............................................. 739-5200 Pacific Telephone ................ · ...................... 611 Department of Water and Power .......................... 481-4211 _ .481-4900 Department of Street Maintenance ....................... 485-3719 485-2121 Southern California Gas Company ........................ 689-2345 Glendale Police Department ............................. 818 956-4911 Los Angeles City Public Utilities (Mt. Lee Monitor) .... 485-3110 Los Angeles Fire Department ............................ 384-3131 California Highway Patrol .............................. 736-3366 CHP Link 736-3305 I mm i gr at i on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9 4- 2 11 9 FBI .................. .-.................. . • .............. 477-6565 Coroner ................................................ 226-8011 LASO General Information ............................... 974-4211 LAPD Metro Division .................................... 485-4091 Army Corps of Engineers ................................ 894-5606 Southern Pacific Railroad Police ....................... 668-4910 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS AND OUTSID~-- -~OLICE AGENCIES (Continued) Local Outside Police Agencies H. The below outside police agencies are in the immediate area of -Northeast Division. 1. Glendale Police Department 2. Burbank Police Department 3 .• Pasadena Police Department 4. South Pasadena P.O. 5. California Highway Patrol (8 - 5PM) 6. California Highway Patrol 7. Sheriff's Station 8. Southern Pacific R/R Police 140 North Isabel 272 East Olive 818/956-4911 818/953-8731 142 N. Arroyo Parkway 818/405-4501 1422 Mission 818/799-1121 Metro Area 213/736-3301 Verdugo Hills 818/575-6656 Crescenta Valley 818/248-3464 4554 Briggs 1049 Richmont Street 213/668-4914 Los Angeles 90033 NORTHEAST AREA MILITARY INSTALLATIO~~ 1. United States Navy and Marine Corps Reserve Armory, 1700 Stadium Way, 627-2891 2. California Army National Guard, 111 Bridewell Street, 254-5767 I. FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES I. United States Marine Corps Reserve, 1700 Stadium Way, 627-2891 A. Weapons: The Marines have a variety of weapons which change on an irregular basis. The weapons include handguns (.38 caliber, .45 caliber automatic, and 9mm automatic), rifles of various calibers, machine guns (.30 caliber to .SO caliber), 40mm grenade launchers, and other small arms. B. Equipment: Available at the Armory are: 1. Seven, two and one half ton trucks 2. Seven, five ton trucks 3. One wrecker truck - Max. Loan Cap. 13,000 lbs FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES (Continued) 4. One tank truck (fuel) 500 gal. 5. Two ambulances II. California Army National Guard 111 Bridwell Street, 254-5767 A. Weapons: 1. Small arms including .38 caliber and .45 caliber handguns. M-60 (7.62mm) machine guns, 50 cal. machine guns, 40mm grenade launchers. All weapons locked securely in vault. B. Ammunition-Various amounts of ammunition for the weapons. C. Equipment: 1. Trucks a. Two, five ton b. Three, two and one hnlf ton c. Two (medium) trucks 2. Trailers a. One water trailer b. Four (various sized) trailers to be pulled by trucks c. One Jeep III. Los Angeles Police Academy 1880 North Academy Road A. Weapons: 1. 200 shotguns (Ithica), 50 Remington Shotguns 2. 17 30-30 rifles 3. Approx. 800 .38 special S&W revolvers 4. Approx. 700 9mm automatic pistols 5. Varying amount of other semi-auto pistols and rifles B. Ammunition: 1. 15,000 rounds 00 buck mag. shotgun shells 2. 17,000 boxes (30 rounds each) .38 cal 125 grain pistol shells 3. 200 rounds 30-30 ammunition 4. 16,000 boxes of 50 rounds each rounds 9mm ammunition S. Varying amounts of pistol and rifle ammunition C. Equipment: 1. Four gas kits 2. The Academy has several kitchens and could be utilized as an evacuation center. FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES (Continued) IV. Northeast Station 3353 San Fernando Road A. Weapons: 1. 46 12 ga. Ithica shotguns 2. Hand weapons (.38 special S/W) revolver, 9mm S/W and automatics) carried by officers. B. Ammunition: 1. 37 boxes 12 ga 00 buck mag. shells 2. 96 rounds .38 cal. shells - plus the ammunition carried by the officers. C. Equipment: 1. gas kits 2. rover radios 3. portable handlights 4. gas masks V. Scientific Investigation Division - Firearm and Explosive Unit, 3401 San Fernando Road, Weatherite Building 485-6503 A. Weapons: 1. Carried by officers 2. Varying amounts of a variety of weapons from smallest handguns to machine guns at location for testing. 3. Department J. FIREARMS DEALERS, NORTHEAST AREA LOCATION/ADDRESS K-Mart 3150 San Fernando Road Highland Park Pawn Shop 5033 York Boulevard Los Angeles Police Revolver and Athletic Club (LAPRAC) 1880 Academy Road PHONE 257-8261 254-2834 485-3151 K. HOSPITALS, AREA AND CONTRACT The below Hospitals are located in the Northeast Area or in the immediate surrounding area. NORTHEAST AREA HOSPITALS 1. Glendale Adventist Hospital 1509 Wilson Terrace, Glendale 2. Glendale Memorial Hospital and Health Center 1420 S. Central Ave., Glendale 3. Kaiser Hospital 4867 Sunset Blvd., Los Angeles 4. Childrens Hospital (TRAUMA CENTER) 4650 Sunset Blvd., Los Angeles 5. Hollywood Presbyterian/Queen of Angels Hospital 1300 N. Vermont, Los Angeles 6 . Barlow Hospitai (Respira~ory Facility) 2000 Stadium Way, Los Angeles CONTRACT HOSPITALS, CITYWIDE BEVERLY HILLS MEDICAL CENTER 1177 South Beverly Drive Los Angeles, CA 90035 (213) 553-5155 (818) 409-8000 (818) 502-1900 (818) 502-2344 (213) 667-4941 (213) 660-2450 (213) 413-3000 (213) 250-4200 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Child Abuse/Molestation and Blood Alcohol BROTHMAN MEDICAL CENTER 3828 Delmas Terrace Culver City, CA 90230 (213) 836-7000 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Child Abuse/Molestation and Blood Alcohol CALIFORNIA MEDICAL CENTER 1401 South Grand Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90015 (213) 748-2411 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Child Abuse/Molestation and Blood Alcohol , CONTRACT HOSPITAL, CITYWIDE (Continued) CEDARS-SINAI MEDICAL CENTER Beverly Boulevard Los Angeles, CA · 90048-1869 (213) 855-5000 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Child Abuse/Molestation and Blood Alcphol (Not contracted, but will 8700 accept victims and arrestees brought in by LAPD) * CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL OF LOS ANGELES (Trauma Center) 4650 Sunset Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90027 (213) 660-2450 SERVICES: Child Abuse Only DANIEL FREEMAN MEMORIAL HOSPITAL 333 North Prairie Avenue Inglewood, CA 92344-7382 (213) 674-7050 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, and Blood Alcohol GRANADA HILLS COMMUNITY HOSPITAL 10445 Balboa Boulevard Granada Hills, CA 92344-7382 (818) 360-1021 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Blood Alcohol, and Child Abuse/Molestation (This hospital is contracted for Pre/Post Book, but will only perform these services on a "hit and miss," courtesy basis, due to overcrowding in the emergency room. It is advisable not to use this hospital for Pre/Post Bookings.) HOLY CROSS MEDICAL CENTER 5031 Rinaldi Street Mission Hills, CA 91345 (818) 365-8051 SERVICES: Rape Chi l d Abuse/Molestation, and Blood Alcohol HUMANA HOSPITAL - WEST HILLS 7300 Medical Center Drive West Hills, CA 91307 (818) 712-4100 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Child Abuse/Molestation, and Blood Alcohol (We recently received complaints regarding pre/post book with this hospital. Status is unknown. Officers say they have turned away pre/post book; hospital says they will take them . ) *Northeast Division Vacinity r---------------------------~ ---- ---------------- CONTRACT HOSPITAL, CITYWIDE (Continued) * HUNTINGTON MEMORIAL HOSPITAL 100 Congress Street Pasadena, CA 91105 (818) 440-5000 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Child Abuse/Molestation, and Blood Alcohol ~ KAISER FOUNDATION HOSPITAL 25825 S. Vermont Avenue Harbor City, CA 90710 (213) 325-5111 SERVICES: Rape and Child AbusejMosestation PACIFICA HOSPITAL OF THE VALLEY 9449 San Fernando Road Sun Valley, cA 91352 (818) 767-3310 SERVICES: Pre/Post Booking, Child Abuse (Foothill Division tells us there are problems with pre/post book with this hospital.) SAINT FRANCIS MEDICAL CENTER 3630 West Imperial Highway Lynwood, CA 90262 (213) 603-6000 SERVICES: Pre/Post Booking SAN PEDRO PENINSULA HOSPITAL 1300 West Seventh Street San Pedro, CA 90723 (213) 319-4000 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Child Abuse/Molestation, and Blood Alcohol SANTA MONICA HOSPITAL 1225 Fifteenth Street Santa Monica, CA 90404 (213) 319-4000 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Child Abuse/Molestation, and Blood Alcohol STUART HOUSE 1225 Fifteenth Street Santa Monica, CA 90404 (213) 319-4248 SERVICES: Rape and Child Abuse/Molestation *Northeast Division;vacinity ( CONTRACT HOSPITAL, CITYWIDE (Continued) VALLEY HOSPITAL 14500 Sherman Circle Van Nuys, CA 91405 (818) 997-0101 SERVICES: Rape and Child Abuse/Molestation VALLEY PRESBYTERIAN HOSPITAL 15107 Vanowen Street Van Nuys, CA 91405 (818) 782-6600 SERVICES : Pre/Post Booking and RAPE (Be aware that this hospital will occasionally take incustody cases for treatment, but will most often turn officers away. We suggest you use another facility.) WHITE MEMORIAL HOSPITAL 1720 Brooklyn Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90033-2481 (213) 268-5000 SERVICES: Pre/Post Book, Rape, Child Abuse/Molestation, and Blood Alcohol White Memorial will only accept Hollenbeck Division in-custody cases. White Memorial has been turning away all other divisions due to overcrowding in the emergency room. ALL OTHER DIVISIONS SHOULD USE ALTERNATE FACILITIES UNTIL THIS PROBLEM IS RESOLVED. NOTE: Injured officers may be taken to any hospital. Worker's Compensation treatment care is completely separate from in-custody or indigent care. TAKE INJURED OFFICERS TO THE NEAREST MEDICAL FACILITY. Also, County USC and Oliveview are NOT contract hospitals. They are County-maintained and do not fall under this listing. Use these hospitals as you have in the past. There has been no change in status. Please be aware that contract hospital status changes continuously. Should you have a problem with a particular hospital, or should a hospital refuse a service to an officer, please notify Rebecca Hart, of the Occupational Health and Safety Division, at extension 5-4643, 0730-1700 hours, Monday throu9h Friday. ~- L. CONVALESCENT HOSPITALS AND REST HOMES Location Address Phone 1. Sycamore Park Convalescent Hospital 4585 N. Figueroa 223-3441 2 .· Amberwood Convalescent Hospital 6071 York Blvd. 254-3407 3. Rancho de Veda Convalescent Hospital 5125 Monte Vista 254-6125 4. Blackburn Lodge 2920 Rowena 669-9532 5. Beverly Mannor Convalescent 3602 Rowena 666-1544 6. Sky Line Convalescent 3032 Rowena 665-1185 - -- ---· -- - - -- - - - --- - ---- -------------------------- M. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. NORTHEAST AREA PHARMACIES, MEDICA_ ~ _ AND FIRST AID SUPPLIES LOCATION Brogan's Drugs Cain Pharmacy Calox Inc. Colonial Drug Company Eagle Rock Pharmacy Gateway Circle Pharmacy Gl~nhurst Pharmacy Health Center Pharmacy Los Feliz Drugs Lucky Pharmacy Lucky Pharmacy Medicine Shoppe Pharmacy Owl Drugs Park Sunset Pharmacy S&S Pharmacy Sav-On Drugs Sav-on Drugs Sun Pharmacy Sunset Pharmacy Thrifty Drugs Thrifty Drugs Thrifty Drugs Thrifty Drugs Thrifty Jr. Drugs Von's Pharmacy Von's Pharmacy York Pharmacy FIRST AID SUPPLIES ADDRESS 2144 Colorado Bl. 5700 York Bl. 3030 Fierro St. 1812-1/2 N. Vermont 2160 Colorado Bl. 2625 N. Figueroa St. 1803 Hillhurst 4705 Fountain 3151 Los Feliz 133 W. Avenue 45 2035 Hillhurst 4832 Hollywood Bl. 5634 N. Figueroa St. 1931 Sunset Bl. 2922 Division St. 2240 Fair Park Ave. 2530 Glendale Bl. 1803 Hillhurst 1571 Sunset Bl. 6314 N. Figueroa St. 4633 Santa Monica Bl. 1533 N. Vermont 1433 Glendale Bl. 2656 Griffith Park Bl. 7311 N. Figueroa St. 4520 W. Sunset Bl. 5821 York Bl. PHONE 255-3784 254-6839 255-5175 666-4044 254- -6111 223-3228 665-5221 663-3139 663-6231 222-0121 662-5105 660-0993 254-2851 484-0800 222-7982 254-6821 666-1285 662-1124 250-4405 254-2283 666-6125 664-9854 483-1128 664-8105 254-7231 662-2121 254-6839 First Aid supplies are distributed at various Fire Stations. Contact Fire Department OCD, 485-6185 for supply locations. For minor injuries there are several first aid kits placed throughout .Northeast Station. Under emergency/disaster conditions refer to the preceeding section listing Area Pharmacies. N. NORTHEAST POLICE CALL BOXES IMPORTANT Very few call boxes (gamewells) are in working order. At the present time (December 1989) there are no plans to repair or upgrade this system. The list of call boxes is provided for information only. Call boxes can not be relied upon to provide effective communication, but may be useful on an individual working unit basis. REPORTING DISTRICT 1101 1102 1105 1105 1105 1105 1109 1109 1117 1119 1119 . 1122 1122 1123 1125 1127 1127 1127 1127 1128 1129 1129 1129 1132 1133 1133 1134 1134 1134 1136 1136 1137 1137 1137 1139 1151 1153 1153 CORNER SE SW NW NE NW NE NW SE SE NE SW NW NE SW SW NW NW NE NE NE NW NW NW NW NE NE NW NW NW SE NE SE NE NW NE SW NW SW LOCATIO~ Riverside Drive & Los Feliz Los Feliz & Edenhurst Colorado & Eagle Rock Colorado - 200 East of Maywood Colorado & Lockhaven Hill Drive & College View Colorado & Townsend Hill Drive & Hermosa Eagle Rock & Westdale Yosemite & Townsend Figueroa & Colorado Glendale & Seneca Revere & Dover Verdugo & Shasta Circle So. York & Avenue 50 Figueroa & Roy Figueroa & Buena Vista York & Aldama York & Avenue 56 Figueroa & York York & San Pasqual Avenue 65 & Pollard Bridewell & Salonica Riverside Drive & Glendale Glendale & Glen Feliz Silverlake & Larga San Fernando & Fletcher Eagle Rock & Avenue 34 San Fernando & Cazador Eagle Rock & York Eagle Rock & Verdugo Avenue SO & El Paso Avenue 54 & Monte Vista Avenue 56 & Aldama Figueroa & Avenue 57 Los Feliz & Vermont Prospect & Talmadge Hyperion & Rowena BOX NUMBER 334 628 117 119 125 143 No Phone 142 116 323 315 421 374 121 114 313 511 112 113 211 311 312 314 734 627 345 324 625 664 115 218 244 626 214 213 414 325 333 NORTHEAST POLICE CALL BOXES (Continued) REPORTING BOX DISTRICT CORNER LOCATION NUMBER 1153 SW Hyperion & Scotland 906 1155 SW Riverside Drive & Allesandro 224 1155 SE Glendale & Silverlake 908 1155 SE Riverside & Fletcher 909 1158 SE Museum & Dimmick ·"22i 1158 SE San Rafael & Rome 223 115 .; 9 NW Figueroa & Avenue 50 224 1159 NW Figueroa & Avenue 52 No Phone 1161 SE Sunset & Normandie 318 1161 SW Sunset & Vermont 321 1161 SW Vermont & Prospect 413 1161 SE Hollywood & Normandie 415 1162 NE Sunset & Fountain 133 1168 NW Figueroa & Avenue 37 231 1181 NE San a Monica & Normandie 316 1187 NW Figueroa-100 N of Avenue 28 452 1187 SE Cypress & Alice 318 1188 NE San Fernando & Avenue 26 623 1189 SW Figueroa & Avenue 43 215 1189 NW Avenue 43 & Carlotta 317 0. PRIMARY ACCESS ROUTES, OVERPASSES AND BRIDGES, TRAFFIC ARTERIES PRIMARY ACCESS ROUTES The following routes have been pre-designated as Primary Access Routes: l. Colorado Boulevard (East/West) 2. York Boulevard (East/West) 3~ Figueroa Street (North/South) 4. San Fernando Road (North/South-East/West) 5. Glendale Boulevard (North/South) 6. Alvarado Street (North/South) 7. Los Feliz Boulevard (East/West-North/South) 8. Riverside Drive (East/West) 9. Vermont Avenue (North/South) 10. Sunset Boulevard (East/West) These routes shall have priority for debris clearance. They are vital transportation and evacuation routes. The Field commander shall assign uni ts to cont·rol traffic and expedite movement of emergency services along routes. If the primary routes become temporarily blocked, the Field Commander should seek information in selecting secondary routes and broadcast this information. OVERPASSES AND BRIDGES 1. Glendale Freeway at Casitas 2. Glendale Freeway at Kerr Street 3. Glendale Freeway at Los Angeles River 4. Glendale Freeway at So. Pacific R.R. Tracks 5. Los Feliz Boulevard at Los Angeles River 6. R.R. overpass, 2900 block Fletcher Drive 7. Avenue 26 and Pasadena Freeway 8. Pasadena Avenue and Pasadena Freeway 9. A.T. & S.F. Railroad Bridge and Pasadena Freeway, 100 yards south of Pasadena Avenue 10. Footbridge, Cypress Avenue & Pasadena Avenue 11. Interchange, Pasadena Freeway and Golden State Freeway 12. Transition Overpass from northbound Golden State Freeway to northbound Pasadena Freeway, 200 yards south of Pasadena Avenue. 13. North Figueroa Street at Los Angeles River 14. Glendale Boulevard at Los Angeles River 15. Los Feliz Boulevard at Los Angeles River 16. Colorado Boulevard at Los Angeles River 17. Colorado Boulevard between Los Angeles River and San Fernando Road West / OVERPASSES AND BRIDGES (Continued) 18. Colorado Boulevard and San Fernando Road West 19. San Fernando Road and Glendale Freeway 20. Southern Pacific R.R. Overpass at Fletcher Drive 21. Fletcher Drive at Los Angeles River 22. Franklin and St. Geroge 23. Sunset Boulevard and Myra Street 24. Avenue 43 and Pasadena Freeway 25. Avenue 52 and Pasadena Freeway 26~ Avenue 60 and Pasadena Freeway 27. Avenue 64 and Pasadena Freeway 28. Via Marisol and Pasadena Freeway 29; York Boulevard and Pasadena Freeway 30. San Pasqual and Channel 31. North Figueroa Street and Ventura Freeway 32. Monte Bonita, 1/2 block north of Colorado Boulevard 33. Arbor Dell Road and Ventura Freeway 34. Ventura Freeway and Glendale Freeway 35. Ventura Freeway and Patrician Way 36. A.T. & S.F. Railroad Bridge, approximately Bertha Street and Pasadena Freeway. TRAFFIC ARTERIES PRIMARY EAST-WEST, NORTH-SOUTH ROUTES THROUGH NORTHEAST AREA (These routes will probably be used in a major disaster for the · entire city, portions of the city and surrounding areas, and the NORTHEAST AREA itself.) These routes run through various reporting districts (RD's) and this list will show which RD's are effected. ROUTE NUMBER 11-E/W-1 11-E/W-2 11-E/W-3 11-E/W-4 ROUTE Colorado Blvd. from Pasadena City Limits to San Fernando Road RD's 1109, 1105 York Blvd. from Eagle Rock to Figueroa Street RD's 1127, 1126, 1125, 1136 San Fernando Road from Figueroa St. to Colorado Blvd. RD's 1187, 1157, 1134 Santa Monica Blvd. from Sunset Blvd. to Normandie Ave. RD's 1161, 1182, 1162 SECONDARY EAST-WEST DISASTER ROUTE THROUGH NORTHEAST AREA 11-E/W- 11-E/W-B 11-E/W-C 11-E/W-D 11-E/W-F 11-E/W-G Ventura Freeway (134) from Figueroa St. to Glendale Fwy. ·RD' s 1109, 1105 Cypress Ave. to Verdugo Rd. and North on Verdugo Rd. to Eagle Rock Blvd. RD's 1187, 1157, 1134, 1135 Golden State Fwy. from Pasadena Fwy. to Ventura Fwy. RD"s 1186, 1156, 1133, 1132, 1101 Riverside Dr. from Figueroa St. to Los Feliz Blvd. RD" s 1187, 1186, 1155, 1132. Sunset Blvd. from Santa Monica Blvd. to Normandie Ave. RD"s 1181, 1182 Glendale Blvd. from Colorado Blvd. to Riverside Dr. RD" s 1122., 1133, 1132 - - - -----'~----- - - - -------- - - - TRAFFIC ARTERIES (Continued) 11-E/W-H 11-E/W-I Hollywood Blvd. from Hillhurst to Normandie Avenue RD's 1151 Los Feliz Blvd. from San Fernando Road to Vermont Avenue RD's 1122, 1132, 1152 PRIMARY NORTH-SOUTH DISASTER ROUTES THROUGH NORTHEAST AREA 11-N/S-l 11-N/S-2 11-N/S-3 11-N/S-4 Figueroa St. from Colorado Blvd. to Pasadena Ave. RD's 1109, 1119, 1127, 1138, 1159, 1169, 1189 1187, 1188, 1139, 1128 Eagle Rock Blvd. from Colorado to Avenue 35 Then over to Fletcher Dr. and South on Fletcher Dr. to Glendale Blvd. and Glendale Blvd. to Sunset Blvd. RD's 1115, 1117, 1136, 1135, 1134, 1133, 1154, 1155 Verdugo Rd. from Colorado Blvd. to Eagle Rock RD's 1135, 1134 Vermont Area from Los Feliz Blvd. to Santa Monica Blvd. RD's 1152, 1151, 1161, 1162, 1181, 1182 SECONDARY NORTH-SOUTH ROUTES ~OUGH NORTHEAST AREA 11-N/S-A 11-N/S-B 11-N/S-C Pasadena Fwy., York Blvd. to Golden State Fwy. RD's 1139, 1159, 1169, 1189, 1188 Glendale Fwy. from Ventura Fwy. to Golden State Fwy. RD's 1156, 1133, 1134, 1135, 1123, 1113, 1105 Glendale Blvd. from Colorado Blvd. to San Fernando Rd. RD"s 1122, 1133 P. NORTHEAST AREA THEATERS 1. Eagle Rock Plaza Cinema 2700 Colorado Blvd. 254-9101 2. Eagle Theater 4884 Eagle Rock Blvd. 256-3996 3.· Highland Theater 5604 North Figueroa 256-6383 4. Los Feliz Theater 1822 North Vermont 664-2169 5. Vista Theater 4463 Sunset Drive 660-6639 6. Studio 1 Theater 2139 Sunset Blvd. 413-2202 NORTHEAST AREA LIVE THEATERS 1. Studio Theater 1944 Riverside Drive 665-3011 2. Fountain Theatre 5060 Fountain 663-1525 3. Greek Theatre 2700 North Vermont 410-1062 4. Main Floor Theatre 1221 North Vermont 664-9047 5. Provisil Theatre Foundation 1816-1/2 North Vermont 664-1450 Q. RESERVOIRS/DAMS All of the reservo i sand dams listed below are discussed in depth in Section VIII - Dam Inundation Plans. RESERVOIRS NAME LOCATION 1~ Eagle Rock Reservoir North of Ventura Fwy, south of school Canyon RD 2. Highland Reservoir West of Ave 63 and Repton St. 3. Garvanza Reservoir Meridian St . and Coope~ Avenue 4. Elysian Reservoir West of Pasadena Fwy North of Park Row Dr. 5. Solano Reservoir West of Pasadena Fwy, above Dodger Stadium parking area #24 6. Rowena Reservoir Hyperion Ave. and Rowena Ave. 7. Silverlake Reservoir ' (Ivanhoe Reservoir) 2700 Blk Telsa Ave. DAMS (outside of, but affecting Northeast Area) 1. Devil ' s Gate Dam (empty) 2. Sepulveda Dam 3. Hansen North of Foothill Fwy. at Berkshire ~ff Ramp Northwest of the Ventura Fwy and San Diego Fwy junction South of Foothill Fwy east of Osborne St. - - - _ RD 1109 1128 1129 1188 1198 1132 1154 City of Pasadena Devonshire Division Foothill Division - IIO'l'E: See attached map for specific locations of the reservoirs within Northeast Area (identified by number) @ © GUCl[lt 'W( @ Ola GIICM ll'tNI ,r-~O: ltO 't_••t IIANCKYl(W 'W( (v ,uTCH£1t o,t ~ Gl.[NOO!Klt ~ NOTTINGHAM AV[ LOS ,[LIZ a.vo L [OGUIIONT ST AMllftOS[ AV[ @ u ~•so 011 0 MAIIIIIION WT Bcsnr:01« s / oa11s I @ 'fOllltt IL.VO I ~r"~ OA:~~!UTO @ SOUTH [NO OF ""IMAV[IIA L ::":'::Ct AV[ .... till lhtrlct llf If Northeast Area 3353 SAN FERNANOO ltO. ( ......... ....,, ..... \ 'IMIAI A.kt• l lnll 0 PMIUIIAN ST e ~Mil 011 6)-IOYUTON IT -STADIUM •Y a-LILAC TUIII ef-[L TSIM ,.,_ AW: I UT[NSl()H OF LANDA ST EXTENSl()fj OF VALLEY Vl[W 011 VALL[ Y Vl[W OIi ~ L[XT[NSION OF VISTA GORDO DA u) MT WASHING TON OIi r--WUT SILV[II LAie[ OIi e VAN ~LT ~L \:!,I © VISTA COIIDO DA ~~~~:...---------- ~ {!) RESERVOIR ST @ AMABEL ST L- SILV[II LAIi[ ILVO @= ~~::o:~!TA,: @-LANDA ST L--[XT[NSION 01 IAIL ST { CIIANAOA ST TACOMA AV[ Cliff 011 IIOS[Vl[W AV[ AV[ 37 @= :~~:o:~.; c;'AIIK @=~:~~~ .. :V[AV[ @ WEST SILVER LAIi[ OR @- WEST SILVER LAIi[ OR -VAN PELT ~ Pl.ANNING & R.-Sf--'RCH l>IVISION l ar1011r1phy and Viwal -'id• llnir FORM 17.11.00 © R. WATER TANKS There are numerous water tanks located within Northeast Division. Griffith Park alone has approximately 30 tanks, but for the most part, are in unpopulated· areas. There are however many tanks in Northeast that are situated near populated areas, and if ruptured, could be life threatening. In the event of a sudden massive rupture of one of these tanks, evacuation would not be possible. Past experience with rupturing oi~, gas, and water tanks has shown that mass ruptures are not likely. Predominately, if a rupture does occur, it comes in the form of a broken tank seam, allowing the liquid to escape in a "controlled" manner. Danger to life and property still exists under these conditions, but are much less severe than a wall of water would be from a massive rupture. The following list of water tanks are located in p

Linked assets

Los Angeles Webster Commission records, 1931-1992

Conceptually similar

PDF

Central Bureau, Rampart Area, Standing Plans and Mobilization Rosters, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

LAPD Southeast area mobilization roster and standing plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

West Bureau, West Los Angeles, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-05

PDF

West Bureau, Wilshire Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

Mobile Digital Terminal (MDT) Transmissions, 77th Division, 1992-04-29

PDF

Devonshire division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

West Valley division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Central division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Pacific documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

LAPD, Adminstrative vice division mobilization roster and standing emergency plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

LAPD, Organized crime intelligence division's mobilization roster and unusual occurence plan, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

Foothill division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

West Los Angeles documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Rampart division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

South Bureau documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

LAPD, D.A.R.E. division's mobilization roster and mobilization procedures, 1992-04

PDF

LAPD, Narcotics group, mobilization roster and unusual occurrence control plan, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

LAPD 77th St. area standing plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-17

PDF

Chronology Task Force, LAPD documents, incident reports, 1992-04-29/1992-05-02

PDF

Chronology Task Force, LAPD documents, North Hollywood, 1992-04/1992-05

Description

Standing plans for unusual occurences and mobilization rosters for the Los Angeles Police Department's Northeast Division, including: civil defense, emergency operations plan, earthquake response plan, dam andreservoir inundation, protection of department's facilities, civil defense, photos and maps of department facilities, 1992 April - May. PART OF SERIES: Materials in the series fall into two categories: standing plans for Unusual Occurrences developed by several LAPD divisions, and personnel rosters for deployment periods falling immediately before, during, and immediately after the 1992 riots. Included are plans and rosters maintained by the Central, Northeast, Rampart, and Newton Street areas, and mobilization rosters maintained by the Central Traffic and Community Resources Against Street Hoodlums (CRASH) sections. Materials are organized by geographic division.

Asset Metadata

Core Title Northeast Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04/1992-05

Publisher University of Southern California (original)

Tag OAI-PMH Harvest

Format 756 p. (format), application/pdf (imt), comprehensive plans (reports) (aat), official reports (aat)

Language English

Contributor The collection was given to the University of Southern California on October 30, 1992 by the Special Advisor to the Board of Police Commissioners of the City of Los Angeles. (provenance)

Permanent Link (DOI) https://doi.org/10.25549/webster-c100-67815

Unique identifier UC11426886

Identifier box 31 (box),web-box31-01_05.pdf (filename),folder 1 - folder 5 (folder),webster-c100-67815 (legacy record id),Standing Plans and Mobilization Rosters (series)

Legacy Identifier web-box31-01_05.pdf

Dmrecord 67815

Format 756 p. (format),application/pdf (imt),comprehensive plans (reports) (aat),official reports (aat)

Rights This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ All requests for permission to publish or quote from manuscripts must be submitted in writing to the Manuscripts Librarian. Permission for publication is given on behalf of Special Collections as the owner of the physical items and is not intended to include or imply permission of the copyright holder, which must also be obtained.

Type texts

Copyright This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ All requests for permission to publish or quote from manuscripts must be submitted in writing to the Manuscripts Librarian. Permission for publication is given on behalf of Special Collections as the owner of the physical items and is not intended to include or imply permission of the copyright holder, which must also be obtained.

Source Los Angeles Webster Commission records, 1931-1992 (collection), University of Southern California (contributing entity)

Access Conditions Contact: Special Collections, Doheny Memorial Library, Libraries, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0189; specol@usc.edu; phone (213) 740-5900; fax (213) 740-2343

Repository Name USC Libraries Special Collections

Repository Location Doheny Memorial Library, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0189

Repository Email specol@lib.usc.edu